IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


III 


I.I 


1.25 


AP    IIII2.0 


6" 


1.8 


1-4    III  1.6 


'/7F/ 


V2 


^^/ 


e 


e2 


'^M. 


5^ 


w 


Photographic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


33  WIST  MAIN  STRUT 

WEBSTIRN.Y    MSBO 

'7161  •72-4S03 


CIHM/ICMH 

Microfiche 

Series. 


CIHM/ICMH 
Collection  de 
microfiches. 


Canadian  Institute  for  Historical  Microreproductions  /  Institut  Canadian  de  microreproductions  historiquss 


\ 


O 


\ 


^ 


Technical  and  Bibliographic  Notes/Notes  techniques  et  bibliographiques 


The  Institute  has  attempted  to  obtain  the  best 
original  copy  available  for  filming.  Features  of  this 
copy  which  may  be  biblicgraphically  unique, 
which  may  alter  any  of  the  images  in  the 
reproduction,  or  which  may  significantly  change 
the  usual  method  of  filming,  are  checked  below. 


□    Coloured  covers/ 
Couverture  de  couleur 

□    Covers  damaged/ 
Couverture  endommagde 

Dl    Covers  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
!    Couverture  restaurie  et/ou  pellicul^e 

□    Cover  title  missing/ 
Le  titre  de  couverture  manque 


□ 

a 

D 
D 

n 


n 


Coloured  maps/ 

Cartes  giographiques  en  couleur 

Coloured  ink  (i.e.  other  than  blue  or  black)/ 
Encre  de  couleur  (i.e.  autre  que  bleue  ou  noire) 

Coloured  plates  and/or  illustrations/ 
Planches  et/ou  illustrations  en  couleur 

Bound  with  other  material/ 
ReiiA  avec  d'autres  documents 

Tight  binding  may  cause  shadows  or  distortion 
along  ir  terior  margin/ 

La  re  liure  serr^e  peut  causer  de  I'ombre  ou  de  ia 
distorsion  le  long  de  la  marge  intdrieure 

Blank  leaves  added  during  restoration  may 
appear  within  the  text.  Whenever  possible,  these 
have  been  omitted  from  filming/ 
II  se  peut  que  certaines  pages  blanches  ajouties 
lors  d'une  restauration  apparatssent  dans  le  texte, 
mais,  lorsque  cela  Atait  possible,  ces  pages  n'ont 
pas  Ate  fiimtes. 


L'Institut  a  microfilm^  le  meilieur  exemplaire 
qu'il  lui  a  dtd  possible  de  se  procurer.  Les  details 
de  cet  exempljire  qui  sont  peut-dtre  uniques  du 
point  de  vue  bibliographique,  qui  peuvent  modifier 
una  image  reproduite,  ou  qui  peuvent  exiger  une 
modification  dans  la  mdthode  normale  de  filmage 
sont  indiquis  ci-dessous. 

□   Coloured  pages/ 
Pages  de  couleur 

□    Pages  damaged/ 
Pages  endommagies 

□    Pages  restored  and/or  laminated/ 
Pages  restauries  et/ou  pelliculdes 


>/ 


Pages  discoloured,  stained  or  foxed/ 
Pages  dicolories,  tachet^es  ou  plqu^es 


I      I    Pages  detached/ 


D 


Pages  ditach^es 

Showthrough/ 
Transparence 

Quality  of  prir 

Qualit^  Indgale  de  I'impression 

Includes  supplementary  materit 
Comprend  du  materiel  supplAmentaire 

Only  edition  available/ 
Seule  Edition  disponible 


rri  Showthrough/ 

I      I  Quality  of  print  varies/ 

|~~1  Includes  supplementary  material/ 

I — I  Only  edition  available/ 


Pages  wholly  or  partially  obscured  by  errata 
slips,  tissues,  etc.,  have  been  refilmed  to 
ensure  the  best  possible  Image/ 
Les  pages  totalement  ou  partlellement 
obscurcies  par  un  feuillet  d'errata.  une  peiure, 
etc..  ont  M  film^es  i  nouveau  de  fapon  i 
obtenir  la  meilleure  Image  possible. 


□    Additional  comments:/ 
Commentaires  supplAmentairos: 


This  item  is  filmed  at  the  reduction  ratio  checked  below/ 

Ce  document  est  film*  au  taux  de  reduction  indiqu*  ci-dessous 


1QX 

14X 

1SX 

nx 

26X 

30X 

/ 

lax 

18X 

20X 

24X 

28X 

32X 

The  copy  filmed  here  has  been  rep  educed  thanks 
to  the  generosity  of: 

Seminary  of  Quebec 
Library 

The  images  appearing  here  are  the  best  quality 
possible  considering  the  condition  and  legibility 
of  the  original  copv  and  in  keeping  with  the 
filming  contract  specific  Jtions. 


Original  copies  in  printed  paper  covers  are  filmed 
beginning  with  the  front  cover  and  ending  on 
the  last  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, or  the  back  cover  when  appropriate.  All 
other  original  copies  are  filmed  beginning  on  the 
first  page  with  a  printed  or  illustrated  impres- 
sion, and  ending  on  the  last  page  with  a  printed 
or  illustrated  impression. 


The  last  recorded  frame  on  each  microfiche 
shall  contain  the  symbol  — •-  (maaning  "COfSI- 
TINUED"),  or  the  symbol  V  (meaning  "END"), 
whichever  applies. 

Maps,  plates,  charts,  etc.,  may  be  filmed  at 
different  reduction  ratios.  Those  too  large  to  be 
entirely  included  in  one  exposure  are  filmed 
beginning  in  the  upper  left  hand  corner,  left  to 
right  and  top  to  bottom,  as  many  frames  as 
required.  The  following  diagrams  illustrate  the 
method: 


L'exemplaire  film6  fut  reproduit  grSce  d  la 
g^nirositd  de: 

S^minaire  de  Quebec 
Bibliothique 

Les  images  suivantes  ont  M  reproduites  avec  le 
plus  grand  soin,  compte  tenu  de  la  condition  et 
de  la  nettet6  de  I'examplaire  film*,  et  en 
conformity  avec  les  conditions  du  contrat  de 
fiimage. 

Les  exemplaires  originaux  dont  la  couverture  en 
papier  est  imprimAe  sont  film^s  en  commenqant 
par  le  premier  plat  et  en  terminant  soit  par  la 
derniAre  page  qui  comporte  une  empreinte 
d'impressiion  ou  d'illustration,  soit  per  le  second 
plat,  salon  le  cas.  Tous  les  autres  exemplaires 
originaux  sont  filmis  en  commenpant  par  la 
premiere  page  qui  compoae  une  empreinte 
d'impression  ou  d'illustration  et  en  terminant  par 
la  darniira  page  qui  comporte  une  telle 
empreinte. 

Un  des  symboles  suivants  apparaitra  sur  la 
derniire  image  de  cheque  microfiche,  selon  le 
cas:  le  symbole  — ^  signifie  "A  SUIVRE",  la 
symbole  V  signifie  "FIN". 

Les  cartes,  planches,  tableaux,  etc.,  peuvent  fttre 
film*s  d  des  taux  de  reduction  diff6rents. 
Lorsque  le  document  est  trop  grand  pour  dtro 
reproduit  en  un  seul  cliche,  il  est  film6  A  partir 
de  Tangle  supArieur  gauche,  de  gauche  A  droite, 
et  de  haut  en  bas,  en  prenant  le  nombre 
d'images  nAcessaire.  Les  diagrammes  suivants 
illustrant  la  mithode. 


1  2  3 


1 


MrrciTELL*s  j^uyr  seiries  op 

GEOGitA'PHIES-Entire{y  jYetf,  Text, 
Maptf  and Illusirations—mclwAtt  Mitchell's 
First  Lessons  in  Geography,  Mitchell's  New  Pri- 
mary Geography,  Mitchell's  New  Intermediate 
Geography,  Mitchell's  N.  a  School  Geography  and 
Atlas,  Mitchell's  New  Physical  Geography,  Mitcheirs 
New  Outline  Maps,  and  Mitchell's  New  Ancient 
Geography. 


MirCHELZ'S  {OZf»  SERIES  OF 
GEOGHAl^HIES,  Hevised  and  brought 
down  to  /.Sd*^— include  Mitchell's  (old)  Primary 
Geography,  Mitchell's  (old)  School  Geography  and 
Atlas,  Mitchell's  (old)  Ancient  Geography  and 
Atlas,  Mitchell's  (old)  Geograpliical  Question  Book, 
*nd  Mitchell's  Biblical  Geography. 


STAGES   OF  SOCIETY. 


CIVIUZCB  AND  ENLIGHTENED 


HALF-CIVILIZED. 


It. 


MITCHELL'S   SCHOOL   GEOGRAPHY. 

Serised  JEdiHon* 


A   SYSTEM    OF 

MODERN  GEOGRAPHY, 

COMPRISINa  A  Dt.8CRIPTI0N  OF  THB  PBK8ENT  STATE  OF  THE 


WORLD, 


AND  ITS  GRAND  DIVISIONS, 

merita,  Sowt^  ^^mtrita,  (Korope,  gisia,  g^frita,  anb  ©aanita, 


WITH  THEIR  SEVERAL 


EMPIRES,  KI:;GD0MS,  STATES.  TERRITORIES, 
(SinbtUu^tb  bg  Itntnerons  (Sngrabingi 
ADAPTED  TO  THE  CAPACITY  OF  Y 


sV^   .^a\t®  :  .„«tsv 


AN  ATLAS    CONTAInWg  d^ft  Y-tft&fil    MAPS. 


DRAW«  AND  ENOBAVEl 


3.  \:.^c  ^• 


By  S.  AUGUSTfarklTC 


PHILADELPHIA(Slo.rii.JLln. 

2R  &  ca^f/ 


PUBLISHED   BY   E.  H.  BtJ^L 

AND  FOR  SALE  BT   BOOKSELLERS  THBOUQHoVt^ 


1869. 


..,„„,,  ^""'"^'PMa,  Nov.  tern,  iscs. 

-^ ROBERTJ^HEMPHILI,.  *„«^. 

18  C8«D  W  WHOIE,  6B  »  p.^,    ,^  „  WUBK8 

,  UK  m  PART,  IN  SCHOOla  IK 


Maine, 

yermani, 

Sh&de  Zttand^ 
Conneciicui, 
^'iw  lor*, 

f^nsjyirania, 
thfan^aret 
'Marytcma, 
rirffinia^ 


rregi  rirginia, 
J^ortk  Carolina^ 
South  Carolina, 
Georgia, 
J^oriiue, 

Alabama, 
Mitsigtippi^ 

^ouisiatia, 

Texat, 

Arkansas, 

Tennetsee^ 


•^iftoitriy 
Ohio, 

Indiana, 
^tinois, 
■Michigan, 
>f^i*contin, 
JoK^a, 

California, 
Minnesota, 

Oregon, 
■Kantag, 
-Nevada. 


*""™  l«-W«of  P..M,lT..r.  "'  ""  ''°"«'  States  i„  ,a4  f„  ,j; 

Extern  District  of  PennBylvania.  *^^  ^"^**^  «*«*««  i"  and  for  thi 

Entered,  accortling  to  Act  of  ConerefiH  in  ♦». 

v^ongreas,  in  the  year  1866,  by 

S.  AUGUSTUS  MITCHELL 


Elf   -X 


itroduced  to  ba 


ADVERTISEMENT. 


Mitchell's  School  Geography  and  Mitchell's  School 
Atlas  have  been  before  the  public  more  than  twenty  years. 
During  all  this  time  they  have  received  a  greater  patron- 
age than  has  ever  been  bestowed  upon  any  other  Geogra- 
phy and  Atlas  published.  Geography,  as  a  science,  is  never 
stationary.  Political  Geography  necessarily  fluctuates  with 
the  national  and  governmental  changes  of  the  world,  while 
Physical  Geography  is  continually  adding  to  its  domain 
of  ascertained  facts  concerning  the  condition  of  the  globe. 
The  aim  of  the  Publishers  of  Mitchell's  Geographies  has 
been  to  keep  both  the  book  and  the  Atlas  continually  re- 
vised up  to  date.  In  preparing  the  present  revised  edition 
(which  is  printed  upon  new  electrotype  plates),  this  end 
has  been  kept  steadily  in  view.  The  new  States  and  Ter- 
ritories of  the  United  States,  the  establishment  of  the 
Dominion  of  Canada,  the  new  boundaries  of  some  of  the 
South  American  States,  of  Denmark  and  the  Duchies,  the 
acquisition  of  Savoy  and  Nice  by  France,  the  changes  in 
Italy  and  the  Ionian  Isles,  the  remodelling  of  the  Germanic 
Confederation,  the  Russian  acquisitions  in  ^sia,  of  the 
Kirguis  country,  and  of  the  region  around  the  Amoor 
Kiver  and  south  of  it,  extending  more  than  1000  milei 

1 


ADTTERTISEMENT. 

MeClintock,  Kane,  Hayl  and  H:ir""T,       '''''''""• 
book  and  delineated  on'I  aL        "^^  ''"  "°'^  '"  *"« 

oeeu.^.  the,  JeC  et  nT,  ^  ^  :  t  f^^ 

that  the  work  eete  forth  strictly  th!r  .  ""*•■  '^ 

in  addition  to  careful  t^W^r^^^^^  "'  ^''-^''^ 

■  *^"-page  .aps  of  new  sCrL^lotf  "T '^ 
given.  territories  have  been 

The  gather  and  publisher,  in  presenting  tJ,- 

revised  edition  to  the  public,  dlsire  rZ^^'thdr? 
for  the  unexamt^ln^       ^  express  their  thanks 

generously  shown  t»  them.  ^  *"'"''  '» 


CONTENTS. 


PART  I. 


GEOGRAPHICAL 

PAOS 

Natural  Divisions  of  Water. 9 

Natural  Divisions  of  Land 13 

Productions  of  the  Earth 19 

Form  and  Motions  of  the  £arth 20 

Latitude 24 

Longitude 25 

Map8 27 

Zones 29 


DEFINITIONS. 

PAS> 

Political  DiTlsions 36 

Races  of  Men 40 

Stages  of  Society 42 

Government 44 

Religion 46 

Languages 49 

EzxROiSKS  ON  fHi  Mapb 60 


PART  II. 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


IrAQB 

rhe  Earth 76 

A.nierloa> 79 

NORTH  AMERICA 82 

ALASKA 87 

Damsh  America 88 

British  America 89 

New  Britain 91 

British  Columbia  and  VArcouvER 

Island 91 

Dominion  op  Ca\ai)A,  Ontario....  92 

*'          Quebec 93 

"  New  Brunswick  95 

"                 "  Nova  Scotia 96 

Niwfoundland 97 

UNITED  STATES 98 

Bastcbn  Statis 107 


M 


PAGI 

Maine .^ 110 

New  Hampshire HI 

Vermont 113 

Massachusetts 116 

Rhode  Island 117 

Connecticut 118 

Middle  States 121 

New  York 123 

New  Jersey 127 

Pennsylvania 129 

Delaware 133 

Southern  States 134 

Maryland 136 

District  of  Columbia 138 

Virginia 139 

West  Virginia 143 


CONTENTS. 


North  Carolina...  *^!  I 

South  Carolina J^  | 

Georgia ^** 

Florida .' ^*^i 

Alabama ..........."." ^*^ 

Mississippi ^'^^ 

Louisiana..      ''^^  i 

Texas ." ^^^  \ 


Arkansas.:  "  "''"'"''''^^  1^6 

Kentucky .'.'.'. "^ 

Tennessee....       ^^ 

Ohio ^^1 

Indiana ". ^^ 

Illinois ^®^ 

Michigan :::;::::;;:; ?s 

Wisconsin  ....  ^ 

Iowa ., ;;■;;;;■;; i«» 

Missouri 

California..,..,... ^^^ 

Minnesota '• "^^^ 

Oregoii "* 

Kansaa ^^^ 

Nevada ^^® 

Nebraska '. ^'''^ 

Colorado ^"^^ 

Dakota,..,       ^^^ 

Wyoming  ..Z!z;:z Ill 

Indian  Territory,  'I 

New  Mexico '"* „^ 

Washington ,„ 

Idaho,.,. ;;; }^^ 

Montana  ...    ^^^ 

Utah ;;;;; ^^i 

Arizona  ..,„ ^^^ 

MEXICO....         ^^2 

CENTRAL  AMERICA.'; ,?f 

GUATEMALA  ^" 

H0NDPBA8  ,... ^^^ 

San  Salvadob......'.','.' }^^ 

Nicaragua ^® 

Costarica.     ' ^^® 

WEST  INDIES,.,",',*.*.'.".'!".! ??® 

Cuba 


VBNBZmA '^°' 

Ecuador.  ^^ 

GuiANA .',",*!!.*.".'.'.'.'.'.'.■.'.* ^^^ 

PSRU. ^W 

Bouvu •••  ^^ 

Chili 202 

Brazil 203 


187 


Porto  Rico,  iC.!!!.,'.'!! ■'"  3^® 


189 


Jamaica 

Hatti,  Ac.       ^^^ 

SOUTH  AMERrci;;;;; ?!? 

U«"M>  Statrs  of  Colombu 


1921 
1961 


Uruguay ^ 

Patagonia....  ' ^^ 

Europe....  ^^^ 

SWEDEN  AND  Noi'wiy oJr 

NORWAT ^' 

Sweden....       ^^^ 

Lapland,,..'.*. ^19 

RUSSIAN  empire!'.!;; ^ 

RpssiA  IN  Europe t:: 

DENMARK  . .  ^23 

HOLLAND .*.' ^ 

BELGIUM...        ^^ 

BRITISH  EMMr!^".!' f  J 

England ^^ 

Walk* .'.'".■■;;;; 234 

Scotland ..""" ^^ 

Ireland ' ' 239 

PRANCE 242 

SPAIN ,'.*; 244 

PORTUGAL... ^^ 

GERMANIC  CONpiDERiTroN'-  2^l' 

GERMAN  STATES 

Bavaria 262 

Saxont .""'*■' 262 

WURTEMBERG..;; ^^' 

SMALLER  GERMAn'sTATP^""  fff 
PRUSSIA _  "^^^^S.,..  253 

Provinces  annexed  "To'pinssi""  «^ 
AUSTRIA *'«PS8U..  267 

Hungary..  268 

SWITZERLAND ^^ 

ITALY .** 262 

Kingdom  0F"ii!;i';';;;; f^ 

Papal  Dominions....    rf 

San  Marino..  ^71 

GREECE 271 

OTTOMAN  "emWRE ^l 

Turkey  in  Europe.. S? 


««i*a 


ASUTICBUSfiIA,Sli^U;'^; 


277 
280 


CONTENTS. 


PAOK 

TURKEY  IN  ASIA 282 

Syria 282 

Palestine 283 

ARABIA 284 

PERSIA 286 

AFGHANISTAN ...  287 

BELOOCHISTAN 287 

TURKESTAN 288 

INDIA 289 

HiNDOOSTAN 289 

Farthsb  India 293 

'   Birmah 294 

Anam 294 

Siam 294 

CHINESE  EMPIRE 295 

China 296 

Thibet 298 

COREA 299 

Mantchooria 300 

Mongolia 300 

Elbe 300 

JAPAN 301 

A.£rloa 302 

BARBARY  STATES 306 

Morocco 307 

Algeria .308, 

TtNis 309 

Tripou 309 

Baroa 309 

BELED-EL-JERID 310 

GREAT  DESERT 310 


page 

REGION  OP  THE  NILE 812 

Egtpt sia 

Nubia 814 

Abyssinia 316 

WESTERN  AFRICA 316 

Seneoaubia 316 

Sierra  Leone 317 

Liberia 818 

UpperGuinea 818 

Lower  Guinea 819 

SOUTHERN  AFRICA 820 

Cape  Colony 320 

Caffraria 321 

■     Natal 321 

Orange  River  Repubuc 321 

Trans-Vaal  Repubuc 321 

ZooLU  Country 821 

Hottentots 321 

Bechuanas 321 

EASTERN  AFRICA 322 

SoHAinjEs 323 

Zanguebar 823 

Mozambique 82S 

CENTRAL  AFRICA 824 

Soudan 824 

Ethiopia 825 

ISLANDS  OP  AFRICA 326 

Oceciiiloa/ 327 

MALAYSIA 329 

AUSTRALASIA 881 

POLYNESIA 834 


INTRODUCTION. 


li 


useful  .My.    It  op^ran^B w- '  r  ^"f^'toimng  and  UgUj 
tion.  of  tKe  various  countries  thtr   *^'r'".'°<';  shows  the  sHua- 
and  is  of  such  imnortonce  i'„  ;.     "'""'"»""''  '"kes.  rivers,  fe 
-ithoutit  that  i„.p„.S,tta"ch  ofT"'-''".''  """  "-'o'y  '-hat' 
vorj  imperfectly  understood       '^         •""'"'  ""''^''e''  "ouM  be 

4o7lJ^dr:t\trr^.»^-»'=''.<>aU  very  early 
lived  in  and  to  deter^i„rrd  .STh  -^ -''h  ^'■^.--''^  *h.^ 
directed  the:.-  Mtention  to  it      *'"""'*  "»  boun^aties,  naturally 

W  rf:re;;:  tSVleirt'''  ^T^  "-»«■  --en  they 
are  their  pr<^ucti„„Xw  tW  "„"'  '""^  T  «'"«"-)-wh:^ 

el.ar.cter  of  the  inhabitanTs./o  know  Z""";.'"'  ""'"  ■"  ""> 
POrtant,  and  will  give  «1|  „i,^        ^  **""*  '""ogs  is  very  im- 

advantage  over  thoS  who  dono^  T  "'"'"T"^  «■■•«■   'hem  an 

-i"  be  a  s,t,v,„ti„„  trtheiXs'TortoTh  '  '"""'""S"-     ''^- 

prove  that  they  hav,  attended  well  rZrZC.""*"'  ""  "'" 

TO  THE  PUPIL. 

earl'^rniTdTp^trTse^^^^  ''  "  '"'"'"  "'  <""«  "O"  "■'  our 
like  an  immense  barc„ITh«  7  '  «"""  "'"'"'"''•  '*  rolls 
side  by  th.  planets  and  the^  countler'"''- 'r'""'"''''' "»  °'«7 
forming  their  stated  .motions,  undo"  L^^'h*^'  "'  !."'™'  ""  P"' 
who  called  them  into  existence  ^""''""''  "^  ""^  Creator 

ball'rh;rh!'T^,-^rd^^nrxt'''■'?,  r-'-  "■"  n^- 

grow  on  it,  and  ships  ^  ,^ZZ   ve    h™  '*''«"'  "'"'  l'l«"ts 
turning  round  -„  d  round  lik,  a  l,»'l/?h        °*f  ^  "  *"  ">«  «■'■« 

air..  Itisd^nehythepotro^airL'  ':L^^r_A^^^^^ 
"u  Hie  earth,  with  the  sun  fh«  .«         ""  V"""''  "'''  """^  **^  ^'""gs 
.tar«  we  se.  in  theTky     '•.  !„  Tl'  ""'^  *^«  ^'^"^  "'"^^'tude  of 
he^ren  »ad  the  earth"  "the  L!       begmnm^.  God  created  the 
•  '       '*^*  ^^»^«^'  ««d  all  the  host  of  them." 


L*<l 


MITCHELL'S  SCHOOL  GEOGRAPHY. 


PART  FIRST. 


GECaRAPHICAIi  DEFINITIONS. 


1.  What  is  Geography  ? 

Ans.  A  description  of  the  suifaoe  of  the  Earth. 

2.  What  is  the  surface  of  the^ Earth? 
A.  The  outside  part. 

3.  Hew  is  the  surface  of  the  Earth  divided  ? 
A.  Into  land  and  water. 


A     1T« 


VET     Vm  tt«vml*       ^^4^      A1 T^   .._j1»  «•  aw  «*. 

rr  luuvu  uj   ijjc  r.ana  s  Buriaoe  iS  liaudt 

A.  About  one-fourth. 

♦r,™??!,*^"  ™*P  ""^  ♦he  World,  No.  1,  in  the  Atlas,  (he  pupil  will  see 
that  there  is  a  great  deal  more  water  than  land  on  the  earth.  Th» 
colored  part  shows  the  land ;  the  rest  is  water. 


OSOOEAPWCAI,  DEHNITIONS. 


6.  What  is  ,hr  ^"^^^  '^'"'^^  ^  ^«ch. 

-rface  of  the  t^fhT'  ^^""  ^^  ^^«  «^-^  P-t  of  the  water  on  the 
A.  The  Sea,  or  Ocean. 

8.  How  does  th.  Ocean  appear? 
<^miug  to  land.  ^^^'  ^^^  ®ven  months,  without 

tween  distant  countries  easj'and  rapid     '''"  ^"'"'"'"''^ll 
A    Z:  Th"' """"'  '"  ""'"  ""'  ^  *<^  Ocean  t 

different  part^oftr^th  'a^Tctv"^'"^  "">  P™'>"«''»'"'  of 
point  to  anotlier.  '     "  "'onTeymg  travellers  from  one 

12.  What  do  our  shing  Ul,.  i„  „,u 

artfcies'"*'  '*='«  »"»"'  «-■  tobaceo,  rie^.^,  ,,„y  „^,^^ 

18.  What  do  they  bring  back  in  reton, 

-ilkgoodTwS^rret  fo7c?l"^"  "-"-.  -''on,  and 
-ni  sugar;  fr„n.  others^l  and  Ji^^Si  «•»■»  «»»«.  «offeo 

1«.  'w^:fniSr '"'■"''  '^  '•'^-'^-f-  to  .anUnd. 

16.  In  wliat  „(h. J        .     _""^  P"*™  ol  the  Earth, 

A.  The  vapor"  or'fo/lT -t  ""'''"''"'''' "■'"'■'"d' 


GEOGRAPHICAL   DEFINITIONS.  f^ 

17.  What  else  may  be  observed  of  the  Ocean? 

A.  Its  saltness  prevents  it  from  becoming  corrupt,  and  the 
constant  agitation  of  its  waters  by  the  winds  preserves  it  from 
the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold. 

This  shows  how  wisely  God  has  created  all  things. 


NATURAL  DIVISIONS  OF  WATER. 


TheOcoan. 


18.  How  is  the  Ocean  divided  ? 

A.  Into  five  great  parts,  likewise  called  oceans. 

19.  Which  are  the  five  Oceans  ? 

A.  The  Northern,  Southern,  Atlantic,  Pacific,  and  Indian 
Oceans. 

20.  What  other  names  have  some  of  the  Oceans? 

A.  The  Northern  is  often  called  the  Arctic,  and  the  South- 
ern, the  Antarctic  Ocean;  the  Pacific  Ocean  is  sometimes 
called  the  South  Sea. 

21.  Into  what  other  parts  is  the  water  divided? 

A.  Into  Seas,  Arcliipolagoes  {ar-ke-pela-goes),  Bays,  Gulfs, 
Sounds,  Straits,  Channels,  Lakes,  and  Kivers. 

22.  WUtisaP.a? 

A.  A  body  oi  water,  smaller  than  an  ocean,  and  nearly 


10 


GEOGRAPHICAL   DJEPInihons. 


sTr"  b,  land:  ..  eHe  MedWnean  Se,  eHe  Black 

23.  What  is  an  Archipelago? 

cal  ed  the  Columbiaa  Arch  peWo  ^'"''''''  ^''°'«'™^ 

24.  What  i,  a  Gulf  or  Bay  f        ^' 

Of  Mex1o«t„tX;  """"'''■S  -'o  ">«  'and:  as,  the  Gulf 
25.  What  is  a  Strait? 

Of  t<f.TtL^s:/Cit:rr''V''^-- ''»<'- 

26.  What  is  a  Sound  ?  "^'^"^"^^^  I>avis  Strait. 

27.  What  is  a  Chan- 


nel? 

^-  A  passage  v£ 
water  wider  than  a 
fetrait :  as,  the  Eng- 
iish  Channel. 

^J8.  What  is  a  Bar. 
A.  A  baj  or  inlet 

>i.rr 


A  Harbor. 

'  ^'^^^n,  and  port  are  synonymous 


A  Lake. 


29.  What  is  a  Lake  ? 

A  body  of  water  surrounded 
^ke  Winnipeg,  Lake  of  Geneva 


Viand:  as,  Lake  Superior, 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


11 


••  as,  the  Gulf 


.wide 


80.  Where  are  the  largest  lakes  ? 
A.  In  North  America :  some  of  the 
And  deep  that  the  larg^t  ships  may 

31.  Is  the  water  of  the  lakes  salt,  or 
A.  There  are  salt-water  lakes  and 

latter,  the  largest  is  Lake  Superior. 

32.  Which  is  the  largest  salt  lake  ? 
A.  The  Caspian  Lake,  or  Sea,  in  ^. 

large,  are  commonly  called  seaa:   as, 
Dead  Sea.* 

33.  How  do  lakes  discharge  their  waters? 

A.  Fresh-water  lakes  generally  discharge  their  waters 
through  a  river  into  the  ocean;  salt  lakes  seldom  have  any 
visible  outlet.  ^ 


84.  What  is  a  River  ? 

A.  A  large  stream  of  water  flowing  in  a  channel  on  land 
towards  the  ocean,  a  lake,  or  another  river. 

85.  How  are  rivers  formed? 

A.  By  small  streams  flowing  from  mountains  or  hills. 
36.  What  are  the  small  streams  forming  rivers  called  ? 
A.  Brooks,  creeks,  rivulets,  &c. 

other'rWer'caUedT  ^^'''  ^^"""  *  """'  ''^'^''''  ^"*'  *^*  «^^  «^  ^»- 

A.  Its  mouth;  tho  place  where  it  rises  is  called  its  source 
or  head. 

88.  What  is  the  channel  of  a  river  ? 

A.  The  place  through  which  it  flows. 


L»*kJ!;?  mfr'  "^*''"  rJ'  L*''^'"  *^"''  '"  ""'  «'*"«'*  »  »«»  i«  the  Great  Salt 
Lake  of  Utah,  explored  by  Colonel  Fremont:  it  is  180  miles  in  circuit 


12 


««0O»^PWCAL  J,Mn^„Jom. 


*■«",  or  Cataract. 

^^hioh,  by  meanr^/Cts^trli  ""'=<'  '"•*  water   tl.        . 


Canal  and  Lock 


f  W-oh  .  *:    ! 'r^S'l^-'^--  -0  Holland. 


^n  Ohio;  and  the  iJJin, 


iOIS 


flONS. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


13 


oods 


are  convejred 


L'.lf.f" 


Holland. 


nited  States? 
;^.*inia  Oanal 
1  *he  IJJinoia 


NATURAL  DIVISIONS  OF  LAND. 

43.  What  are  the  principal  divisions  of  the  land  surface  of  th» 
Irth  ? 

A.  The  E Jlecn  and  Western  Continents,  and  Oceanic  k. 

44.  What  does  the  Eastern  continent  comprised 
A.  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa. 

45.  What  does  the  Western  continent  comprisot 
A.  North  and  South  America. 

46.  What  does  Oceanica  comprise  ? 

A.  The  Islands  of  the  Pacific  Ocean. 


NORTHERN    OaJEAN. 

\  Baffin 


NORTH 


SOUTHERN    OCEAN. 

47.  What  are  the  Eastern  and  Western  continents  Mmetimes 
f  called  ? 

A.  The  Eastern  and  Western  Hemispheres.    The  word 
hemisphere  signifies  half  a  globe. 


li 


OEooBAPHioAi  Mnrnviom. 


I 


^  A   That  part  of  tC^ZhTl'^'""'  "°°"'"'** 
"^^^'"^  '  ''"'^'"''  "■*  E^-to,  a„d  the 

South  Pole."  '""O  -'J-  bet-en  the  E,„at„.  and  the 

o^.  What  are  tie  natural  ,i,v  • 

■  Mots----rs=:s:--- 

Empires,  Kingd'o  jl-^^/y™- J.oiitical  division,  .„„h  , 
68-  What  is  a  Continent  ? 

64.  What  is  a  Peninsular 

-A..    A   tract   of  lanrl    ««     1 

-J  South  A^ericite  SZ™""'^''  "^  -'-    Afrioa 
65.  What  is  an  Isthmus  ^ 

66.  What  are  Islands  ? 

BrUish^Cnd^auSd""'""'^"'^  "^  -ter:  a.,  the 

67.  What  is  a  Cape  ? 

o^to^dS'HoTr'^'''^  «'»  *e  -:  a,,  the  Cape 
68.  WhatisaPr„„„„,„y, 

treme  end'of  S  if  f  "^'^*"'^'-?  '"nto  the  sea  fJ. 
point,  and  soJ^rh^Xr  "'"'<'  *  -Pe^o^edtra■ 


5N8. 


^owB  the  Eastern  and 

uator  ? 
oiispheres. 

Equator  and  the 

prise  ? 

Equator  and  the 

'o^s  the  Northern 

Tface  of  the  earths 
■ises,  Capes,  and 


'Visions,  such  as 


any  countries. 


^ater.     Africa 


arts  of  a  con- 
'  Isthmus  of 


*^er:  as,  the 


»s,  the  Cape 


sea,  the  ex- 
ouietimes  a 


GEOGRAPHICAL    DEFINITIONS. 


15 


-5 


Some  Capes  and 
Promontories  have 
light-houses  built 
on  them:  these  are 
so  called  because 
they  have  a  bright 
light  burning  on 
the  top  of  them 
after  dark,  that 
ships  may  not  sail 
too  near  the  land. 

59.   What   is   a 
Mountain  ? 


A  Promontory  and  Light-House. 


A.  A  tract  of  land  which  rises  considerably  above  the 
general  surface. 

60.  How  high  are  the  highest  mountains  in  the  world  ? 

A.  They  are  about  five  and  a  half  miles  high ;  others  are 
two,  three,  or  four  miles  high. 

61.  What  is  a  chain  or  range  of  Mountains? 

A.  A  number  of  mountains  connected  together,  frequently 
extending  hundreds  of  miles. 


Plains.    RanRe  of  Mountains.    MnnntainH.    Vajlov     iiiiia     Vn\--r-^     o"- "-•-  - 

62.  What  is  a  Volcano  ? 

A.  A  mountain  whic'     asts  out  fire,  smoke,  and  lava  from 
Its  interior. 


16 


OEOGBAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


E.^steJcotunZT'^'  °'  "">  "■»»'  "elebrnted  Volcanoes  of  th, 
A    Pnoi  *  •  •     '^®^*ern  Continent?  -^ 

»»ter,andsomel™Sr  •  '"'"''  ''«''>  b«n de  t„vL\""'i'"'  «<-"» 


Some  moun^«,-„  °'  ^°"*  «^»°<'- 

ascend  1X7^/""^''  '*""P  *«^  ^u^^ed  .i,  .  • 

are  more  thin  twolavs  in '""'^^"«f  the  aC^^^  '"en  going  up 
JO  d.  The  summUs  of  tie  T'\"^^"«  ^'*'  ancf  of  "„  .Jff^-  travellers 
i»ottest  parts  of  the  earth   «^^V'^  "^^""tains   even^'';."'""^  ^^o™ 

f  •  What  is  a  Hill T''  "^  ^^^^^«  ^--edViirie^/andnUV'^ 

A.  A  tract  of  hml  t,-  t        , 

'r  r r '"-  -o-t  *^''  *^  ^»-  '-i,  but  of 

"'•    *^hat  IS  a  Valley  ? 

A     \r^ .  „-  ^^  '"  appearance  ? 

—  --.  ^-'"me  are  covered  wi-f J, 

^ith  sand.  ** '""'  S"«^.  sonie  with  trees,  and 


some 


NS. 


i  Volcanoes  of  the 
'bo-le). 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


17 


70.  What  are  plains  covered  with  sand  called  ? 

A.  They  are  called  deserts;  some  deserts  are  covered  with 
stones  and  gravel.     Deserts  are  generally  destitute  of  water. 

71.  What  are  the  largest  deserts  in  the  world? 

A.  The  Great  African  Desert,  and  the  Desert  of  Gobi  in 
Asia. 

72.  With  what  is  the  African  Desert  interspersed  ? 

A.  Various  fertile  spots  that  are  scattered  here  and  there 
over  the  surface,  like  islands  in  the  ocean. 

73.  What  are  these  fertile  spots  called  ? 

A.  They  are  called  Oases;  they  are  generally  inhabited, 
and  serve  as  resting-places  for  travellers. 


is  difficult  to 
aen  going  up 
y-  Travellers 
pr  much  from 
those  in  the 
and  snow. 


The  Great  Desert. 

The  Great  Desert  is  frequently  crossed  by  parties  of  travellers 
with  camels ;  these  are  called  caravans ;  both  men  and  Lasts  often 
suffer  greatly  from  want  of  water,  and  sometimes  perish  from  thirst 
The  picture  represents  a  smnll  noro^or, »„:>_  xt     !,        .  ™  tjursi. 

74.  What  are  Caves  or  Caverns  ? 

A.  They  are  openings  in  the  earth,  often  wonderful  on 
account  ot  their  great  size  and  extent. 


IS 


"^OOB^PHIO...  »^j„,„„^^_ 


FingaJ'8  Oave. 


One  of  the  most 

^^  the  west  coast 
of  Scotland.    Us 

wiZl"^  formed 
with  tJie  regular- 
ity of  walls  of 
hewn  t  j,.^ 

-J-/ feet  m  length 
and  64  feet  .  i^eT 
--"6»i8uave.  *"«    presentb    a 

«"blime  and  beautifni  '"ost  striking  ex- 

world.  ''^'^"^^f^I  creations  with  which  God  h""^''.    ''      'he 

76.  Is  there  any  remark  m  '''''^'  *^« 

T,4-  The  MaruLr^a;,  -n  "  ^'^  ^^^^^^  «^^*es . 


Railroad. 


NS. 


GEOQRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


19 


^,£"7^ the  most 

r    S'l^  «^n  island 

on  the  west  coast 
f  Scotland.    Us 
sides  are  formed 
with  tJie  regular- 
ity of  walls   of 
hewn  t  j,.^ 

-J-/reetinIer)elb 
and  64  feet  u  ide 
and   presentj,    a 

most  striking  ex- 
has  adorned  the 
States  ? 

'ij  remarkable 
)uud. 


to  place. 

in  the  United 
an  countries. 


PRODUCTIONS  OF  THE  EARTH. 

78.  What  are  the  productions  of  the  earth  ? 
A.  They  are  either  vegetable,  animal,  or  mineral. 

79.  What  are  vegetable  productions  ? 
A.  Things  that  grow  out  of  the  ground;  as,  trees,  plants, 

I  grains,  fruits,  and  flowers, 

80.  What  are  the  vegetable  productions  most  useful  to  mankind ! 
A.  Wheat,  corn,  rye,  rice,  potatoes,  bread-fruit,  &c. 

81.  What  are  the  chief  classes  of  the  animal  kingdom? 
A.  Beasts,  birds,  fishes,  reptiles,  and  insects. 

82.  What  are  minerals  ? 

A.  Substances  of  various  kinds,  that  are  dug  out  of  the 
earth. 

83.  What  are  thv,  principal  classes  of  minerals  ?  ^ 
A.  Four:   the  metallic,  the  inflammable,  precious  atones, 

a»d  building-stones. 

84.  What  are  the  most  important  metallic  min«ralB  ? 
A.  Gold,  silver,  iron,  copper,  and  lead. 

85.  What  are  the  principal  inflammable  minerals? 
A.  Coals,  sulphur,  bitumen,  and  asphaltum. 

86.  What  are  the  most  valuable  precious  stones  ? 
A.  Diamonds,  sapphires,  rubies,  and  emeralds. 


— ^V" »>, ^ 

•""^Niiliwr,;.*^" 


steam  loco- 
■  sometimes 
quantities 
8  to  place, 


uiamouvi  lUTsr. 


Diamonds  are  highly  valuable,  and  are  often  found  among  the 
earth  at  the  bottoms  of  rivers.     Tke  engraving  represents  4  river  in 


20 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


\m 


Clroat  Geyser. 


""'by  tl,e  machine  In  ll"'^fl'i 
*«"«'  of  the   pioure    *i5     "«*" 

tzz «-'-'«"  ii.reUr 

Iceland,  wh,'chtb?n,'"«  'P"»«»  «f 

P««ofrjar"^/,"Til'>'''«'o- 
«r  100  feet.         '       '°  ''*'«'"-  of  90 


r  ;;■''""•' "■•""PO  or  forn,  Of  ,h„,„,^, 
A-  Two,  the  dail,„„d  the  y     J  "'"'  """-  ""'^^ 

•very  year.  "^  ^'"^''  '»  '»oves  round  the  sun  «„«. 

oft.        Wt>ni     i_1  , 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


2] 


^estone,  marble 


A.  The  change  from  winter  to  spring,  from  spring  to  summer, 
from  summer  to  autumn,  and  from  autumn  to  winter  again. 

97.  What  is  the  length  of  the  path  travelled  over  by  the  earth 
every  year,  in  its  passage  round  the  sun  ? 

A.  Upwards  of  567  millions  of  miles :  so  that  in  passing 
round  the  sun  the  earth  travels  more  than  a  thousand  miles 
every  minute. 

9".  What  is  the  effect  of  the  earth's  daily  motion  ? 

A.  It  produces  a  change  from  day  to  night. 

99.  It  the  earth  did  not  turn  round  on  its  axis,  what  would  be  the 
effect? 

A.  The  day  and  night  would  each  be  six  months  long,  and, 
consequently,  there  would  be  but  one  day  and  one  night  in 
the  year.     In  that  case,  our  earth  would  be  scarcely  habitable 

100.  What  do  these  things  teach  us  ? 

A.  That  the  works  of  the  Almighty  are  directed  by  infi- 
nite wisdom  and  goodness. 


9 


101.  What,  is  the  axis  of  the  earth? 

A.  An  imaginary  line  passing  through  its  centre,  North 
and  South. 

102.  What  are  the  poles  of  the  earth? 
A.  The  ends  of  tiie  axis. 

103.  TIow  many  poles  are  there? 

A.  Two;  the  North  and  the  South  Pole. 

104.  Where  are  the  poles  situated? 

A.  The  North  Pole  is  the  north  point  of  the  earth's  axis 
and  the  South  Pole  is  the  south  point. 

Point  out  on  Map  of  the  World,  No.  1  of  the  Atlas,  the  North  Pole 
and  the  South  Pole.  You  will  perceive  that  this  map  consists  of  the 
Eastern  and  Western  Hemispheres,— that  is,  a  map  of  both  sides  of 
the  earth  presented  to  view  at  once;  and,  altlion^h  the  words  North 
Pole  and  South  Pole  are  engraved  twice,  there  is  but  one  North 
Pole  and  one  South  Pole. 

105.  How  far  distant  are  the  poles  from  each  other? 
A.  One  hundred  and  eighty  degrees. 

106.  How  many  miles  is  that? 

A.  About  12.500  milcH,  which  is  half  round  the  world. 

107.  What  is  the  size  or  bulk  of  the  earth? 


22 


O^OOBAPHrc.  I,.P«„,„,, 


-■'t  l:iS*''^''  ""•'-  -  circumference       .  „     l 
"8.  What  i.  ,!,„,.  "lerence,  and  8OO0 

-f/ho  ...erSt?  ""^  *™P'-.  'l-e  polar  circles  the  na    M  , 
'3-Aro.a,,earo,e,a,,.k„.  '^' '^^  Parallels, 

A.    The  nr„>„t  .""""""tent? 

"""1  are  called  tit'  "'"^  ""'"'^iaM  o:,lv  are  nf  ,^ 

"t.  What  1  'he?r'  ""'''^-  '™''  <'^'«■"- 

f -/Hat  .  ,he  C;:'^  '"™-'  -  ealleai  Jc t^' 

'"""d  the  elobt  at  {n^;:;'.!  T^"  ^"""-J'"*?   oast   an. 
•""U'The-V.-^^'^  '^         .t'rr"/"'"  -""pole         ""' 

"«•   What  i,  the  J.  ,  "  "'"  '""i  <W  word 

Noi  P  T  ''■''••'"'  "«  C°eV'';r''r''°'  '""^  ""  »>»'-  ' 
J-xortii  role,  and  fK«  „     ^^^^es,  or  .•ihoiit  G'>r.n  ^  ., 

Tho  exact  si.^        ,  "~~    " II 

y  to  rtetennino  those 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


23 


117.  What  are  the  Tropics? 
A.  Two  imaginary  lines  encircling 

le  earth,  parallel  with  the  Equator. 

118.  Where  are  they  placed  ? 
A.  At  the  distance  of  23  J  degrees, 

)r  1625  miles,  north  and  south  from 
the  Equator. 

119.  What  are  the  names  of  the  Tropics? 
A.  The  northern  is  called  the  Tropic 

|of  Cancer,  and  the  southern  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn. 

Point  out  on  Map  of  the  World,  No.  1,  the  Tropics  of  Cancer  and 
[Capricorn.  You  will  find  them  between  the  figures  20  and  30  that 
I  are  printed  on  the  edge  of  the  map. 


Circles. 


11 


120.  What  are  the  Polar  Circles  ? 

A.  Imaginary  lines  encircling  the  earth  near  the  Poles. 

121.  Where  are  they  placed? 

A.  At  the  distance  of  23 i  degrees  from  each  Pole. 

122.  What  are  their  names? 

A.  The  Arctic  Circle  is  the  northern  polar  circle,  and  the 
Antarctic  Circle  the  southern. 

Point  out  on  Map  of  the  World,  No.  1,  the  Arctic  and  Antarctic 
circles.  They  are  between  the  figures  60  and  70,  which  are  engraved 
on  the  edge  of  the  map. 


ParAliels. 


Mtrldiana. 


123.  What  are  the  ParalU'ls? 

A    Circles  extending  otist  aiul  west  around  the  earth. 


24 


OEooEAPHicAr,  mnmnot,s. 


i^b.  How  are  tiiey  reDrp«,P«*  a  ' 

•     A.  Sixty-uine  and  a  ouartPrT  ^''""  ''''•«'«  ^ 

,  129.  Hov  will  you  fl„.  ?,  "'"  '""""'on  miles. 
Of  .eg...       /°"'""'"'— '«o^».i.e,ina„,,i„.„„„,^^ 
A-  By  .uul..p,,i„g  ,he  degree,  by  691. 

LATITUDE. 
130.  What  is  latitude? 
A.  It  is  distance  from  tho  P«     ^ 
^«'-  How  i,  ,„u,„,^  dTild  ,''"'""'  """"^  »'  «»»'h- 

Pa™ne,r'"^'"'""»^-'-dwe..     The.  lines  are  called 
A       """'"-""-Oe  numbered  J 

-^"•'^""^"^"'""•^^^—^-he  poles,  .0.0 
■        '''«  '-^-  .eroa.  Tr..  ..«  Bo.o.  t„.„ds  eho 


GEOGRAPHICAL   DEFINITIONS. 


25 


y  given  number 


L  of  the  map,  it  is  North  Latitude;  if  they  increase  from 
le  top  towards  the  bottom,  it  is  South  Latitude. 

136.  On  Map  of  the  World,  No.  1,  Eastern  Hemisphere.  In  what 
Altitude  is  Europe?     Ans.  N.  Le. 

1^7    In  what  latitude  is  Australia  ?     Ans.  S.  Lp. 

138.  In  what  latitude  is  Africa  ?     Ans.  Partly  in  N.  and  partly  m 

139.  In  what  latitude  is  Asia?     Ans.  N.  Le.  ,  '.    ^,    ,, 

140.  On  the  Western  Hemisphere.  In  what  latitude  is  North 
America?     Ans.  N.  Le.  jot 

141.  In  what  latitude  is  South  America?     Ans.  N.  Le.  and  S.  Le. 

142  What  latitude  have  places  on  the  Equator  ? 
A.  They  have   no  latitude,  for  latitude  begins  on  the 

■equator. 

143  What  is  the  latitude  at  the  Poles? 

A.  It  is  90  degrees,  which  is  the  full  extent  to  which  lati- 

I  tude  is  carried. 

144  What  is  the  meaning  of  the  word  latitude  . 

A  It  means  breadth;  it  was  applied  long  ago  to  distances 
north  and  south,  because  the  world  was  supposed  to  be  much 
less  in  extent  in  that  direction  than  from  east  to  west. 

145  Do  the  degrees  of  latitude  vary  in  length  ? 

A.  They  are  nearly  all  alike,  being  about  69i  miles  each. 

In  consequence  of  the  earth  being  flattened  at  the  poles  the 
degrees  of  latitude  increase  slightly  in  extent  in  going  either  north 
«r  south ;  but  69|  miles  is  a  fair  average  of  their  extent. 


o 


LONGITUDE. 

146.  What  is  longitude  ? 

A.  It  is  distance  east  or  west  from  an  established  meridian. 

147.  How  is  longitude  represented  on  maps? 
A.  By  lines  extending  north  and  south. 

148.  How  is  it  reckoned?  ^     ^ 

-r     ,  ,     ._ J A.  ^«  i^«i.  mnna  it  IS  rccKonecl 

A    In  de";rees  easr  and  wust,  un  ^.«>    •— j-     ^^  '^-     - 

from  the  meridians  of  Greenwich  and  Washington. 

149.  How  is  it  counted? 

A.  From  the  place  of  beginning,  180  degrees  each  way: 


26 


«'OaK.PHIC^,  ^^^^^^^^^^^ 


if 


fOH„„i,u  marked?  •»»«  ">«»  180 

,     7-;' '"« -d'  0.  ,i::t:?dZ  '"^  '^^  ^-^  bottom  of  tn, 

U2.  Are  th.  ^  ^  ^^^<ij  it  is    I 

A    They  consta^tt  I!:""  '""^  "^  '""-Oe  ?  I 

]54.  Wh^t  is  the  mean W  of  f I,  ^         •  I 

'««•  Ho>v  do  nation.  '„""', """Singly.    "  ""»  "■«  'ongitude  of  ■ 

,    '«?•  We  reckon  '"'"'  """i  countrv  I 

from  Oreenwfch    ,1?'""'^  '''""  "'"  ""v  of  w    ,  "^^  I 

Madrid.        ,       •  "-  f renca  f,.„,n  i^ar^.^"^  'X-'  "l«  Eng,,^  I 

168.  On  the  Fn„  .                                                       Spaniards  from  V 


-    -  -rtuus  on  thp  li'rt  l^wxus 


'-'-e,UeHaC:i^L'Xt 


GEOGRAPHICAL   DEFINITIONS. 


27 


160.  What  is  the  diflFerence  of  longitude  between  Washington  and 
[Greenwich  ? 

161.  What  is  the  length  of  a  degree  of  longitude  on  the  Equator? 

162.  What  is  it  on  the  42d  degree  of  latitude?  on  the  60th  degree? 
[on  the  76th  degree  ?  at  the  Poles? 

163.  Where  is  there  no  latitude  ? 

164.  Where  is  there  no  longitude  ? 

On  Maps  Nos.  1  and  28,  you  will  find  that  the  meridian  marked  0 
crosses  the  Equator  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea.  In  thrt  spot  there  is 
neither  latitude  nor  longitude. 


15 


MAPS. 

166.  What  is  a  Map  ? 

A.  A  representation  of  a  part  or  the  whole  of  the  earth's 
surface. 

166.  What  are  a  number  of  maps  made  into  a  book,  called  ? 
A.  An  Atlas. 

167.  In  what  way  are  maps  usually  drawn  ? 

A.  The  top  of  the  map  is  north,  the  bottom  south,  the 
right  hand  east,  and  the  left  hand  west. 

168.  What  is  meant  by  North,  South,  East,  and  West  ? 

A.  They  are  the  four  cardinal  or  principal  points  of  the 
compass. 

169.  What  is  a  compass  ? 
A.  An  instrument  used  by  naviga- 
tors at  sea,  to  point  out  their  course. 

170.  How  does  it  point  out  their  course? 
A.  The  needle,  or  bar  of  the  com- 
pass, always  points  to  the  north. 

171.  In  what  directions  are  North  and 
South? 

A.  The  North  is  towards  the  North  Pole,  and  the  South  is 
towards  the  South  Pole, 

172.  In  what  directions  do  East  and  West  lie  ? 

A.  East  is  towards  the  point  where  the  sun  rises,  and  "West 
is  towards  the  point  where  it  sets. 

173.  If  you  stand  with  your    ice  towards  where  the  sun  rise^ 


28 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


and  t^t^l",^^  -  ^-  left  hand,  the  South  on  ,o«r  Hght  hand, 


A  Map, 


16 


to  Mtir't^T'  '"'"  ""  ^'"™  "y  ">"='  "»«»  winding  aooording 

dir^ti„^L™wVth  SLVeTod'^  """  ""«"  '»™  ^  ^I-a-lo  in  ti,« 
176.  Cities  and  towns  are  shown  bv  a  hlnolr  .!«♦       a  .-^ 

of  countries  by  a  large  dot  with  eighTri'onel'aroun'J'it"''''*'' 
1-7.  The  boundaries  of  countries  are  made  by  lines. 

178.  Sandy  deserts  and  sand-bank<*  in  ih^ 

great  number  of  dots  resembfing  sS     The  oZ'"''  ^''  '^"^"  ^^  * 
by  lines,  to  separate  it  from  the  land. '  '  '''"  ''^'  ^'  ^^^^ed 

179.  The  latitude  is  shown  bv  Unna  «^*     j- 

side  to  side,  and  tlie  longTude  bv^fn  "  ?"^-'"«»"  ""'  ■»»?»  from 
bottom,  except  on  Map  No  2  of  I  ^1^^'"^  *^''°"  "'"  '"P  '»  the 
shown  by  cir'iular  line's  extending  ns„l°:l:'Sh'''''  'I".""'  " 

^:x  rserf^t"""  ^*  ^•-'^'^--  — n"giv?»^^ 
tire,i°fc;HLt:trai-cCbi»^^^^^^^^^^ 

182.  Potnt  out  the  capitals  Ottawa,  Washington,  and  Mexico. 


£ 


s. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


29 


n  your  right  hand, 


nding  according 

a  shade  in  the 

and  the  capita^- 
round  it. 

are  shown  by  a 
f  sea,  is  shaded 

the  maps  from 
I  tlie  top  to  the 
the  latitude  is 
er  and  farther 
iding  from  the 

tisaissippi,  the 

idclphia,  Bal- 
uato. 

Mexico. 


183.  Point  out  the  boundary  between  the  United  States  and 
[cxico,  between  the  United  States  and  British  America,  and  be- 
tween British  America  and  Alaska. 

184.  Point  out  the  Great  Interior  Basin  (see  Map  No.  5) ;  and  the 
Jrand  Bank  of  Newfoundland. 

185.  Point  out  the  Rocky  Mountains,  the  Alleghany  Mountains, 
le  Sierra  Nevada,  and  the  Sierra  Madre. 

17 


ZONES. 

18G.  What  are  Zones  ? 

A.  Divisions  of  the  'garth's  surface, 
formed  by  the  tropics  and  the  polar 
lirclea. 

187.  What  does  the  word  Zone  mean  ? 
A.  A  belt  or  girdle. 

188.  How  many  Zones  are  there  ? 
A.  Five :  one  torrid,  two  temperate, 

(,nd  two  frigid  zones. 

189.  What  part  of  the  earth's  surface  is  occupied  by  the  Torrid 

tone? 

A.  The  part  which  lies  on  both  sides  of  the  Equator,  be- 
reen  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  and  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn. 


hot 


meaning 
parched 


or  dried 
8 


Torrid' 
up. 


30 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


191.  What  is  the  breadth  of  the  Torrid  Zone  ? 

A.  It  is  3243  miles  in  breadth  froiu  north  to  south. 

192.  Why  is  the  Torrid  Zone  the  hottest  part  of  the  earth  ? 

A.  Because  it  is  more  exposed  to  the  heat  of  the  sun  than 
any  other  part  of  the  earth. 

198.  What  are  the  seasons  of  the  Torrid  Zone  ? 
A.  Two;  the  wet  and  the  dry. 
"*     194.  To  which  of  our  seasons  do  they  correspond? 

A.  The  wet  season  corresponds  to  our  winter,  and  the  drv 
to  our  summer.  ^ 

196.  What  is  the  climate  of  the  Torrid  Zone? 
A.  During  some  parts  of  the  year  it  is  delightful:  but  at 
'  other   times   the  heat  is  very  oppressive,  and  the  earth  is 
parched  and  dried  up. 


18 


196.  To  what  is  the  Torrid  Zone  subject? 

.v^'  To  violent  storms  of  wind,  which  destroy  almost  every 
thing  within  their  reach.  ^ 

197.  To  what  else  is  the  Torrid  Zone  subject? 

A.  It  is  more  subject  to  earthquakes  than  the  other  parts 
ot  the  earth,  and  is  also  the  seat  of  dangerous  and  deadly 
diseases. 

198.  For  what  is  the  Torrid  Zone  remarkable  ? 

A.  For  the  finest  fruits,  many  of  the  most  useful  vegetable 
productions,  and  the  largest  and  most  ferocious  animals! 

199.  What  are  some  of  the  principal  fruits  of  the  Torrid  Zone  ? 

A.  Oranges,  lemons,  pine-apples,  cocoa-nuts,  and  the  bread- 
iruit. 

200.  What  are  some  of  the  most  useful  vegetable  productions? 

A.  Coffee,  sugar,  indigo,  cinnamon,  cloves,  nutmegs  and 
pepper.  '  o  ? 

201.  Which  ate  the  most  remarkable  animals  ? 

A.  The  elephant,  rhinoceros,  hippopotamus,  cajnelopard, 
lion,  and  tiger.  ^  r      i 

202.  What  are  some  of  the  birds  and  other  remarkable  animals? 
A.  The  ostrich  and  condor,  with  numerous  birds  of  splendid 

plumage,  and  the  largest  and  most  venomous  serpents  and  in- 
sects. ^ 


GEOOBAPHIOAL  DEFINITIONS. 


31 


203.  What  are  the  complexion  and  habits  of  the  people  of  the 
Torrid  Zone  ? 

A.  They  are  generally  of  a  dark  or  black  color,  and  indo- 
lent and  eflfeminate  in  their  habits. 

204.  "What  is  their  character  ? 

A.  They  are  seldom  distinguished  for  industry,  enterprise, 
or  learning. 

19 _. 


ble  animfllH  ? 


Temperate  Zones. 

205.  Where  are  the  Temperate  Zones  situated  ? 
A.  Between  the  tropics  and  the  polar  circles. 

206.  How  are  they  distinguished  from  each  other  ? 

A.  The  one  north  of  the  equator  is  called  the  North  Tem- 
perate Zone,  and  the  one  south  of  the  equator  the  South 
Temperate  Zone. 

207.  What  does  the  word  temperate  mean  when  applied  to  cli- 
mate? 

A.  Mild,  moderate ;  neither  too  hot  nor  too  cold. 

208.  Where  is  the  North  Temperate  Zone  situated  ? 

A.  Between  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  and  the  arctic  circle. 

209.  Where  is  the  South  Temperate  Zone  situated  ? 

A.  Between  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  and  the  antarctic 
circle. 


32 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


210.  What  is  th«  breadth  of  the  Temperate  Zones  ?        \ 
A.  About  2970  miles  each. 

211.  What  are  the  seasons  of  the  Temperate  Zones  ? 

A.  Four;  Spring,  Summer,  Autumn  or  Fall,  and  Winter 

212.  What  climate  do  the  Temperate  Zones  enjoy  f 

otht  p^r^JoTS^aX  '^"'^  ^"'  '^^^*''^  ^^^-^^  ^^-  -^ 

ber'Jf%h^elXSeTodtr.:r  ^'^  '^"^'  '^^«  ^^  *^«  -- 

A    Tlie  vegetable  productions  of  the  Temperate  Zones  are 

nmther  so  numerous  nor  so  luxuriant  as  those  of  the  Torrid 

perTttzre^s^^""  '*""  ^"""''^^^  vegetable  productions  of  the  Tem- 

mdkgJ!'^'  ''^'^*'  ^""^  "'"'  ""'^^  ^^P^'''  ^^^"^"^'  P^^'«'  «^i^««^ 
Torrid  Z^nef'  ''''"'*^'  '^  '^'^  Temperate  Zones  like  those  of  the 

A.  No:  they  are  generally  of  smaller  size,  and  are  less 
numerous  and  ferocious.  "^  «io  less 

216.  Of  what  kinds  are  the  animals  of  the  Temperate  Zones? 
A.^  Chiefly  of  the  domestic  and  useful  kinds. 

217.  What  are  some  of  the  domestic  animals? 

A.  The  horse,  camel,  ox,  ass,  mule,  sheep,  hog,  and  dog. 

^Ib.  What  are  some  of  the  wild  animals  ? 

A.  The  bear,  wolf,  buflalo,  elk,  deer,  and  fox 

TempLTe'w:/''  '^'^^  ^^'  ^'^''^^^^''  ''  *^^  -^'^^i^-ts  of  the 

vrhff.  n?T  ""^  *^'  i'^'^'*^  Temperate  Zone  in  particular  have 
white  or  fair  complexions,  and  generally  more  strength  of 
body  and  mind  than  the  inhabitants  of  the  other  Zon  J 

220.  For  whrt  are  they  distinguished  ? 

A.  For  industry,  enterprise,  and  learning. 

221    What  do  they  comprise  ? 

A.  The  most  civilized  and  improved  portion  of  mankind. 

--ii    VTnat  zone  lies  south  of  the  United  States  ? 

peS-i:'ff„To:orot£l''''  ''°'*  ^^-P-'-^O  south  T,.. 
224.  In  what  Zone  do  we  live  ? 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


35 


20 


Zone  in  the  num- 


Frigid  Zones. 


erate  Zones  ? 


liabitants  of  the 


225.  Where  are  the  Frigid  Zjjpes  situated? 

A.  Between  the  polar  circles  and  the  poles. 

226.  How  are  they  distinguished  ? 

A.  The  one  north  of  the  equator  is  called  the  North  Frigia 
Zone,  and  that  south  of  the  equator  the  South  Frigid  Zone. 

227.  Where  is  the  North  Frigid  Zone  situated  ? 

A.  Between  the  arctic  circle  and  the  North  Pole. 

228.  Where  is, the  South  Frigid  Zone  situated? 

A.  Between  the  antarctic  circle  and  the  South  Pole. 

229.  Why  are  the  Zones  about  the  poles  called  Frigid  ? 
A.  Because  their  climate  is  excessively  cold. 

230.  Why  is  the  climate  of  these  Zones  colder  than  that  of  other 
parts  of  the  earth  ? 

A.  Because  the  rays  of  the  sun  are  there  less  direct,  and 
impart  a  smaller  degree  of  heat  than  in  countries  nearer  the 
equator. 

231.  With  what  are  the  Frigid  Zones  covered? 
A.  Chiefiy  with  ice  and  snow. 

232.  What  are  the  seasons  of  the  Frigid  Zones  ? 
A.  Two ;  a  long  cold  winter  and  a  short  summer,  without 
spring  or  autumn. 


34 


QEOGBAPHIOAI,  DEMNITIOMS. 


nearest  to'the  t1P!L  ^  "''"^  ^"^  ■"  "^"^  ?»«» 

m  What  kind  of  animaU  live  ihere? 
reitdeor'!!       *^  ■"<»'  ''«<'^--  -.  the  white  bear,  musk-ox 

5ark  complexions.  '       ^^^^^  ^^^ture,  and  have 

236.  In  what  are  they  deficient  ? 

and  M^tet:-"!,^^^^^^^  "^  -<•'»«  -d  writi.,, 

Q^NS  ON  THE  I,™^,  ,,,,3 

the  cIu^5efe'a;^i:°;rTo'';Hi'£'-"  "-'^P^-,  point  out 
PutaJd  ;; rtVBr  "'  *'"•'*  "'^  -''"'^  «f  C.-Aa.,  Ca.,  Ga., 

.oftTaorz:  o7\h?jr '' "  "-^ ''"""  ^«--  "^^--^  .t  .ho  I 

0.^-^'^  c! v'l'  ^"-^  ""'■'  ^^■'  ^«-  N-Ca.,  Sy.,  Gn.,  Ms.,   I 
th.1a».rrHe;t;t:.°»"'"-  "■  "">  ^o™"  ^one  on  .be  Map  of    I 

i^^Vf.^zf,:^:3't'Z  :^^^  -^. «».,  I 

of  Ca.,  parfc  of  Aa.  '  P^"  ^^  ^o.,  Sm.,  part    I 

Wesfern  Ho^i^p^L*^:  ""'^^""  ^^  *^«  ^-^^  Temperate  Zone  of  the     I 
.,  ^'  J^^^y  «re  part  of  Aa.   noff  «<•  xt  r.^     .  ■ 

!!!!J^^«^«  0^^^^^  Mo"'""'"*'  """"'  P^'*  ^*'  ^^-^ 

*  The  letters  Mo    n   A«    a  IT""  -— — _ 

"  .ho..  o„.„..,.  ih.tvl^,^-?;;i;s;r--,':- -  .h.^^^^ 


GEOaBAPHIOAL  MBfflNITIONS. 


35 


242.  Point  out  the  islands. 
A.  They  are  the  An.,  Vr.,  Nd.,  Ae. 

243.  Point  out  the  countries  in  the  North  Temperate  Zone  of  the 
ilastern  Hemisphere. 

A   They  are  Sn.,  Fe.,  ly.,  Aa.,  Ty.,  Ra.,  By.,  part  of  the 
H.-Dt.,  Et,  part  of  Aa.,  Pa.,  Ty.,  part  of  Hn.,  Tt,  part  of 

ja. 

244.  Point  out  the  islands. 
A.  They  are  Id.,  Bh.-Is.,  Sn.,  Jo.,  Nn.,  Ku.,  Lo.,  part  of 

|Fa.,  Ma. 

245.  Point  out  the  countries  in  the  South  Temperate  Zone  of  the 
[western  Hemisphere. 

A.  They  are  Ci.,  Ae.-Cn.,  Pa. 

246.  Point  out  the  islands. 
A.  They  are  N.-Zd.,  Ce.,  Fd.,  Ta.-Fo.,  S.-Sd.,  S.-Oy.,  S.- 

Ld. 

247.  Point  out  the  countries  in  the  South  Temperate  Zone  of  the 
Eastern  Hemisphere. 

A.  They  are  Ce.-Cy.,  Ca.,  part  of  Aa. 

248.  Point  out  the  islands. 

A.  They  are  Tn.-Aa.,  Mn.  and  Cs.,  Ks.,  part  of  Mr.,  Ta. 

249.  The  countries  in  the  North  Frigid  Zone  of  the  Western  Hemi- 
sphere are  part  of  Aa.,  part  of  N.-Bn.,  part  of  Gd. 

250.  The  countries  in  the  North  Frigid  Zone  of  the  Eastern  Hemi- 
sphere are  Ld.,  part  of  Sa.,  with  the  islands  Sn.,  Na.-Za.,  N.-Sa. 

261  The  only  land  in  the  South  Frigid  Zone  of  the  Western  Hemi- 
sphere is  a  part  of  Qm.-Ld.,  Va.-Ld. ;  and  in  the  South  Frigid  Zone 
of  the  Eastern  Hemisphere  there  is  Ey.-Ld.  and  the  Ac.-Ct. 

In  what  Zone  do  tho  United  States  lie?    N.  Te. 

What  Zone  contains  the  largest  animals  ?     Td. 

Which  Zones  contain  the  most  useful  animals?     Te. 

Which  Zones  produce  the  most  hardy  animals?     Fd. 

Which  Zone  is  most  subject  to  violent  storms  of  wind?     Td. 

In  which  Zone  are  the  people  the  most  industrious?     N.  Te. 

Which  Zone  is  the  most  subject  to  earthquakes?    Td. 

In  which  Zones  is  the  climate  most  healthful  ?     Te. 

Which  of  the  Temperate  Zones  contains  the  most  powerful  and 
civilized  nations ?    N.  Te. 


36 


GEOGilAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


-  22 


^^^ITICAL   DIVISIONS. 

times  ai^i:^t^  ^^Kin^cir '  ^^^  ^^^  ^--  -7  earl, 
various  kinds.  ^P^^^s,  Kingdoms,  Republics,  and  States,  of 

268.  What  is  an  Empire  ' 

iS5.  What  do  other  Empires  comprise' 

MmrhEit""""  '"  <'"'*'™'"  P''*»f  *e  earth:  as, 
.  266.  What  is  a  Kingdom  ^ 

Spat.!"""'^^  """"^  ^"^'-'^  "y  »  i-g:   as;  Prussia, 


Palace  at  Versailles 


267.  What  are  Palaces? 

268.  What  is  a  Republic  f 

..,»?Si"/2  ^^»*  are  the  various  .f*tn.  wk:.!,  .___ 

=«iraiTiucar  "-....ii  luna  our  iiopubiic 

A.  Into  oonnties,  e,<»pt  m  South  CaroJiua.  where  the,  am 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


27 


I  called  districts,  and  in  Louisiana,  where  they  are  called  par- 
lishes. 

261.  How  are  counties  subdivided  ? 

A.  Generally  into  towns  and  townships. 


og:   as,' Prussia, 


City  of  St.  Petersburg  , 

202.  What  is  a  City? 

A.  A  large  collection  of  houses  and  inhabitants. 
Cities  differ  greatly  in  extent ;  some  have  no  more  than  8000  or 
4000  inhabitants;  while  others,  such  as  London,  Paris,  New  York 
l&c,  have  a  hundred  times  as  many,  or  even  more.  * 

263.  In  what  way  is  a  city  particularly  distinguished  from  a  town  ? 
A.  By  being  incorporMed  with  peculiar  privileges,  and  in 

[being  governed  by  a  Mayor,  Aldermen,  &c. 

264.  What  is  a  Town,  and  what  is  a  Village  ? 
A,  A  town  is  a  collection  of  houses  and  inhabitants,  smaller 

than  a  city.     A  village  is  smaller  than  a  town. 


23 


265.  What  is  a  Township  ? 

A.  A  tract  of  country  often  including  villages  and  towns 
md  sometimes  cities,  within  its  limits. 

266.  What  is  a  County? 

A.  A  division  belong!  g  t^  a  State,  comprising  in  many 
cases  a  large  extent  of  country. 

267.  What  do  counties  generally  contain  ? 
A.  Nearly  every  county  in  tho  United  States  contains  a 

[oounty  town  and  a  court-house  in  the  county  town. 


38 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


268.  What  are  held  in  county  towns  ? 

.r.^i\.  ^""7^  f  justice  are  held  in  county  towns,  and  offenders 
are  there  tried  and  punished.  '^"ut-ia 

269.  What  ia  the  capital  of  a  State  ? 

LegUktare!"^  *""  '*'""'  "'"""'  ^°'  **  """^'-S  "^  ^''^  State 

270.  What  do  the  capitals  of  States  usually  contain? 
..hl^^  State-House,  State  Prison,  the  Governor's  residence 
and  offices  connected  with  the  government  of  the  State         ' 

most  instances,  ho^ever,7c°r;a7po'sftr£'cL'^r*"''"^''-     '» 
272.  What  is  the  State-House  ? 

'A.  The  building  where  the  Legislature  of  the  State  meets. 
278.  What  18  the  Legislature  of  a  State  ? 
A.  A  body  of  men  who  have  power  to  make  laws. 

274.  Who  is  the  Governor  of  a  State  ? 
A.  The  person  who  executes  the  laws  of  the  State. 

275.  What  is  the  capital  of  the  United  States  ? 

ArtJ!"^   ""'%  ""t  Washington,  the   place  adopted   by  the 
American  people  for  the  annual  meeting  of  the  National  Con! 

276.  After  whom  was  ii  named  ? 
A.  George  Washington. 

277.  What  is  the  National  Congress? 
the'^peile ''''""^^^  """^^""'^  '^'  ^^P^^^^^^^^ives  elected  by 

278.  What  two  bodies  does  Congress  comprise? 
A.  The  Senate  and  the  House  of  Representatives. 


24 


the^people" [  ^^^'  ^'^^'^^  ''  "^^  ^''  '^'  representatives  elected  by 

«„^;  J^'""  "^embers  of  the  Senate  are  elected  for  six  vears 
and  those  of  the  House  of  Representetives  for  two        ^       ' 

280.  What  are  the  duties  of  Congress  ? 

A.  To  make  the  laws  by  which  the  nation  is  governed. 


GEOGRHAPICAL  DEFINITIONS, 


39 


>wns,  and  oflfendera 


eting  of  the  State 


atives  elected  by 


281.  In  what  building  in  the  city  of  Washington  does  Congress 
I  Lola  its  meetings  ?  * 

A.  In  the  Capitol,  which  is  one  of  the  finest  edifices  in 
America. 


Capitol  at  Washington  before  the  extension 


282.  Who  executes  the  laws  passed  by  Congress  ?  \ 

A.  The  President,  with  the  aid  of  the  other  officers  of 
government. 

283.  What  position  does  the  President  occupy  ? 

A.  He  !<=<  the  chief  magistrate  or  head  of  the  government. 

284.  By  whom  is  he  selected  for  that  office  ? 
A.  By  electors  chosen  by  the  people. 

286.  During  what  period  does  he  hold  his  office  ? 
A.  For  four  years. 

2G6.  What  forms  the  American  nation  ? 

A.  The  whole  of  the  people  of  the  United  States. 

287.  The  word  nation  signifies  a  distinct  body  of  people  living 
mder  one  government.  ^        r     r  b 

288.  What  is  a  country  ? 

A.  A  large  tract  of  land ;  a  region ;  one's  native  soil. 

289.  What  are  the  boundaries  of  a  country  ? 

A.  The  lines  which  separate  it  from  other  countries. 
-flO.  Wh&t  is  the  interior  of  a  country  ?  • 

A.  The  central  or  inland  parts.  "^ 


40 


GBOGRAPHICAL   DEFINITIONS. 


291.  What  is  the  frontier  of  a  country  ? 

An^^hJ^^?^'  "^^  fu^  *^°  Northern  frontier,  the  Southern  frontier 
&c.,  according  as  the  parts  are  situated  North,  or  South.         °""^'^' 

293.  What  are  the  maritime  parts  of  a  country  ? 
A.  Those  parts  which  border  on  the  sea-coast. 


25 


Aaiatic. 


Malay.    European.    African.    American. 


111! 


RACES  OF   MEN. 

294.  Man  is  the  most  perfect  of  the  works  of  God,  being  created 
in  his  own  image,  and  formed  by  his  wisdom  to  subdue  and  eSse 
dominion  over  all  the  earth.  exercise 

295.  From  whom  has  the  whole  human  race  descended  ? 
A.  From  our  first  parents,  Adam  and  Eve. 

296.  What  docs  the  human  race  present  ? 

A.  Several  ynrioties,  differing  greatly  from  each  other  in 
color,  form,  and  features. 

297.  What  is  the  cause  of  the  varieties  in  the  human  race? 

_  r  H  i^V^'^^^l^b  owing  to  differences  in  climate,  food,  and 
undeTstonr'  ^""^  ^^  ^^"'^*'  ^'''""^  tonsauses  which  we  do  not 

298.  What  are  the  various  races  of  mankind  ? 


OBOQRAPHIOAL    DEFINITIONS. 


41 


iary;  the  outside  I 


I  each  other  ir 


A.  They  f^re  five ;  the  European  or  Caucasian,  Asiatic  or 
Mongolian,  jVmerican,  Malay,  and  African  or  Negro. 

299.  How  may  they  be  classed  in  regard  to  color  ? 
A.  Into  the  White,  Yellow,  Red,  Brown,  and  Black  races. 

300.  What  nations  does  the  European  or  White  race  include  ? 
A.  The  nations  of  Europe,  Western  Asia,  and  the  North 

[of  Africa,  with  all  the  white  inhabitants  of  America  and 
I  other  regions. 

801.  What  nations  does  the  Asiatic  or  Yellow  race  include  ? 
A.  All  the  nations  of  Eastern  Asia  (except  the  Malays  of 
Malacca). 

302.  What  other  nations  belong  to  this  race  ? 

A.  The  Finns  and  Laplanders  of  Europe,  and  the  Esqui- 
maux (es'ke-mo)  of  America. 

303.  Who  constitute  the  Copper-colored  or  Red  race  ? 
A.  The  Indians  of  America. 

304.  What  nations  does  the  Malay  or  Brown  race  include  ? 

A.  The  people  of  Malacca  and  Malaysia,  with  those  of 
Polynesia  and  New  Zealand. 

305.  What  part  of  the  earth  does  the  African  or  Black  race  inhabit? 
A.  All  Western,  Central,  and  Southern  Africa,  with  a  con- 
siderable part  of  Madagascar  and  Australasia. 

« 

306.  A  large  number  of  this  race  are  found  in  both  North  and 
South  America. 

307.  The  European  or  Caucasian  is  the  most  noble  of  the  five 
races  of  men.  It  excels  all  others  in  learning  and  the  arts,  and  in- 
cludes the  most  powerful  nations  of  ancient  and  modern  times.  The 
most  valuable  institutions  of  society,  and  the  most  inportant  and 
useful  inventions,  have  originated  with  the  people  of  this  race. 

Which  is  the  most  noble  of  the  five  races  of  men  ? 

In  what  doc.  it  excel  all  others? 

What  does  it  include  ? 

What  has  originated  with  the  people  of  this  race  ? 

To  which  of  the  races  of  men  do  the  greater  pai't  of  the  people 
of  the  United  States  belong  ? 

To  which  race  do  you  belong  ? 


42 


aEOORAPHIOAL   DEFINITIONS. 


26 


STAGES  OF  SOCIETY. 

knowledge,  laming,  and  re/neLnt,trSTkm7n  thTm^^^^^^^^^^ 

JZif:7S:/ZlZ:tY  '''''''  .^^^^^'^^^  '^  ^^-  ^^^i^«  of  life 

A.  Into  five  classes,  viz. :  savage,  barbarous,  half-civilized  i 
civilized,  and  enlightened.  «*"  wviiizea,  j 

310.  How  do  men  live  in  the  savage  state  ? 

nf  f];«'^^^""/''%.?^'°^'  ^"^  ^"  *^^  spontaneous  productions 
of  the  ground.     They  are  generally  clad  in  the  skins  of  wi?d 

311.  What  is  the  general  character  of  savage  nations? 
A.  They  are  generally  bloodthirsty  and  revengeful :  some 

savage  nations  eat  the  flesh  of  the  enemies  they  take  ii  waT 
and  nearly  all  treat  their  women  as  slaves.  ' 

312.  What  de- 
gree of  know- 
ledge do  they 
possess  ? 

A.  They  pos- 
sess little,  or 
no  knowledge 
of  agriculture 
or  the    mecha- 

read^  or  .nte,  and  are  without  a  regular  fotT/grr 

« 

313.  What  portion  of  mankind  are  examples  of  this  class? 
thp  Tni;.    f^f^g^nes  of  Australia  and  New  Guinea,  most  of 
the  Ind  an  tribes  of  North  and  South  America,  and  the  Kamt. 
schatdales  or  people  of  Kamtschatka.  ' 

314.  In  what  manner  do  barbarous  nations  live  ? 
A.  By  agriculture  and  the  pasturage  of  cattle,  sheer,  ko 


Habitations  of  the  Kamtschatdalos, 


GEOGRAPHICAL   DEFINITIONS. 


48 


316.  '  Vhat  nations  are  examples  of  this  class  ? 
A.  The  roving  tribes  of  Tartary,  Arabia,  Central  Africa, 
and  the  people  of  Abyssinia. 


27 


317.  How  are  half-oivilized  nations  distinguished  ? 

A.  They  have  some  knowledge  of  agriculture  and  many  of 
the  arts,  possess  written  languages,  and  have  some  acquaint- 
ance with  books. 

318.  They  have  also  established  laws  and  religion,  and  some 
foreign  commerce,  but  are  very  jealous  of  strangers,  and  treat  their 
women  generally  as  slaves. 

319.  What  nations  may  be  considered  as  belonging  to  the  half- 
civilized  class  ? 

A.  Birmah,  Siam,  Persia,  Japan,  China,  &c. 

320.  How  are  civilized  nations  distingHi shed? 

A.  The  arts  and  sciences  are  well  understood,  and  the 
people  derive  their  subsistence  principally  from  agriculture, 
manufactures,  and  commerce. 

321.  What  is  the  condition  of  the  people  in  some  civilized 
states  ? 

A.  Many  of  them  are  very  ignorant  and  superstitious: 
there  is  likewise  a  great  diflFerence  between  the  condition  of 
the  upper  and  that  of  the  lower  classes  of  society. 

322.  What  countries  rank  among  the  civilized  nations  ? 
A.  Spain,  Portugal,  Greece,  Mexico,  &c. 

828.  What  is  the  character  of  enlightened  nations  ? 

A.  They  are  noted  for  intelligence,  enterprise,  and  industry; 
among  them  ateo  the  arta  and  sciences  are  carried  to  a  high 
state  of  perfection. 

324.  How  are  they  otherwise  noted  ? 

A.  Females  are  treated  with  politeness  and  respect,  the 
principles  of  fre«^  government  are  well  understood,  and  edu- 
cation is  more  general  than  among  other  nations. 

325.  What  nations  belong  to  this  class  ? 

A.  The  United  States,  Great  Britain,  France,  Switzerland, 
and  the  German  States. 


Wss 


44 


GEOGRAPHICAL    DEFINITIONS. 


Waterloo  Bridge. 

326.  Enlightened  and  civilized  nations  are  distinguished  by  the 
number  and  variety  of  their  public  buildings  and  works  of  national 
utility ;  ef  these,  colleges,  hospitals,  libraries,  bridges,  raihroads, 
canals,  &c.,  are  amgngst  the  most  prominent. 


28 


I 


1  = 


GOVERNMENT. 

327.  Iii  every  part  of  the  earth  it  has  been  found  necessary  to 
have  some  system  of  government,  or  some  power  or  authority,  that 
shall  protect  the  good  and  punish  the  wicked. 

328.  Without  government,  no  one  could  be  secure  either  in  his 
person  or  property,  and  the  world  would  be  a  scene  of  confusion  and 
bloodshed. 

329.  What  is  government  ? 

A.  The  power  or  system  by  whicb  the  laws  of  a  country 
are  made  and  executed. 

830.  What  is  the  object  of  government? 

A.  To  afford  protection  to  life  and  property,  and  to  insure 
the  happiness  or  the  people. 

331.  What  ."ft  the  different  kinds  of  government? 

A.  Monarcny,  Aristocracy,  and  Democracy! 

832.  What  is  Monarchy? 

A.  That  form  of  government  in  which  an  emperor  or  king 
rules  during  his  life. 

333.  What  are  the  forms  of  Monarchy  ? 

A.  Absolute  Monarchy  and  limited  Monarchy. 

834.  What  is  au  Absolute  Monarchy  ? 

A.  A  government  where  the  monarch  rules  according  to 
his  own  will. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


45 


'.S'^^^^r: 


335.  What  countries  are 
ruled  in  tliis  manner  ? 

A.  China,  Turkey, 
Persia,  and  .  generally 
all  the  states  of  Asia 
aud  Africa. 

336.  Some  countries  are 
ruled  by  tyrants,  vrno  treat 
their  people  with  great  cru- 
elty, and  in  consequence 
are  afraid  to  go  abroad 
without  being  surrounded 
by  soldiers. 

337.  The  picture  repre- 
sents the  Emperor  of  Mo- 
rocco, who  is  one  of  the 
most  despotic  sovereigns 
in  existence.  When  he 
appears  in   public,  every  Emperor  of  Moroaco. 

one  he   meets    must   fall  ,.,  ^^      j        *  v«- 

with  his  face  to  the  earth,  and  rtmain  there  until  the  desj)ot  hai 

passed. 

388.  What  is  a  Limited  Monarchy? 

A.  A  government  where  the  power  of  the   monarch   i» 
limited  by  a  constitution. 

839.  What  states  are  ruled  by  a  limited  monarchy  ? 

A.  Groat  Britain,  Holland,  Sweden,  &c. 


-  29 


ad  to  insure 


840.  What  is  an  Aristocracy  ? 

A.  A  goverument  wh§re  the  power  js  vested  in  a  few  per- 
soRS,  called  nobles. 

This  does  not  at  present  exist  as  a  distinct  form  of  government, 
but  is  frequently  found  combined  with  others. 

341.  How  is  aristocracy  frequently  found  combined? 

A.  With  monarchy  and  democracy. 

842  This  is  the  case  in  Great  Britain  and  other  limited  monarchies. 
The  king  represents  the  monardiy,  +he  nobles  the  aristocracy,  and 
the  representative  body  the  democracy, 

A.  A  free  government,  in  which  the  people  phoose  thei^ 
own  rulers  for  stated  periods  of  timo. 


46 


GEOGRAPHICAL  DKriNITIONS. 


l^^'ir'"**''  ^*'^'  democratic  governments? 
Js^tl  """'^^  '^^*"'  ^"^  --^^  ^"  the  Spanish  Ameri. 

T'Z^''\7''^  *^'  ^'''  ^^"'^  «^  government  ?       •  I 

846.  Does  this  kind  of  government  still  exist? 
A.  Yes;  but  only  among  rude  and  barbarous  tribes. 
l^^'rl^V^^^  *''*  g^^^'^ed  i»»  this  manner? 
iJe^XZ^Zu^^^^^^    ^"^  ^^^  ^-^  ^-rt,  the  Lap. 

848.  How  did  Patriarchs  become  chiefs  ?  i 

849.  How  did  Chieft,  &o.  become  monarchy  ? 

850.  What  titles  do  rulers  assume  in  Asia  » 
A.  Nabobs,  Sultans,  Shahs,  Eajahs,  Imams,  Khans,  &c.~ 

851.  What  are  they  called  in  Europe  ' 
A.  Emperors,  Kings,  Princes,  Dukes,  Electors,  &c. 
352.  What  are  they  called  in  America  » 


30  - 


RELIGION. 

853.  All  races  of  men  evpn  fh«  r««t,* 
the  existence  of  some  i'nVsSe  be  n7p  rS^/f-  *«  believe  in 
that  of  man  The  various  methods  fn  wS  this  f??^  •''  '"P"-""^  ^' 
form  many  different  modes  of  relia-  on  ,n^  t^^is  faith  is  manifested 
striking  diversities  by  which  na  fn«  '„  ^w^'^'*  ^"^  ^^  ^he  most 
other.  ^  ^^'""^  ""^^'^^s  are  distinguished  from  each 


864.  How  may  the  different  fnrmB  «^  ..i-._.. 
.  Into  true  and  false. 


gioa  Be  divided  ? 


QEOORAPHICAL  DEFINITIONS. 


47 


I? 


Spanish  Ameri- 


355.  In  what  does  true  religion  consist  ? 
A.  In  worshipping  God  according  to  his  revealed  will. 

356.  In  what  does  false  religion  consist  ? 
A.  In  the  "worship  of  idols,  and  the  rejection  of  the  true 

ler  or  patriarch B  God. 

857.  What  are  th'e  principal  systems  of  religion  ? 

A.  The  Christian,  Mohammedan,  Pagan,  and  Jewish, 
us  tribes.  ■      353.  Who  are  Christians  ? 

A.  Those  who  believe  in  Christ  as  the  Saviour  of  mankind. 

Desert,  the  Lap. 


1  numbers,  and| 

rful,  conquered  I 
doms,  &c. 

Khans,  &c. 

>rs,  &c. 

e  different  re- 


ar to  believe  in 
(ver  superior  to 
1  is  manifested 
ne  of  the  most 
ied  from  each 

ivitied ! 


I 


A  Christian  Cliurch. 

859.  Into  what  churches  are  Christians  divided  ? 
A.  Catholic,  Protestant,  and  Greek. 

360.  In  what  do  these  agree  ? 

A.  In  the  necessity  of  redemption  through  the  Saviour. 

361.  In  what  do  they  diifer? 

A.  In  minor  points  of  doctrine  and  modes  of  worship. 
862.  How  are  Protestants  divided  ? 

A.  Into  various  sects ;  of  which  the  chief  are  Methodists, 
Baptists,  Episcopalians,  Presbyterians,  Lutherans,  Friends,  &o. 

363.  Who  are  Mohammedans,  or  Mussulmans  ? 
A.  Those  who  believe  in  Mohammed,  a  religious  impostor 
who  arose  in  Arabia  about  600  years  after  Christ. 


48 


GEOGRAPHICAL   DEFINITIONS. 


364.  How  are  Mohammedans  divided  ? 

A.  Into  two  sects;  the  sect  of  All,  and  the  sect  of  Omar. 


A  Mehammodan  Mosque. 

31  , 


365.  Who  are  Pagans,  or  Heathens  ? 
half  .h'eWbitlnts  of  "ho  eS.*°'  "'"'  """""  "'°''=  "''■'  ""'I 


A  Pagan  Toniple. 
307.  Who  are  the  Jews? 

Net*  2r  ""^'l  ^1!'''  ^'"  ^^'  ^^^  Testament,  but  reject  the 
.^L   " .    ^^       "^  ^^'^^''»"''  jet  to  come.  J       ^  « 

powertJan  S,^rs''anr!;Z  T^^"'^'  '"^'''''"'  '"  knowledge  and 
inHucnoo  of    hTl        '  *'';"'«'•  ♦'>'^  increase  of  their  colonies,  the 

dour  n  tt  coir"?'  T^  "''  ^^'^•"'''^"^  "^^  missionaries,  will  no 
»ot,  in  the  courie  of  „  f.,.  generations,  Bproud  their  religion  over 


greater  part  of  the  cnrth. 


X 


GEOCraiAPHIOAL  DEFINITIONS. 


49 


sect  of  Omar. 


369.  The  importance  attached  by  mankind,  in  all  quarters  of  the 
mild,  to  religious  worship,  is  strikingly  displayed  by  the  number 
If  costly  and  splendid  edifices  erected  for  that  purpose. 

370.  Among  Christians,  these  buildings  are  called  churches,  cathe- 
|rals,  and  chapels ;  among  Mohammedans,  they  tak«  the  name  of 
losques ;  among  the  Pagan  Hindoos,  they  are  termed  pagodas. 

What  nations  are  superior  in  knowledge  and  power  to  all  others  ? 

What  will  cause  their  religion  to  be  spread  over  the  greater  part 
If  the  earth?  ^  f 

To  what  do  mankind,  in  all  quarters  of  the  world,  attach  im- 

lortance  ? 

How  is  it  strikingly  displayed  ? 


32 


LANGUAGES. 

371.  The  diversities  of  language  form  one  of  the  most  striking 
loints  of  distinction  between  the  various  nations  of  the  earth.  The 
knguages  of  cultivated  nations  are  both  written  and  spoken ;  those 
If  savage  and  barbarous  races  are  merely  verbal,  and  are  not  re- 
luced  to  writing. 

372.  The  number  of  original  languages  in  the  world  is  about  80 ; 
lie  various  dialects  or  branches  derived  from  them  amount  to  8664^ 
If  which  1624  are  American,  and  587  European.  In  Asia  and 
^coanica  there  are  1177,  and  in  Africa,  276. 

How  many  original  languages  are  there  in  the  world  ? 

How  many  branches  or  dialects  arc  derived  from  them  ? 

IIow  many  of  these  are  American  ? 

How  many  are  European? 

IIow  many  are  there  in  Asia  and  Oceanica  ? 

IIow  many  are  there  in  Africa  ? 

373.  The  Chinese  language  is  spoken  by  the  greatest  number  of 
beople,  but  the  English  is  most  widely  spread,  and  will  probably 
kecome  more  general  than  any  other.  It  is  now  spoken  in  every 
juarter  of  the  globe,  and  is  distinguished  for  simplicity,  concise- 
ness, and  strength. 

374.  There  are  more  books  printed  in  English,  probably,  than  in 
fny  other  language  ;  and  the  influence  of  English  literature  is  more 
fcxtcnsive  than  that  of  any  other  existing, 

tin,  _  i  »_  . .  ... 

TTiiai  language  is  npoKcn  Dy  iiie  greatest  number  of  people  ? 
Which  is  the  most  widely  spread  ?     Where  is  it  spoken  ? 
For  what  is  it  distinguished? 

In  what  language  is  it  probable  that  the  grcutest  number  of  books 
■•  printed  ? 


50 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 


33 


I- 


V 


EXERCISES  ON  THE   MAPS. 

MAP  OF  THE  WORLD,  No.  1,  BEFORE  THE  LEARNER. 

Of  what  Hemispheres  does  this  Map  consist?    En.  and  Wn. 
What  does  the  Eastern  Hemisphere  comprise  ? 

A.  That  part  of  the  earth  lying  east  of  longitude  20  degrees  I 
west  from  Greenwich.  ' 

Hemisphere  signifies  half  a  globe. 

What  great  divisions  does  the  Eastern  Hemisphere  contain?    Ee. 
Aa.,  Aa.   and  part  of  Oa.  ' 

These  divisions  form  the  Eastern  Continent,  or  Old  World. 
What  does  the  Western  Hemisphere  comprise  ? 

A.  That  part  of  the  earth  lying  west  of  longitude  20  degrees  i 
west  from  Greenwich.  ' 

What  great  divisions  does  the  Western  Hemisphere  contain  ?    N 
Aa.,  S.-Aa.,  and  part  of  Oa.  and  Aa. 

These  divisions  form  the  Western  Continent,  or  the  New  World. 
What  ia  a  Continent  ?     Refer  to  No.  63,  page  14. 

What  great  divisions  lie  partly  in  the  Eastern  and  partly  in  the 
Western  Hemisphere?    Oa.,  Aa. 

Oceanica  is  composed  entirely  of  islands. 

Which  Hemisphere  contains  the  greatest  amount  of  land  ?     En. 

Which  Hemisphere  contains  the  greatest  amount  of  water?    Wn. 

Which  Hemisphere  contains  the  largest  islands  ?     En. 

Which  are  the  two  largest  islands  in  the  world  ?     Bo.,  N.-Qa. 

Australia  is  now  called  by  geographers  a  Continent. 

Which  is  the  largest  division  of  the  Eastern  Hemisphere  ?     Aa. 

Which  is  the  smallest  division  ?     Ee. 


/la. 


Which  division  of  the  Eastern  Hemisphere  extends  farthest  soutli 


Which  extends  farthest  north  ?     Aa. 

Which  extends  farthest  south,  Europe  or  Asia  ? 

Which  extends  farthest  west?     Aa. 

Which  extends  farthest  east?     A,i. 


Aa. 


,'{ 


Which  is  the  most  southern  land  in  the  Eastern   HemisDhero' 
Ey.-Ld.,  Ac.-Ct.  ^ 

The  most  «outhern  in  the  Western  Heraitiphere?  Va.-Ld.,  Um.-LU. 


QEOGBAPHIOAL  EX£BCISEfl. 


51 


'  What  is  an  Ocean  ? 
A.  A  vast  body  of  salt  water. 

What  five  Oceans  in  the  Eastern  Hemisphere?     Nn.,  Sn.,  Pc, 
jlc,  In. 
What  four  Ocean,  in  the  Western  Hemisphere  ?    Nn.,  Sn.,  Pc,  Aor 
There  are  five  Oceans,  of  which  four  extend  into  both  Hemispheres. 
I  The  Indian  is  the  only  Ocean  that  is  wholly  in  one  Hemisphere. 

Which  is  the  largest  Ocean  ?     Pc. 
Which  is  the  second  in  extent'    Ao. 
Which  is  the  third  in  extent  ?    In. 
Which  is  the  fourth  in  extent  ?     Sn. 
Which  is  the  fifth  in  extent  ?     Nn. 

Which  is  the  largest  division  of  the  Western  Hemisphere  ?    N.-Aft. 
Which  extends  farthest  east?     S.-Aa. 
Which  extends  farthest  west?     N.-Aa. 
Is  Norh  America  in  Nortn  or  South  Latitude?     N.-Le. 
Why  is  it  in  Norih  Latitude  ?     135. 

Is  South  America  mostly  in  North  or  in  South  Latitude?     S.-Le. 
Why  is  it  mostly  in  South  Latitude  ? 

In  what  direction  does  South  America  lie  from  North  America?  S.-B. 
What  islands  lie  south  and  southeast  of  South  America  ?     S.-Sd., 
B.-Oy.,  S.-Ld.,  G.-Ld. 
What  region  lies  soutUwest  of  South  America?     Va.-Ld. 


35 


farthest  sou (li? 


MAP  OP  THE  WORLD,  No.  2. 

What,  Hemispheres  does  this  map  comprise  ?     Nn.  and  Sn. 

Which  Hemisphere  contains  the  most  land  ?    Nn. 

Which  Hemisphere  contains  the  most  water?     Sn. 

What  great  divisions  are  wholly  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere? 
Aa.,  Ee.,  N.-Aa. 

What  great  divisions  are  partly  in  the  Northern  Hemisphere? 
Aa.,  S.-Aa.,  Oa. 

What  does  the  Northern  Hemisphere  comprise  1 

A.  All  that  part  of  the  earth  north  of  tho  Equator. 

What  does  the  Southern  Hemisphere  comprise? 

All  that  part  of  the  earth  south  of  the  Eciuator. 

Wliat  great  divisions  are  partly  in  the  Southern  Hemisphere  ? 
Aa.,  S.-Aa.,  Oa. 


t^2 


t 


Nearest  the  South  P.,e.    Va -td     4     .  "' «'- «-2-.' 

«'»'t%"a"s^«c«»«-t...<,ij„t:^^ 

the  Eost  exten^fJ^'P^.^^^^o^' commanded  bv  n^^^^        ^^,  *^«  United 

Captain  James  Weddel]  i"  I823         °°"    ' 

»av4^t"  ,t"  rittHf'"  ««»  "■"-  of  tie  S„„ti  p„,       , 
went  within  602 ^i^n       i  ""a™'  '»  lie  North  P„if  ^  "'"•    Some 

"  bea,ta  „e™  rhT:;er ""  """  -'  '"d  no""^,  J  SeXl" 


Whatn  "^'* '"'•  "-"OK™  AMERICA. 

What  Ocean  bounds  Nortl,  4  m    ■ 

«a*  Ooean  hounds  irortifeTertr-pr '"'"    ^- 

5'"::  or:;'zr:r^^  ^«- 

Wha*  «io„  V  .  iJntish  America?    Pr 

"'flat  &ea  between  the  Wpsf  Tr.^-  , 

What  great  Gulf  lies  east  nf  \t     •     o 

W.at  0„,f  between  Mr^L"/""'""'    *'"• 

Wba.  auif  west  Of  NewC„r '■;  Tr "  "^^"''■'""■•-    ^- 

What  great  Ba^  aoTtCt  ^  P^'iTw",';!"'  '-™  «"-a„d  f  !,„ 
What  Bay  between  Nora  J  .•        !       '""""  ^and  f    Hn. 
What  two  Bav.  ontuZl  ,  '"''  '*'"  "•''"'s'vick  ?    p; 

What  Bay  ea^t  oTyl;:::.';-";/;' "'« "■"'«"  ««-v  '^;..  c. 

Who*  »...^  *  ^  entral  America '/     Ga, 

_-•--•  -'v   u-of^r  of  Alaska?     HI 
What  18  a  Baj.  t    24 


^840  by  the  United 
'tenant  Wilke3;  it  is 
great  continents 

)Ie? 


outhPoIe.  Some 
e:  Captain  Parry 
619  miles,  when 
a  the  sea,  even  in 
:ns  of  either  birds 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 

fThat  Strait  between  America  and  Asia  ?     Bg. 

What  Strait  west  of  Greenland  ?     Ds. 

What  does  it  connect  ?     B.-By.  and  the  A.-On. 

What  three  Straits  north  of  Labrador?     Hn.,  Fr.,  Cd. 

What  Strait  separates  Newfoundland  from  Labrador  ?     Be. 

What  is  a  Strait  ?     26. 


53 


vVhat  two  Sounds  in  BaflSn  Bay?     Lr.,  Js. 

What  Sound  on  the  east  coast  of  Greenland  ?    By. 

What  two. Sounds  in  the  Territory  of  Alaska?     Nn.,  P.-Wm. 

What  Sound  north  of  Cape  Hatteras  ?    Ae. 

Describe  a  Sound.     26. 


What  five  Lakes  are  in  the  northern  part  of  the  United  States' 
br.,  Mn.,  Hn.,  Ee.,  Oo. 

Into  what  river  do  they  all  flow  ?     S.-Le. 

Name  the  three  principal  Lakes  in  British  America.    Wg.,  G.-Se., 

What  Lake  in  the  west-ern  part  of  the  United  States  ?    G.-S.-L. 
What  Lake  in  the  southern  part  of  Central  America  ?     Na. 
What  is  a  Lake  ?    29. 


37 


Me.     Into  Norton  Sound  ? 


What  River  flows  into  the  Polar  Sea' 
Kk. 

Name  the  two  cliief  Rivers  that  flow  into  Hudson  Bay.     Nn.,  CI. 

What  River  of  the  United  States  flows  into  the  Pacific  Ocean?   Ca. 

What  River  flows  into  the  Gulf  of  California  ?     Co.    - 

Which  two  large  Rivers  flow  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?    Mi.,  R. 

What  River  flows  into  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence?     S.-Le. ' 

What  River  flows  into  the  Gulf  of  Georgia  ?     Fr. 

What  River  flows  into  San  Francisco  Ba^  ?     So. 

What  River  flows  from  Lake  Nicaragua?    S.-Jn. 

Describe  a  River.     84. 

How  are  Rivers  shown  on  Maps  ?     174. 


-Go. 


What  Peninsula  in  Alaska?     Aa. 

niiai  reninsula  north  of  Ilutlson  Bay?     Me. 

What  Peninsula  oast  of  New  Brunswick?     N.-Sa. 

What  Peninsula  in  the  southcrti  part  of  the  United  States? 

What  PeuinBula  m  the  western  part  of  Mexico  ?     O.-Ca. 


Fa. 


64 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 

What  Peninsula  in  the  eastern  part  of  Mexico  ? 
What  IS  a  Peninsula  ?    64. 


Yn 


What  Island  lies  east  of  Greenland  f    Id 
What  Island  west  of  Greenland?    Do      * 
What  Island  in  Hudson  Bay  ?    Sn. 
What  Islands  in  the  Gulf  nf  <a*    t  - 
P.-Ed.  ^•'"  °*  S*-  I^awrence?    Nd.,  Ai.,  C.-Bn., 

What  Islands  east  of  Savannah  ?    Bs 
What  Islands  southeast    f  Florida?     "Ba 

Ja!p.!'C''  ^^«  ^-''  ^-g-^  of  the  West  India  Island!;    Ca.,  Hi., 
These  are  called  the  Great  Antilles. 

lumbt?  %VX-Z  ''''^'  '^^^"'^  ^^  *^«  --^  coast  of  British  Co- 
What  are  Islands  ?    66. 


"Won  18  the  most  eastern  Cape  1     Re 
Which  is  the  most  southern  Cape  '    Ga 

^ma.  three  Capes  „„  the  east  coast  of  the  United  States?    Cd 

S!:totl.riCrth'''r''''''^""'''«''^-'  «»• 

Ti,.        X  '^o"'^®^^  '^^Pe  of  the  Peninsula  of  California  ?     «    t 

The  most  eastern  Cape  of  Centra:  America?    G  dT 
What  is  a  Cape  ?    67.  ' 


^  What^Mountains  ..tend  through  the  whole  of  North  Amerioa? 

Mou\.Su  c^^fed'tt'st^Sre''-''  °°»'"'"""™  "^  ">«  Kooky 
btaTi"'  a-Rt'r„dTMt,'"°"«  "•»  "-'-"  --'  of  the  United 
S uTe's"'  'I;""'""'  =^'™"'  ""-e"  '"e  eastern  part  of  the  United 
S..Es'.:Vr'°  ■"°""""»'  «'» '»  '"e  southern  part  of  Alaska  Territory? 

^.  the  western  part  jf  Uritish  Ameriea  ?    Bn.,  Hr 
What  IS  a  Mountain?    59  »n.,  nr. 

What  Highland,  are  in  the  northern  part  of  Ore,nl«.d  ?    A.-Hs. 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 


55 


)f  British  Co- 


Mountains  and  Hills  are  often  called  Highlands. 

What  three  peaks  are  in  the  western  part  of  the  United  States  ? 
Fs.,  Ls.,  Ps. 

Fremont's  Peak  is  named  after  General  Fremont,  who,  in  1842,' 
ascended  to  its  summit  and  ascertained  its  height  to  be  13,760  feet. 

Mountains  that  are  higher  than  those  around  them  are  sometimes 
called  Peaks. 

What  Pass  immediately  south  of  Fremont's  Peak  ?     Sh. 
What  Volcano  is  in  the  southern  part  of  Mexico  ?     PI. 
What  two  Volcanoes  in  Central  America?     Wr.,  Ca. 
What  is  a  Volcano  ?    62. 


Point  out  El  Llano  Estacado  or  Staked  Plain.  This  is  an  exten- 
sive sterile  plain,  and  was  so  named  because  the  Santa  F6  traders 
once  placed  stakes  at  convenient  distances,  to  guide  them  in  their 
journeys  to  the  settlements  on  the  Gulf. 


Which  is  the  most  western  division  of  North  America  t     Aa. 

This  was  formerly  Russian  America,  but  is  now  a  part  of  the  U.  S. 

Which  is  the  most  eastern  division  of  North  America  ?     Id. 

Greenland  and  Iceland  are  called  Danish  America,  because  they 
belong  to  Denmark. 

Which  is  the  largest  division  in  the  North  ?     B.-Aa. 
This  is  called  British  America  because  it  belongs  to  Great  Britain. 
What  great  division  is  in  the  centre  ?     U.-S. 
Which  is  the  largest  division  in  the  South  ?     Mo. 
What  division  lies  south  of  Mexico  ?     C.-Aa. 
This  division  was  formerly  called  Guatemala. 
What  small  division  lies  north  of  Central  America?     Be. 
What  great  Archipelago  lies  east  of  Mexico  and  Central  America  ? 
W.-Is.  

What  is  the  Capital  of  British  America  ?     Oa. 

What  is  the  Capital  of  the  United  States  ?     Wn. 

What  is  the  Capital  of  Mexico  ?     Mo. 

Which  is  the  largest  City  of  Central  America?  Ans.  N.Guatemala. 

What  division  of  North  America  is  crossed  by  the  Tropic  of  Cancer? 

Mo. 

What  are  crossed  by  the  Arctic  Circle  ?     Gd.,  B.-Aa.,  Aa. 
In  what  Zone  is  the  northern  part?     N.-Fd. 
What  countries  of  North  America  are  in  the  North  Frigid  Zone  ? 
Part  of  Gd.,  part  of  B.-Aa.,  part  of  Aa. 


66 


f  1   r 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


tr-^^XTMo.**" '"  '"^  ^^'*^  ^-P--^«  Zone  ?   Part  of  B.-Aa  , 

What  countries  are  in  the  Torrid  Zone?   Part  of  Mo    C -Aa    W   T- 
In  what  Zone  as  the  largest  part  of  North  America  ?    N^^ 

' 39  

MAP  No.  5.— UNITED  STATES 
What  country  bounds  the  United  States  on  the  North  ?    B.-Aa 

wL  G^ulf       "f.'«°'*'^^'^^^^    ^''     0- the  West?    pt 
nnat  Gulf  18  on  the  South  ?    Mo 

Itl  TT"^  7TY  ""'  "''"'■•■'  ?"•'  otth.VniM  states  ?    Mo 
S.^^!Mi:t.X!'  ■"  '^«  ''°"''-'  P-'  ot  the  United  States  i 
What  Lake  lies  east  of  Lake  Ontario  ?    Cn. 
What  Lake  lies  northwest  of  Lake  Superior  ?     Ws 
..  ^at  Lake  in  the  northern  part  of  Utah '     G  -St  * 
What  great  Riyer  flows  through  the  United  States  ?     Mi 
Which  are  xts  three  great  western  branches?    Mo.,  Ae./Rd. 
Which  18  Its  principal  eastern  branch?     Oo  '        '       ' 

InU^  what  Gulf  does  the  Mississippi  flow?     Mo 

StaTesf  Ca.'"'  '''''''''  ^""'^  "^  *^«  ^-^-^  P-t  of  the  United 

bia''S;e:'t:lrilf  ri^e7'^^:?P^^^«  ^'^  ^^"^^^^^  ^--^  ^'  ^^e  Colum- 
What  Rivers  flow  into  San  Francisco  Lay  ?     So.,  3.-Jn. 

CaUforn/aTco""  ""'  ^"'  ''  '^^  "^^^^^-^  ^^^-^^  Arizona  and 
^  What  Rivers  flow  into  the  Atlantic  0.  3an  north  of  Cape  Cod  ?    Pt., 

What  three  between  Cape  Cod  and  Cape  Charles?     Ct.,  Hn.,  De 
Wha   Rivers  flow  into  Chesapeake  Bay  ?     Sa.,  Pc,  Js.  ' 

What  Rivers  flow  into  Albemarle  Sound  ?     Cn.,  Re 
What  two  flow  into  Pamlico  Sound  ?     Tr    Ne  ' 

40 


There  are  eleven  Capes  on  the  Atlantic  coast  of  fh«  TT„n„^ 
i^auie  tbem      Cd.,  Mr.,  My.,  Hn.,  Cs.,  Hy.,  Hs:,  U  ""^^^ 


..  at. 


What  two  Crpes  are  on  the  west 


wnat  Cftpe  west  of  Apalachee  Bay  ?    S.-Bs 


coast  of  Florida  ?     Rs..  £ 


ates, 
Fr.,  CI,  Fa. 


I 


GEOaRAPHIOAL   EXERCISES. 


57 


What  Capes  on  the  Pacific  coast  of  the  United  States  ?    Fv.   Lt 
Ao.,  Mo.  ^  '      '' 

What  Points  on  the  same  coast?     S.-Ge,,  Cn. 

What  Bays  between  Cape  Cod  and  C.  Hatteras?    N.-Y.,  De.,  Ce. 

What  Bays  on  the  west  coast  of  Florida?     Cm.,  Ta.,  Ae. 

What  Bays  between  Cape  St.  Bias  and  the  mouths  of  the  Missis- 
sippi River?     S.-As.,  Ce.,  Pa.,  Me,,  Bk. 

What  Bays  on  the  coast  of  Texas?     Gn.,  Ma.,  As.,  Cs.-Ci. 

What  Sounds  between  Cape  Cod  and  C.  Lookout?    L.-Id.,  Ae.,  Po. 

What  Island  lies  on  the  coast  of  Maine?     M.-Dt. 

What  two  Islands  lie  southeast  of  Massachusetts?     Nt.,  M.-Vd. 

What  Island  lies  south  of  Rhode  Island  ?     Bk. 

What  Island  lies  south  of  Connecticut?     L.-Id. 

What  Islands  lie  south  of  Florida?     F.-Rs.,  Ms..  Ts. 

Reefs  signify  low  sandy  islands. 

What  Islands  on  the  southwest  coast  of  California?     S.-Ba. 


What  Mountains  in  the  western  part  of  the  United  States  '     Rv 
8.-Me.,  S.-Na.,  Ct.  •''' 

What  Ranges  in  Washington,  Oregon,  and  California  lie  near  the 
coast  of  the  Pacific  ?     Ce.,  Ct, 

What  three  Ranges  of  Mountains  are  in  the  eastern  part  of  the 
United  States?     Cd.,  Ay.,  B.-Re.  ^ 

These  three  are  called  the  Great  Alleghany  Range. 

In  what  State  is  Mount  Mitchell  ?     N.-Ca. 

What  Mountains  in  Pennsylvania?     Be,,  Ay.,  C.-Re. 

What  Mountains  in  "Virginia?     B,-Re,,  Ay. 

What  Mountains  in  Tennessee?     Ay,,  Cd. 

What  Mountains  in  Vermont  ?     Gn.     In  New  Hampshire  ?     We. 

Between  what   .  juntains  does  the  gold-region  of  California  lie  ? 

Ct,,  S,-Na. 

41 

How  many  States  are  there  in  the  United  States  ?    Thirty-seren. 

How  many  Territories  ?  Nine.  Co.,  Da,,  In.,  :T.-Mo.,  Wn.,  lo,, 
Ma.,  Uh,,  Aa. 

There  is  also  a  District  called  the  District  of  Columbia,  which  you 
will  see  on  Map  No.  10,  It  contains  Washington  City,  the  capital 
of  the  United  States.  There  is  also  the  new  Territory  of  Alaska, 
formerly  Russian  America^ 

There  are  14  States  lying  along  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  between  New 
Brunswick  and  the  Florida  Reefs. 

What  are  they  ?  Me  N.-H.,  Ms.,  R.-L,  Ct.,  N.-Y.,  N.-J.,  Do., 
Md.,  Va.,  N.-C,  S.-C,  Ga.,  Fa.  »  »       i 


58 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


What  State  lies  north  of  Long  Island  Sound  ?     Ct. 

To  what  State  does  Long  Island  belong  ?     N  -Y 

What  five  States  lie  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?    Ts.',  La.,  Mi.,  Aa.,  Fa. 

la.   Mi!,  1:.,'^."  '"  °"  ^"'  "^^^  ''  ^^^  ^-«-^PPi  ^--?    Ma., 

What  States  lie  on  the  Pacific  coast  ?    Ca.,  On 
Da^  W*/Ma'°ro'  n' m''\'^'  Mississippi  and  the  Rocky  Mts.  ? 
Vlcllcel^i  ^w'n!C-lIh.!Aa^^'""^  ^'^  ^^^^^  ^^«-  ^^  '^^ 

TerKy.fls.,®wi''  "'  "^''"''^^  '"''  "^  '^^  Mississippi  River?    Mi., 

What  States  lie  on  both  sides  of  the  Mississippi  ?     Ma    La 
SuperiLf '  Mn'  ''"^'''  '"  ^'''  ^^  ^^'^«  «"^^"'  Mic'higan,  and 

WhatthreeStatesareboundedinpartbyLakeErie?  N.-Y.,Pa    Oo 

What  State  IS  bounded  in  part  by  Lake  Ontario  ?     N.-^Y 

•  What  two  States  does  Lake  Champlain  separate  ?     N  -Y*   Vt 

What  two  States  are  separated  by  the  Connecticut  River  ?  N  -H  Vt 

What  two  Stat,es  are  separated  by  the  Delaware  River  ?     Pa    N   j' 

What  two  States  are  separated  by  the  Potomac  River?    Va'  Md  * 

^  What  two  States  are  separated  by  the  Savarmah  River?     S. -Ca.*, 

Ga!  a1  '"'"  ®*^*''  ""''  '•^P^^^*^^  ^y  the  Chattahoochee  River? 

Oo!  Ky.f  W.^l:'''  "''  '^""'^^  ^"  P'^^t  "^y  *h«  Ohio  River?    la.,  Is., 
^Wh^t  States  are  separated  in  part  by  the  Cuu^berland  Mountains? 

W.^V^!  I%Z  Te.  ''^"'"''^  ^^  '^^  ^^'^^^^'^y  Mountain.?     Va., 

42  


What  is  the  largest  State  ?     Ts. 
The  smallest  ?    R.-I. 

What  is  the  capital  of  the  United  States '    Wn 
Which  of  the  Eastern  States  have  each  two  capitals  ?     Ct.,  R  -I 
ine  SIX  Eastern  States  are   Maine,  New  HimnshiVa    v^„      \ 
Massachusetts,  Rhode  Island,  and  Connecticut     ^''''  ^''""°"*' 

WhatistheCapitalofeach?Aa.,Cd.,Mr.,Bn.,Pe._Nt.  Hd -N  ITn 
The  four  Middle  States  are  New  York  Nnw  t..„.„  ^,. .^  ,  '  .  " 
''  Delaware.  "    r  *•-  t.  .,-.z=cj,  x^iiuasyivauia, 


and 


What  is  the  Capital  of  each?     Ay.,  Tn.,  Hg.,  Dr 

The  elcYcn  Southern  Stateu  are  Maryland,  Virginia,  West 


\  irgima, 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


69 


North  Carolina,  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  Florida,  Alabama,  Missis^ 
sippi,  Louisiana,  and  Texas. 

The  Capital  of  each?  As.,  Rd.,  Wg.,  Rh.,  Ca.,  Me.,  Te.,  My.,  Jn., 
B.-Re.,  An. 

The  sixteen  Western  States  are  Ohio,  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  Michi- 
gan, Indiana,  Illinois,  Missouri,  Arkansas,  Wisconsin,  Minnesota, 
Iowa,  California,  Oregon,  Kansas,  Nevada,  and  Nebraska. 

What  is  the  Capital  of  each?  Cs.,  Ft.,  Ne.,  Lg.,  Is.,  Sd.,  J.-Cy.. 
L.-Rk.,  Mn.,  S.-Pl.,  D.-Ms.,  So.,  Sm.,  Ta.,  C.-Cy.Tln. 

Through  what  States  does  the  40th  parallel  of  latitude  pass? 
N.-J.,  Pa  ,  W.-Va.,  Oo.,  la.,  Is.,  Mc,  Na.,  Ca.  Through  what  Ter- 
ritories?    Co.,  Uh. 

Through  or  near  what  Capitals  does  it  pass?  Tn.,  Hg.,  Wg.,  Cs.,  Is., 
Sd,,  Dr.    These  places  have  the  same,  or  nearly  the  saiae,  latitude.* 

What  four  Capitals  have  nearly  the  same  latitude  as  Washineton 
City?     Ft.,  J.-C,  Ta.,  So.  * 

By  placing  a  finger  on  the  map  on  the  place  named,  and  moving 
it  parallel  with  the  lines  that  cross  the  map  from  East  to  West,  the 
pupil  will  see  at  once  all  those  places  which  have  the  same  or 
nearly  the  same  latitude. 

What  two  Capitals  have  the  same  latitude  as  the  City  of  New 
York?     S.-L.-Cy.,  Ln. 

What  Capitals  have  nearly  the  same  latitude  as  Boston  ?    Ay.,  Lg. 

Through  what  States  does  the  meridiaa  of  Washington  pass  ?  N  - 
Y.,  Pa.,  Md.,  Va.,  N.-C. 

Near  what  Capitals  does  it  pass  ?    Rd.,  As.,  Hg. 

These  places,  therefore,  have  nearly  the  same  longitude  as  Wash- 
ington. 

What  four  places  have  about  the  same  longitude  as  Boston  ?  Nt., 
Sm.,  Ph.,  Dr. 

43  

MAP  No.  21.— SOUTH  AMERICA. 

What  Ocean  bounds  South  America  on  the  E»ei,  /    Ac. 

What  on  the  West  ?    Pc. 

What  Sea  bounds  it  on  the  North  ? 


On. 


As. 


What  are  the  principal  Mountains  of  South  America  ? 
What  is  their  length  ? 

The  highest  peak.  Mount  Aconcagua  (ah-kon-kah^gwah),  is  nearly 
five  miles  high.  It  is  the  highest  mountain  in  America,  and  also  the 
highest  volcano  in  the  world. 

In  what  part  of  South  America  are  the  Andes  ?     Wt. 

What  Mountains  on  the  East?     Bn. 

What  Mountains  near  Rio  Janeiro?    On. 


«0 


I! 


OEOGRAPHIOAL  EXERCISES. 


What  Mountains  are  in  the  west  part  of  Brazil  ?    Gl 
What  Mountains  are  between  Brazil  and  Guiana?    Ay. 

Which  is  the  largest  River  in  South  America  ?    An 
Which  18  Its  largest  branch?    Ma.  '      . 

Which  is  the  second  River  in  hnttth  9     Am,    P5«  ^    i    t.,. 
Which  is  the  third?     ^„,.  Para"  a  ^^^  ^^°  ^«  ^^  ^^^ta. 

Which  is  the  fourth?     Aub.   Orinoco 

Into  what  Ocea.  do  all  these  but  the  Magdalena  flow  ?    Ac. 
What  River  flows  into  the  Car    bean  Sea?     Ma 


Which  is  the  most  northern  Cape  of  South  America? 
wiiich  is  the  most  southern  Cape  ?     Hn. 
W;hich  is  the  most  eastern  ?    S.-Re. 
Which  is  the. most  western?    Bo. 


Gs. 


What  two  Gulfs  are  on  the  Caribbean  Sea?     Dn    Va 
What  two  arfe  on  the  west  coast?    Gl    Pa  ''       ' 

What  are  the  principal  Bays  on  the  west  coast  ?    Pa    Co 

WhataretheprincipalBaysontheeastcoast?A.-Ss    8:-Ms-.,S.-Ga 

What  Islands  are  in  the  Caribbean  Sea  ?    Ca.,  B.-Ae.,  Ma 

di'si:>;\rth7rst^L^JL'^'^^^^^^^  ^o-  ^^^  souther. 

;s  the  only  West  IndiantU^s ^ntd^  "^i^S^^^ 

What  Island  lies  between  the  Amazon  and  Para  Rivers  »    J, 

What  Islands  east  of  Patagonia?    Fd.,  S.-Ga 

What  Island  south  of  Patagonia?     T.-Fo! 

What  Island  east  of  Terra  del  Fuego  ?    S  -Ld 

What  Island  east  of  Staten  Land  ?      S.-Ga 

What  Island  south  of  Terra  del  Fuego?     Ht. 

What  Islands  west  of  Chili?     Ce.,  Wn 

What  three  Archipelagoes  west  of  Chili  ?      Cs.,   M.-D«    Cs  .k. 

^aac  rwo  gruups  of  Islands  farther  west  of  Chili?    J  ^^"' Tv. 

What  Islands  west  of  Peru?     Ls..  C«.  '    ^^   ^' 

What  Island  in 


Gulf  of  Guayaquil  ?    Pa. 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 


61 


44 


.,  Ga.,  Bs.,  Me. 


What  Lake  lies  in  the  northwest  part  of  Venezuela?     Mo. 

What  Lake  forms  part  of  the  boundary  between  Peru  and  BoUvUT 

Mm* 

What  other  Lakes  in  Bolivia  ?     Uy.,  Pa. 

What  three  Lakes  in  the  Argentine  Confederation?    Ps.,  Bo.,  Br. 
What  two  Lakes  are  in  the  southern  part  of  Brazil?     Ps.,  Mm. 
What  Lake  in  Peru  forms  the  source  of  the  Amazon  River?    Rs. 

What  are  the  extensive  grassy  plains  in  the  eastern  part  of  Brazil 
called?    The  Sert&m  (mir-tahuff^).  •"*»*" 

What  are  the  elevated  plains  in  tlie  western  part  of  Brazil  called  ? 
Campos  Parens  (.kahm^poce  pah-ray-sheece^). 

Point  out  in  Brazil  the  word  Llanos  {Vyah^noceX  and  in  the  Ai- 
gentme  Confederation  the  word  Pampas."^  These  are  the  nimeg 
givea  to  extensive  plains.  They  are,  like  the  Sertam  in  Brazil,  the 
Prairies  in  North  America  and  the  Steppes  {.teps)  of  Asia,  covered 
with  grass,  on  which  vast  herds  of  cattle  roam.  coverea 

Which  are  they  ?    Va.,  H.-S.-Ca.,  Er. 

I  the^e^vritaS"^  '■^"'"''''  ""'"  °'  ''-■  -"  O""  ««"•< 
What  are  their  names  ?    Pu-,  Ba, 
Which  is  the  largest  division  of  South  Ameriea?    Bl. 
Which  is  the  smallest  division?     Uy. 

Which  division  belongs  to  the  British,  Dutch,  and  French  ?    Ga. 
Which  is  the  most  northern  division  of  South  America  ?     U.-S.-Ca. 
Which  is  the  most  western  division  ?    Pu. 
Which  is  the  most  eastern  division  ?     BL 
Which  is  the  most  southern  division  ?     Pa. 
Which  are  separated  fcy  the  Andes  ?    A.-Cn.  and  Ci.,  and  Pa.  and  CL 


Ba.     Of  Vene- 


What  is  the  capital  of  United  States  of  Colombia  ? 
I  zuela  ?    Cs. 

Of  Ecuador?  Qo.  Peru?  La.  The  Argentine  Confederation  ?  B -Aa. 
Of  Bolivia?  Se.     Of  Brazil?  R..Jo.     Of  Paraguay?  An 
Of  Uruguay?  Mo.     Of  Chili?  So. 

Throuorh  what  StAt«fl  rlnoA  fho  ii^ni>af<%»  .>»«^«     m    n-  «    ^       _ 
i^aaB-.     iji.,  ^.-o.-va.,  jsr. 


»  **  J  ••tt^v. 


What  is  the  Equator  ?     116. 

Through  what  States  does  the  Tropic  of  Cap; 
A.-Cn.,  Ci 


rioornpasfl?    BL,  Py 


«2 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


In  what  Zone  is  that  part  south  of  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn  ?   S  -Te 
orYmallesu'lt^^  ^°''^^  ^^""''^  ''  '"^  *^**  ^^'"^  Zone-the  largestl 
How  do  you  know  it  is  in  the  Torrid  Zone  ?    189. 


S.-L«. 


In  what  Latitude  is  the  greatest  part  of  South  America? 
Why  is  it  in  South  Latitude  ?     131. 
What  is  Latitude  ?     130. 
^ In  what  Longitude  is  South  America,  reckoning  from  Greenwich! I 

How  do  you  know  it  is  in  West  Longitude  ? 
What  is  Longitude  ?    146. 


151. 


45 


MAP  No.  23.— EUROPE. 


Ac. 


What  Ocean  bounds  Europe  on  the  West  ? 

What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  North  ?     Ac. 

What  Sea  bounds  it  on  the  South  ?    Mn. 

What  Mountains  and  River  bound  it  on  the  East?    Ul.,  Ul. 

f)  '^^xtI®  ^t'^®  *;*^«lve  Seas  in  Europe.     What  are  they?'  K»    We  I 
Be,  Nh.,  Ih.,  Mn.,  Ac,  Ao..  Ma.,  Bk.,  Af.,  Cn.         ^  '        '' 

What  Seas  on  the  north  of  Russia?    We.,  Ka. 

What  Sea  between  Rujsia  and  Sweden  ?    Be. 

What  Sea  between  Scotland  and  Denmark  ?     Nh. 

What  Sea  between  England  and  Ireland  ?    Ih. 

What  Sea  between  Europe  and  Africa  ?    Mn. 

What  Seas  south  of  Turkey  ?    Ao.,  Ma. 

What  three  Seas  south  and  southeast  of  Russia?     Bk.,  Af,,  Cn 

What  is  the  name  of  the  Sea  between  Greece  and  Asia?     Ao. 

What  is  an  Archipelago?    23. 


What  large  Islands  lie  west  of  the  continent  of  Europe  ?     B-Is. 
Britain  ^^'''''*  containing  England,  Scotland,  and  Wales  is  called  Great  | 

What  TnlRnf)   Iiau  -araat   rwf    ri-.Ani    n_U-:_  O        TJ 

IsirrSiro^Tcf"^  ^^^^""^^  '''"®  ""^"^  """"^  north  Of  the  British  j 
What  groups  of  Islands  lie  west  of  Norway  ?    Ln.,  Fe.,  Vn. 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EX15ROI8ES. 


68 


lat  lies  north  of  the! 


America?    S.-L«. 


What  are  the  principal  Islands  in  the  Baltic  Sea?    Ad.,  Do.,  01., 
Gd.,  Od.,  Rn. 

What  Islands  in  the  Mediterranean  belong  to  Spain  ?     Be. 

What  Island  belongs  to  France  ?    Ca.     To  Great  Britain  ?    Ma. 
To  Turkey  ?     Ca. 

What  Island  south  of  Italy  ?     Sy. 

What  Mountain  in  Sicily  ?     Ea. 

What  Island  east  of  Greece  ?    Nt. 

What  Island  east  of  Corsica  ?    Ea. 

This  island  is  remarkable  for  being  the  place  to  which  Napoleon 
Bonaparte  was  banished,  in  1814. 

What  Islands  north  of  Sicily  ?    Li. 

What  Island  west  of  Italy  ?     Sa. 


What  Gulf  between  Sweden  and  Russia  ?     Ba. 

What  three  Gulfs  in  the  Baltic  Sea?     iu.,  Ra.,  Jh. 

What  Gulf  south  of  France  ?     Ls. 

What  Gulf  north  of  the  Island  of  Corsica?     Ga. 

What  Gulf  in  the  White  Sea  ?    Oa. 

What  Gulf  in  the  Black  Sea  ?     Bs. 

What  Bay  north  of  Spain  ?     By. 

46  


What  Channel  between  France  and  England  ?     Eh. 

What  Channel  between  Wales  and  Ireland  ?     S.-Gs. 

What  Channel  between  Ireland  and  Scotland  ?     Nh. 

What  Channel  between  Denmark  and  Norway  ?     S.-Rk. 

What  Channel  between  Denmark  and  Sweden  ?     Ct. 

Wliat  Channel  between  the  Marmora  and  Black  Seas  ?     Channel 
of  the  Bosphorus. 


Da 


On  what  coast  is  the  Firth  of  Forth  ?     Sd. 

What  Strait  betr/een  Europe  and  Africa  ?     Gr. 

What  Strait  between  Corsica  and  Sardinia  ?     Bo. 

What  Strait  between  the  Archipelago  and  the  Sea  of  Marmora  t 


What  Strait  between  the  Black  Sea  and  the  Sea  of  Azof  ? 
What  Strait  between  Italy  and  Turkey?     Oo. 


£e. 


What  Mountains  are  between  Europe  and  Agia?     Ul.,  Ci. 
What  Mountains  between  Sweden  and  Norway?     Kn. 
What  Mountains  between  France  and  Spain  ?    T?§. 


id 


64 

,  What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 


OEOORArHIOAL  EXERCISES. 


Mountains  in  France?    Cs.,  Ae. 

Mountains  in  the  north  of  Spain  ?    Cn 

Mountains  in  the  south  of  Spain  ?    Sa.-Ma.,  Sa.-N». 

Mountains  m  Switzerland  ?     As. 

Mountains  extend  through  Italy  ?     Ae. 

Mountains  in  the  east  of  Austria  ?     Cn 

Mountains  extend  through  Turkey  ?     Bn 

Mountains  extend  from  the  Black  to  the  Caspian  Sea^ 


Cs. 


Which 

Which 

Which 

Which 

Which 

Which 

Which 

Which 

Which 


is  the 
is  the 
is  the 
is  the 
is  the 
is  the 
is  tlie 
is  the 
is  the 


most 

most 

most 

most 

most 

Ibost 

most 

most 

most 


northern  Cape  of  Europe  ?    Nh. 
southern  ?    Mn. 

southern  Cape  of  Norway  ?    Ne. 
western  Cape  of  England  ?    Ls.-Ed 
southern  Cape  of  Ireland  ?    Cr 
northern  Cape  of  Spain  ?    01. 
western  Cape  of  Spain  ?    Fe. 
southern  Cape  of  Portugal  ?     S.-Vt. 
southern  Cape  of  Greece?    Mn. 


What  Rivers  flow  into  the  White  Sea  ?     Oa.,  Da.,  Me. 
la^^Sa.,  nrCrT  '""'^  *'^  ^'^^^  ^'  ^<>^^-^     ^a.,  Ki.,  Ta.,  Kx.. 

r>:X^^::<^^^^  -«  —  Ocea^^s;."^;.!^^ Mo. 

What  Rivers  flow  into  the  Mediterranean  Sea?    Eo    Re    Tr 
What  River  flows  into  the  Adriatic  Sea  ?    P  '      ' 

What  Riyers  flow  into  the  Black  Sea ?    De./pr.,  Bg    Dr 
What  Rivers  flow  into  the  Sea  of  Azof?     D„    Kn 
What  two  Riyers  flow  into  the  Caspian  Sea  ?    Va.,'  Ul. 


47 


What  PoninHula  lies  west  of  the  Biltio  q«n  „r  j  »i     /^  ,* 
nia?     Sn.  and  Ny.  ^  ^^^  ^^'^  *^'6  <5ulf  of  B'>ih' 

What  Peninsula  lies  south  of  Norway  ?     Dk. 

What  Peninsula  lies  southeast  of  Prsp^e^     ^-   —■  •  ^- 

What  Peninsula  lies  south  and  west  of  "tie  AdriaCsea?    ly 

What  Peninsula  lies  south  of  Turkey  ?     Oe 

What  Peninsula  lie.  southwest  of  the  Sea  o*f  Aiof  ?    Ca 


OEOOBAPHIOAL  EXERCISES. 


65 


3  Gulf  of  B-)th' 


What 
What 
What 

What 
|Sn.,  Ny, 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
I  Ed. 
What 
What 
What, 


grand  division  of  the  Earth  lies  east  of  Europe  ?    Aa. 

country  lies  east  of  the  Ural  Mountains  ?     Sa. 

is  the  largest  division  in  Europe  ?    Ra. 

divisions  lie  west  of  the  Baltic  Sea  and  the  Gulf  of  Bothnia! 


lies  south  of  the  Baltic  Sea  ?    Pa. 
lies  west  of  the  Black  Sea  ?     Ty. 
lies  west  of  the  Archipelago  ?     Ge. 
lies  south  and  west  of  the  Adriatic  Sea  ?    ly. 
lies  north  and  east  of  the  Adriatic  Sea  ?    Aa. 
division  west  of  Italy  lies  north  of  the  Mediterranean  ? 
west  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea  ?     Sn. 
lie  on  the  Black  Sea?     Ty,,  Ra. 
seven  lie  on  the  North  Sea?    Ny.,  Dk.,  Pa.,  Hd.,  Bm., 


Fe. 


Sd., 


lie  on  the  Baltic  Sea?    Sn.,  Dk.,  Ra.,  Pa. 

lie  on  the  Atlantic  Ocean?    Ny.,  Sd.,  M.,  Fe.,  Sn.,  PI. 

lie  on  the  Mediterranean  Sea?    Sn.,  Fe.,  ly.,  Ty.,  Ge. 


What  is  the  capital  of  Sweden?  Sm.— Of  Russia?  S.-Pg.— Of 
Denmark?  Cn.— Of  England?  Ln.-Of  Holland?  He.--Of  Bel- 
gium? Bs.— Of  Prussia?  Bn.— Of  Saxony?  Dn.— Of  Bavaria? 
Mh.— Of  Switzerland  ?  Be.— Of  France  ?  Ps.— Of  Spain  ?  Md. 
—Of  Portugal?  Ln.— Name  the  two  capitals  shown  in  Italy:  Fe. 
and  Re.— The  capital  of  Austria?  Va.— Of  Turkey?  Ce.—Of 
Greece?     As. 


In  what  Latitude  is  Europe?  N.-Le. — How  do  you  know  it  is  in 
North  Latitude  ?  In  what  Longitude  is  it  mostly  ?  E.-Le. — How  do 
you  know  it  is  in  East  Longitude  ?  What  parts  of  Europe  are  in  West 
Longitude  ?  PL,  Sn.,  Fe.,  Ed.,  Sd.,  Id.— Which  is  the  most  Northern 
country  of  Europe?  Ny.— Which  is  the  most  Southern?  Ge.— 
Which  is  the  most  Eastern?    Ra -Which  is  the  most  Western  ?    Id. 

48 


MAP  No.  28.— ASIA. 
What  great  division  bounds  Asia  on  the  Northwest  ?    Ee. 


U/  ria^     #w»«An4     ^]a«*sa«j^'*%    1« 


-^ ii.. 


i"ii  liTT^  a\a  Zt sjix^ziTt t. 


71     ^^o2Ci 


What  great  division  lies  on  the  Southwest?     Aa. 
What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  North  ?     Ac. 
What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  South  ?     In. 
What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  East?     Po. 


66 


!ii- 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


An. 


What  Sea  between  Asia  and  Africa  ?    Rd. 
What  Hea  separates  Hiixdoostan  from  Arabia  ? 
What  Sea  lies  west  of  Syria  in  Turkey  ?     Mn. 
What  two  Seas  lie  north  of  Turkey  ?     Ma.   Bk. 
What  Sea  lies  east  of  Kamtschatka  ?     Ka.  ' 
What  Sea  lies  west  of  Kamtschatka  ?    Ok. 
What  Sea  lies  west  of  the  Kurile  Islands  ? 
What  Sea  lies  between  Niphon  and  Corea  ? 
What  Sea  lies  west  of  Corea  ?     Yw. 
What  Sea  lies  east  of  Cochin  China  ?     Ca. 
Asia  contains  three  interior  Seas:  which  are  they? 


Jo. 
Jn. 


Cn.,  Al.,  Dd. 


WJiat  Mountains  between  Europe  and  Asia  ?     Ul.,  Cs. 
What  Mountains  bound  Siberia  on  tho  South  ?     L -Ai'   G  -Ai 
^  What  Mountains  extend  through  Soongaria  and  part  of  Mongolia? 

What  Mountains  bound  Thibet  on  the  North  ?     Kn. 
^^'hat  Mountains  bound  Hindoostan  on  the  North  ?     Ha 
Which  is  the  highest  of  the  Himalaya  Mountains  ?     Et ' 

mifes'high.''''*^'''  "'  *^'  ^'^^^'^  '"^  ^^'  ^"^^^'  ^^^  i«  fi^«  ^°d  a  half 

What  Mountains  in  the  southwestern  part  of  Hindoostan  ?    Gt 

What  Mountains  in  Turkey  ?     Ts. 

What  Mountains  in  Persia  ?     Ez. 

What  Mountains  bound  Turkestan  on  the  South  ?     H.-Kh. 

What  Mountains  in  China  ?     Pg.,  Ng. 


What  three  Gulfs  in  the  northern  part  of  Siberia  ?    Oe.,  Yi.,  La 
What  Gulf  between  Beloochistan  and  Arabia?    On. 
What  iwo  Gulfs  on  the  west  coast  of  Hindoostan  ?    *Ch.,  Cy 

What  Gulf  separates  Hindoostan  from  Ceylon?     Mr. 
What  Gulf  south  of  Pegu  ?     Mn. 

What  Gulf  between  Siam  and  Cambodia  ?    Sm. 

What  Gulf  east  of  Anam  ?    Tn.    What  near  the  Yellow  Sea  ?    Pe 

What  Gulf  north  of  Kamtschatka  ?     Ar. 


WUeh 

Wkich  is  the 
Whieh 


is  the  most  northern  Cape  of  Asia  ?     C.-Vi. 


most 
is  tke  most  eaHtern  Capw?     S.-Ts. 


southern  Cape?     Ha. 


GEOGRAPHICAL   EXERCISES. 


67 


?     Cn.,  Al.,  Dd. 


oostan  ?    Gt. 


low  Sea  ?    Po. 


Which  are  the  most  s.  ithem  Capes  of  Hindoostan  and  Pegu? 
|Cn.,  Ns. 

_-—  49 


What  three  great  Rivers  flow  into  the  Northern  Ocean?  Oe.,  Yi.,  La. 

What  River  flows  into  the  Channel  of  Tartary  ?     Ar. 

What  two  large  Rivers  flow  through  China  ?     Ho.,  Yg. 

What  River  separates  Cochin  China  from  Cambodia  ?     Ca. 

What  River  flows  into  the  Gulf  of  Martaban  ?     ly. 

What  two  Rivers  flow  into  the  Bay  of  Bengal  ?     Gs.,  Ba. 

What  River  in  the  western  part  of  Hindoostan  ?     Is. 

What  two  Rivers  unite  and  flow  into  the  Persian  Gulf?    Es.,  Ts. 

What  Rivers  flow  into  the  Caspian  Sea  ?     Va. ,  Ul. 

What  two  Rivers  flow  into  the  Sea  of  Aral?     Ao.,  Sn. 

What  River  flows  through  Little  Bokhara  ?     Cr. 


What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 
What 


Island  west  of  Syria  ?    Cs. 

Island  south  of  Hindoostan  ?     Cn. 

Islands  in  the  Bay  of  Bengal?     An.,  Nr. 

Island  west  of  Malacca  ?     P.-Pg. 

Island  south  of  China?     Hn. 

Islands  east  of  China?     Fa.,  L.-Co. 

Islands  form  the  Empire  of  Japan  ?     Jo.,  Nn.,  Se.,  Ku. 

Islands  south  of  Kamtschatka  ?     Ke. 

range  of  Islands  east  of  Kamtschatka  ? 

Islands  north  of  Siberia  ?     N.-Sa. 


An. 


Sr. 


What  Strait  separates  Asia  from  North  America  ?     Bg. 

What  Strait  between  the  Islands  of  Jesso  and  Niphon  ? 

Wliat  Strait  between  Corea  and  Japan  ?     Ca. 

What  Strait  between  China  and  Formosa  ?     Fa. 

What  Strait  between  Malacca  and  Sumatra?     Ma. 

What  Strait  between  Arabia  and  Africa  ?     Bb-Mb. 

What  two  great  divisions  a.e  separated  by  this  Strait?    Aa.,  A^jt. 


What  Peninsula  lies  between  the  Persian  Gulf  and  the  Red  Sea?  Aa. 
What  Peninsula  south  of  Siam  ?     Ma. 

What  Peninsula  between  the  Yellow  Sea  and  the  St  a  of  Japan?  Ca. 
What  Peniniula  between  the  Seas  of  Ochotak  and  Kamtschatka?  Ka. 


68 


GFEOGRAPHIOAL  .EXERCISES. 


What  Isthmus  between  the  Red  Sea  and  the  Mediterranean  Sea  ?  8t 
What  two  great  divisions  does  it  unite  ?     Aa.,  Aa. 
What  Isthmus  west  of  the  Gulf  of  Siam?    Kw. 


50 


What  two  Lakes  are  in  the  southern  part  of  Siberia?    Bh.  BI 
What  one  in  Soongaria  ?     Z.-Nr.  ' 

The  word  Nor,  in  Central  ar  Middle  Asia,  means  Lake. 
What  Lake  in  Little  Bokhara?    L.-Nr.     In  Afghanistan ?    Zh. 
What  Lakes  m  China  ?     Tg.,  Pg. 

The  Caspian,  Aral,  and  Dead  Seas,  are  Lakes,  but  are  called  S.>«, 
because  their  waters  are  salt.  Lakes  which  ha;e  no  coLSmntatLn 
With  the  Ocean  are  generally  salt.  «uinmunicauon 

To'What  Empire  do  the  Northern  parts  of  Asia  belong  ?    Rn 

Wiiiit  Empire  in  the  middle  and  eastern  parts  of  Asia  ?    Ce. 

Which  great  division  in  the  south  of  Asia  ?     la. 

What  omtry;  north  of  the  Altai  Mountains ?     Sa. 

What  great  division  south  of  the  Altai  Mountains  ?    C.-Ee 

What  division  east  of  the  Caspian  Sea  ?     Tn. 

What  country  south  of  the  Black  Sea  ?     Ty. 

What  country  east  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea  ?     Sa. 

What  country  enst  of  the  Red  Sea  ?     Aa. 

What  country  south  of  the  Caspian  Sea  ?    Pa., 

What  countries  east  of  Persia  ?    An.,  Bn. 

What  country  between  the  Arabian  Seii  and  the  Bay  of  Bengal?  Hn 

What  countries  east  of  the  Bay  of  Bengal  ?     Bh.,  Sm. 

What  division  east  of  the  Cambodia  River  ?    Am' 

What  countries  in  Anam  ?    Ca.,  C.-Ca.,  Tn.,  and  part  of  Ls. 

What  country  north  of  Anam  ?     Ca 

Afghanistan  includes  two  States :  what  are  they  ?    Ht    CI 

What  Empire  lies  east  of  the  Chinese  Empire?     Jn. 
What  does  India  include  ?    Hn.,  Bh.,  Am.,  Srx,  Ma. 

What  are  tbf  Cnr>{fftlo  nf  n.«  «♦„*-»  ,^«  m._  >.     .        . 

and  Bokhara  '  KairKa:;  Bal-O^  Je",  '  •'"  tT'  ^'t'^'.^^^^' 
State.  Yen,™,  i,ed,M  aud  OmanM;,' ^ -d,  If'JLo?  HeStrf 
Ma-Of  Herat!    Ht.-Of  Cabulf    Cl.-„,  B^LiZtJ?  ^^ 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


69 


rraneanSeaTSjL 


Thibet?    La.- 
—Of  China? 


-Of  Bimah  ?    My.— Of  Siam  ?    Bk.— Of  Anam  ?   He. 
Pn.— OfCorea?    Ko.— Of  Japan?    Yo. 


Through  what  country  in  Asia  does  the  Arctic  Circle  pass  ?    Sa. 

Through  what  countries  does  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  pass?    Aa., 
Hn.,  Bh.,  Ca. 

In  what  Zone  is  the  northern  part  of  Asia  ?    N.-Fd. 

In  what  Zone  is  tne  central  part  of  Asia  ?    N.-Te. 

In  what  Zone  is  the  southern  part  of  Asia  ?     Td. 

In  what  Latitude  is  Asia  wholly  ?     N.-Le. 

How  do  you  know  it  is  in  North  L  ititude  ?     135. 

In  what  Longitude  is  Asia  from  Greenwich  ?    E.-Le. 

How  do  you  know  it  is  in  East  Longitude  ?     161. 


51 


MAP  No.  80.— AFRICA. 

What  Sea  bounds  Africa  on  the  North  ?    Mn. 
What  Sea  bounds  it  on  the  East  ?     Rd. 
What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  East  ?     In. 
What  Ocean  bounds  it  on  the  West  ?    Ac. 


What  Strait  separates  Morocco  from  Spain  ?    Or. 

What  Strait  separates  Abyssinia  from  Arabia  ?     Bb-Mb. 

What  Gulf  between  Tripoli  and  Barca  ?     Sa. 

What  Gulf  between  Berbera  and  Arabia  ?     An. 

What  Gulf  south  of  Upper  Guinea  ?     Ga. 

What  Bays  on  the  so  thern  part  of  the  west  coast?    G.-Fh.,  Wh., 
S.-Cz.,  S.-Ha. 

What  Bay  on  the  east  coast  south  of  Mozambique  ?     Da. 

What  Channel  between  Madagascar  and  Mozambique  ?     Me. 


Bn. 


Which  ip  the  most  northern  Cape  of  Africa  ? 

Which  ie  the  most  southern  Cape  ?     As. 

Which  is  the  most  eastern  Cape  ?     Qi. 

Which  is  the  most  western  Cape  ?     Vd. 

What  celebrated  Cape  near  the  southern  extremity  of  Africa  ?  G.  -He. 

What  two  Capes  on  the  desert  coast  ?     Br.,  Bo.  ^ 

What  Cape  at  the  southern  extremity  of  Liberia  ?     Ps. 

What  Capo  at  the  northern  extremity  of  Mozambique?     Do. 

What  two  Oapes  north  of  Cape  Delgado?     Bs.,  Oi. 


\ 


70 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISBfl. 


Which  is  the  principal  River  in  Africa  ?    Ne. 

gated  from  the  earliest  timp   tf«  ^^'  ^'^^  ^^<>^°  ^«d  navi! 

certainty  until  the  year  1864 '  '''  ""''  ''"'  determined  wit! 

I^to  what  Sea  does  the  Nile  empty  ?    Mn. 

What  are  Its  three  chief  branches?     St.    Br -Ak     Te 

ofMHll^i^'ll^X  Kl^^*^  *"^  ^^^^^^^^  0-—  the  we.t  coa«t 
What  River  in  Liberia  ?     S  -Ps 

What  River  empties  into  the  Gulf  of  Guinea?    Nr. 

What  Rxver  between  Loango  and  Congo?     Co.       . 
What  River  south  of  Benguela  ?     Ne  • 

Whal  t.Tr  ^'?^^^^--  ^--^ary  of  Cape  Colony  ?    Qe 
^  Whatjxver  flows  xnto  Mozambique  Channel  north  of\elagoa 

What  other  River  flows  into  the  Mozambique  Channel  9  zi 
Which  are  the  two  largest  Rivers  of  Zanguebar  ?  R  '  jf  * 
What  Rxvers  flow  into  take  Tchad?    Yu!  Sy. 

What  Lake  in  Barbary  ?    JA. 

What  three  Lakes  in  Soudan?    Do.,  Td.,  Fe. 
What  Lake  in  Abyssinia  ?    Da 

Name  the  four  Lakes  in  Ethiopia.     Va.-Na.,  Ta..  La  -Ne 
What  Lakes  in  Southern  Africa?    Ni    Ni 


Ba. 


52 


tnllf  t!  mTXv?'^"'^  ^"  *^«  ^^^-^-  Ocean  belong  to  Por- 

What  group  of  Islands  belo.,,  to  Spain?     Cy 
^  What^t^ree  Islands  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea  belong  to  Portugal?  P., 

Which  is  the  moat  northern  Island  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea?    F  Pn 
aZTeI:  ''''''''  '^^'"^  ^'  '^^  ^^-tor  belong  to  Great  BrLin. 

ment  -trui^roT^ap^^^^^^^^  of  imprison- 

after  a  r«sid«"»-  -^  „:_P    ®°"  Bonaparte.     He  died  ther^  in  iftoi 

taken  to  France;  ""  ""  "^  '''*'"^'     '"  '^^^  ^^^"^  ^**^«'  ^^^  remains  were 


il  ::'i; 


What  great  Archipelago  in  the  Indian  Ocean  ? 


En. 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


71 


hout  receiving  the 

known  and  navi- 

determined  with 


.,  Te. 

on  the  we«t  coaut 

h. 

for  20  centuries, 
jars  since. 


>  Colony  ?    Oe. 
srth  of  Delagoa 


B  of  imprison- 
here  in  1821. 
remains  were 


What  are  its  principal  Islands  and  groups  ?     Mr.,  Co.,  Se.,  Ae.,  Ma. 

Which  are  the  Mascarenha  Islands?     Bn.,  Mi. 

The  latter  is  often  called  the  Isle  of  Franc 

What  Islands  belong  to  Great  Britain?     Ma.,  Se.,  Ae.^ 

What  Island  belongs  to  France  ?     Bn. 

What  three  Islands  east  of  Zanguebar?     Pa.,  Zr.,  Ma. 

What  Islands  between  Madagascar  and  Mozambique  ?     Co. 

What  Islands  east  of  Cape  Guardafui?    Sa.,  A.-Ca. 

To  what  power  does  Socotra  belong  ?     Zr. 


What  Mountains  extend  through  Barbary  ?     As. 
What  is  the  highest  Peak  of  the  Atlas  Mountains  ?     Mn. 
What  Mountains  between  Soudan  and  Upper  Guinsa  ?     Kg. 
What  Mountains  between  Ethiopia  and  Lower  Guinea  ?     CI. 
What  Mountains  in  Cape  Colony  ?     Sw. 

What  Mountains  on  the  eastern  boundary  of  Ethiopia?     Ka.,  Ko. 
These  mountains  were  recently  discovered  by  missionaries  travel- 
ling in  this  part  of  Africa.     Their  height  is  about  20,000  feet. 

To  what  range  of  Mountains  do  Kenia  and  Kilimanjaro  belong?   Mn. 
What  Mountains  in  Madagascar  ?     Ra.,  Rd. 


What 

What 

What 

What 

What 

What 

What 
L.-Ga. 

What 
Zr. 

What 

What 

What 
Ns.,  Hs. 

What 


great  division  occupies  the  northern  part  of  Africa  ?     By. 

States  does  Barbary  include?     Mo.,  Aa.,  Ts.,  Ti.,  B.-Jd. 

great  division  lies  south  of  Barbary?     G.-Dt. 

great  divisions  lie  south  of  the  Great  Desert?     Sn.,  Sa. 

great  divisions  lie  south  of  Soudan  ?    U. -Ga. ,  L. -Ga. ,  Ea. 

great  division  lies  west  of  Soudan  ?     Sa. 

great  division  on  the  west  coast  on  both  sides  of  the  Equator? 

great  division  on  the  east  coast  on  both  sides  of  the  Equator? 

desert  north  of  Soudan?     G.-Dt. 

colony  occupies  the  southern  extremity  of  Africa?     C.-Cy. 

nations  inhabit  the  country  north  of  Cape  Colony,?    Ds., 

nation  east  of  the  Kalihari  Desert  ?    Bs. 


What  countries  lie  on  the  Red  Sea?    Et.,  Na.,  Aa. 

In  what  country  are  the  mouths  of  the  river  Nile  ?     Et. 

What  is  the  laud  between  the  outlets  of  the  river  Nile  called?   Da. 


72 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 


What  is  signified  by  the  word  Delta? 
the  outlets  of  rivers  «rA  BoU         m,     .t-    ®  <*^'^^"cts  embraced  by 

.pol»,  called  Oases,  i^f of  whTrt  !,!;  VhrbuJ  "  '"""'"'  °'  '"'"^ 

Whioh  are  the  five  princ.pal  Oases  ?    Fn.,  H.,  Ar.,  Bh.,  Ty 
^  TW  are  four  other  Oases:  .hich  are  they?    Aa.,  8h.,  E.-DI., 

Wh»t_  is  the  western  part  of  the  Great  Desert  called  ?  D  -Ct 
What  Desert  between  the  river  Nile  and  the  Red  Sea  !  Nn  ' 
What  Desert  west  of  the  Bechuaaas  ?    Ki  »•"■>. 


— .OfN„Kio%     ir       ^^i  T,   li.—Of  Fezzan?     Mk.—Of  Effvct?    Tn 

Of  Dahomey'    Tr^ZV^'^^f  J"'^  AshantfeT   Ce  II 
Timbuetoo?      Tn^'77f   T.     I    ™;-     Ma.-Of  Kaarta?    Ko.-Of 

5orn^T?°°ka.Z^Vle  g„"„r*;r  Oflb-^'  ^'T"'      «°'-^' 
S.-Sr._Of  Aneola  »    S  -P  '  r  »     7^  n  '**'y=!"'."'  I  O""— Of  Congo  ? 

.a.M,uer    M^^doft^^^rn??'^^^":!:^™"^^ 

G.-m:  Er'*'   °'  ^'"°»  »"   «'°»-»'   "^  '"»   T-Pi«  of  CanfrT 
What  parts  by  the  Equator  ?     L.-Qa.,  Ea.,  Zr 
What  parts  by  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn?    T.-Rc,  Me..  Mr 
in  What  Zone  is  the  greater  part  of  Africa  '     Td 
lu  what  Zone  is  that  part  of  it  north  of  the  Tropic  of  Cancer  ?  N  -Te 

g  In^what  Zone  .s  that  part  of  it  south  of  the  Tropic  of  Capricorn? 

Situated  ?    N.-Lei  l^atitude,  then,  is  the  largest  part 

Africa  comprises  more  than  60  deerPflq  nf  Po«*  t       -j.   , 
about  18  degrees  of  West  Longitude  TnwW  ^^^*' .}^'>^Sitnde,  and 
principally?    E.-Le.  ^^  what  Longitude,  then,  is  it 


54 


MAP  No.  38.— OCEANICA. 
Whioh  are  the  three  grand  divisions  of  Oceauioa?    M».,  A  .,  Pa, 


f  Africa?  G.-Dt. 


ic  of  Cancer? 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXERCISES. 

Wiich  is  the  largest  division  of  Oceanica  ?     Pa. 
Which  i^the  smallest  division  of  Oceanica?     Ma. 


73 


inlTa^tf  l%t,T''"^'^^  '^'^'^  ^-«  '^^  Equator  pass 
What  Island  lies  southeast  of  Sumatra  ?     Ja. 
What  five  Islands  east  of  Java?     By.,  Sa.,  Ja.,  Fs.,  Tr. 
What  Islands  east  of  Celebes  ?     Se. 
What  Islands  east  of  the  China  Sea  ?     Pe. 

Whicharethethreelargest  of  the  Philippine  Islands?  Ln.,Mo.,Pn. 

What  Strait  separates  Sumatra  from  Malacca  ?     Ma. 
What  Strait  separates  Sumatra  from  Java?     Sa. 

American  vessels  generally  pass  through  the  Strait  of  Sunda  in 
going  to  or  returning  from  China. 

What  Strait  between  Borneo  and  Celebes  ?     Mr.  •- 

What  Islands  between  Borneo  and  Mindanao  ?     So. 

What  Mountain  in  Sumatra  directly  under  the  Eonator  ?     Or. 

What  Continent  in  Australasia  ?     Aa. 

Its  divisions?     N.-Aa.,  W.-Aa.,  S.-Aa.,  Qd.,  N.-S.-W.,  and  Va. 

What  Colonies  on  the  east  coast  of  Australia?     Va.,  N.-S.-W.,  Qd. 

^hat  Colony  on  the  west  coast  ?     W.-Aa. 

What  Colonies  on  the  south  coast  ?     W.-Aa.,  S.-Aa.   Va. 

What  Island  south  of  Australia  ?     Ta. 

What  Strait  separates  Australia  from  Tasmania  ?     Bs. 

What  Strait  separates  Australia  from  Papua  or  New  Guinea?     Ts. 

What  Gulf  north  of  Australia?     Ca.     Gulf  south?     Ss. 

Which  is  the  principal  River?     My.     Largest  Lake?     Ts. 

Which  are  the  principal  Mountains  in  Australia  ?     Be. 

Which  is  its  largest  City  ?    Me. 


What 

What 
Bn,,  Le, 

What 

What 

-r  ilUL 

What 
Zealand 

What 


large  Island  north  of  Australia?     Pa.  or  N.  -Ga. 

Islands  northeast  of  Australia  ?     S.-Ao.,  N.-Ga.,  N.-Id.,  N.- 

Islands  east  of  Australia  ?     N.-Hs.,  N.-Ca.,  Nk.,  N.-Zd. 

Sea  between  Australia  and  New  Hebrides  ?     CI. 

Strait  between  the  two  largest  Islands  of  New  Zealand?    Ck. 

Strait  between  the  middle  and  southjernmost  Island  of  N^w 
'     Fx. 

Bays  in  the  northern  part  of  Xew  Zealand  ?    Is.,  py. 


74 


GEOGRAPHICAL  EXER0I8E8. 


-  65 


^^Through  which  Archipelago  of  Polynesia  does  the  Equator  pass? 

«n!Iw?fif®i^®  principal  Archipelagoes  and  Islands  of  Polynesia 
north  of  the  Equator  ?     Mn.,  An.,  Ce.,  Le.,  Sh.,  Aa 

fro?GrettL'h  Wi"  °"  '"'  '''^^  "^"'^^^  ''  ^°"«^*"^«  -«^ 
«ritll[?i  w.tff *^*  principal  Islands  east  of  the  160th  meridian  of  Lon- 

e^:  A\:Pn.:pT,  Gr:"i^^.;j^-r''  ^^  *^^  ^^-^-  ^  ^^^  ^-^ 

Which  are  the  principal  Islands  that  lie  west  of  the  160th  meridian 
Fy^^Ffrnt  "S!  Kr  ^'^^^^^^^'  ^^^  «°^^^  «f  tl^«  Equator    Nr! 


What  is  the  most  northern  Island  of  Polynesia?  Mh. 
Whifch  are  the  most  southern  Isles  of  Polynesia  ?  Kc. 
Which  is  the  most  eastern  Island  of  Polynesia  ?  Er.  * 
Which  are  the  most  western  Islands  of  Polynesia?    S.-As. 

*!,  ^Smf  °^^  important  group  of  Islands  belonging  to  Polynesia  is  or, 
the  20th  parallel  of  North  Latitude.     Which  is  it  ?     g^  '^  °^ 

Which  is  the  principal  of  the  Sandwich  Islands  ?     Hi.     (Map  84  ) 

What  high  Mountain  is  on  the  Island  of  Hawaii  ?    M  -K 

What  distinguished  personage  was  killed  here  in  the  year  1779? 


What  Tropic  crosses  the  northern  part  of  Oceanica  ?     Cr. 
What  Tropic  crosses  the  southern  part  ?     Cn. 
What  great  Circle  crosses  the  central  or  middle  part  ?     Er 
In  what  Zone  is  the  northern  part  of  Oceanica?    N.-Te. 
In  what  Zone  is  the  middle  part  ?     Td. 
In  what  Zone  is  the  southern  part?     S.-Te. 
Ladtude!'*  <'oniprises  60  degrees  of  South  Latitude,  and  40  of  North 
In  what  Latitude  is  it  principally '     Sh 

gitS„°^reCic\*""'  ''  •"'^''^  °''^«»'  -"■  ^2  of  W,,t  Lon. 
In  what  Longitude  ia  it  principally  ?    Et. 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


76 


e  Equator  pass  ? 

ids  of  Polynesia 

Longitude  west 

leridian  of  Lon- 
tor?     Sy.,  Gn., 

160th  meridian 
Equator?     Nr., 


PART   SECOND. 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 

The  Earth. 


id  40  of  North 


56 


1.  The  Earth  is  a  yast  globe  or  spherical  body,  similar  in 
shape  to  a  ball.  Its  surface  contains  about  200  millions  of 
square  miles,  of  which  one-fourth,  or  50  millions,  is  land;  the 
remainder  is  covered  with  water. 

2,  Many  ignorant  people  suppose  the  earth  to  be  a  flat  body, 
bounded  on  all  sides  by  the  sea  and  sky.  More  attentive  observers 
have  ascertained  that  it  is  a  globe  or  sphere,  similar  in  form  to  a 
ball  or  apple. 


1 .  What  IS  the  earth  ?  What  does  its  surface  contain  ?  How  much 
13  land  ?  How  much  is  water  ?  2.  What  do  many  ignorant  people 
suppose  the  earth  to  be?      What  of  more  attentive   observers? 


5»ra- 


76 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


the  s„„  and  ?hc  Corthe'cSalh  "/'"' Vr'''S  ''^"'«'=° 
thereby  thrown  on  the  moon!  ""  "*''"=  <'""'  """"S 

thrown  from  it  on  tiU  moon  would  a?L.  T"^  "">'"'  "■»  """low 
appearance  of  an  „™l,  of  a  sZiehf  w  T"  "'  °"""'  ?"«<""  'he 
ferenurom  that  whioL  it  has  al"^^  &  L^t:  e^hlf  ^-^  '^''■ 

fort.  tlSntnTh'aVnS'  T*;  "^  "^  «'»^">- 
port,  Philadelphia  forLtufo^  ?„f  °-f-'  ''^  '""""^  ""y  'lo- 
west from  it  a«  the  fonn^f  the  d?ff  ''""'^'  "'  """^^  "i'  «' 
-it,  may  go  round  thelrM  and  retrn  t  llf'"?""^  ^''  ^'- 
-u  a  d.rection  opposite-  to  that  f^^':2i' ^t^J'^^  '^^ 

«^s!-alr;ii-rr^r,4»:jiin»»„;^.c^^^^^^^^ 

three  hundred  year/a^.o.  Jt.  was  fori  f^f-  ''^'''^^^^^^  more  than 
undertaking,  but  it  has  been  ofTat^  yeirs  L'^^;,  considered  a  great 
It  i«  now  thought  an  enterprise  oTliCZ^^rilLll  ^'''''^^'  ^^^ 


-  57 


preaches,  the  Wcr^  p  1  teTet  "  /'^^^^  ''  «^^  ^P- 
bod,  of  the  vessel,  J.es^  dttinTv  i„  otvJ"\^\V""'  t^ 
wer.  not  spherical,  the  hull  would  helVZ\It  Z  "^' 

•ar^h  trr  hf  ;?o:re?.:'ti,nit-,vr'^  ^^-^^-^  ^-^-^  ^^^ 

him;  when  he  roache.  the  Equator  it  L''''  V^  ^^^"^^^'^  o^er 
after  ho  has  passed  (he  Emf;  "r  'he  Ln  T'"  ^'f'*'^  overhead; 
northward,  and  will  seem  farther  a^^fWH  '^"!u  *"  '^PP^"^  ^^  <J'e 
continues  to  go  south.  "^  ^^'*^^'  ^°  ^^^^  direction  as  ho 

''^^"^y^^^^^^^  *^-arth  is  round  in 

anco  would  its  shadow  prinlVr^'Tr'*^''^  ^^''*^^' ^^'^^^  «PP-^^^^ 
globular  form?  WharofS^atlrs^  ^1  w;^'""*^7  P''«"''  of  its 
world  called  ?  Who  first  dklx^t  ?  What  w^^if f^'  '^  ''"^  ^^""'^  "'« 
fi?f?lL  7,  What  part  of  a  ship  lo^n  7:^ ^  t."}!^^  '\T  -"" 
-^.^v.....a.sunouj,,ntoviewr    S.  What  wiU  a"por8on^;,iii;:;X,;; 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


77 


Ship  couiiiig  tiuux  Hea. 


9.  New  stars  will  appear  in  the  southern  horizon,  while  those  in 
the  northern  will  gradually  disappear.  These  circumstances  could 
not  happen  if  the  earth  were  a  flat  body,  whereas,  on  the  supposi- 
tion that  it  is  spherical,  they  appear  simple  and  probable. 

10.  The  inhabitants  of  the  earth  cumber  about  one  thou- 
sand millions,  and,  if  they  were  equally  distributed,  every 
square  mile  of  land  would  contain  eeventeeu  human  beings. 

11.  On  an  average,  p,  generation  of  men  is  supposed  to 
exist  about  33  years.  Some  individuals  live  more  than  twice 
83  years,  and  a  very  few  three  times  that  period;  but  the  esti- 
mate is  that  about  850  millions  of  human  beinjjs  are  born  and 
die  every  33  years;  being  at  the  rate  of  almost  26  millions 
a  year,  70,000  every  day,  about  3000  every  hour,  and  60 
every  minute. 

12.  The  creation  of  the  human  race,  according  to  the  book 
of  Genesis,  took  place  nearly  6000  years  ago;  so  that,  sup- 
posing the  average  duration  of  life  to  have  been  always  the 


the  north  Fee  ?  What  in  ftirthcr  saM  ?  9.  What  will  come  into  view  T 
What  could  not  possibly  happen  ?  10.  How  many  inhabitants  are 
there  on  the  cartJi  ?  Supposw  tney  were  equally  di«tri!)uft;d  how 
many  would  there  be  to  every  square  mile?  11.  How  long,  on  an 
ftvonige,  does  a  generation  of  men  Pxi.st?  How  many  are  born  and 
Ui';  every^^hirty-threo  y;>ar8?  Ilnw  many  die  every  year?  How 
lo^^b'''^^'^  ^""^^  ^^^  many  evQij  hourT  Ho«r  many  evory  minutef 
1^.  How  long  ban  the  world  been  created?     How  many  generation* 

ft 


•  t 


78 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


W  ''^''^  ^^^  generations  of  men  have  existed  since  that 

nAffJ""  *^^  ^"^^  ?^^'  ''^  *^^  ^^"^^'  however,  the  duration 
of   ife  was  greater  than  at  present:  therefore,  it  is  probable 


58 


U.  The  world  comprises  six  grand  divisions,  viz  •  NortI, 

World,  but  usually  the  Western  Continent. 

.    16.  Europe  is  the  smallest  of  the    .i  errand  divisions  hm 

populous  grand  division  of  the  earth. 

Isthmn^nf'^  ''  ""  g/?at  peninsula,  united  to  Asia  by  the 
Isthmus  of  Suez.  It  is  the  least  known  of  any  of  the  Land 
divisions  of  the  earth.  ^  ^^'^°^ 

Continents  ""  ''^''  ^^'  ^''^^''•"  ^"^^  ^ 

K.f^*  ?^  !?""  population  of  the  earth,  about  500  millions 
belong  to  the  European  or  Caucasian  raec,  450  milHons  Jo 
^le  Asiatic  or  Mongolian  race,  51   nnllions   o  the  A fr  can  or 

to  the  American  race.  "^amutr 


(Is  situ- 
Wcstcrn 


of  thirty-three  years  each  havo  existfl.H     1Q    wi  .,      . 

tion  of  life  groafor  fhnn  at  vrJZnn    Tl  \v]  \  ^'^^n.^as  the  dura- 

com,,r„„f  ao.  Of .h„ p„p„,„,i„„ „f  ,„„ „„;;,i.™l'r„:l;:r;  »';';■"!•.■' 

Am^rSr"  '*""'    ",o  A.,atior    The  African  F  TiioMila;?'!.^: 


I 


ed  since  that 

the  duration 
it  is  probable 
have  existed 


viz.:  North 
ad  Oceanica; 
,  Kingdoms, 

)arated  from 
3d  the  New 

ivisions,  but 
of  the  most 

id  comprises 
'  IS  the  most 

^sia  by  the 
f  the  grand 

slands  situ- 
ihI  Western 

00  milh'ons 

millions  to 

African  or 

remainder 


IS  the  dura- 
world  com- 
ot  Europe? 

iM  Ocoaniiji 

..   K«l 1- 

alayf    Tbo 


AMERICA. 


AMERICA. 


70 


■«s,-f= 


Lauding  of  Columbua. 

59  


1.  America  is  an  extensive  continent,  forming  the  grand 
divisions  of  North  America  and  South  America.  It  contains 
about  three-t^enths  of  the  land  on  the  surface  of  tJie  earth, 
and  is  washed  on  all  sides  by  vast  oceans. 

2.  Its  climate  is  various,  embracing  that  of  the  torrid,  the 
temperate^  and  the  north  frigid  zones.  It  is  colder,  generally, 
than  in  corresponding  latitudes  of  the  old  world. 

3.  This  continent  is  remarkable  for  the  variety  and  rich- 
ness of  its  vegetable  productions,  the  number  of  its  mines 
of  gola,  silver,  and  precious  stones,  and  the  freedom  of  its 
political  institutions, 

4.  The  inhabitants  number  about  74  millions,  of  whom  60 
millions  are  whites.  7  millions  Indians,  7  millions  negrocd, 
and  10  millions  of  the  mixed  races. 

5.  The  whites  arc  cinefly  English  in  the  North,  and  Spaniards  in 
tlu'  houth,  with  some  Tronch,  Portuguese,  Germai.s,  Dutch,  &o.  Th« 
n(  groes  arc  Africans  and  their  deacondants. 

6.  The  aboriginal  population  consists  of  two  distinct  races :  the 

p  ^,'"'''"'<^,'^-  <?•— V  What  is  America  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  climatnf 
•J.  rijr  wn,M  ic  Tfiis  couiint-ni  reniarkabie  r  4.  What  is  the  number 
of  inhabitants^   6.  What  of  the  whites?   The  negroes?    0.  The  abon- 


80 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


EsquiHaaux  (es'ke-mo),  inhabiting  the  shores  and  islands  of  the  Arctic 
"ogions,  and  the  copper-colored  Indians,  who  are  scattered  over  tlie 
rest  of  the  continent. 

7.  America  is  called  the  Western  Continent,  because  it  lies 
westward  of  lilurope,  and  the  New  World,  from  its  recent  dis- 
covery. It  was  unknown  to  European  nations  until  the  year 
1492,  when  it  was  discovered  by  Christopher  Columbus  a 
native  of  Genoa,  in  Italy,  who  was  the  most  skilful  navieator 
of  his  age.* 

8.  A  knowledge  of  the  spherical  figure  of  the  earth  led  Columbus 
to  believe  that  the  eastern  parts  of  the  world  approached  so  near  to 
Europe  that  they  might  be  reached  in  a  moderate  ppace  of  time  bv 
sailing  westward,  and  he  proposed  to  undertake  the  voyage. 

9.  This  project,  however,  was  generally  regarded  as  visionary 
and  It  was  only  after  many  years  of  urgent  solicitation  that  Ferdi- 
nand and  Isabe  la,  King  and  Queen  of  Spain,  were  induced  to 
patronize  the  undertaking. 


60 


P     f 


10.  Columbus  was  furnished  by  these  sovereigns  with  three 
small  vessels,  and  ninety  men,  and  left  J'alos,  a  port  in  the 
south  of  Spain,  August  3,  1492.    On  the  12th  of  October  fol- 
lowing, he  discovered  (Juauahani  {<jwah-nah-hah'ne)  Island 
one  of  the  Bahamas,  which  he  named  St.  Salvador.  ' 

11.  He  visited  at  that  time  several  of  the  adjacent  islands,  and 
returned  to  bpain,  where  he  was  received  with  the  greatest  honors 
He  made  three  other  successful  voyages  c.  discovery,  but  was.  noi- 
witbstanding,  treated  with  great  injustice  by  those  who  were  envious 
ot  the  tume  he  had  acquired. 

12.  The  discovery  of  Columbus  excited  a  spirit  of  maritime  enter- 
prise nil  known  before,  and  attracted  numerous  adventurers  from  all 
parts  of  Europe. 


ginal  population  ?  7.  What  is  America  frequently  called  ^  In  what 
year  was  it  discovered  ?  Who  discovered  it?  8.  What  did  Columbus 
believe  ?    9.  Who  patroni/.e-l  him  ?     10.  With  what  did  they  furnish 

fri.  .  i".^."*  ^^  ^®*''*'  '^P'''"^  ^^«"  *^'*i  '»«  discover  Guanahani? 
n.  What  did  h»  visit  at  that  time?  How  wa.s  he  reflfliv^d  in  gnain^ 
What  did  he  iifieiwards  do  ?    How  was  h;)  treated  ?     12.  What  did  the 


*  The  great  object  whiuh  then  oniftiiyail  *h»  ~**a-*s.-.T.  .-.t 


Hfttjoas  of  Europ«  wat  tbt  i^arcb  for  a  panago  by  ceu  to  India. 


vuw  zsariui&i 


AMERICA. 


81 


18.  In  1497,  John  Cabot,  and  his  son  Sebastian,  natives  of  Venice, 
in  the  service  of  Henry  VII.  of  England,  discovered  North  America, 
and  explored  the  coast  from  Newfoundland  to  Florida. 

14.  In  1499,  Americus  Vespucius,  a  native  of  Florence,  visited 
South  America.  On  his  return  to  Europe,  he  published  the  first 
account  of  the  New  World,  and  claimed  the  original  discovery  of  the 
Western  Continent,  which  now  bears  his  name.  This,  however,  does 
not  lessen  the  glory  which  crowns  the  discovery  of  Columbus,  and 
which  will  de  ;cend  with  his  memory  to  all  future  ages. 

15.  It  was  then  supposed  that  America  was  a  part  of 
India;  the  islands  first  discovered  received  therefore  the 
name  cf  West  Indies,  and  the  inhabitants  that  of  Indians, 
which  was  afterwards  extended  to  the  natives  of  the  whole 
country. 

16.  Much  controversy  has  taken  place  in  regard  to  the  origin  of 
the  inhabitants  of  the  New  World;  when  discovered,  they  were 
found  in  various  stages  of  society,  from  the  lowest  c'avage  staie 
to  that  of  a  half-civilized  people.  The  conclusion  most  generally 
accepted  is,  that  they  emigrated  from  the  Easljrn  Continent, 
and  that  they  reached  America  from  the  nearest  points  of  North- 
western Europe  and  Northeastern  Asia,  but  at  what  period  is  un- 
known. 

17.  Several  years  elapsed  before  America  was  known  to  be  a 
soparate  continent:  in  1613,  Balboa,  a  Spaniard,  ascended  the 
mountains  in  the  Isthmus  of  Panama,  and  first  saw  th'^  Pacific 
Ocean. 

18.  The  Western  Continent  is  generally  described  under 
two  grand  divisions,  viz.:  North  America  and  South  Ame- 
rica; these  are  joined  by  the  Isthmus  of  Darien  or  Panama. 
There  is  besides  a  large  number  of  islands  lying  between  the 
two  divisions,  called  the  West  Indies. 


discovery  of  Columbus  excite  ?  13.  Who  discovered  North  America  ? 
14.  Who  published  the  first  account  of  the  New  World  ?  .^fter  whom 
was  it  named 'r  What  will  descend  to  all  future  nget^  ?  15.  Wljat 
W.18  America  su  ptv  <  d  to  bo?  What  name  did  those  islands  first 
receive?  The  i  ;iaV  'ants?  IG.  What  iS  said  in  regard  to  'he  oiigin 
of  the  inhabitantr  '  How  were  they  found?  What  is  the  most  gone- 
rally  accepted  conclus  «n?  17.  Who  first  saw  the  Pacific  Ocean? 
.8.  W'  at  are  the  divisions  of  the  Western  Continent?  How  ioined  ? 
Of  islands  ? 


■Hi 


82 


DESCRIPTIVB  GEOGRAPHY. 


NORTH    AMERICA. 


Ni>rth  Auierican  JuiliiiriB. 


61 


1.  North  America  k  tlie  northern  grand  division  of  the 
Western  Continent.  Jt  extends  from  the  Arctic  Ocean  to 
the  Isthiiiiw  of  Panan>a,  a  distance  of  5000  miles,  and  is 
from  2600  to  3200  miles  in  breadth.  Area,  8,043,000  square 
miles. 

2.  The  Rivera,  l^kes,  Plains,  and  Mountains  of  North 
America  are  all  on  a  grand  scale,  and  among  the  most  re- 
markable in  the  world. 

8.  The  Mississippi,  with  itn  largest  branch,  the  Missouri,  surpasses 
in  longUi  any  river  of  the  Eastern  Continent.  Lake  Superior  is  the 
largeat  body  of  fresh  water  known.  It  forms,  with  the  great  lakes 
connected  with  it,  a  vast  interior  se*,  affording  a  nearly  continuous 
navigation  for  hundreds  of  miles. 

4.  The  precious  and  useful  metals  and  minerals  arc  found 
in  groat  abundance.  The  gold  deposits  on  the  mountains  »nd 
in  the  valleys  of  the  far  west  are  the  richest  in  the  world. 
Gold,  silver,  copper,  and  tin  are  found  in  Mexico;  and  gold, 

North  America.     Q.~1.  What  of  North  America  ?    What  is  its  ex- 
tout?    Area?    2.  What  of  the  rivers,  &o.  ?     3.  What  is  said  of  the 


«<<s 


fuiS3i5g;p|si  nan  latLvo  '*     s.  vi  flat  uueiMia  ubuuiid  ?     What  abound  ia 


I 


NORTH  AMERICA. 


83 


iron,  lead,  and  coal,  in  the  United  States,— where  the  three 
latter  abound  in  such  quantities  that  ages  of  the  most  active 
industry  will  not,  probably,  exhaust  them. 

5  Among  the  animals,  there  are  several  species  not  found  in  any 
other  part,  of  the  world.  The  grizzly  and  barren  ground  bears  are 
peculiar  to  North  America ;  also,  the  moose  or  elk,  the  wapiti,  and 
the  caribou  or  reindeer.  The  buffalo,  musk-ox,  and  Rocky  Mountain 
sheep  and  goat,  all  differ  from  animals  of  the  same  kind  found  else- 
where. 


Buffalo. 


Bocky  Mountain  Sheep. 


6.  Various  species  of  birds  abound ;  of  the  rapacious  kind,  there 
are  eagles,  vultures,  hawks,  falcons,  &c.  The  bald-headed  eagle  is 
well  known  as  the  chosen  emblem  of  our  own  republic.  The  wild 
turkey  is  a  native  of  this  continent,  and  was  introduced  into  Europe 
about  thirty  years  after  the  discovery  of  America. 


Bald  Bagle. 


Pinnated  QrouHe. 


I 


7.  The  highly  esteemed  canvas-back  duck,  the  diminutive  hum- 
ming-bird, the  whippoorwill,  the  blue-j»y,  and  the  mocking-bird, 


the  United  States?  5.  What  is  said  of  the  animals  of  North 
America?  t>.  What  Hpwumf  or  n»i«uc  aDouir.i  ;  tti:..- ;r  =„;--.  ^-^  -tr^- 
wild  turkey,  &c.  ?     7.  What  other  birds  are  mentioned  ?     8.  Of  the 


84 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


The  rattlesnake  i.  peculiar  to  the  Npw  W ''5?^.^  •  ^  '^'  Carolinas. 
the  deadly  venom  of  Us  bite?  '^'^'^'  '^  ''  remarkable  for 

TheIntnl"arnsuanv^Tl?'"\r^*^^  °"S^^^^  inhabitants, 
copper-color  with  hih  ch;Ih'^^*'  ^''^  f '*^'  ^"  ^^^°^'  of  »  dark 
thrEsquima«rare  short  and  ;^r  ^"/  i°"^  '^'^^^^  ^l^«k  hair; 
complexion,  ke  Ltter  Le  ifv.l  '^^\^  of  a  dirty  reddish-yello^ 
appear  to  be  more  social  „n.l  ^  ^  ^?-'*  ^^^^""^"^  ^"  disposition ;  they 
usually  are  ^""^  domestic  in  their  habits  than  savages 

the\n^:^S!  tLtaTlLS  1X^x7  ^'^  ^^^"^"^  ^^ 

S-oVrat  titar?oL?r1  -^n^^^^'  ^^^         --^^'-i" 
the  great  lakes  '  '^"'P"^'"^  ^^^  principal  regions  north  of 


OBSERVATIONS   OF   THE   ftUESTIONS. 

Ame^^ca,  south  bAePaS.  Ocean  „t7''°  0-».  east  by  Brhis'l^ 
and      bring  Strait.  ^'"''  ""''  ""'«'  ">?  'le  Pacific  Ocea^ 

«re"n,  'ri'rir?u*;r^^'nci!S^L°;n'™t':ln'  -^'  -™«e,  .ho, 
nected:   thus,  Baffin  Bav  i,  hn^nZ.         .  !!' ™''"''  they  are  coi;- 

'tr'r  ""■^-"^^^^^'"'-'"'^^^^^^^^^^^      "^"  "^ 

Oceit  S;'  r.!'S  r„n'r„^:"?f'  S'-''^«eP-ate,  and  what 

Canada  and  the  DnitTs^i?  ;.?nd°°fl'„S';'n:oTh?stt'°' '"  n^"" 
Stqfft  wiio,.^  T>     •       >  ""*^  ^"0 '"c  fet.  Lawrence  River 

«n?:t7trer^s  ™"rtn7,h  *"ri'  ^°  """^  -"»'"•-  "-y  belonl 
part  of  British  Amer  ca     it  Im.  Ih   \    "^"^  l""^'"  '"  "'  'he  soulheri^ 

Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  „n  tL  Sorth  In^  '.'      Z"^  ?"  ""'  """•  ""' 
east.  ""'  """".  and  'Iw  Atlantic  Oooan  on  the 

State  Where  Islands_^^r^^itn^Ued^nJ_^ir  direction  fro^u  th, 

tetLid-o7'lLTn'd^ans%''"'r'.l'"'p'''"""''  "'  "■"  «™"-J" 
*—  v«  -_^ciica  poiiwuaiiy  divided  /  ^  ** ' 


in 


TI 


I 


NORTH   AMERICA. 


85 


nearest  Continent  or  from  other  islands :  thus,  Cuba  is  in  the  West 
Indies;  it  lies  south  of  the  United  States,  east  of  Mexico,  and  north 
of  Jamaica. 

State  where  Mountains  are  situated,  in  what  direction  they  extend 
and  what  countries  they  separate  or  pass  through :  thus,  The  Rocky 
Mountains  are  in  the  western  part  of  North  America ;  they  extend 
through  British  America,  the  United  States,  and  Mexico.     In  the 
latter  country  they  are  called  the  Sierra  Madre. 

State  where  Rivers  rise,  in  what  direction  they  flow,  and  where 
they  empty :  thus.  The  Mississippi  rises  in  Lake  Itasca,  flows  south- 
ward through  the  United  States,  and  empties  into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico. 
Mention  also  the  branches  which  "orm  main  streams :  thus  The 
Alleghany  and  Monongahela  form  the  Ohio ;  the  Mattapony,  in  Vir- 
ginia, is  formed  of  the  Mat,  the  Ta,  the  Po,  and  the  i^y  Rivers. 

USE   OF  THE  SCALES. 

By  means  of  the  Scales  of  Miles,  which  will  be  found  on  nearly 
all  the  Maps,  the  learner  may  measure  the  length  and  breadth  of 
Continents,  Seas,  Gulfs,  &c.  Thus,  for  example,  take  with  a  pair 
of  compasses,  or  a  slip  of  paper,  the  length  of  the  Scale  of  Miles 
of  Map  No.  4,  and  measure  with  it  from  Smith  Strait  to  the  southern 
extremity  of  North  America ;  it  will  be  found  to  extend  nearly  five 
times  the  length  of  the  scale,  or  about  4800  miles.  On  north  latitude 
40  degrees,  the  breadth  of  the  Continent  is  2600  miles ;  on  latitude 
52  degrees,  3000  miles;  and  from  Nova  Scotia  to  Porto  Rico  the 
distance  is  1800  miles.  These  exercises  will  give  variety  to  the 
studies,  and  impress  on  the  mind  of  the  pupil  the  length  and  breadth 
of  countries,  and  their  distances  from  each  other,  in  a  more  simple 
manner  than  could  be  done  by  any  other  method. 

By  studying  the  Explanation  on  the  Maps,  the  learner  will  under- 
stand how  the  capitals  of  countries,  the  population  of  cities  and 
towns,  and  the  lengths  of  rivers,  are  represented. 

_  62  

Map  No.  4. — How  is  Alaska  Territory  bounded?  British  America 
bounded?  Capital?  United  States  bounded?  Capital?  Mexico 
bounded?  Capital?  Central  America  bounded ?  Balize  bounded "^ 
Capital? 

How  is  North  America  bounded  ? 


Where  is  Coronation  Gulf?  G.  of  Boothia?  Welcome  G.  ?  G. 
of  St.  Lawrence?  G.  of  Mexico?  G.  of  Teliuantepec  ?  G.  of 
California?    G.  of  Georgia?    What  is  a  Gulf  or  Bay?     24,  page  10. 


Where  is  Bristol  Bay  ?    Baffin  B.  ?    Hudson  B.  ?     Musquito  B.  ? 
Ungava  B.  ?   James's  B.  ?     B.  of  Fundy  ?    Delaware  B.  ?    Chesapeake 

IK    f         Trnm-nn    "0     9  T»     «4^  rt.,...,  —  --!,  „  ')  Tt      _i'   TT 1 a         T>      -  i>  /^ 

niaia  {yaiv-te-mah'lah  or  gwah-tay-mah'lah)  '     San  Francisco  B.  ? 


86 


DESORI->TIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Where  is  Norton  Sound?    Prince  WUliam  S.  ?    Melville  S.  ?    Lan- 
caster S.  ?    DavyS.?    Jones  S.  ?    Albemarle  S.  ? 
What  is  a  Sound  ?     26,  page  10. 


vJ^^T  'I  ^^  L'""^  ^^'TF^  ^^^'"*^     ^^^^«  S-  ?     Cumberland  .  .  ? 
Frobisher  S.  ?     Hudson  S.  ?     S.  of  Belleisle  {bel-ile')  ?     Gut  or  S.  of 

S.T'^'fox  ChanneT?*       ^""^  ^'^^^  '^  ^^^ving  S.  ?    Vhere  is  Smith 

What  is  a  Strait  ?    25,  page  10. 


Wi!LY«  T  f''®^*  Bear  Lake?  Great  Slave  L.  ?  Athabasca  L.  ? 
Winnipeg  L.  ?  L  Superior?  L.Huron?  L.Michigan?  L.  Brie? 
L.  Ontario  ?  L.Chapala(c/%aA-j,aA7aA)?  Great  Salt  Lake  ?  L.Nica- 
ragua {Mk-ah-rah'gwah)  ?  . 

What  is  a  Lake  ?    29,  page  10. 


Where  is  the  Peninsula  of  Alaska?    Greenland?    Nova  Scotia? 
Florida?     Yucatan?     Old  California ?     Boothia? 
What  is  a  Peninsula  ?     64,  page  14. 


Where  is  Cape  Prince  of  Wales?  C.Bathurst?  C.  Brewster V  C 
Farewell?  C.  St.  Lewis?  C.  Race?  C.  Sable?  N.  S  C  Codi^ 
C.Hatteras?C.  Sable?  Fa.  C.  St.  Antonio?  C.  Gradas  a  Dios 
igrah'se-as  ah  de'ocey.  C.Gorda?  C.St.  Lucas?  C.  Morro  Hermoso ' 
C.  Mendocino  Point  De  Witt  Clinton?  Point  Barrow?  Capes  are 
frequently  called  Points.  ^ 

What  is  a  Cape  or  Point  ?     57,  page  14. 

mfYi'f  ?  '^  9^  n"'''''^?Jl  (r""*-"'-^"^^')  Island  ?  Kodiak  Island  ? 
Sitka  Island?  Queen  Charlotte  Island ?  Vancouver  Island ?  North 
Georgian  Islands  ?  Southampton  Island  ?  Disco  Island  ?  New- 
foundland I  AnticostiL?  Prince  Edward  L  ?  Cape  Breton  7^ 
Bermudas  Islands?  Bahama  Islands?  The  West  Indies?  Cuba^ 
Hayti?  Jamaica?  Porto  Rico?  The  last  four  are  called  the  Great 
Antilles  Where  are  the  Caribbee  Islands?  Where  is  CurtTcoa' 
Margarita?  Buen  Ayre  (6r^m eVay) ?  Oruba?  Tortuga?  Orchilla' 
The  last  six  are  called  the  Lesser  Antilles.  ^        v/n.uuia . 

What  are  Islands  ?     56,  page  14. 

63 


ifajpJVo  4.— Where  are  the  Rocky  Mountains?  and  what  is  their 
length?  Where  is  the  Sierra  Nevada?  The  Beaver  Mts  ?  Alle- 
ghany Mountains  ?  and  their  length  ?  The  Sierra  Madre  ?  Where 
isMountSt.Ehas?  Mt.  Brown?  Mt.  Hooker  ?  What  is  i he  height 
ofMt.StElias?  Of  Mt.  Brown?  Of  Mt.  Hooker?  Wh^re  is7rt 
mont  s  Peak  ?  Long's  Peak  ?  Pike's  P.  ?  Popocatepetl  (po-po-kah^ 
tay-pefV)  ?  The  Water  Volcano?  The  last  two  are  Volcanoes.  What 
is  a  voioanor     oz,  p.  16. 


I 


NEW  TERRITORY   OP   THE   UNITED   STATES. 


87 


Whore  is  Mackenzie  River  ?  Kwichpak  ?  Great  Fish  ?  Churchill  ? 
Nelso  ?  St.  Lawrence?  Simpson?  Frazer?  Columbia?  Colorado? 
Rio  Grande?    Mississippi?    What  is  a  River ?    34,  page  11. 


What  stream  dc  you  observe  extending  along  the  coast  of  thb 
United  States  from  Florida  to  the  Grand  Bank  of  Newfoundland? 
Gi  Sm.  This  is  a  remarkable  current  in  the  Atlantic  Ocean,  which 
flows  in  its  narrowest  part  at  the  rate  of  5  miles  an  hour,  lessening 
in  rupidity  as  it  widens  and  flows  north.  The  water  is  warmer  in 
the  Gulf  Stream  than  in  the  ac^acent  parts  of  the  ocean,  and  is  of 
a  dilFerent  color. 

Where  is  IF(  lington  Land?  Grinnell  Land?  The  Open  Polar  Sea? 
These  were  discovered  by  Dr.  Kane,  in  1 854,  in  his  Arctic  voyage  in 
search  of  Sir  John  Franklin.  Sir  John  sailed  from  England,  in 
1845,  in  command  of  an  expedition  to  find  a  "northwest  passage," 
but  never  returned.  Several  expeditions  afterwards  left  England,  as 
well  as  those  of  Lieutenant  De  Haven,  Dr.  Kane,  and  Dr.  Hayes, 
from  the  United  States,  t  scertain  his  fate,  but  without  success, 
until  in  1859,  when  Capt.  McClintock,  of  the  Royal  Navy,  in  the 
yacht  Fox,  discovered  the  remains  of  the  expedition  in  the  north- 
eastern part  of  King  William  Island.  It  was  found  by  the  records 
that  Sir  John  died  on  board  his  ship,  June  11,  1847. 

A  northwest  passage  has  been  often  attempted  within  the  last  250 
years.  The  object  was  to  sail  from  Europe  to  China  and  India  west- 
ward along  the  Arctic  shores  of  America.  It  T<'^as  at  length  accom- 
plished, in  1852,  by  Captain  McClure;  but,  owing  to  the  severity  of 
the  passage,  and  the  impediments  from  ice,  it  will  be  of  no  practical 
utility. 

64  

ALASKA  TERRITORY. 

1.  Alaska,  formerly  Russian  America,  now  a  Territory  of 
the  Uuited  States,  comprises  the  most  north-western  part  of 
the  Continent,  and  is  separated  from  Asia  by  Behring  Strait, 
and  from  Brit'sh  America  principally  by  the  141st  degree  of 
west  longitude. 

2.  It  is  a  cold,  dreary,  and  almost  unknown  region,  inhabited 
chiefly  by  Indians  and  Esquimaux.  The  coast  is  rocky  and 
elevated,  and  in  many  places  rises  into  mountainous  peaks.  Of 
these  the  most  remarkable  is  Mount  St.  Elias,  an  ext*  net  volcano. 

3.  Trading  factories  are  established  along  the  coast,  the  principal 
of  which  is  New  Archangel,  on  Sitka  I.  Here  the  traders  barter 
fire-arn^^,  beads,  tobacco,  and  other  articles,  with  the  natives,  for  furs. 


Alaska,  the  new  Territory  of  the   United  States.      Q. — 1.  What  of 
2.    Of    the    inhabitants?      Of    the    coast?      Remarka- 
ble peak?     8.    What  along  the  coast?     How  do  they  trade  with 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


/. 


h 


ms'.i' 


10    ■- 


I.I 


"     lis      III  2:0 


1^ 


1-25  III  1.4 


1.8 


1.6 


o^. 


m 


w 


Photographic 

Sciences 
Corpomtion 


n  WIST  MAIN  STREST 

WCBSTER.N.Y    14S80 

(716)  3-<"i<4S03 


# 


^ 


V 


.^\^^ 


<s 


^ 


^ 


*v  .• 


v^- 


88 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Subterranean  Mandon  of  the  Aleutian  Islanden,. 


thitrS^n^S^tti^^^^^^^^  ^«^-^  -^^?h  fo-  part  of 

Alaska;  they  are  inhabit^edhv^-^^^^^^  ^  Peninsula  of 

under  grou/d.  each  con tatn^Vf^rm  So'T^f^i  h\^1'^°  ^"  ^""««« 
dwell  nM  are  dividpd  inf«  t»,!,^  °  ^^"  inhabitants.     These 

B.Aa  -What  i,  the  mo.t  north Ln  potat^'"  b„°°"t '^  ""  '"^  *=""'? 
Capo ?  P..W.._What  Peninsula  ir.h.  .  YuT^^'  """'  "<"'"■> 
Moantains  in  the  eoutheast?  S  E°  P,  T  {  A*— '^''»'  *"» 
Archangel ,    8..-What  Eive,  flow:inlVo?t''„:s"„'Jd'r  Kt  ""'^ 


-  65 


DANISH  AMERICA. 


ore  cold,  barren  regioL     ( Jrl„?    f  •"'  "*  """'"'  '""""lo.  ""^ 

v.rt„a  t„  Chri«iani„  ,,  the  ^^i..  ^^^:if:^!Xi:^  :;£ 

How  are  they  divided?  ^^  ^'''''^     ^^^^^  ^o  they  contain? 

Danish  Amrrica.      Q J     What.  H         n     • 

What  is  said  of  Greenland  and  Iceland'^'     oTn  ^"^«^'«a  comprise? 
people  do  the  native  inhfth.<l„*i  L  9^  "'«  former?    2.  What 

&o.r    What  is  salJ  orthem?    ''  ''""°^"^'    ^«  '^^-^  ^o  they  UvJ' 


DANISH  AND  BRITISH  AMERICA. 


89 


A  few  Danish  traders,  and  the  officers  of  the  government,  are  the 
only  European  residents. 

3.  Iceland  i&  a  mountainous  island,  situated  in  the  Arctic 
Ocean,  140  miles  from  Greenland.  It  is  noted  for  its  volca- 
noes and  hot  springs,  called  geysers,  which  spout  up  hot  water 
to  the  height  of  from  70  to  200  feet. 

4.  The  Icelanders  are  a  remarkably  moral  and  religious  people, 
and  are,  by  means  of  domestic  instruction,  more  generally  educated 
than  the  inhabitants  of  almost  any  other  country.  In  this  island  no 
war  has  occurred  for  600  years,  and  no  military  force  has  been 
raised  m  all  that  time. 

6.  The  village  of  Reikiavik  (ri^ke-ah-vik)  is  the  capital.  It  de- 
rives Its  name,  which  signifies  steam-town,  from  the  eevsers  in  the 
vicinity.  "  • 


J  ^x^  \^r^^9V'^^ ^.^^^^^^  Greenland  and  British  America? 
pn.-What  Strait?  Ds.-Which  is  the  most  southern  cape  of  Green- 
Ian.  ?  Fl— Eastern?  Br.— The  most  northern  of  Iceland?  Nh  — 
Sou  hern  ?  Cy— In  what  part  of  Iceland  is  Reikiavik  ?  Wt.— Mt. 
H'.'cla?  Sh.---.What  circle  extends  across  the  southern  part  of 
Ureenland  and  the  northern  part  of  Iceland  ?     Ac. 


66 


BRITISH  AMERICA. 

1.  British  America  comprises  that  portion  of  the  Western 
Continent  lying  north  of  the  United  States,  except  Alaska 
and  Danish  America.  It  is  a  region  of  vast  extent,  and  con- 
stitutes more  than  one-third  of  North  America. 

2.  Its  divisions  are  New  Britain,  British  Columhia,  Van- 
couver Island,  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  Prince  Edward 
Island,  the  Island  of  Newfoundland,  and  Labrador.  About 
one-tenth  of  the  area  of  these  territories  is  settled  by  a  civil- 
is^ed  population. 

3.  The  climate  of  British  America  is  generally  very  severe: 
the  winters  in  the  north  are  almost  perpetual,  and  even  in 
the  south  the  ground  is  covered  with  ice  and  snow  for  five  or 

Iceland.-^.  What  of  Iceland?     Fo.   what  is  it  noted?    What  in 
Raid  of  the  geysers?     4.   Describe  the  Icelanders.     What  is  said  of 
domestic  instruction,  war,  &c.  ?     5.  Of  Reikiavik,  &c.  ? 
„  BriU»h  America.     Q.—l.  What  does  British  America  oomBrise? 
i     .tuat  ii«  iia  aivisious?      a.    what  i     said  of   the  climate t 


90 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


six  months  of  the  year.    The  climate  is  milder  on  the  western 
tnan  on  the  eastern  coast. 


vyv/^ 


White  or  Polar  Bear, 


Musk  Ox. 


mL7^-      1      ^®*5'  """^^  ^^'  caribou,  or  American  reindeer   and 

lfd!L«  wTh  V\-T"^  ^^  *^^  '^^^^^^^^  districts,  and  supp'y*h3 
Indians  with  the  chief  part  of  their  clothing  and  food   besides  fur 
nishmg  the  skins  which  they  barter  with  traders  for  vkrious  man^ 
factured  articles  essential  to  their  comfort. 

5.  The  provinces  of  British  America  ha^e  each  a  TiP„f«r,or,* 
Governor,  appointed  by  the  Crown,  and  a  House  of  Commnr«  n 

coXinIn?  f '"'  ^'"^•^"  '^  ^^^  P^^P^-     The  Domintn  tf  C^S^d^ 

.3  ul"  """  P^'",''"'  "'*•'«  »'"'  P»Pal«tien  have  Krcatlv  increased 
and  It  has  a  considerable  degree  of  prosperity.     The  Dominion  „f' 

A|p„^.hlSs/.'^^ol=-rth^TtIVe*s^''?^  's  i-^o-n- 

i;a'Kr,'';rjjrafciri  ^,;,?n7^^^^^^^^ 

,    .     .  wi.,a    Aone   IS   the   southern    navf 'r     xr   t„      t        i    ! 

latitude   is   British    America?      N -I «      Tn  C^  ,^--T«— Tn   what 
Greenwich?     W.-Le.    ^"^'^^      W-Le.-In  what   longitude   from 


Lrx:i^r?"^5t;„^-;?r;cf  t^:&T'«S; 


,  •       -'.'         "■■win        TTJIO       l.'H,U 

has  taken  place  since  ?     How  divided  ? 


NEW  BRITAIN. 


01 


the  western 


lindeer,  and 

supply  the 

besides  fur- 

rious  manu- 

Lieutenant- 
ommons  or 
of  Canada, 
in  addition 
liament. 

ell  into  the 
in  1769,  by 

increased, 
)minion  of 
Jrunswick, 

?  P.'Sa., 
S.,  P.-On. 
jntinent  is 
the  north 
tic  circle? 
-Tn  what 
ude    from 


es  of  Bri- 
7.  What 


67 


NEW  BRITAIN. 

1.  New  Britain  is  situated  north  of  CaL:.da  and  the 
United  States.  It  contains  nearly  three-fourths  of  British 
America,  and  is  divided  by  Hudson  Bay  into  two  unequal 
portions.  It  is  chiefly  a  vast  level  plain.  The  winters  are 
long  and  severe. 

2.  The  chief  trade  is  in  furs  of  the  sable,  beaver,  otter,  fox,  and 
mink,  which  are  sold  by  the  Indians  to  the  traders  of  the  Hudson 
Bay  Company. 

3.  Labrador,  on  the  east  coast,  is  inhabited  by  the  Esquimaux,  a 
race  of  savages  who  diflfer  from  the  Indinns.  Among  them  the 
Moravians  have  established  the  settlements  of  Nain,  Okkak,  and 
Hopedale ;  and  the  habits  and  condition  of  the  natives  have  been 
much  improved  by  the  labors  of  the  Moravian  missionaries.  Labra- 
dor is  under  the  government  of  Newfoundland. 

4.  British  Columbia  was  organized  asaprcv?^  'e  in  1859. 
It  lies  between  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  the  Rocky  Mountains, 
and  extends  from  the  United  States  to  Simpson  River.  The 
climate  is  mild  for  the  latitude.  The  Columbia  and  Frazer 
are  the  largest  rivers.  The  surfac .  is  covered  with  stately 
forests. 

5.  Bears,  deer,  and  various  fur-bearing  animals  are  numerous. 
The  inhabitants  are  nxpsily  Indians.  The  whites  consist  of  a  few 
officials,  traders,  and  the  miners  for  gold  which  abounds  in  various 
quaiters.     New  Westminster,  on  Frazer  River,  is  the  capital, 

6.  Vancouver  Island  lies  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  west  of 
British  Columbia,  from^ which  it  is  separated  by  the  Gulf  of 
Georgia.  Coal  is  found  in  the  north.  The  inhnbitants  con- 
sist of  ten  or  twelve  small  tribes  of  Indians  and  a  few  white 
traders.  This  island  was  established  as  a  colony  in  1859. 
\'ietoria,  in  the  southern  part,  is  the  capital :  it  lies  on  a  safa 
and  commodious  harbor.  British  Columbia  and  Vancouver 
Island  are  under  one  governor,  appointed  by  the  Crown. 

New  Britain,  tjc.  Q.—l.  How  is  New  Britain  situated ?  What 
does  it  contain?  How  is  it  divided?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  trade? 
Hudson  Bay  Company?  3.  Of  Labrador,  &o.  ?  What  have  the 
Moravians  established?  4.  What  is  British  Columbia?  Describ« 
its  position.  What  is  said  of  the  climate?  Principal  rivers?  Th« 
surface?     5.  Bears,  deer,  &c.? 

Vancouver Tsland.     Q.—6.  How   situated?     What  are   the   inha 


^B  bitantaf     Chief  settlements?     Hi 


/./I  9 


92 


DESCRIPTIVE  aEOGRAPHY. 


"-^, 


f  > 


Rh  ??1  wI'TT^**^  territory  on  the  east  coast  ?  Lr.~On  the  west  ? 
Bh  -Ca.-What  large  Bay  in  New  Britain  ?  Hn—Between  New 
UruT  ^""a  ^r^'l^''^  ^  Bn.-Name  the  four  largest  lakesTn  Sew 
Po Tr  Sea?  m/"  ^:««-' ^a.  Wg.--What  large  ri?er  flows  into  tl^ 
j-oJar  bea  ?  Me. --What  river  flows  into  Lake  Wiunipeir  ?  Sn  — Wh  J 
river  connects  Lake  Winnipeg   with   Hudson   Bay?^    Nn~Wha 

I:^P  S^?  uVi  f  •■  ,  :^'  B.-Aa.— Country  south?  U.-S.— Ocean  west 
of  British  Columbia  ?    Pc- What  mointains  east  ?    Ry "°®*''  ^®'^ 


68 


ONTARIO.* 

1.  Ontario,  a  province  in  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  ex- 
tends  from  Ottawa  Kirer  to  Lake  Superior.  The  climate  is 
generally  l^ealthy.  The  summers  are  more  moderate  and  the 
winters  shorter  and  less  rigorous  than  in  Quebec. 

Indi  J^;,nrn"J"^^!  ^^^^Y  parts  yields  abundant  crops  of  oats,  wheat, 
Indian  corn,  flax,  &o.  ,  Large  quantities  of  maple  sugar  are  made 

8.  The  most  important  canals  in  British  America  are  in  Ontario- 
eXdYf  '^" ^  ;^^'^\*^."*^  '^'  ^^^"♦^'^d  Canals.  The  Rideau  C^iai 
Take  ErilTIt  W  T  n  7'  •*"  ^l"«^*°"  '  ^^«  ^^^'^'^^  Canal  uni?es 
ct'lderTbll  burdet'  ^'^"""-     "^^^^  ^'"'^  ™^^  ^'^^  --«^«  <>' 

4.  On  the  Niagara  River,  which  flows  from  Lake  Erie  into 
Lake  Ontario,  are  the  Falls  of  Niagara,  166  feet  high.  This 
IS  one  of  the  most  magnificent  of  Nature's  works. 

It  o^n^llf^*;  '"  ^"^""^'  V^'^  ^'^P^^"^  °f  *^«  Dominion  of  Canada. 
Kivn?  V  o  -f ""  "PP"'''  f  V^  ""  ^°^^'"  ^«^'»'  '^"^  i«  Situated  on  Ottawa 
foTSm  •  .  K-t  "'/^t^*  Montreal.  It  is  a  thriving  town  of  about 
ierere"cteS\?ere!'    ^''^«'^^«««"^  Parliament-buildings  have  recently 

6.  Toronto,  the  capital  of  Ontario,  is  pleasantly  situated  on  a 
bay  of  the  same  name  on  the  noith  shore  of  Lake  Ontario;  it  is 
regularly  laid  out,  and  has  a  number  of  handsome  buildings. 

7.  Kingston,  at  the  lower  end  of  Lake  Ontario,  has  a  good  harbor 
and  considerable  commerce ;  it  is  at  the  southern  extremity  of  the 

Ontario.  Q.—l.  What,  is  said  of  the  extent  of  Ontario?  What 
IS  said  of  the  climate  ?  2.  The  soil  ?  What  does  it  yield?  8.  What 
IS  said  of  canals?     4.  Of  Niagara  Fulls?     6.  Of  Ottawa?    6    Of 


*  Upper  and  Lower  Canada  long  formed  separate  provinces,  but  were 
united  in  the  year  1841,  under  the  namos  of  Canada  W-^st  and  Canada 
Sffn.  f°,|^8^'(^"^«««  P«>v'nces  united  with  Now  Brunswick  and  Nova 
bcotia,  a.  the  Dominion  of  Canada:  Canada  West  waP  th«..  named  On- 
tario, ami  Canail  .  Ea*it  Quebec.  "»uioa  wu 


QUEBEC. 


98 


•v'\>j-v.'n.  t 


fBSatf^V 


Falls  of  Niagara. 

Rideau  Canal,  and  is  strongly  fortified.     Naval  and  military  esta- 
bliahments  of  the  government  are  located  here. 

8.  Haniilton,  at  the  upper  end  of  Lake  Ontario,  is  one  of  the  most 
flourishing  towns  in  Canada.  London,  on  the  Thames  {tvmz)  River, 
Qoderich,  on  the  east  shore  of  Lake  Huron,  and  Niagara,  at  the 
mouth  of  the  Niagara  River,  are  flourishing  towns. — See  Map  11. 


Map  No.  5. — What  lakes  separate  Ontario  from  the  United  States? 
Oo.,  Ee.,  Hn.,  Sr. — What  river,  in  part,  from  New  York?  S.-Le. — 
What  river  from  Quebec  ?  Oa. — What  is  the  eastern  part  of  Lake 
Huron  called?  On.-B. — What  isles  in  the  north  part  of  Lake 
Huron?  Me. — These  are  supposed  by  the  Indians  to  be  inhabited 
by  the  Great  Spirit. — On  Map  No.  10,  state  what  battles  were  fought 
in  1814,  near  the  Falls  of  Niagara.     F.-£e.,  Ca. 


69 


QUEBEC. 

1.  Quebec,  a  province  in  the  Dominion  of  Canada,  lies 
northeast  of  Ontario,  and  extends  on  both  sides  of  St.  Law- 
rence River,  from  its  mouth  to  45°  north  latitude.  The 
northern  part  is  rugged,  cold,  and  sterile  j  the  southern  part 
is  fertile,  well  watered,  a^d  more  moderate  in  temperature. 
All  sections  have,  however,  the  climate  of  Sweden,  though 
the  latitude  is  that  of  France. 

2.  More  than  three-fourths  of  the  inhabitants  are  of  French 


Toronto?   7.  Of  Kingsf^n?   8.  What  is  said  of  Hamilton  ?  Of  Lon- 
don ?    Of  Goderioh  ?    Of  Niagara  ? 
Qmbte.      ^.  —  1.   Where    is    Quebec?      2.   What   is    said   of 

7 


94 


BESORIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


! 


1     i 


rSll*^^Vi?''^  the  French  language,  and  are  principally 
Catholics.     The  remainder  are  mostly  natives  of  Great  Britain 
or  their  descendants.  ' 

3.  The  native  French  Cana- 
dians are  csilled  habitans.  They 
are  gay  in  disposition,  courteous 
and  polite  in  manners,  and 
strongly  attached  to  their  religion 
and  native  country. 

4.  Quebec  produces  wheat,  In- 
dian corn,  and  other  grains  com- 
mon to  the  northern  parts  of  the 
United  States.  The  exports  are 
timber,  grain,  flour,  furs,  pot  and 

Canadian  Habitans.  peail  asheS,  &C. 


City  of  Quebec. 

5.  The  city  of  Quebec  is  the  capital  of  the  province,  and  is  situated 
partly  on  a  plain  along  the  river  St.  Lawrence,  and  partly  on  a  steep 
perpendicular  rock,  350  feet  high.     These  divisions  are  called  re- 
spectively the  upper  and  lower  towns.     It  is  very  strongly  fortified. 

6.  Montreal  (mon-tre-ator)  is  on  Montreal  Island,  in  the  St.  Law- 
rence River,  180  miles  above  Quebec.  It  is  the  largest  town  in  British 
America,  and  has  an  extensive  trade  with  the  United  States  It  is 
connected  with  Quebec,  New  York,  Boston,  and  Chicago  by  railroads. 

7.  The  town  of  Three  Rivers  is  on  the  north  bank  of  the  St.  Law- 
rence  River.     William  Henry,   fit  the  mouth  of  the  Sorel  River 
Richmpnd  on  the  St.  Francis,  and  St.  Thomas  on  the  St.  Lawrence' 
p^ro  thriving  towns.  ' 


ill 


tlie  inhabitants?     8.  What  is  said  of  the  French  Canadians?     4 
Produce?     Exports?      6    What   of  the   Capital?      6.  Describe  th^ 
position  of  Montreal.     What  further  of  it?     With  what  cities  is  it 
connected  ?     7.  Nnme  other  towns. 


NEW  BRUNSWICK. 


9& 


Map  No.  5. — What  lies  west  of  the  province  of  Quebec  ?  Oo. — What 
States  lie  south  ?  N.-Yk.,  Vt.,  N.-H.,  Me. — What  State  lies  east?  Me. 
— What  river  separates  Ontario  and  Quebec?  Oa. — The  principal 
river  of  Canada  ?  S.-Le. — From  what  lake  does  Saguenay  River  flow  ? 
St.-Jn, — What  river  unites  Lakes  Champlain  and  St.  Peter?  SI. — 
What  four  lakes  in  Quebec?  St.-Jn.,  St.-Pr.,  Ka.,  Gd.— What 
rivers  flow  into  the  St.  Lawrence?     Sy.,  S.-M.,  Oa.,  SI.,  S.-F.,  Ce. 


70 


NEW  BRUNSWICK. 

1.  New  Brunswick,  a  province  in  the  Dominion  of 
Canada,  is  situated  east  of  the  State  of  Maine,  and  north'^est 
of  Nova  Scotia. 

2.  New  Brunswick  contains  extensive  forests;  and  but  a 
small  portion  is  partially  cleared.  The  soil  is  generally  good, 
especially  along  the  banks  of  the  river  St.  John  and  other 
streams. 

3.  Many  of  the  inhabitants  are  employed  in  the  fisheries,  which 
are  a  source  of  wealth;  lumber  and  the  produce  of  the  fisheries 
are  the  chief  articles  of  export.  Ship-building  is  carried  on  to  a 
considerable  extent. 

4.  The  Bay  of  Fundy,  which  separates  this  province  from  Nova 
Scotia,  is  remarkable  for  the  great  and  rapid  rise  of  its  tides,  which 
at  the  head  of  the  bay  often  attain  the  height  of  70  feet. 

5.  Fredericton,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  St.  John  Jliver,  84  miles 
from  its  mouth.  It  is  built  chiefly  of  wood,  and  contains  the  govern- 
ment offices,  several  churches,  and  a  college. 

6.  St.  John  is  the  largest  city  in  New  Brunswick,  and  has  an 
extensive  commerce.  St.  Andrew's,  at  the  head  of  Passamaquoddy 
Bay,  and  Campobello,  on  the  island  of  the  same  name,  are  the  next 
in  extent  of  trade  and  population.  Chatham  and  New  Castle  are 
small  towns  on  Miramichi  {mir-r&-me-she')  River.  • 

Map  No.  6. — ^Which  is  the  chief  river  in  New  Brunswick?  S.-Jn. 
—What  island  lies  near  it?  P.-Ed.— Gulf  east?  S.-Le.— Two  bays 
northeast?  Cs.,  Mi. — Bay  on  the  south?  Fy. — Peninsula  southeast? 
N.-Sa. — On  what  river  is  the  city  of  St.  John?  S.-Jn. — St.  Andrew's? 
S.-Cx. — Fredorioton?  S.-Jn. — What  strait  separates  Prince  Edward 
Island  from  New  Brunswick  ?    Nd. 


New  Brumwick.  Q. — 1.  How  is  New  Brunswick  situated?  la 
what  is  it  included  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  forests  ?  Soil  ?  3. 
Chief  articles  of  export  ?  Ship-building  ?  4.  The  Bay  of  Fundy  ? 
6.  ThecaDital?     6.  St.  John?     St.  Andrew's?     C&mtiohello  .frn. 


96 


II. 


■  II 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 
71   


NOVA  SCOTIA. 

1.  Nova  Scotia,  a  province  in  the  Dominion  of  Canada 
hes  southeast  of  New  Brunswick.  It  was  captured  from  the 
i^rench  in  1710,  and  ceded  to  Great  Britain  in  1713. 

2.  It  is  a  peninsula,  280  miles  long,  and  from  50  to  100 
broad.  On  the  coast  the  soil  is  poor,  but  in  the  interior  and 
northern  parts  it  is  moderately  productive. 

3.  Wheat  and  other  grains,  and  potatoes,  are  produced     Coal 
and  gypsum,  or  plaster  of  Paris,  are  found  in  vast  quantities:  these' 
with  fish  and  grindstones,  are  largely  exported;  cop^per,  iron,  and 
other  minerals  abound ;  gold  is  found  in  small  quantities. 

4.  Halifax,  on  the  southern  coast,  is  the  capital.  It  has  one  of 
Uie  finest  harbors  in  the  world,  and  contains  the  most  extensive 
dock-yard  m  British  America.  Lunenburg,  Liverpool,  Yarmouth, 
and  Pictou  are  all  places  of  some  trade;  from  the  latter  coal  is 
shipped  to  the  United  States. 

5.  Cape  Breton  Island.— Cape  Breton  (brift'nY  an 
island,  IS  separated  from  Nova  Scotia  by  the  Gut  or  Strait  of 
Canso;  it  is  about  110  miles  in  length,  and  from  30  to  80  in 
breadth,  and  is  divided  into  two  nearly  equal  portions  bv  an 
arm  of  the  sea  called  the  Bras  d'Or  {hrah-dm-e'). 

.H^'  ?"\^ little  attention  is  given  to  agriculture;   the  cod-fisherv 
attracts  the  chief  industry  of  the  people.     This  island  was,  in  1820 
pohtically  attached  to  Nova  Scotia.  ' 

7.  Louisburg,  which  the  French  carefully  fortified,  was  once  a 
place  of  great  importance,  but  is  now  entirely  deserted.  Sydney  is 
the  chief  town  In  its  vicinity  are  several  valuable  coal-mines. 
Anchat  {ah-re-akaht'),  on  Isle  Madam,  is  the  largest  town 


^^  %£\  ^r^^^*  Province  lies  northwest  of  Nova  Scotia  ?  K- 
Bk.--What  islands  he  east  and  northeast?  Se.,  C.-Bn.— What  island 
north?  P -Ed.— What  separates  Nova  Scotia  and  Cape  Breton? 
G. -Co.— What  Ocean  on  the  southeast?  Ac— What  bay  on  the 
northwest  ?    Fy.— What  Bank  south  of  Cape  Breton  ?    S  -Id  -Bk 


iVowa  Scotia.  Q.~\.  Where  is  Nova  Scotia?  What  is  said  of  it? 
When  ceded  to  Great  Britain?  2.  What  is  it?  What  is  said  of 
the  soil?  3.  Productions?  Coal,  &c.?  Minerals?  4.  The  camtal 
and  other  towns?    5.  What  of  Cape  Breton?     How  is  it  divided? 

6.  What  is  said  of  its  agriculture,  &c.  ?    What  occurred  in  1820,  &c.  ? 

7.  What  is  said  of  Louisburg,  Sydney,  &c.  ? 


NEWFOUNDLAND. 


m 


72 


r,  iron,  and 


1.  Prince  Edward  Island. — Prince  Edward  lies  north 
#f  Nova  Scotia,  in  the  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence,  nearly  parallel 
with  the  coasts  of  Nova  Scotia  and  New  Brunswick. 

2.  The  soil  is  good  and  well  adapted  to  agriculture,  which  is  in  a 
more  improved  state  than  in  any  of  the  neighboring  colonies.  Char- 
lotte Town,  the  capital,  is  situated  at  the  head  of  a  fine  navigable  bay. 

NEWFOUNDLAND. 

3.  Newfoundland  is  a  large  island,  at  the  mouth  of  the 
Gulf  of 'St.  Lawrence,  and  is  the  most  eastern  part  of  British 
America.  The  soil  is  mostly  barren,  and  the  timber  scanty 
and  of  small  size.  Labrador,  on  the  mairland,  is  politically 
attached  to  Newfoundland. 

4.  The  Newfoundland  cod-fisheries  are  the  most  valuable 
in  the  world.  The  fish  are  caught  in  great  numbers  at  the 
Great  Bank,  a  vast  shallow  place  in  the  sea,  southeast  of 
Newfoundland. 

6.  The  bank  fisheries  are  carried  on  chiefly  by  Americans  and 
French ;  the  inhabitants  of  the  island  have  established  their  fisheries 
along  the  shore. 

6.  The  fishing-business  is  dangerous,  but  profitable ;  it  is  an  ad- 
I  irable  school  for  the  hardy  seamen  of  the  New  England  States,  and 
lurnishes  an  important  article  of  export  to  other  countries.  Seal- 
fishing  has  of  late  years  attracted  much  attention. 

7.  St.  John's  is  the  capital ;  the  houses  are  nearly  all  built  of 
wood,  and  the  town  has  in  consequence  suffered  severely  from  fires. 
Harbor  Grace  and  Placentia  are  small  towns. 


Map  No.  6. — What  separates  Trince  Edward  Island  from  New 
Brunswick?  Nd.-St. — What  btftinds  Newfoundland  on  the  east  ?  A.- 
On.~On  the  west?  G.-S -Le. — What  Strait  separates  it  from  Labra- 
dor ?  Be. — What  Bank  is  near  the  Island  ?  How  long  and  wide  is 
the  Grand  Bank  ?  Which  is  the  most  northern  Cape  ?  Bd.— South- 
ern? Re.— Western?  Ry.— Where  is  Trinity  Bay?  The  Ocean 
Telegraph  extends  1980  miles  from  Bay  of  Bulls,  on  the  west  side 
of  Trinity  Bay,  to  Valentia  Island,  Ireland.  Where  is  Miquelon  I.  ? 
St.  Pierre  I.  ?  These  belong  to  France,  and  serve  as  fishing-stations. 
They  were  ceded  by  Great  Britain  in  1814. 

Prince  Edward  Island.  Q.—l.  Where  is  Prince  Edward  Island?  2. 
What  of  the  soil  ?     The  capital,  &c.  ? 

Newfoundland.  (>  —3.  What  is  Newfoundland?  What  is  politically 
attached  to  it?  4.  What  of  the  cod-fisheries?  5.  Of  the  bank  f^^ueries? 
Of  the  inhabitants?  6.  The  fishing-business,  &c.?  What  does  it 
fnrniah?    7  WVini  nf  St.  .Tohn's?    Harbor  Grace?    Placentia? 


98 


Hi 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


73 


UNITED  STATES. 


1.  The  United  States  is  a  republic,  composed  of  thirty, 
seven  States,  ten  Territories,  one  District,  and  Alaska  Te^l 
tory  m  the  northwest  part  of  North  America.     It  is  one  of 
the  most  powerful  and  commercial  nations  of  the  dobe.   Area 
including  Alaska,  3,577,000  square  miles.  ' 

.JLu^^^  ^"^'-f  ®r  *^'  is  distinguished  for  the  freedom  and 
excellence  of  its  political  institutions,  for  the  rapid  increase 
of  population  and  for  the  intelligence,  industryf  and  enter- 
prise  of  the  inhabitants.  J>      ^  ^"''er 

3  The  United  States  extends  from  the  Atlantic  to  the 
Pacific  Ocean;  it  ranges  through  nearly  25  degrees  of  lati- 
tude,  and  more  than  57  of  longitude.  The  frontier  outline 
has  an  extent  of  upwards  of  10,000  miles,  and  a  line  drawn 
trora  northwest  to  southeast  would  measure  upwards  of  2800 

1X1  lll^o* 

4.  In  a  region  so  vast  there  is  a  great  variety  of  surface 
soil,  and  climate.  It  is  well  watered  by  noble  rivers,  which 
not  only  give  fertility  to  their  borders,  but  serve  to  convey 

ITnited  States.  Q.--1.  What  is  the  United  States  ?  What  does  it 
occupy?  Area?  2.  For  what  is  it  distinguished?  3  What  is 
•aid  of  Its  extent?      4.  What  of  surface.  &c.  ?     kow  watered? 


UNITED   STATES. 


99 


the  gifts  of  the  earth  to  the  ocean,  and  to  bring  back  to  the 
inhabitants  the  products  of  other  climes. 

5.  The  soil  yields  an  ample  harvest  to  the  husbandman, 
and  the  climate  is  favorable  to  nearly  every  production  of  the 
earth  that  can  sustain  life  or  increase  its  luxuries. 

6.  The  agricultural  products  are  greater  in  proportion  to  its  popu- 
lation than  those  of  any  other  country.  In  1860  the  wheat  and  corn 
produced  amounted  to  1000  million  bushels,  the  hay  to  nearly  19 
million  tons,  and  the  cotton  to  2000  million  pounds,  or  5  million  bales. 

7.  In  the  Southern  States,  sugar,  cotton,  rice,  tobacco,  and 
various  tropical  fruits  are  produced ;  in  the  Middle,  Northern,  and 
Western  States,  wheat,  corn,  oats,  hay,  apples,  pears,  peaches,  in 
short,  nearly  all  the  productions  of  the  temperate  zones,  are  found. 
In  Ohio  and  California  there  are  many  vineyards,  and  considerable 
quantities  of  wine  are  made. 

8.  The  changes  of  temperature  are  greater  in  the  United  States 
than  in  the  same  latitudes  in  Europe,  the  summers  being  generally 
warmer  and  the  winters  colder.  In  most  parts  the  climate  is  as  con- 
ducive to  health,  energy,  and  longevity  as  that  of  any  other  country 
in  the  world. 

9.  Minerals  of  almost  every  variety  abound.  Gold  is  found  in 
California,  Nevadd,  Colorado,  Idaho,  and  in  other  places ;  copper  in 
Michigan ;  lead  in  Illinois,  Wisconsin,  Iowa,  and  Missouri ;  iron  in 
Pennsylvania,  Maryland,  Tennessee,  Kentucky,  and  Virginia;  and 
coal  in  Pennsylvania  and  other  States.  Th6  coal-fields  of  the  United 
States  are  estimated  to  be  thirty  times  greater  in  extent  than  those 
of  all  Europe.  Many  varieties  of  marble,  granite,  and  other  build- 
ing-stone are  found. 


74 


10.  Manufactures  are  numerous  and  extensive.  The  principal 
are  cotton  and  woollen  goods,  paper,  glass,  leather,  fire-arms,  and 
machinery  of  all  kinds.  In  ship-building  the  United  States  is  not 
surpassed  by  any  other  country. 

11.  The  commerce  of  the  Union,  both  foreign  and  domestic,  is 
one  of  the  most  extensive  in  the  world.  It  is  carried  on  by  great 
numbers  of  vessels,  especially  steam-vessels,  by  the  more  than 
30,000  miles  of  railroad,  and  by  the  canals  and  telegraphs  by 
which  all  the  settled  parts  of  the  country  are  connected. 


5.  What  of  the  soil?  Climate?  6.  Agricultural  products?  How 
much  wheat  and  corn  in  1860?  Hay?  Cotton?  7.  What  of 
the  products  of  the  Southern  States?  Middle,  Northern,  and 
Western  States?  8.  What  of  the  temperature?  About  health? 
9.  What  minerals?  What  of  gold?  Conner,  &c.?  What  of  the 
coal-fields  ?  What  of  marble,  &c.  ?  10.  Of  manufactures  ?  What 
are  the  principal  ?     About  shiip-building  ?     11.  What  of  commerce  ? 


100 


BESCJttlPTIVB  UfiOQRAPHY. 


il    ^!li 


ii  ::i 


WlMjle  li^bery.-€utting  un  a  Whale. 


^el7o  lySLT""  ^*^"«  United  States  is  coa>.posed  of  the  white 

descendants,  and  we'.^.rS;  sit.    T"'  *""  ^^"I*"'  *°^  ^^'^'•• 
*he  population  was  34,5Srm   '^^^''  *  '^'^  *^*  »^^^^  fr*«-     ^^  1866 

they^:i"o?cty«t!t  ""^l*  *''  ^''^'"^^^^  disappearing  before 
or  enurSration  of    h«  i'^;i  J  %'*'*'  *^ot  counted  in  the  population 

in  I860  wlfest^jlted  to  b^iofi  I^!"  "ST<^?  f  unciTili.ed  Indians 
44  000 .  ^llZ  °®  ^95,400,  and  ii  %t  of  the  civiliajed  Indian^' 

4'»,tV0,  making  an  aggregate  of  839,400.  ' 

from  ncnh  to  soufh  CllLl  "''T  'V^?  ^'^""^'^  *^«««^^^'"  P«««i"g 
Charleston,  and  Sa;an Ah^^^        ^^"  '  ^-^''  P^Iadelphia,  EalLore! 

tho  lar«.Lt  xm^n  de^^^^^^^  Chicago,  on  Lake  Michigan,  is 

the  Gu&  of  Mexico  ^hLai  T'^^'  ^"^  ^"^«*"«  (^rV.-tJnz),  n;ar 
for  it,  exporfrof  cotton  San  r'"'^-  '  ™^'' f'  ^^'^^^^^^  ^«  *^^o"« 
commerci'al  al.ltTZ  wercLTrX^trict!^  "^"''^^  ^^  '^'  «^*^^ 

'rg ^^^ 

reliBi.Ibo'i!;i'vft  f  f^'"^''?''  '""'^h  i"  the  Umtcd  State., 
relipon  being  .eft  to  (h^  voluntary  ohoi«  of  the  pc.ple ;  yet 


UNITED    STATES. 


101 


of  the  white, 
Inglish,  Ger- 
ns  and  their 
56.     In  1866 

kring  before 
3  population 
led  Indians 
!ed  Indian", 

pita!  of  the 
,  in  passing 
,  Baltimore, 

mis,  on  the 
[ichigan,  is 
-^nz),  near 
'  is  famous 
s  the  great 


d  States, 
jple;  yet 


religious  Instruction  and   observances  are  as  faithfully  dis- 
pensed and  perfonned  as  iu  any  other  country  in  the  world. 

17.  A  great  majority  ©f  the  people  arc  Protestants:  cf  these  the 
Methodists,  Baptists,  P-esbyterians,  and  Episcopalians  are  tha 
most  numerous.  In  most  of  the  States  there  are  Friends  or  QuakeTs,^ 
Unitarians,  Unlrersaliats,  Moravians,  Swedenborgians,  and  in  Utah 
Mormons.     There  are  ali?o,  in  ail  the  States,  many  Catholiog. 

18.  The  United  States  is  a  Federal  Republic,  or  Union  of  States. 
Each  State  is  independent  in  its  local  affairs ;  but  the  defence  of  the 
country,  the  regulation  of  commerce,  and  all  the  general  concerns 
of  the  natioa,  are  committed  by  the  Conetitution  to  a  general  govern- 
ment. 

19.  The  government  comprises  three  distinct  powers,  the  Legisla- 
tive, Judicial,  and  Executive:  the  first-named  power  makes  the  laws, 
the  second  expounds  them,  and  the  last  executes  them. 

20.  Tke  Legislative  power  is  nested  in  a  Congress,  consisting  of  & 
Senate  and  a  House  of  Representatives.  The  Senate  corsists  of  two 
members  from  each  State,  who  are  elected  for  six  years,  one-third 
oi  the  number  beiag  changed  every  two  years.  The  members  of  the 
Ho;ise  of  Representatives  are  elecjted  by  the  people  for  two  years. 

21.  The  Judicial  power  is  vested  in  a  Supreme  Court,  composed 
of  one  Chief  and  eight  Associate  Judges,  wL:  :i-«^  appointed  by  the 
President,  with  the  advice  and  consent  of  the  Senate,  aul  hold  their 
oflSces  during  life  or  good  behavior. 

22.  The  Executive  power  is  vested  in  a  President,  who,  together 
with  the  Vice-President,  is  chosen  for  four  years,  by  electors  from 
all  the  States,  The  principal  subordinate  officers  of  the  Executive 
Department  aro  the  Secretary  of  State,  of  the  Treasury,  of  War,  of 
the  Navy,  and  of  the  Interior,  the  Postmaster-General,  and  the 
Attorney-General.  These  officers  form  the  Cabinet,  and  aio  re- 
movable at  the  will  of  the  President. 

23.  The  inhabitants  of  the  United  States  numbered  in  1700  about 
4,000,000;  in  1810,  about  8,000,000;  in  1880,  about  18,000,000;  in 
1850,  about  23,000,000;  and  in  1860,  31.443,822.  The  Indians  are 
not  estiiiieted  as  a  part  of  the  population. 

24.  This  number,  in  proportion  to  the  vast  territory  of  the  Union, 
ia  small,  compared  with  the  dense  population  of  some  European 
states  ,  hut  when  it  is  considered  that  the  inhabitants  have  increased 
80  rapidly,  it  oxhi!  its  the  most  striking  instance  of  national  growth 
to  be  found  in  the  history  of  manKxnd. 


17 


^  ine  uatfioiiCB  r     lo.   vvnai 

18  the  United  States?  19.  What  is  said  of  the  government?  20. 
Legislative  power ?  Senate?  House  of  llepresentativeH?  21.  Ju- 
dicial power?  22.  Executive  power  ?  Subordinate  officers  ?  What 
do  they  form  ?  23.  How  many  inhabitants  at  various  periods  t 
How  many  Indiana?    24.  How  does  it  compare  with  the  populatioa 


It  ■'") 


102 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


76 


25.  The   United  States  were  formerly  colonies  of  Grea* 

whh  T'JukH'  ^T  '^^?  theynumJred  thirteen  States 
with  a  population  of  nearly  three  millions.     At  that  time 

26.  They  were  forced  to  this  by  the  injustice  of  the  BritUh 
Parhament,  wh.ch  taxed  the  colonists  wi'thout  their  c" 

^hnSr    ™"°"'  "^^"^"^  ^^''  '"  "^'"^  "»«?  '»"W  °o' 


Battle  of  Lexington 


April  19.  1776.     On  Se'^th  VjuT/',77rT*""',  *'^«»•«l>»«ett,, 
2!).  At  .he  close  of  .he  war,  the  Am.r,.an  ar„,y.  ,h„„gh  offering 


1:,17  SrP^""."*."'-.'.  25.  What  wore  the 


inerly  ?     When  did  th.pv  i-h 


"tr   xiy   ;iriK,-5  r        liti. 


',?, 'l'"L..?I-,7''"f.  •".•'.  "I-  ■diT.'h.lr.r 


United  States  for- 
Why  were  they  forced 


battle   take   place? 


What  occurred  on  the  4th  of  July      778     V  wk  /  •  '   T 
Great  Britain?    Of  General  wlhl'L^^riL^S    What  l»  «»J<i 


ri„ 111;,.-"  "•"'     20.   wnat 

General  Washington  ?    The  Americans 


of 
T    29.  The 


UNITED   STATES. 


103 


Keaignution  of  Qeaeral  Waehington 


gieat  privations,  disbanded  peaceably,  and  the  Commander-in-chief 

lieneral  Washington,  resigned  the  almost  absolute  power  he  possessed 

0  the  Congress  of  the  United  State8,-thu8  presentrng  to  the  worM 

he  rare  example  of  a  great  military  chief  descending  volunrar  y 

to  the  rank  of  a  private  citizen.  *  ^uiunLHmy 

30  IMie  Constitution  of  the  United  States  was  formed  in  1787,  rati- 
ficd  by  Congress  ;n  the  following  year,  and  has  since  been  ameided. 
Its  grand  principles  are  liberty  of  conscience,  liberty  of  the  press, 
trial  by  ^ury,  and  the  right  of  choosing  and  of  being  chosen  to  office 

31  The  Presidents  of  the  United  States  since  the  adoption  of  the 
Constitution  are  as  follows:— 

George  Waflhington,  of  Vlrpiiiia,        ttom  1789  to  1797—8  years. 


2.  John  Adams, 

3.  Thoman  .Tofforson, 

4.  JamcR  MA(!iRon, 

6.  .Tamos  Monroe, 

8.  John  Quincy  Adams, 

7.  Andrew  JHckwon, 

8.  Murtin  Vnn  Hnron, 

0.  VVm.  Hnnrv  Harrison, 

10.  John  Tvlof. 

11.  James  K.  Polk, 

12.  Ziirhary  Taylor, 

13.  Millani  Fillmore, 

14.  Franklin  Pierce, 
1ft.  Jiim"«  Buchunan, 
Ifi.  AlirnliMin  Lincoln, 
17.  Andrew  Johnson, 


Mat^Rtvohusetts, 

Virginia, 

Viiginia, 

VlrRlnia, 

MasHachuRottfl, 

Tennessee, 

New  York, 

Ohio, 

Virginia, 

Tennessee, 

lionisiana, 

New  York, 

New  Hampshire, 

IV'insylviiniiv, 

Illinois, 

Tennessee, 


1797  to  1801—4 
1801  to  1809—8 
1809  to  1817—8 
1817  to  1826—8 
1825  to  1829—4 
1829  to  I8.^7— 8 
18.'{7  to1S41— 4 
1841 — one  month. 

is.i.':;iSiirj  »■•'"■  "■»<■"*•"• 

184!t  to  1850—1  year,  4  months. 

1860  to  185,T— 2  years,  8  months. 

1853  to  1857—4 

1857  to  1K»n— 4 

1H61  to  1866 — 4  years,  1  mc,  10  d. 

1866 


>V hat  are  i»«  ^rand  principles?  31.  How  many  ProHidonts  have 
Hioreboen?  Who  were  from  Virginia?  Massan'., setts?  Tennessee? 
Now  York?    Ohio?     Louisiana?     NewHampt;.    v,?     Pennsylvania/ 


104 


5ESCEIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


77 


II 1 


What  city  is  the  Capital  of  the  United  States?    Wn 

4'eVofwuJ  fighTitn'ots  alrft  frrn  r  -^«  ^^ « 

Which  are  the  six  Eastern  States ?    Me.,  N.-H.,  Vt.,  Ms.,  k  -I    Ct 
Name  the  Capital  of  each.  ' 

Which  are  the  four  Middle  States  ?    N.-Y.,  N.-J.,  Pa.,  De. 
Name  the  Capital  of  each. 

Which  are  the  eleven  Southern  States?     Md.,  W  -Va    V«     N   P 
S.-C.,  Ga.,  Fa.,  Aa.,  Mi.,  La.,  Ts.  '        '  ^•'^> 

Name  the  Capital  of  each. 

T  ^S^*^,^'®  *^®  sixteen  Western  States?    As    Te    Kv    Mi     t« 
la.,  Oo.,  Mn.,  Wn.,  la.,  Ca.,  Ma.,  0    ,  I^  ,  Na.!  Na    '  ^"  ^'"  ^'" 
Name  the  Capital  of  each. 

lo.™:.'  vZ  M.  '^^"^--«^*     Co-'  !>-,  Wg.,  In.,  N.-Mo.,  Wn.. 

How  many  States  are  there  ?     37.-How  many  Territories  ?     10 

bia'I'Srtntn;  Te  LT l°f"^^'  '""'"^  '^^  ^^^  ^^^^t  of  Colun.- 
Alaska-  «  fhaJA?!  i—  •  "/  government,  and  the  tcrriiorv  of 
Alaska.  «.  that  the  divisions  of  the  United  States  are  49 in  numbeV: 

r./^??''^A'!'^^^^Tu"°^^  ^^"'on?  Michigan  (m,AV^«„)?  Erie 
(e^re)^     Ontario?     Champlain  (.Aam-p/an./)  ?     l\  of  the  wiods ? 

Which  two  Lakes  are  wholly  in  the  United  States  ?     Mn    Cn 

.^aTl^IJn^^'^Ttir?'  'itca.^T^";?-^^-  .^-^^^-trlin  (;,.„- 
lake.  iVhoVe  is  Zny  LakSr  Red  ?%'"']?""  Ff  ^'7.!^^'' 
hohW^  Nicollet  («.-/«./w)?  Tnl//  '/  V9  ?'^'^*?»>*?  "»"- 
Walker?     Mud  Lakes?         ^       Tule  (/oaVa^)?    Pyramid?    Carson? 


pop«UtioJ.^":rZ  '^:ifAlt*?.r_'^'!'J:  ^-  --t.  ''t  flrsf.  of  a  .ufficient 
i'he  Governor  ftntl  othfir""offi««r."oi^.  ?''    VH/""^*«   '"'lependent  HtateH. 

with  the  advice  and  1  ent^7  the  So^K^'Cf  o'^  '"f  ;"^-  -'^  '^"'^ 
represented  in  Conirrosa  hv  a  .l«l„!  ,   "^r'  °  ,  '*f«a»"«ed  Territory  is 


I 


UNITED   8TAT£S. 


105 


78 


North?  the 

I  made  by  a 
I  capitals  of 
,  with  a  dot 

>.,  il.-L,  Ct. 

De. 

Va.,  N.-C, 

.,  Mi.,  Is., 

-Mo.,  Wn., 


'i#« 


10. 


of  Colum- 
•rritory  of 
n  number. 

in)  ?     Erie 
Woods? 

».,  Cn. 

rain  {pon- 

from  fiiiH 

t?     Huni- 

Carson  ? 


i  tuffloient 

int  Ktafes. 
nt.  by  and 
'erritory  is 
nnot  votft 
riei. 


\ 


Map  No.  5. — Where  is  Passamaquoddy  Bay?  Penobscot  Bay? 
Casco  Bay  ?  New  York  Bay  ?  Delaware  Bay  ?  Chesapeake  Bay  ? 
Chatham  Bay  ?  Tampa  B.  ?  Apalachee  {ap-ah-lah^che)  B.  ?  Pensa- 
cola  B.  ?  Mobile  {mo-beein  B.  ?  Black  B.  ?  Barataria  B.  ?  Atcha- 
falaya  {atch-&-f&-W ah)  B.  ?  Vermilion  B.  ?  Galveston  B.  ?  Mata- 
gorda B.  ?    Corpus  Christi  B.  ?     Monterey  B.  ?    San  Francisco  B.  ? 

On  the  Great  Lakes,  where  is  Saginaw  (sag^e-naw)  B.  ?  Thunder 
B.?    Green  B.? 

Where  is  Long  Island  Sound  ?    Albemarle  S.  ?    Pamlico  S.  ? 

How  many  miles  long  is  each  of  these  ?  also  Chesapeake  Bay  ? — 

See  Map  No.  11. 

Map  No.  6. — Where  is  the  Mississippi  River  ?  Where  does  it  rise? 
L.-Ia. 

Where  does  it  empty  ? 

What  are  its  chief  tributaries  on  the  east  ?    On  the  west  ? 

Where  is  the  Missouri  River?  Yellow  Stone  R.  ?  Nebraska  or 
Platte  (/>k<)  R.  ?  Kansas  R,  ?  Arkansas  R.  ?  Canadian  R.?  Red 
R.  ?  Des  Moines  (de-moin^)  R.  ?  Miiuiesota  R.  ?  Wisconsin  R.  ? 
Illinois  {il-lin-oyz^  or  il-lin-ot/^)  R.  ? 

Where  is  the  Wabash  {waw'bash)  R.  ?  Ohio  R.  ?  Alleghany  R.  ? 
Monongahela  R.  ?  Kanav*ha  (kH-nau/wah)  R.  ?  Cumberland  R.  ? 
Tennessee  R.  ? 

Where  is  the  Rio  Grande  ?  Pecos  {pay'koce)  R.  ?  Colorado  R.  of 
Texas?  Brazos R.?  Trinity K.?  Sabine R.?  TombigbyR,?  Alabama 
R.?  Chattahoochee  R.  ?  St.  John's  R.?  Fa.— Altamaha  («wZ-<aA-»jaA- 
haw')  R.  ?  Savannah  R.  ?  Santee  R.  ?  Great  Pedee  River  ?  C. 
Fear  R.  ?  Neuse  {nuce)  R.  ?  Tar  R.  ?  Roanoke  R.  ?  James  R.  ? 
Potomac  R.  ?  Susquehanna  R.  ?  Delaware  R.  ?  Hudson  R.  ? 
Mohawk  R.  ? 

Where  is  the  St.  Lawrence  R.  ?  Connecticut  R.  ?  Kennebec  R.  ? 
Penobscot  R.  ?     R.  St.  John  ? 

Where  is  Columbia  R.  ?  Lewis  Fork  ?  Colorado  R.  of  California  ? 
Gila  {heHah)  R.  ?  Sacramento  R.  ?  San  Joaquin  (aahn  ho-ah-keen^ 
or  sahn  wah-keen')  R.  ? 

Where  is  Cape  Cod  ?  C.Malabar?  C.  Charles?  C.Henry?  C. 
Hatteras?  C.  Lookout?  C.  Fear?  C.Canaveral?  C.  Sable?  C. 
Romans?    C.  St.  Bias?     C.Mendocino?    C.  A:r"^?     C.  Flattery? 

Where  is  Mount  Desert  Island  ?  Nantucket  T  ?  Martha's  Vine- 
jard-  Long  I.?  ^Florida  Reefs ?^  Marquesas?  Tortugas  Islands? 
^  tt8  last  tiirce  arc  low,  sandy  iBlaads,  generally  uninhabited.  laluudb 
east  of  FlorlJ.^  '     Ba. 

Where  are  the  Manitouline  (man-e-too'lin)  Isles  ?  I.  Royale  ?  Thf 
Apostles  ?  .  The  last  three  ar«  in  the  Great  Lakes.  Where  are  the 
Santa  Barbara  Islands  ? 


108 


DESCJIIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


79 


U^fi   H'plf;79^  M^  w  ^«?"^  I^^^i^jer  (rar/'neer)  ?     Mt.  Jefferson? 
Mt,  St.  Helens  ?     Mt.  Hood  ?     How  high  are  the  two  last  ? 
To  what  range  do  these  Mountains  belong  ?    Ce 

ranker  iC^ar;Sru^^^^^^^^^  ^'^^'''    The  Sierra  Nevada 

'in^J^r  ''i^^  South  Pass?    This  remarkable  Pass  is  a  gap  about 
f  1  fi''.  ""'^V"  '^  ^°f ^y  Mountains.     It  forms  a  convenient  pass 
age  for  travellers  to  and  from  Oregon  and  California. 

Where  is  the  Great  Interior  Basin  f  This  is  an  extensive  un- 
settled  region,  equal  to  nearly  half  the  area  of  Texas.  It  is  a  deso- 
late barren  region,  almost  destitute  of  fresh  water.  Through  the 
northern  part  of  this  region  there  is  a  United  States  mail  route. 

Where  are  the  Alleghany  Mountains?  The  Cumberland  Moun- 
tarns?  The  Bue  Ridge?  The  Blue  Mountains ?  The  Green  Moun- 
tains?  The  White  Mountains?  Where  is  Mount  Mitchell?  This 
Wh  r"  ""r^  named  after  Professor  Mitchell,  of  the  University  of 
North  Carolina,  who  first  ascertained  its  height. 

The  Alleghany  and  the  other  mountains  named  above  are  regarded 
as  portions  of  the  same  range  or  chain.  It  is  called  by  geographers 
the  Alleghany  System,  and  forms  the  Atlantic  water-shed,  which 
separates  the  streams  flowing  into  the  Mississippi  River  and  the 

if  MeSr  ^^'""^  ^"^"^  '''*''  *^*  '^*^*''''^  ^^^^"^  ^"'^  ^^^  ^'^^f 

tI^^?  Sr  ii^  ^l^^^  ^"^'-     Tlie  Three   Buttes?     The   Th'ree 
Tetons?     The  Three  Sisters  ?     The  Humboldt  Mountains  ? 

i«i!^K%^  ^T"*  ^'i'®^  '"^  ^^®  ^"^^®^  States  in  1860  numbered  500.000 
.inhabitants  and  upwards  ?     New  York  and  Philadelphia. 

What  two  Cities  in  1860  numbered  between  200,000  and  300,000 » 
Brooklyn  and  Baltimore.  ' 

What  five  Cities  in  1860  numbered  between  100,000  and  200,000' 
Boston,  New  Orleans,  Cincinnati,  Chicago,  and  St.  Louis.  ' 

-iTJrNTi  "^'^^  ''  ^^^  ^""^^  ""^  Mexico?     The  Caribbean  Sea? 

Map  of  the  Learner's  own  State.— lu  what  State  do  you  live  ?  Is  it 
one  of  the  Eastern,  Middle,  Southern,  or  Western  States?  How  is 
your  State  bounded?  What  rivers  has  it?  Does  it  contain  1^ 
mountains  ?  If  so,  name  them.  Is  your  State  on  the  sea-coast,  or 
m  the  interior  at  a  distance  from  it?  Does  it  contain  any  Bays 
Sounds,  Islands,  or  Capes?  What  is  the  Canital  of  ^r.../fiiJj 
^^\i!  T  i^f'y,''^'  t  «'*^«J     26^,  page  S8.^    In  whit"countydo 

n  A  •J'''"^/  ""^^  '*''  ^^®  °»*P-  "^^  i«  '^  bounded?  How 
long  and  wide  is  it  ?  You  can  tell  this  by  the  scale  of  mUes.  What 
IS  a  County  ?    266. 


EASTERN   STATES. 


107 


80 


EASTEKN    STATES. 


^^^^?s^& 


1.  The  Eastern,  or  New  England  States,  lie  in  the  north- 
eastern part  of  the  United  States,  and  extend  along  the  At- 
lantic coast  a  distance  of  upwards  of  600  miles.  They  are 
Maine,  New  Hampshire,  Vermont,  Massachusetts,  Rhode 
Island,  and  Conner^ticut. 

2.  The  surface  of  New  England  is  greatly  varied ;  much 
of  the  soil  in  the  river-valleys  is  good,  but  in  general  it 
requires  diligent  cultivation  to  secure  good  crops. 

3.  Horses,  cattle,  sheep,  and  hogs  abound.  Indian  corn, 
wheat,  and  other  grains  are  extensively  cultivated.  Butter, 
cheese,  wool,  hay,  and  maple  sugar  are  important  pro- 
ducts. 

4.  The  manufactures  of  the  Eastern  States  are  extensive, 


New  England.  Q. — 1.  Describe  the  position  of  the  New  England 
States.  Name  them.  2.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  and  soil? 
8.  What  is  said  of  horses,  &c.  ?  Grains,  &c.  ?  What  are  important 
products?      4.  What  is  said   of   the  manufaokires ?      Railroads t 


108 


DBSORIPTIVB  OJBOeRAPHY. 


and  embrace  a  great  variety  of  articles.  The  cotton,  woollen 
and  other  factories  employ  a  large  number  of  operatives  and 
a  great  amount  of  capital.  The  success  and  prosperity  of 
these  manufactures  have  greatly  promoted  the  population  and 
wealth  of  New  England,  fiailroads  are  numerous,  and  extend 
through  all  these  States. 

5.  The  inhabitants  are  extensively  engaged  in  commerce 
and  m  the  cod,  mackerel,  and  whale  fisheries. 

6.  In  these  States  the  people  are  almost  exclusively  of  Enelish 
origin,  and,  from  the  earliest  settlement  of  the  country  have  been 
accustomed  to  habits  of  industry,  economy,  and  enterprise 

7.  The  New  Englanders  have  always  been  a  religious  people 

tZt^^nTy.^'  ^if  ^^'^  'V'fy  ^^««''^«^'  *"d  *»  classes Wi 
public  worshfp.     It  IS  considered  disreputable  for  a  man  to  have  no 

religious  belief;  and  there  are  few  individuals  who  are  not  connected 
with  some  religious  society. 

8.  Education  is  more  general  than  in  any  other  partof  the  world- 
and  large  funds  have  been  set  apart  by  the  diflferent  State  Legisla- 
tures  for  the  support  of  common  schools.     It  is  rare  to  find,  in  any 
part  of  the  Eastern  States,  natives  of  the  country  of  mature  aee 
who  are  ignorant  of  reading,  writing,  and  arithmetic.  ' 


81 


9.  Institutions  of  learning  were  established  by  the  first 
settlers,  at  an  early  period,  some  of  which,  at  the  present  day 
are  among  the  most  respectable  and  efficient  in  the  Union! 
Many  of  the  most  distinguished  men  in  the  United  States 
have  been  educated  at  Harvard  or  at  Yale  College. 

10.  The  people  of  New  England  have  always  been  noted  for 
their  attachment  to  liberty,  and  were  the  first  to  resist  the  tyranny 
of  the  British  Parliament.  The  destruction  of  the  tea  in  Boston 
birbor,  and  the  battles  of  Lexington  and  Bunker  Hill,  were  amoni 
the  first  events  that  led  to  the  independence  of  the  United  States 


6^  What  of  commerce,  &c.  ?      6.  What  is  said  of  the  people  ?     7 
What  of  the  New  Englanders?     What  of  public  worship?     8.  What 
IS  said  of  public  instruction  ?     What  further  of  education? 

9   What  of  institutions  of  learning?    What  of  them  at  the  present 
^^    .,  ^^'  Z^'*  ^^^^  ^®''®  *^®  P®<^Pl«  of  New  England  noted  ?    What 
were  they  first  to  resist  ?    What  were  the  first  events  that  led  to  the 
independence  of  the  United  States  ? 


EASTimN   8TATK». 


109 


Harvard  University- 


Map  No.  7.— Which  are  the  New  Eng;land  States?  Me.,  N.-H.,  Vt., 
Ms.,  R.-I.,  Ct. — Which  extends  .farthest  uorth  and  east?  Me. — 
Which  farthest  south  and  w«st?  iJi.-^Whi<5h  is  the  largest  State! 
Me.— The  second  in  extent ?  N.-H.  Third?  Vt.— Fourth?  Ms.— 
Fifth?  Ct.— Smallest?  R.-I. — These  States  extend  from  about  lati- 
tude 41  degrees  to  47J  degrees. — How  many  degrees  of  latitude  do 
thoy  include  ?  They  extend  east  to  west  from  ab<out  3 J  degrees  to 
10  degrees  east  longitude  from  Washington. — How  many  decrees  of 
longitufle  do  they  include  ? 

Which  is  the  largest  river  in  New  England?  Ct.. — The  next?  Pt 
—AVhat  river  is  partly  in  Maine  and  partly  in  New  Brunswick! 
S.-Jn. — How  long  are  these  rivers  ?  Which  is  the  largest  lake 
wholly  in  the  Eastern  States?  Md, — How  long  is  it  ? — What  lake  ie 
partly  in  New  England  and  partly  in  the  State  of  New  York  ?  Cn. — 
How  long  is  it?  During  the  war  of  the  Revolution,  and  that  of 
1812,  naval  battles  were  fought  upon  it.  Commodore  McDonough's 
victory,  in  which  the  whole  British  fleet  was  captured,  took  plaoe 
September  11,  1814. 

Wliich  is  the  highest  mountain  in  New  England?  Wn.— Which 
is  the  next  highest  ?  Kn. — The  next  ?  Md, — How  high  are  each 
of  these  mountains?  Which  «,re  the  three  principal  Islands  be- 
longing to  New  England?  M.-Dt.,  Nt.,  M.-Vd.^Which  State  has 
the  greatest  extent  of  sea-coast?  Me. — Which  has  the  smallest? 
N.-H. — Which  has  no  sea-coast?     Vt. — How  many  miles  is  it  from 

Alnlnn    in.   xr«^»    C^«i^:„  0 rr_    a :_  o      m_    n: ;_  o       •n_-„  nr 

••••-■    '•-■   i-!VTa  ijTLuita  ; — i v  wpwili  ;~~-s- w  \yii"uiiB3ia.  ;  —  rruiu  iuaotsa" 

chusetts  to  Italy  ?— To  Turkey  ?^From  Long  Island  to  Greece  ?— In 
what  year  did  the  Pilgrims  cmitrrate  to  New  Englap*^  ?  What  was 
the  name  of  the  vessel?  Mr. — How  many  mil$s  ip  it  jai  Poston  t» 
Halifax  ?     To  Liverpool  ?    Total  distance  ? 


110 


DESORIPTIVE   QEOGRAPHT. 


82 


MAINE. 


Lumber-yard,  &c 


\Jn\Ja^^f  i""  *^®  ^^^""^^^  northeastern  part  of  the 
F^iun/  ^%*''''i.''''°'P"'^'  ^^«^*  ^a^^  tl^e  area  of  New 
ff  Mi>,  1r  *^'  ^T  ^^20,  it  wa.  a  part  of  the  S  J 
of  Massachusetts,  under  the  title  of  the  District  of  Maine 

h«f  k!??  i»orthern  portion  is  covered  with  thick  forests,  and 
has  but  few  mhabitents,-the  greater  part  of  the  population 
hvmg  between  latitude  45°  and  the  sea-coast.    In  the  ?n  e Her 

fcl^C^4^^^^^^  ^'  ^'^^^>  ^^^^  ^--^-^'  ^  ^^« 

3.  The  soil  is  varied;  much  of  it  is  fertile,  but  in  eeneisl 
It  IS  better  adapted  for  grazing  than  for  tillage.     One" 

±5^^^"-''  ''  ^^"!^^\?^ which  a  larger  amount  is  cut  and 
sawed  than  in  any  other  New  England  State. 

4.  The  coast  is  remarkably  indented  with  bays,  and  has 
many  good  harbors;  it  affords  great  facilities  for  commerce. 
Ihe  tishenes  are  extensive  and  profitable. 

6.  The  people  are  extensively  engaged  in  ship-buildinj^  and 
navigation,  and  export  vast  quantities  of  lumber,  fish,  beef 
lit  r.^:  w®  f  ^"i important  export  te  the  Southern  States 
also  to  the  West  and  even  to  the  East  Indies. 


Maine.     Q.-^l.  Where  is  Maine?    Of  what  did  i*  ft.«~  - *  v. 

^Z  ]ST  '^'  ^^*.'  '^^'"''^  °^  ^^«  northern  part  of  Vhe'state  f  "bhief 
part  of  the  population?  Lakes?  The  largest?  3.  What  is  said  of 
the  80x1?    4.0fthecca8t?   5.  Of  ship-builW&c  ?   lIw?! 


NEW   HAMPSHIRE. 


Ill 


6.  Augusta,  the  capital,  is  on  the  Kennebec  River,  50  miles  from 
its  mouth ;  it  contains  a  handsome  State-house,  of  granite,  a  United 
States  arsenal,  and  a  lunatic  asylum. 

7.  Portland,  on  Casco  Bay,  is  the  largest  and  most  important  city 
in  the  State ;  it  is  well  laid  out,  and  handsomely  built,  and  has  an 
extensive  foreign  and  coasting  trade.  Bangor,  at  the  head  of  navi- 
gation on  the  Penobscot  Eiver,  is  one  of  the  lavgest  lumber  markets 
in  the  world. 

8.  Bath  is  noted  for  its  ship-building,  and  Thomaston  for  its  ex- 
ports of  lime,  marble,  and  granite.  Saco  (saw'ko),  Biddoford,  and 
Lewiston  Falls  are  important  manufacturing  towns. 

9.  Gardiner  and  Hallowell  upon  the  Kennebec,  Belfast  upon  the 
Penobscot,  and  Eastport  on  an  island  in  Passamaquoddy  Bay,  are 
thriving  towns.  Waterville  is  the  seat  of  Waterville  College,  Bruns- 
wick of  Bowdoin  (bo'din)  College,  and  Lewiston  of  Bates  College. 

Map  No.  7 — What  province  bounds  Maine  on  the  north?  C.-Et. 
—East?  N.-Bk. — What  ocean  on  the  south?  Ac—Province  and 
State  west  ?  C.-Et.,  N.-H.— Name  the  five  principal  rivers  that  flow 
into  the  Atlantic  Ocean.  S.-Cx.,  Pt..  Kc,  An.,  So.— What  river  rises 
in  Maine  and  flows  into  New  Brunswick?  S.-Jn.— Which  are  the 
three  principal  lakes  ?  Md.,  Ck.,  Gd.  How  long  are  the  first  two  ? 
—The  principal  mountain,  and  its  height?  Kn.— The  largest 
island?  M.-DL— Which  is  the  most  eastern  county?  Wn  — The 
most  northern?  Ak.— The  most  southern ?  Yk.— In  what  county 
and  on  what  river,  is  the  capital  situated  ?  Kc— How  many  miles 
is  it  from  Maine  to  Nova  Scotia  ?    To  Spain  ?    To  Circassia  ? 


83 


NEW  HAMPSHIRE. 

1.  New  Hampshire  lies  southwest  of  Maine.  It  is  called 
the  Switzerland  of  Ameri^m,  on  account  of  its  beautiful  and 
varied  scenery,  its  mountains,  lakes,  rivers,  and  cascades.  It 
has  also  received  the  name  of  the  Granite  State,  from  the 
great  quantities  of  granite  found  within  its  borders. 

2.  New  Hampshire  has  only  18  miles  of  sea-coast,  and  has, 
m  consequence,  a  small  commerce.  It  is  distinguished  for  its 
productive  agriculture  and  flourishing  manufactures. 


tj.   nnat  is  yam  oi  Augusta ?    7.  Of  Portland?    Of  Bangor '    8    Of 
13ath?    Saco,  &c?     Q.Gardiner?     Waterville,  and  Brunswick"? 

New  Hampshire.    ^.—1.  Where  is  New  Hampshire?  What  called? 
By  what  other  name  called  ?    2.  What  of  the  sea-coast  ?    Commerce  ? 


112 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


3.  The  surface  on  the  coast  is  level;  in  the  interior  U  • 
d:jer.fied  by  hills  and  valleys,  and  mou'nt'ain'r of  fSrall'e' 


.„„t  J  *''f '  P"?'''  "'  *'"'  ^''"«  Mountains  are  coTcred  with 

snow  for  a  great  portion  of  the  year.    They  are  visible  from  a  Jelt 
distance  at  sea.     Travellers  in  the  summer  montts  cCh  fw 
summits  to  observe  the  wild  and  sublime  seen";     WinnTpleol 

6.  Concord,  the  capital  of  the  State,  is  on  the  rifirht  bank  of  tb 
Mernmac  River:  it  is  a  pleasant  and  flourishin/toXand  contat 
•  the  State-House,  State  Prison,  and  other  buildinls.    pJrnonth  t V 

Yard  iT^'Vrr  '^"  ''"•  ,/!  ^"^  ^  ^"^  ^^^^°^      Portsmouth^  Navy: 
the  river  ^^'  ^  '"^^^  *'''''  ^"  ^^^^°''  ^°  *^^«  ^PP^^^^e  side  o^f 

6.  Manchester,  on  th..  Mernmac  River,  the  moat  important  city  in 


^em  to.be  ^en  ^ited  ? "  Whal'^;  ^'^^IX  ^n^^^^^ 
yJ^T'^w^i^T-''^'-.  P/^*«"»«"th.  Where  is  Port.mou?h  Navy! 
Yard  ?    6.  What  is  said  of  Manchester  and  other  lowna  ? 


VERMONT. 


113 


(he  State,  is  a  noted  manufacturing  place.  Nashua,  Dover,  Somers- 
worth,  Exeter,  and  l^w  Maiket,  are  also  important  manufacturing 
towns.  Hanover  is  the  seat  of  Dartmouth  College.  Kecne,  Amherst, 
Meredith,  Haverhill,  and  Conway,  are  flourishing  places. 


Map  No.  7. — What  State  and  province  bound  New  Hampshire  on 
the  north?  Vt.,  C.-E.— State  and  ocean  east?  M.,  Ac— State  south? 
Ms. — West?  Vt. — What  river  separates  New  Hampshire  from  Ver- 
mont? Ct. — What  river  runs  through  the  centre  of  the  State?  Mc. 
—How  long  is  it?— What  lake  flows  into  it?  We.— How  long  is  it?— 
What  mountains  :ire  in  Coof-i  {ko-os')  county  ?  We. — Which  is  the 
principal  peak?  VVn.— How  high  is  it?— On  what  river  is  Concord ? 
Mc— What  lake  iu  i\v\  northern  part  of  the  State?  Ct. — Wh.at  lak« 
partly  in  thi:.  State  and  partly  in  Maine?  Ug. — Into  what  rivMT" 
does  it  flow  r     An. 


84 


VERMONT. 


v*i 


Baft  on  Lake  Ghamplain. 

1.  Vermont  lies  west  of  New  Hampshire.  It  is  moun- 
tainous, but  a  healthy  and  productive  State.  The  Green 
Mountains,  from  which  it  derives  its  name,*  extend  from 
north  to  south,  dividing  it  into  two  nearly  equal  parts. 

2.  The  soil  is  fertile,  and  all  kinds  of  grain  suited  to  the 
climate  are  Droduced  in  ahundanfip..     nntilp  nf  varmna  tin/la 


Vermont.     Q.~\.  Where  is  Vermont  ?    What  is  said  of  the  Green 
*  French  vert,  green,  monf,  mountain. 


w  i 


m 


h    i.' 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOaAAPni. 

are  raised,  and  live  stock  is  an  important  product.  There 
IS  more  butter  and  wcol  produced  here  than  in  any  other  State 
m  JNew  England. 

3.  This  State  is  entirely  in  the  interior;  but  by  Lake 
Champiain,  the  Champlain  Canal,  and  the  various  railroads  re- 
cently constructed,  it  has  communic&ciou  with  the  great  com- 
mercial  marts  of  the  country. 

rutrZf''^  *^f  *^4  ^''^^''  r®^  ?y  ^^"^  <'*"*^  *^  Albany,  pavt  doT^n  Lake 
^hamplain  to  Montreal,  and  part  by  railrcad  to  Boston  and  Mon! 
treal      Immense  rafts  of  timber  are  often  seen  passing  up  the  lake 

HudJon  R?Ter!*''    '  '"         '  ''^^  ^^  ^^^"''^  ^^^  ^^"  *"^^«  ^"  ^^« 
6.  The  territory  included  in  Vermont  was  first  explored  by  the 

f/nH,  ^'°"?  ^^"''^"'  ^"'  ^^«  '-'''^  ^y  '^'  English  more  th^an  a 
century  and  a  quarter  ago.  During  the  Hevolutionary  War  the  in- 
nabitants  acted  a  conspicuous  part,  and  the  name  of  Green  Moun- 
tain Boys  has  ever  since  been  regarded  as  a  title  of  renown. 

6.  Moutpelier  {mont-peel'yer),  the  capital,  is  a  thriving  town  on 
Winooski   River.     Burlington,  on  Lake  Champlain,  L  tlie  iZe." 
Place  in  the  State,  and  the  most  commercial  towu  ;n  the  lake      I 
18  the  seat  of  the  University  of  Vermont. 

7.  Bennington,  in  the  aonthwest  corner  of  the  State,  is  celebrated 
for  the  victory  gamed  by  General  Stark  over  a  detachment  of  Hes 
bians  belonging  to  Burgoyne's  armv,  August  16   1777 


^^P^o.  7.— What  river  bounds  Vermont  on  the  east?  Ct  -What 
State  does  it  separate  from  Vermont?  N.H.— What  I  ke  bonml 
Vermont  on  the  west  ?  Cn.-What  Ctate  does  it  separate  from  Ve! 
Tuth?  Y^-^i^P^^^'^f^^'^rth  of  Vermont?  c'-F. -What  State 
Le  W-  o;"~Wh«  f  •  rT'  ^"'^  '"*^  ^""^^  Champlain?  Mi., 
S    Hn    "tV  WK     '^''  1?^""^^  *'■«  ^"  ^'*'^«  Champlain  ?     N.-Ho 

S.-Ho.-These,  with  a  small  peninsula  lying  north  of  them  form  tie 

in' ra/«f  ?"^^  Isle.-What  lake  is  partl/in  this  StaJe  a;d  p^r  ty 
in  Canada?    Mg-WThat  mountains  extend  tl,ro„gh  the  State'    On 
— Which  18  the  hio-hest  reak  9     MA      iT^w  i.:   i   •    ■.  i     ?,V, 
ceaks  ?     C    K«     i?«      wf      *     Md  — How  high  is  it  ?— What  other 
peaks?     C.-Rp     Kn.— When  was  the  battle  of  Bennington  foucht? 
-What  rivers  fiow  into  the  Connecticut?     We    Wt  »o»g"if 


Mountains?     2    Of  the  soil  ?     Cattle,  &c.  ?    8.  What  further  of  this 

f""       \^^r,}rV     ?^^'*««o"  Lake  Champlain?     6.   The  fir 
explorers?      Tlio   llcvolntionarv  War?     6.   What  is  Raid  nfM^.r 
p.Uer?     7.  Benningtdn?    a  Middlebury  and  othe^owL^^^ 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


115 


luct.    There 
y  other  State 

)ut  by  Lake 
railroads  re- 
e  great  com- 

vt  doTpn  Lake 
on  and  Mon- 
g  up  the  lake 
towns  on  the 

>lored  by  the 
more  than  a 
1  War  the  in- 
3reen  Moun- 
lown. 

ing  town  on 
3  the  largest 
the  lake.     It 

is  celebrated 
aent  of  Hes- 

Brattleboro', 
5  flourishing 
iddlebury  of 


85 


?  Ct.— What 
i-ke  bounds 
e  from  Ver- 
-What  State 
slain?  Mi., 
n?  N.-Ho., 
3m,  form  the 
and  partlj 
State?  Gn. 
What  other 
ton  fought? 


thor  of  this 
5.  The  firnt 
1  of  Mont- 
ns? 


liritiBh  Troops  evaluating  Boston. 


MASSACHUSETTS. 


1.  Massachusetts  lies  south  of  New  Hampshire  and 
Vermont,  and  is  the  oldest  and  most  important  of  the  Eastern 
States.  It  is  the  most  densely-settled  part  of  New  England, 
and  is  distinguished  for  the  enterprise  and  public  -spirit  of  its 
citizens. 

2.  The  eastern  part  of  the  State  is  generally  level.  Ap- 
proaching the  Connecticut  River  the  surface  is  varied  and 
hilly,  while  west  of  it  there  arc  mountains,  some  of  which 
are  from  2600  to  3500  feet  in  height.  Many  of  the  inhabit- 
ants are  engaged  in  agriculture;  and  in  no  part  of  the  country 
has  this  important  branch  of  industry  received  more  careful 
attention. 

3.  Manufactures,  commerce,  and  the  fisheries  are  the  chief  objects 
of  pursuit.  In  commerce,  Massachusetts  rnnks  as  the  second  State 
in  the  Union:  in  manufactures  of  leather,  cotton,  wool,  and  paper, 
«!( the  first.  Three-fifths  of  all  the  fishing  tonnngc  of  the  country 
belongs  to  this  State. 

1  M     -Kt 1 ii_  1 ji__  _*  __si I     j_ ^^_i.j__  1^  Ja- 

bs -X.    ;Ts;i5r:;ii;:i!!r;r!S3  aaf»    iimrc  luncs  ui    isiiruau,   jii   j;ri:{:t:!-i  luii  tu  its 

area,  than  any  other  State  in  the  Union.     There  is  scarcrly  a  town 


M<iHfachu$el(».  Q. — 1.  Where  Is  Maasachnsetts?  What  is  said  of  it? 
2.  Rurfnce?  AgricuUiire?  5i.  What  are  the  chief  objects  of  pursuit  ? 
Uow  does  it  rank  as  a  manufacturing  afid  commerciui  State  ?  4.  What 


-A 
I 

m 

H 

■■■■ 

■■■■1 

.!          'I 

..•r 

ri.': 

■- 

116 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHr. 


ca  ^™a^°^*°®®  ^^^^  ^*^  "•**  railroad  communication  with  Bdeton,  th* 

5.  The  literary,  religious,  and  charitable  inatitutions  are  nume- 
rous, and  in  a  flourishing  condition.  Harvard  University,  at  Cam- 
bridge, 18  the  oldest  and  best-endowred  hierary  establishment  in 
the  Union.  There  are  colleges  at  Amherst,  Wiiliamstown,  Worces- 
ter, and  Medford,  which  are  also  flourishing  institutions. 

1  ^■■7'?!^fu^*^  ^^  ^^®  American  Revolution  cbmmtnced  in  this  State, 
m  1774  the  port  of  Boston  was  closed  by  order  of  the  British  Govern- 
ment, and  a  British  garrison  occupied  the  luwn.  April  19,  1775.  the 
first  battle  was  fought,  at  Lexington.  On  the  17th  of  June  of  the  same 
year,  the  battle  of  Bunker  Hill  was  fought,  and  Charlestown  burned. 
7.  Boston,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  a  peninsula  at  iho  head  of 
Massachusetts  Bay.  This  city  is  the  literary  and  commercial  me- 
tropolis of  New  England.  It  has  a  large  amount  of  shipping,  and 
Its  trade  extends  to  all  (Quarters  of  the  globe.  The  numerous  rail- 
roads which  diverge  from  the  city,  connecting  it  with  all  parts  of 
the  Union,  furnish  great  facilities  for  an  extensive  inland  trade. 
Amang  its  public  buildings  may  be  noted  Far.euil  (fan'yuhl)  Hall, 

Crt^H^lstaSLIe.''"^-'^'"  "">  '^^'^''  ^-'-^»-^; 

8.  Charlestown  and  Cambridge  are 
connected  with  Boston  by  bridges. 
Charlestown  is  situated  on  a  penin- 
sula, in  the  centr«3  cf  which  is  Bunker 
Hill,  celebrated  for  the  battle  fought 
there  during  the  Revolutionary  War. 
The  Bunker  Hill  Monument,  built  to 
commemorate  this  battle,  is  of  gran- 
ite, 220  feet  in  height.  Cambridge 
is  the  seat  of  Harvard  Uuiversity. 
Roxbury  is  a  flourishing  and  import- 
ant city,  noted  for  its  many  beautiful 
residences. 

9.  The  above  cities,  with  many 
other  flourishing  towns  immediate- 
ly adjoining  Boston,  compriHing  a 
population  of  more  than  300,000, 
are  so  closely  connected  that  for  all 
gcogriiphical  purposes  they  may  bo 
considered  as  one  city. 


Bunkar  mil  Momimont. 


is  said  of  the  railroads  ?  5.  What  is  said  of  the  literary  and  other 
institutions  ?     Of  Harvard  Univer.sity  I     6.  The  War  of  the  Rovolu- 

Bunker  H.  ?  /  What  is  said  of  Boston ?  Its  shipping ?  Railroads ? 
Public  buildings?  8.  What  is  said  of  Chnrlostowu?  What  of  Btmker 
H.n  Monumont  ?  Whal  c.f  Cambridge  ?  Far  what  h  Uoxbury  noted  ! 
11.  What  ol  all  these  cities  %    * 


BHODE  ISLAND. 


117 


86 


10.  Salem  has  considerable  foreign  trade.  Barnstable,  Gloucester 
[gloa'ter),  Newburyport,  and  Plymouth  are  largely  engaged  in  the 
cod  and  mackerel  fisheries.  New  Bedford  and  Nantucket  are  exten- 
sively employed  in  whale-fishing. 

11.  Lowell  is  more  extensively  engaged  in  cotton  and  woollen 
manufacture  than  any  other  place  in  New  England.  Lawrence,  on 
the  Merrimac  River,  and  Holyoke  [hole'yoke),  on  the  Connecticut, 
are  new  and  growing  manufacturing  towns.  Taunton  {tan'tun)  and 
Fall  River  are  important  manufacturing  places. 

12.  Andover  is  the  seat  of  the  oldest  theological  seminary  in  the 
United  States.  Lynn  is  noted  for  the  manufacture  of  shoes.  At 
Plymouth  the  first  settlers,  or  Pilgrims,  landed,  in  1620.  Worcester  * 
(woos'ter)  in  the  central  part  of  the  State,  and  Springfield,  upon  the 
Connecticut  River,  are  important  and  flourishing  cities.  Northamp- 
ton and  Greenfield,  upon  the  Connecticut,  and  Pittsfield,  in  the 
western  part,  are  noted  for  their  beauty  and  fine  scenery. 


Map  No.  7. — What  bound  Massachusetts  on  the  north  ?  N.-H.,  Vt. 
—On  the  east?  A.-O.— On  the  south?  A.-O.,  R.-L,  Ct.— On  the  west? 
N.-Y.— What  two  mountains  are  in  the  western  part?  Se.,  B.-Pk. — 
The  range  west  of  the  Connecticut  River  is  called  the  Housatonic 
or  Tacon'ic  Mts, :  it  is  a  continuation  of  the  Green  Mts. — Which  are 
the  principal  rivers?  Ct.,  Mc. — How  long  are  tuey? — Name  the 
other  rivers.  He,  Hk.,  Dd.,  Wd.,  Ms.,  Ce.,  Na.,  Cd.— What  capes 
are  on  the  coast?  An.,  Cd.,  Mr. — What  bays?  Ms.,  C.-Cd.,  Bs.— 
What  islands?  Nt.,  M.-Vd. — What  counties  do  these  islands  form? 
Nt.,  Ds. 


87 


RHODE  ISLAND. 

1.  Rhode  Island  is  the  smallest  State  in  the  Union.  It 
lies  south  of  Massachusetts,  and  has  good  facilities  for  com- 
merce and  manufactures. 


10.  What  is  said  of  Salem  ?  Barnstable,  &o.  1  Of  New  Bedford 
and  Nantucket?  11.  Lowell?  Lawrence  and  Holyoke?  Taunton 
ami  Fall  River?  12.  Of  what  is  Andover  the  seat?  For  what  is 
Lynn  noted?  What  is  said  of  Plymouth?  Of  Worcester,  Spring- 
field, Northampton,  &c.  ? 

Rhode  hland.      Q.-^\.    Where  is  Rhode  Island?     What  is  said 


:; 


I  ;i  i 


'ii 


118 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


2    The  face  of  the  country  is  generally  level,  except  in  the 
northwest,  where  it  is  hilly  and  rocky.     Part  of  the  State 
has  a  poor  soil,  but  the  islai  ds  in  Narragansett  Bay  are  fer 
tile,  and  are  celebrated  fOr  their  fine  cattle. 

3.  This  Statewasthefirstthatengaged  in  the  cotton manu- 
tacture.  The  first  cotton-mill  erected  in  the  United  States 
was  built  here,  m  the  year  1790. 

4.  The  Legislature  of  Rhode  Island  holds  its  sessions  annually 
at  Providence  and  Newport.  The  Governor  and  Lieutenant-Governor 
are  members  of  the  Senate:  the  former  presides  in  thatbod^ 

ftA^;,f '"J''*''"??'  ''''^  °^  ^^^  capitals,  on  the  river  of  the  dame  name, 
85  miles  from  the  sea,  is  the  second  city  of  New  England  in  popula- 
tion. It  contains  the  State-House,  Brown  University,  the  Arcade. 
«c.     Its  manufactures  are  various  and  important. 

6.  Newport,  the  other  capital,  is  noted  for  the  beauty  of  its  situa- 
tion and  its  salubrious  climate.     It  has  a  fine  harbor,  and  is  a 
foshionable  watering-place.     The  island  of  Rhode  Island,  on  which 
Newport  IS  situated,  is  called,  on  account  of  its  beauty  and  fertility 
the  Eden  of  America.  *^' 

7.  Bristol  is  a  flourishing  town,  and  has  considerable  foreign  and 
coasting  trade.  In  its  vicinity  is  Mount  Hope,  famous  as  havine 
1.  ®^  i^  residence  of  King  Philip,  a  renowned  Indian  chief,  who 
uvea  200  years  ago. 

8.  Smithfield,  Pawtucket,  Natick,  Warren,  Lonsdale,  and  Woon- 
socket  are  noted  for  their  manufactures;  Pawtucket  is  situated  on 
both  sides  of  the  Pawtucket  or  Blackstone  River. 


Map  m.  7.— What  State  bounds  Rhode  Island  on  the  north  and 
east  ?  Ms.— On  the  west  ?  .  Ct.— What  ocean  on  the  south  ?  Ac— 
What  is  the  principal  bay?  Nt.— Which  are  the  two  principal 
islands?  R.-Id,,  Bk.— To  what  county  do  they  belong?  Nt.^Which 
are  the  capitals?  Pe.,  Nt.— In  what  county  i&  Providence?  Pe  - 
In  which  is  Newport?    Nt. 

— 88 


CONNECTICUT. 

1.  ToNNECTicuT  lies  south  of  Massachusetts,  and  is  the 
most  ^^outhern  of  the  New  England  States.  It  is  noted  for 
the  excellence  of  its  literary  institutions,  and  for  the  enter- 
prise of  the  people. 


ofitt    2.  What  is  said  of  thf  country?    Of  the  woii,  &c. ? 
IS  said  of  this  State  ?     4.  The  Logii-ilatnre  ?    5.  What  of  Pr( 


3.  What 
„    ^^  I'giiHlatnrer    5.  What  ofProvidence? 

6.  Newport?     Rhode  Inland  ?     T.Bristol?     8.  Smithfield,  Ac.  ? 

Cmnceticut.      ^.—1.   For  what  is  Connecticut  noted?     2.  What  is 


CONNECTICUT. 


119 


ept  in  the 
the  State 
y  are  fer- 

'OQ  manu- 
ed  States 

I  annually 
-Governor 
ody. 

ime  name, 
in  popula- 
te Arcade, 

r  its  situa- 
and  is  a 
on  which 

I  fertility, 

reign  and 
IS  having 
ihief,  who 

nd  Woon- 
tuated  on 


lorth  and 
?  Ac- 
principal 
—Which 
?    Pe- 


1  is  the 
)ted  for 
e  enter- 


3.  What 
ndence? 
ko.t 

What  is 


School  House. 


Emigrants  to  the  West. 


2.  It  has  a  varied  surface  of  hill  and  dale,  but  is  nowhere 
mountainous.  The  climate  is  healthy,  and  the  soil  fertile,  espe- 
cially in  the  valleys  of  the  Connecticut  and  Housatonic  Rivers. 

3.  The  chief  products  are  Indian  corn,  hay,  oats,  potatoes, 
and  tobacco.  Orchards  are  numerous,  and  much  cider  is  pro- 
duced.    Butter  and  cheese  are  made  in  large  quantities. , 

4.  The  manufactures  are  extensive,  and  of  greater  variety 
than  those  of  any  other  State.  The  principal  articles  are  cot- 
ton, woollen,  and  silk  goods,  clocks,  cutlery,  buttons,  carriages, 
axes,  scythes,  paper,  machinery,  wooden  and  tin  ware,  pins,  &c. 

5.  There  is  a  liberal  provision  made  for  public  education, 
— the  school  fund,  compared  with  the  population,  being  the 
largest  in  the  Union. 

0.  Perhaps  no  other  Atlantic  State  has  sent  so  large  a  number  of 
active  and  industrious  settlers  to  the  western  country  as  Connecticut; 
and  her  emigrants,  wherever  found,  are  among  the  most  enterprising 
ami  industrious  part  of  the  population. 

7.  The  legislature  meets  annually,  holding  its  sessions,  in  alternate 

said  of  the  f^urface?  Of  the  climate  and  soil?  8,  What  are  the 
chief  products?  What  is  said  of  orchards,  &c.  ?  Of  butter  and 
cheese?  4.  Of  manufactures?  The  principal  articles?  5.  Educa- 
tion? School  fund?  6.  What  is  said  of  settlers  in  the  western 
country?    Of  emigrants?     7  Of  the  capitals ?    What  is  said  of  New 


120 


DESCRIPTIVE   aEOGRAPHY. 


built  in  snuares  with  -ij.     .  ^."1'""  ^""S  Island  Sound.     It  i» 

forits«x:^':;*„r»to:-f'"'^'"  ^'''^'"'  ■""'  '^  ■""-"'  -<»--ed' 

poarauc,  ;  upLra'/oll  tSi:  ."^'arf  rnd'thMSttllrvX 
College,  the  City  Hall,  and  several  eleeant  cliurclT«  Til .  i.  !  '! 
.e™.naries  for  youth  of  both  soxe,  aTult^ ^d  1^^^:^^^' 

in^be"^jroj\^t';e\ru"°it^r:L'it'7^'°™/^»r''-- 

and  of  the  Asylum  for  the  Deaf  and  Dnmt  fh  /  T"""?  ^"""K"' 
the  kind  established  in  tie  United  StaS'    wih"  «"m"!.""'"'.,»' 

thi wh!ra^rstrrhtfe^""M^ld°rt?jL^^^^^^^^^  f  "'-•«  - 
eirely  engaged  in  manufactures  ^8^?  a"d  Plvl'.l  Tr'^";: 
Ere  noted  for  their  manufactures  o"cook8Conin.v^n  </"'""'*) 
and  Waterbury  for  buttons  ind  pins  Mer'ident  a  ™,l  i"""^' 
town  of  importance.  Saybrook  was  thofir,.  ^?  mauufactunng 
settled  by  the  Enirlish  IwZ„L  .  •  .f  "'  P'"™  ">  tl"'*  State 
flourishin^g  c„mme?daUity   ^'''""■''  '"  "'°  =»""''vestern  part,  is  a 


89 


«n'S?nt-th't^Ms.^nrho^rtrR''l'  'T  T""!  f"""'""™' 
—State  west?     N    V      ir       1         .    f--l— Sound  south?     L.-I.-Sd. 

^^/IP'IU^^^^^^^  '^-hat 

i^pS'^S=™;^rS-^^^^^ 

-On  what  river  is  New  London  !  Norwich  ?Middlet„wn?iMdanf? 
How  many  miles  is  it  by  the  scale  from  New  Havpn  in  ««>.♦*•    a  i 

miles  is  it  from  each  ?     How  far  's  Novv  TT„  on  f  ^  '!',     "^^^"^"7 
tX^lUr^  "■»  northe^S-rn^lTthX??  "^mt 

Haven  ? 

Lomlon,    .._ 
Bridgeport  ? 


8.  What  further  of  New  Haven?     O.Hartford?     10.  Now 
*o.?       fthddletown,    &o.?       Bristol,    &c.  ?       SaybroukT 


MIDDLE   STATES. 


121 


90 


MIDDLE   STATP]S. 

1.  The  Middle  States  lie  southwest  of  New  England,  and 
extend  from  the  sea-coast  to  the  great  lakes.  They  comprise 
New  York,  New  Jersey,  Pennsylvania,  and  Delaware.  They 
are  remarkable  for  their  rapid  growth  in  prosperity  and 
wealth,  and  for  the  enterprise  and  industry  of  their  in- 
habitants. 

2.  The  Alleghany  range  extends  through  these  States  from 
northeast  to  southwest.  These  mountains  are  for  the  most 
part  covered  with  forests  to  their  summits :  between  them  are 
extensive  and  fertile  valleys,  which  are  highly  cultivated  and 
produce  excellent  crops. 

3.  The  climate  is  generally  milder  than  in  New  England, 
except  in  the  northern  parts  of  New  York,  where  the  cold 
is  equally  severe  iii  winter. 

4.  A  great  portion  of  the  soil  of  the  Middle  States  is  fer- 
tile, well  cultivated,  and  produces  wheat,  Indian  corn,  rye. 


Middle  Sfate8.  Q.—l.  Where  are  the  Middle  States?  Which  are 
thcyl  For  what  remarkable?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  Alleghany 
Mountains,  &c.  ?     8.  What  of  the  climate?     4.  Of  the    oil?     Pro- 


122 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


oats,  and  barley.     The  fruits  are  chiefly  apples,  pears,  peaches 
and  plums.  ' 

6.  The  minerals  are  coal,  iron,  salt,  and  lime.  Mining  is 
actively  pursued,  especially  in  the  coal  and  iron  regions  of 
Pennsylvania. 

'  6.  The  commerce  of  the  Middle  States  is  greater  than 
that  of  any  other  section  of  the  Union :  it  is  carried  on 
chiefly  through  the  cities  of  New  York  and  Philadelphia. 
The  inland  trade  is  greatly  facilitated  by  the  railroads  and 
canals  which  extend  through  all  parts. 

7.  The  manufactures  are  important  and  various;  they  in- 
clude cotton,  woollen,  machinery,  iron  castings,  nails,  paper, 
and  glass,  and  employ  a  .vast  amount  of  capital  and  thousands 
of  operatives. 

8.  In  the  Middle  States,  common  schools  are  very  generally 
established,  and  large  appropriations  of  money  are  made  for 
their  support.  Nearly  all  the  children  above  the  age  of  four 
years  attend  school. 


91 


9.  The  great  body  of  the  people  in  the  Middle  States  are 
of  British  origin ;  in  some  parts  of  Pennsylvania  there  are 
many  Germans,  who  speak  the  German  language. 

10.  .In  New  York  and  New  Jersey  there  are  many  descend- 
ants of  the  first  Dutch  settlers  of  New  York,  and  in  some  of 
those  States  the  Dutch  is  still  spoken. 

11.  At  the  close  of  the  Revolutionary  War,  so  many  emigrants 
from  the  Eastern  States  settled  in  New  York,  that  a  majority  pro- 
bably of  its  present  population  are  of  New  England  origin. 


ducts,  &c.  ?     5.  What  is  said  of  the  minerals  ?     Mining  ?     6    Com- 
merce?     Trade?      7.  Manufactures?     What  do  they  include?     8 
What  is  said  of  common  schools  in  the  Middle  States?     Of  the 


/»li  i1^*«an  9 


10 


O.^hat  i^s  said  of  the  great  body  of  the  people  ?     Of  the  German 

emigrants 


at  of  New  York  and  New  Jersey  ?     11.  Of 


the  New  England  States  ? 


s? 
from 


NEW  YORK. 


123 


Map  No.  10,  Middle  States,  ^e. — Which  is  the  largest  of  the  Middle 
States?  N.-Y.— The  second  in  extent?  Pa.— Third?  N.- J. —Fourth ? 
De. — ^Which  extends  farthest  north  and  east ?  N.-Y. — South?  De. 
— West?  Pa.— Which  State  has  the  greatest  extent  of  sea-coast? 
N.-J. — ^Which  two  coast  on  the  great  lakes  ?    N.-Y.,  Pa. 

The  Middle  Stateo  extend  from  latitude  88}  to  45  degrees. — How 
many  degrees  of  latitude  do  they  include?      They   extend  from 
longitude  4  degrees  east  of  Washington  to  about  8J  west. — How' 
many  degrees  of  longitude  do  they  include  ? 

Which  is  the  largest  Island  belonging  to  the  Middle  States  ?  Lg.- 
Id. — What  is  its  length?  The  next  in  size?  Sn. — This  island  forma 
Richmond  county,  in  New  York. — Which  are  the  principal  moun 
tains?  Ay.,  Be.,  CI.,  Ak. — Which  is  the  highest  mountain?  My. 
— How  high  is  it? — Which  are  the  three  principal  rivers?  Hn., 
De.,  Sa. — Which  two  rivers  form  the  Ohio  ?     Ay.,  Ma. 

Which  State  has  the  greatest  extent  of  lake-coast  ?  N.-Y. — The 
next  ?  Pa. — How  long  is  Lake  Erie  ?  Ontario  ? — For  what  are  they 
navigable? — How  far  is  it  from  New  York  to  Liverpool,  England? 
From  New  Jersey  to  Italy  ?  From  Delaware  to  Turkey  ?  From 
Philadelphia  to  Norfolk? 


92 


NEW  YORK. 

1.  N^EW  York  lies  west  of  New  England,  and  is  the  most 
populous  and  wealthy  State  of  the  United  States,  and  ig 
sometimes  called  the  Empire  State.  It  includes  Long  Island 
and  Staten  Isk  H  is  noted  for  its  extensive  commerce 
and  great  enierpi^ 

2.  The  northert*  -»  of  the  State  is  mountainous,  and 
thinly  settled;  the  e,. .-.  m  is  hilly,  and  quite  productive;  the 
western  part  is  level  and  fertile. 

3.  Wheat  is  the  chief  staple ;  corn  and  rye  are  also  culti- 
vated. The  live  stock  of  New  York  is  an  important  product. 
There  is  more  butter,  cheese,  hay,  and  maple  sugar  made  than 
in  any  other  State. 

4.  The  manufactures  are  extensive  and  flourishing,  and  the 
commerce  and  shipping  are  on  a  grand  scale.  The  imports 
and  the  exports  exceed  in  value  those  of  any  other  State  in 

the  Tlninn. 


New  York.  Q. — 1.  Where  is  New  York?  What  sometimes  called? 
For  what  noted  ?  2.  What  is  said  of  the  northern  part  ?  Eastern  ? 
Western?    8.  Chief  staples?    Live  stock,  &c.?    4.  Manufactures? 


124 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


f.i;i'nf  ""'^  ''  fr^'l.'^  ^'?'*  abundance,  and  in  the  manu- 
facture  of  iron  this  State  is  second  only  to  Pennsylvania 
Lead,  gypsum,  and  limestone  abound.  J         «»• 

6.  There  are  valuable  salt  springs  at  various  places.  The 
principal  are  at  Syracuse  and  Salina,  where  the  largest  esta- 
blishments for  manufacturing  salt  in  America  are  found. 

v.LJfn.'^l"""^^  springs  of  Saratoga  and  Ballston  are  highly 
valued  for  their  medicinal  properties,  and  are  much  visited 
by  travellers  and  invalids.  The  waters  are  largely  expor  ed 
to  the  other  States,  and  even  to  foreign  countries 


Niagara  River  Suspension  Bridge, 


8.  The  Falls  of.  Niagara,  one  of  the  greatest  wonders  of  the  world, 
^e  in  the  Niagara  River,  partly  in  this  State  and  partly  in  Canada 
West.  The  widest  Fall  is  on  the  Canadian  side ;  the  highest  is  on 
the  New  York  side.  A  short  distance  below  the  Falls,  a  suspension 
bi'idge,  about  800  feet  in  length,  spans  the  river. 

9.  The  railronds  and  canals  of  this  State  are  numerous  and 
extensive  Of  these,  the  Erie  Canal,  the  Central,  Erie/ and 
Hudson  River  Railroads,  are  among  the  most  important  in 
the  United  States. 


Imports,  &a.?  5.  Iron  ore,  &c.?  6.  Salt  springs?  7.  What  is  said 
of  the  mineral  springs?  8.  Falls  of  Niagara?  9.  Railroads  and 
canals?    Erie  Canal,  &o. ? 


NEW  YORK. 


125 


93 


10.  Ample  provision  ia  made  for  popular  education  in  this 
State.  It  has  a  large  school  fund,  and  every  facility  is  a£forded 
for  obtaining  superior  common-school  instruction. 

11.  The  people  of  New  York,  during  the  Revolutionary  War,  strenu- 
ously opposed  the  arbitrary  measures  of  the  British  government.  The 
State,  for  the  greater  part  of  that  gloomy  period,  was  the  theatre  of 
active  hostilities ;  the  surrender  of  General  Burgoyne  and  his  army, 
with  other  memorable  events,  took  place  within  its  limits. 

12.  The  city  of  New  York  is  situated  on  Manhattan  Island,  at  the 
junction  of  the  Hudson  and  East  Rivers.  It  ia  the  largest  city  of 
ihe  western  continent,  and  one  of  the  largest  in  the  world,  being 
surpassed  in  population  by  only  three  of  the  great  European  capitals. 


View  of  the  lower  part  of  the  City  of  New  York. 


18.  The  city  is  the  greatest  commercial  emporium  in  America. 
Its  foreign,  coasting,  and  inland  commerce  is  vast :  regular  lines  of 
steam  and  other  packets  are  constantly  trading  to  the  chief  seaports 
in  Europe,  the  West  Indies,  South  America,  and  all  the  important 
maritime  towns  in  the  United  States. 

14.  One  of  the  most  important  works  in  the  State  is  the  aqueduct  for 
supplying  this  city  with  wholesome  water  from  the  Croton  River.   It  is 


10.  Of  popular  education?  11.  What  is  said  of  the  people  of 
New  York  State?  12.  What  of  the  city  of  New  York?  13.  What 
is  said  further  of  New  York  City?     14.  Of  the  Croton  Aqueduct^ 


126 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Caty  Hall,  New  York. 


40^  miles  long,  and 
will  furnish  GO  mil- 
lion gallons  of  water 
daily:  it  cost  12^ 
million  dollars.  TLij 
noble  structure  was 
completed  in  1842, 
and  was  built  at  the 
expense  of  the  city. 

15.  The  public 
buildings  are  nume- 
rous, and  many  of 
them  elegant.  The 
City  Hall,  Custom- 
House,    Merchants' 


Exchange,  Hall  «(f  the  University,  Astor  Library,  Asto'r  House,  Hall 
of  Justice,  are  striking  and  important. 

16.  Brooklyn,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  East  River,  is  properly 
n>  suburb  of  !Iew  York,  being  connected  with  it  by  several  ferries, 
l^any  of  the  business-men  of  New  York  have  their  dwellings  there. 
It  commands  a  delightful  view  of  the  city  and  surrounding  country, 
and  is  a  pleasant  place  of  residence.  Williamsburg,  a  flourishing 
pity,  also  opposite  New  York,  is  united  to  Brooklyn, 

^u^^rA^V^  ^®^  ^'^''^'  ^"  *^®  Hudson,  is  West  Point,  the  seat  of 
the  United  States  Military  Academy  for  the  instruction  of  cadets 
Nowburg,   Poughkeepsie   (po-kip'se),  Catskill,   Hudson,  Troy,   and 
Lansmgburg,  all  on  the  Hudson,  are  flourishing  towns. 

18.  Albany,  the  capital  of  the  State,  is  on  the  Hudson  River,  145 
miles  from  its  mouth.  It  Is  the  centre  of  an  extensive  and  important 
inland  trade,  and  is  connected  with  the  ocean  by  the  Hudson  River 

^^^i^xf '^^^  ^*'^®  ^^^  Champlairi  by  the  State  canals,  and  with  Boston 
%^a  Bufalo  by  railroad, 


94    r- 


19.  Schenectady  {skeii-ek'tH-de),  Utica,  Syracuse,  Rochester,  Lock- 
port,  and  Bufl'alo,  are  the  most  important  places  on  the  Erie  Canal 
The  latter  is  the  great  depot  of  the  Lake  Erie  trade ;  its  port  is  con- 
stantly filled  with  shipping.     Rochester  is  noted  for  its  numerous 
flour-mills,  and  Syracuse  for  its  extensive  salt-works. 

20.  There  are  many  other  thriving  towns  in  various  parts  of  the 
State,  of  which  Rome,  Auburn,  Geneva,  Canandaigua,  Ithaca,  Or- 
wego,  and  Elmira,  are  the  principal.  Plattsburg  is  noted  for  tho 
two  victories  gained  over  ihe  British  in  1814.  Sackett's  Harbor  ^ag 
the  chief  naval  station  on  Lake  Ontario  in  the  War  of  1812. 


15.  Of  fne  public  buildings?  Ifi.  What  of  Brooklyn?  Williams- 
burg?  17.  West  Point,  &c.?  18.  Albany?  19.  Schenectady.  &c.? 
20.  Other  towns  ? 


NEW  JERSEY. 


127 


Map  No.  10,  Middle  Statea.—YfhAi  provinces  bound  New  York  on 
the  north?  C.-Wt.,  C.-Et.— What  States  on  the  east?  Vt.,  Ms.,  Ct.— 
On  the  south  ?  Pa.,  N.-J.— What  two  great  lakes  separate  New  York 
from  Canada  West  ?     Ee.,  Oo.— How  long  are  they  ? 

What  river  forms  part  of  the  boundary  between  this  State  and 
Canada  West?     S.-Le.— How  long  is  it?     How  long  is  Lake  Cham- 
plain  ?   What  four  rivers  flow  into  Lake  Ontario  ?   Na.,  Ge.,  Go.  Bk 
—What  four  flow  into  the  St.  Lawrence  River?    S.-Rs.,  Rt.',  Gs.'  Oe 
—What  river  flows  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean?     Hn.—Whi'ch  is  its 
largest  branch  ?     Mk. 

How  many  miles  is  the  Hudson  River  navigable  for  steamboats  ? 
What  river  unites  Lakes  Erie  and  Ontario  ?  Na.— How  high  is  Mount 
Marcy  ?     The  Catskill  Mountains  ? 

What  island  is  in  Niagara  River  ?  Gd.— What  falls  in  Niagara 
River  ?     Na. — What  island  forms  a  county  in  the  southeastern  part 

of  the  State  ?     Sn. — What  island  contains  three  counties  ?     Lg. 

What  is  the  length  of  Long  Island?— What  Sound  separates  it  from 
Connecticut?  Lg.-Id.— Name  some  of  the  different  places  at  which 
battles  were  fought,  and  give  the  dates  of  the  battles. 

95  


Surrender  of  the  Hessians  at  Trenton. 


NEW  JERSEY. 

1.  New  Jersey  lies  south  of  New  York,  on  the  Atlantic 
coast.  It  has  a  variety  of  surface,  being  mountainous  in  the 
northern  parts,  moderately  level  in  the  middle,  and  low  and 
sandy  in  the  south. 

2.  Most  of  the  soil  is  well  cultivated,  and  produces  the 
New  JerMy.     ^.—1.  Where  is  New  Jersey  ?     Surface?    2.  Soil? 


.  .A 


128 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


various  grains  common  to  this  part  of  the  Union,  with  fruits 
and  garden- vegetables  in  abundance, 

3.  The  manufactures  are  extensive  and  flourishing.  They 
comprise  cotton  and  woollen  goods,  various  articles  of  iron, 
glass,  porcelain^  leather,  &c. 

4.  Several  important  canals  and  railroads  extend  through 
the  Statp,  and  add  greatly  to  the  facilities  of  intercourse  be- 
tween tLe  northern  and  southern  parts  of  the  Union. 

5.  The  people  of  New  Jersey  bore  their  full  share  in  the  perils 
and  hardships  of  the  Revolution ;  and  some  of  the  most  important 
battles  of  that  period  were  fought  within  the  limits  of  the  State. 

6.  Trenton,  on  the  Delaware  River,  at  the  head  of  tide-water,  is 
the  capital.  It  is  noted  for  the  capture  of  the  Hessians,  in  1776,  by 
General  Washington,  and  for  its  manufactures. 

7.  Newark,  10  miles  west  of  New  York,  is  the  largest  city.  It  is 
well  built,  and  has  extensive  manufactories  of  shoes  and  carriages. 
New  Brunswick,  on  the  Raritan  River,  contains  Rutgers  College; 
also  a  Reformed  Dutch  theological  seminary. 

8.  PatersoD,  at  the  falls  of  the  Passaic  River,  is  an  important 
manufacturing  town.  The  city  of  Cape  Island  (usually  known  as 
Cape  May),  Atlantic  City,  and  Long  Branch,  are  celebrated  water- 
ing-places. 

9.  Princeton,  10  miles  northeast  of  Trenton,  is  the  seat  of  New 
Jersey  College,  and  of  a  Presbyterian  theological  seminary.  It  is 
also  noted  for  the  victory  gained  by  Washington  over  the  British. 
At  Freehold,  the  county  town  of  Monmouth,  the  battle  of  Monmouth 
was  fought,  June  28,  1778.  Orange,  Elizabethtown,  Burlington, 
Camden,  Salem,  and  Glassboro'  are  thriving  towns. 


'ii 


Map  No.  10,  Middle  States. — What  bounds  New  Jersey  ow  th** 
north?  N.-Y.— Onthe  cast?  A.-On.,  N.-Y.~South  ?  A.-On.,  De. 
— West?  Pa.,  De. — What  river  separates  New  Jersey  from  Penn- 
sylvania and  Delaware?  Do. — What  river  separates  it  from  New 
York?  Hn. — Which  are  the  two  principal  rivers  of  New  Jersey' 
Pc,  Rn. — Which  is  the  most  northern  coxinty?  Sx. — The  most 
southern?     C.-My.— The  most  eastern?     Bn.— The  most  western? 

Sm. — What  cape  at  the  southern  extremity  of  New  Jersey  ?     My. 

What  bay  on  the  southwest  /    De. — When  were  the  battles  of  Trenton, 


Products?  8.  What  of  the  mannfaciures?  4.  What  of  canals  and 
railroads  ?  5.  What  is  said  of  the  people  ?  6.  What  of  Trenton  ? 
7.  Newark  ?  New  Brunswick  ?  8.  Paterson  ?  Cape  Island  ?  At- 
lantic Cit''  *     Long  Brunch  ?     9.  Princeton,  and  other  towns  ? 


"we,:. 


'\^^'ff> v^.,'.l'} -AlipJIi. L' ■*  '.■'• 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


129 


Princeton,  and  Red  Bank  fought? — In  what  county  is  Trenton? 
Mr.— Newark  ?  Ex.— Paterson  ?  Pc— New  Brunswick  ?  Mx.— On 
what  river  is  Newark ?     Pc— Burlington?     De.— Camden?     De. 


9G 


William  Pcnu's  Tioaty  with  the  ludiaus,  at  Philadelphia. 


PENNSYLVANIA. 

1.  Pennsylvania  lies  south  of  New  York,  and  is  the 
second  in  extent  and  population  of  the  Middle  States.  It  is 
distinguished  for  its  various  manufactures,  vast  mineral  re- 
sources, and  extensive  public  works. 

2.  The  interior  of  the  State  is  traversed  by  the  various 
ranges  of  the  Alleghany  Mountains;  the  eastern  and  western 
parts  are  level  or  moderately  hilly. 

3.  The  soil  is  well  cultivated,  and  yields  in  abundance 
wheat,  corn,  and  other  grains,  with  all  the  fruits  common  to 
tills  part  of  the  country. 

4.  The  mineral  wealth  of  Pennsylvania  is  very  great, 
(yoal,  iron,  lime,  and  potrolnum  abound,  and  .«alt  springs  are 
numerous.  Nearly  half  the  iron  that  is  produced  in  the 
country  is  manufactured  in  this  State. 


Pennsijlvania.  (?.— 1.  Whero  is  Pennsylvnnia?  For  what  dis- 
tinguished? 2.  WhiU  is  said  of  the  interior  of  tlio  S«ate?  The 
eastern  and  western  parts  ?    3.  Of  the  soil  ?    4.  The  mineral  wealth  ? 


130 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


6.  The  numerous  railroads  and  canals  have  added  greatly 
to  the  intercourse  between  the  eastern  and  western  parts  of 
the  Union,  and  have  increased  the  trade  and  commerce  of 
the  State. 

6.  The  common-school  system  of  education  in  Pennsylvania 
adopted  in  1834,  has  been  successful,— the  number  of  pupils 
taught  in  the  schools,  as  compared  with  the  population,  beinir 
but  little  inferior  to  that  of  any  other  State. 


Girard  College. 


7.  The  Girard  College,  for  orphans,  was  endowed  by  Stephen 
Givard,  a  wealthy  merchant  of  Philadelphia,  who  died  in  1831, 
leaving  two  million  dollars  for  its  erection  and  support. 

8.  Pennsylvania  was  settled  by  English  Quakers  or  Friends,  under 
the  guidance  of  William  Penn,  whose  liberal  views  in  government 
and  religion,  and  just  policy  towards  the  Indians,  insured  the  pros- 
perity of  the  colony,  and  preserved  peace  for  many  years  between 
them  and  the  white  settlers. 

9.  This  State  acted  a  conspicuous  part  in  the  War  of  the  Revolu- 
tion. It  was  in  her  chief  city  that  glorious  declaration  was  made 
which  placed  the  civil  and  political  rights  of  mankind  on  a  sure 
basis,  and  formed  a  new  era  in  the  history  of  the  world. 


6.  What  of  railroads  and  canals  ?  6.  What  is  said  of  education » 
Of  the  number  of  nchools  and  pupils?  7.  Of  Girard  College?  8. 
Py  wh.^m  was  PennKvlvania  settled  ?  What  is  said  of  William  Penn? 
V.  nhat  is  said  of  the  Revolution? 


PENNSYLVANIA. 


131 


97 


10.  Harrisburg,  the  capital,  is  pleasantly  situated,  on  the  east 
bank  of  the  Susquehanna  River,  88  miles  west  of  Philadelphia.  It 
contains  the  State  Capitol,  Lunatic  Asylum,  and  other  public  build- 
ings.    Several  railroads  centre  here. 

11.  Philadelphia  is  one  of  the  most  regularly  built  cities  in  the 
world,  and  ranks  second  in  population  in  the  United  States.  It  is 
on  the  west  bank  of  the  Delaware  River  and  on  both  banks  of  the 
Schuylkill,  100  miles  from  the  sea.  ,  It  is  noted  for  the  cleanliness 
of  its  streets  and  the  neat  appearance  of  its  buildings. 

12.  In  manufactures,  this  city  is  the  first  in  the  Union.  The 
foreign  commerce  is  considerable,  and  the  inland  trade  with  the 
Western  States  is  extensive.  The  coal-trade  employs  a  large  num- 
ber of  vessels  and  men. 

13.  Philadelphia  is  celebrated  for  its  institutions  of  literature  and 
science,  especially  of  medical  science.  The  University  of  Pennsyl 
vania  and  Jefferson  College  are  its  most  noted  medical  schocis. 
Here  is  the  first  Female  Medical  and  Surgical  College  ever  jsta- 
blished.  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  possesses  one  of  the 
most  valuable  museums  in  the  world. 


Suupension  BrlUge  over  the  Schuylkill  llivor,  with  part  of  Fulrmount. 


14    The  public  and  private  schools  are  nume>  ms;  and  the  city 
abounds  in  benevolent  and  religious  institutions.     It  is  also  adorned 


10  What  is  said  of  Harrisburg?  11.  Of  Philadelphia?  12. 
What  is  said  of  iranufactures  ?  Commerce  ?  Coal-trade  ?  18.  For 
what  is  Philadelphia  celebrated?  14.  What  of  schools?  Of  be- 
nevolent and  religious  institutions?     What  of  public   buildings? 


132 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


The  Aims-House,   ito.e   Pe„kl„H?!      »**""  ""'  ""  ""»'  "»«: 
Asylum,  Academ;  of  M„si„  'nj  riZ'/n"!?"'   °'    ''«''««'>.    "ay. 

under  ground,  in  every  direction      ru     .    fu  '^  conveyed  in  pipes 

sion  bridge,  367  feetS  leng/rand  30  fee?«h'''  T^^'  ''  *  «"«?«"- 
river.  ^  "»  ^"^  ^"  leet  abcve  the  surface  of  the 

iruLtrtlV^Si:tri:t^^^^^  f  l*'^  «.^-  I^-er,  is  distin, 

Alleghany  City  and  B^rin^Sam  a"  .  «^^fV^««' a»»d  machinery, 
bridges.  At  the  forme?  is  thrw.^""^-'.^  ^^^^  Pittsburgh  by 
several  cotton-factS  ^''*''"  Penitentiary;   it  also  has 

fertne^f:rT.''"'RL'drn?Ea"sr*  1  ?^^«^«^Ph->  -  ««rrou„ded  by 
York,  PottsviHe,  WnSal^  ^^^."^  Chambersburg^ 

able  towns :  Erie  has  o.e  of ^IT  ttta  ^1:1  thTialTs  '^'^^^'^'■ 


-  98 


il 


West?     Oo    W-Va     Vjp,  ;  *.'  ^•-•' — ^outh?     De.,  Md..  W -Va 

Jersey  ?  De;IwT:V7^;^^flrwTin^^Crr  ''Tt^^-^^  froj^i^ 
are  its  two  chief  branches  ^Niriu^^^Wt^Bf^  W?l  ^a-Which 
at  Pittsburgh  ?  Ay  Ma  —WW  ;?  '  ^.-Bh.— What  rivers  unite 
river  flows  into  the'slq^^ranna  a^v.  V^'^  f^"""  O^-What 
two  rivers  flow  into  the  Ddatare*  Lh  S^^''wl^?«  '  ^^-What 
the  Ohio  below  Pittsburgh  ^  Br  '  Rnw  L  ^~^.^*  "^^^  ^^"^s  '*nto 
aavigahle  for  steamboats  ?  *     '''^'"-^'''^  "^'^ny  miles  is  the  Delaware 

Bel^&ttrstth^; 

ridges  in  the  western  part?     JI     rf     L      u^ I    A^— ^hat  two 
delphia?     Pa.-Harrisburir '     rin       ""  V     i°     ^^^^^^^  ^^  P^^^*^- 

ming  take  place?— On  what  riv«r  ,u  p      i       «     '^*'  massacre  of  Wyo- 


10.  Fairaionnt  Water- Worku  *     q.,»« 


Wl.. 


DELAWARE. 


138 


99 


DELAWARE. 

1.  Delaware  lies  south  of  Pennsylvania  and  New  Jersev 
It  IS  the  smallest  of  the  Middle  States,  and  hasTsS 
population  than  any  of  the  older  States  of  the  Union     The 

LteTntrn  S      ^'^'"'  ''^"'^''^  ^»  -"^™'-.  -5 

2.  The  chief  produote  of  the  soil  are  wheat  and  Indian 
corn.  On  Brandjwine  Creek,  in  the  northern  part  of  the 
State,  are  a  number  of  manufacturing  establishment  wh  ch 
g'Swdt."'  "■■"■"'"''  """"  '""^  "^''^  g-d«.  Pa%  anS 

northern  part  of  the  State  The  fir..  ''^"■■»1<'».  "'«<!  'Irough  the 
Chesapeake  Bay ;  the  lasUs  ^nt^v^nZZtinttr^' ^''1''-  "«» 
railroads  extending  along  tie  AtS  eoJiof "  hfLYon'  °'"''  °' 

4.  Lewes  (loo'ia)  is  on  Delaware  Bav  noar  fftn..  Hnr.i^^        tx  •  ., 
So%\Ts?o;r  ^'  r-«  ^-'^  -"n  by^L^stlTan  *Fil^ 
tI,    n  '  ^  ^''  '^  '^''''  ^""°S  ^'^^  ^^*^»"g  reason 

esUblisUeSl ''""*'''''  '^'^  """^^^'^^  ^^^-«-«  manufacturing 

7.  Dover,  the  seat  of  government,  is  on  Jones  Creek  and  eonfnina 

a  handsome  State-House.    New  Castle,  Newark,   Gee'r^etown    and 

Smyrna  are  places  of  some  note.  «eorgeiown,   and 

MTlwhn?";iv:         i^K  *^^  ^'*^     N.-J._Onthe  south  and  west? 
Wha/        ^V^^r,**"^  ^ay  separate  Delaware  from  New  Jorsey?   De 
moTf  «    T  '"  *^*'  ««"tl>east  part  of  the  State?    Hn.-Which  is  thi 
most  northern  county  1    N.-Ce. 


ww"r.r:._^:~^;  ^^«J«.«  Delaware?  Of  the  surface?  2. 
Creekr  a'ww"'"*  r-miioiB  of  iiie  soil?  What  of  Brandy  wine 
oZ?  |'^,^'^/.«M^l«,^^«'»P«'^ke  &  Delaware  Canal  ?  Kail- 
rwhat  t  T-f  '/^^-f  ^^  ^'^\^'l  ^'-  'r^'«  Delaware  Break  water ,? 
towla?  Wilmington?    7.  Dover  ?   New  Castle,  and  other 


184 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGEAPHY. 
100  _ 


SOUTHERN   STATES. 

wL^v-^  section  of  the  Union  includes  Maryland,  Virginia 
ICLJ'fIT'  ^"'^^   P"'""'^^'   S«^^^   Carolina    GefS 

U>^^e%o"rl^Zl^^^^^^  f''^^   ^'^"^   '^«  Susquehanna 
CO  ine   Kio  Crrande:   their  shores  are  washed  on  the  easf 

^y^the  Atlantic  Ocean,  and  on  the  south  by  the  Gdfof 

3    On  the  sea^coast  the  surface  is  low,  often  swampv  and 
sometimes  sandy.     In  the  interior  it  is  greatly Xe^/sified 
SlotT  thi^  f\  ^"'   mountainous,    'in  tIZTu^^ 
portion  of  t^^e   country   consists  of  prairies.     The   hiehesfc 
mountains  m  the  Atlantic  Stotes  are  in  North  Carolina-  ' 

4.  The    inhabitants   are   chiefly  engaged   in   agriculture 

'tr^t'^:  t:ir  ■  -''"'  p-^-' '---  ^^ 

6.  The  wealthy  classes  are  generally  well  educated,  possess  culti- 


Southern  States.     Q.^h  What  do  th«  Snufh--   c*-*^-  .._-,..- 
now  far  do  thov  extend?     3.  WhsLtiu  -Jh^^^'CTAJ""-'.^"^? '' 
interior ! 


sea-ooast ' 


How  are 


engaged  f    6.  Wh.t  U  ,aM  o?  tie  ;;;k°;oir.,T''''^i::r„f  eduo.- 


chiefly 


SOUTHERN   STATES. 


135 


rated  minds  and  refined  manners,  and  are  noted  for  their  hospitality 
Education  is  not  so  general  among  the  poorer  classes  of  the  people 
as  m  the  Middle  and  Eastern  States. 

6.  Nearly  all  the  cotton,  sugar,  tobacco,  and  rice  in  the 
United  States  is  the  product  of  the  Southern  States.  Corn 
and  wheat  are  also  produced. 

7.  Iron,  coal,  and  salt  abound  in  West  Virginia,  as  well  as  in 
some  of  the  other  States;  and  gold  is  found  in  Virginia  North 
and  South  Carolina,  Georgia,  and  Alabama.  ' 

8.  Branches  of  the  United  States  Mint  are  established  at 
Charlotte,  in  North  Carolina,  and  at  Dahlonega,  in  G<^orgia 
for  the  purpose  of  coining  the  gold  found  in  those  States.      ' 

9.  Many  important  railroads  are  completed,  and  others 
are  m  progress:  these,  and  the  large  number  of  navigable 
streams,  afford  every  facility  for  the  transportation  of  pro- 
ducts and  merchandise. 


I  Virginia, 

I  Georgia, 

and   the 

iquehanna 
the  east 
Gulf  of 

mpy,  and 
iversified, 
8  a  large 
!  highest 
:na. 

riculture. 
crops  of 

sess  culti- 


• l-_  J      n 

iuuiuuG : 
d  on  the 
^8  chiefly 
of  educa- 


101 


10.  The  population  of  the  Southern  States  is  chiefly  of 
British  origin.  There  are  many  descendants  of  the  French 
and  Spanish  colonists,  particularly  in  Louisiana  and  Florida  • 
there  are  also  many  negroes.  ' 

11  In  Louisiana  the  French  language  is  spoken  to  some  extent, 
and  the  laws  and  some  of  the  newspapers  are  published  both  in  that 
and  in  the  Enghsh  tongue. 

12.  The  inhabitants  of  Texas  include  natives  of  all  parts  of 
the  Union,  and  foreigners  of  diflFerent  European  nations  f  also  a 
few  Mexicans,  the   descendants  of  the  former  proprietors  of  the 

country.  ^ 

13.  The  negroes,  who  form  about  two-fifths  of  the  popufation 
were  formerly  slaves,  but  ar.   now  all   free.     The   Indians  have 
"r^i  River ^'"'^''^  ^''^'^''  Territory,  west  of  the  Missis- 

Map  No.  5,   United  Statrs.~mncl  is  the  largest  division  of  the 
Southern  States?     Ts.-Which  is  the  most  northcrnT  W.-Va.-! 


Mon  ?     %  What  is  said  of  cotton,  sugar,  &c.  ?     Corn  an.l  wh^a*  ?     7 
ur  rmueraisf     h    Mranches  of  the   United  States  Mint?     9.  What 
18  said  of  railroads  ?     Navigable  rivers,  &c.  ? 

10    What  is  said  of  the  population?     11.  Of  Louisiana?     12.  The 
mhabitants  of  Texas ?     13.  Of  the  negroes?    Of  the  Indians ? 


136 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Southern?     Fa.— Eastern?    Md.— Westpm  ?     T»      wi,-  i,  j-  .  . 
border  on  the  Atlantic  Ocean?    kdVaN  r«    T  r      n^'^l''°"* 
Which  border  on  the  Gulf  of  Mexico?    Fa     i^mtl"  T^'  I'r- 
State  is  nearly  divided  bv  Cht^<,-,rZuL  n      •  /'  .   *'  ^^^  Ts—What 
The  Souther/  States  extLdfrtu^^^^^^  26 'to  39  f'^' '     ''^•~' 

Hot  many  deirr  oTltn^Tud^dttr^^^^^^^^^  ''  ^^«-«  -«^' 


102 


Bombardment  of  Fort  Mcllenry. 

MARYLAND. 

rpi/i  ^^^T,^^Nf,.^^e«  south  Of  Pennsylvania,  and  is  more  ir. 
regular  in  its  ou  line  than  any  other  State  in  the  Union  It 
ZnZi  ^y  ^^«^P«^ke  Bay  and  the  Susquehanna  Eiver 
8horer  """^"^"^  sections,  known  as  the  Eastern  and  Western 

2    In  agriculture,  manufactures,  and  commerce,  this  State 
holds  a  respectable  rank.     Flour  and  tobacco  are  the  principa 

exported  to  foreign  countries 

3.  The  chief  mineral  products  are  iron  and  coal.     The 


i^^^II^^f'    9-7;-  Where  is  Maryland?     How  divided?    2.  What 
i«  said  of  agriculture,  &c.?     Flour,  &c.  ?     8.  Chief  mineral  pro- 


yARYLAND. 


137 


first  is  found  in  various  parts  of  the  State ;  the  last  in  the 
western  part  chiefly. 

4.  The  State  of  Maryland  was  settled  by  a  body  of  Roman 
Catholic  emigrants,  under  Lord  Baltimore,  whose  just  and 
liberal  government  soon  attracted  numerous  settlers. 

5.  Baltimore,  on  a  branch  of  Patapsbo  River,  14  miles  from 
Chesapeake  Bay,  and  200  from  the  sea,  has  an  extensive  foreign 
and  domestic  trade,  and  is  one  of  the  largest  tobacco-markets  in 
the  world.  Numerous  railroads  connect  this  city  with  other  parts 
of  the  Union. 

6.  The  public  buildings  of  Baltimore  are  numerous.  Among  the 
finest  are  the  Exchange,  the  Roman  Catholic  Cathedral,  and  tho 
Maryland  Institute.  The  Battle  and  Washington  Monuments  are 
beautiful  structures.  The  latter  is  a  Doric  column,  surmounted  by 
a  colossal  statue  of  Washington  16  feet  high, — the  entire  structure 
rising  to  the  height  of  180  feet. 

7.  Fort  McHenry,  a  short  distance  below  Baltimore,  commands  the 
entrance  to  the  harbor.  It  was  bombarded  by  a  British  fleet  in 
1814,  but  was  bravely  defended,  and  the  enemy  was  forced  to 
retire. 

8.  Annapolis,  the  capital,  is  on  Severn  River,  three  miles  from 
Chesapeake  Bay.  The  State-House  is  a  handsome  building :  in  it 
the  Continental  Congress  held  several  sessions.  Here,  also,  General 
Washington  resigned  his  commission  at  the  close  of  the  Revolution- 
ary War. 

9.  Cumberland,  on  the  Potomac,  noted  for  its  trade  in  coal,  is 
in  point  of  population  the  second  town  in  the  State.  Frederick, 
Hagerstown,  and  Frostburg  are  flourishing  places.  Elkton,  Easton, 
and  Cambridge  are  the  principal  towns  on  the  Eastern  Shore.  At 
Emmittsburg,  in  the  northern  part  of  the  State,  is  Mount  St.  Mary's 
College. 

Map  No.  10,  Middle  and  Southern  States. — What  bound  Maryland 
on  the  north?  Pa.,  De.— East?  De.,  A.-On.— South  and  west?  Va., 
W.-Va. — What  fcay  and  river  divide  Maryland  into  two  parts?  Ce., 
Sa, — What  river  separates  it  from  Virginia?  Pc. — What  rivers  flow 
into  Chesapeake  Bay  on  the  east  side?  Ck.,  Ne.,  Pe. — What  rivers 
on  the  west  side?  Pi.,  Pc. — Which  is  the  most  eastern  county?  Wr. 
—The  most  western ?  Ay. — On  what  river  is  Havre  de  Grace?  Sa. 
—Cumberland?  Pc. — Upper  Marlboro'?  Pt.— Cambridge?  Ck.— 
In  what  year  was  the  battle  of  Bladensburg  fought  ?  What  moun- 
tains extend  through  the  western  pp  "♦  ?     Ay. 


iucts?  4.  By  whom  was  Maryland  settled?  What  is  said  of  Lord 
Baltimore  ?  5.  Of  the  city  of  Baltimore  ?  6.  Public  buildings  ? 
Battle  and  Washington  Monuments  ?  7.  What  of  Fo;.t  McHenry  ?  8. 
Annapolis  ?     The  State-House  ?    9.  Cumberland,  and  other  towns  ? 


DESCRIPTIVE  aBOGUAPIiy. 

ion 


Puiitijsoniuu  lustltuu.,  WttBhiiigtou. 


DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA. 

1.  The  District  of  Columbia  lies  on  the  left  h«nlr  nf  .1 
Potomac  R  vfer  iihnnf  iin  ,«:i     £>        •  "^  "**"*^  01  the 

a  seiH«  ?r  r"  ^"  ?•'• "~  ~ 

square  miles  "  "' ''"'  '""8'  ""'^ ''"«  "»  "e»  of  60 

the  seal  of  eovcrnmonl  3  r!™°  •^«?<"»' W»8l'ington,  and  in  J800 

T..0  p,.„  oA.ro^crr/gT.'dTnrol.iSo'^''"*''''^'''''  *°  "'"'''"^■ 

..o  onue  diffotsi  =dr?^.i^,r4[^' «-r""^^ 

DistHc  of  Columbia.  O 1    w».„*  :__...,- .,     ...      . 

bia  r     WJmt.  is  its  preseilt  area  v'  "9   wn"^°'j  V*".  ^|«*rict  of  Colum- 

1846?   What  was  donol  ?Jw     In  S  "^i*^  w/"f  "'^^r"^""«  ^« 

ington  ?     When  was  it  laid  om  ?    W'    ♦        ^'  ^i***  '^  ^'*^**  of  Wash- 

was  It  lam  ou>  ?    Waat  occurred  in  1800?    4.  Who 


DIBTttlOT   OF  COLUMBIA. 


139 


^%.- 


5.  Tho  National  CongresH  moots  in  the  Capitol  on  <ho  llrst  Mon- 
day in  December  of  every  year ;  tho  Supreme  Federal  Court  holds 
its  annual  BOBsions  here.  During  the  Hessions  of  Congress,  Wash- 
ington is  thronged  with  visitors  from  all  parts  of  tho  world. 

().  The  (Jupitol  is  tlio  finest  building  in  tho  United  States.  It  siands 
nearly  m  tho  centre  of  tlio  city,  on  an  eminence  00  foet  above  tho 
level  of  tho  river,  and  is  built  ohie  !y  of  white  marble. 

7.  Its  length  is  754  feet,  and  its  breadth  is  824  foot.  Tho  domo 
riHos  aOO  foot  above  tho  ground,  and  is  crowned  with  a  statue  of 
Liberty.  Iho  Senatc^Chamber  is  in  tho  north,  and  the  Ropresonta- 
tives'  Hall  in  tho  south  wing.  ^ 

8.  The  President  s  House  is  on  an  eminence  a  mile  and  r*  half  west 
of  the  Cap  tol.  It  is  two  stories  high,  with  a  front  of  180  foet,  and 
18  surrounded  by  oxtensiv©  grounds.  N  jar  it  are  the  offices  of  the 
State,  War,  Navy,  rnd  other  Departm©nt».  In  tho  Patent  Office  the 
lower  story  IS  appropHated  to  models  and  specimens  of  articles 
patented ;  tho  upper  contains  a  large  collection  of  curiosities. 

9.  The  Smithsonian  Institute  occupies  a  handsome  building  about 
a  mile  from  the  Capitol ;  it  is  devoted  to  tho  purpose  of  increasing  and 
diffusing  knowledge  among  mankind.  A  fund  of  upwards  of  half  a 
million  dollars  was  bequo  vthod  to  the  Americaii  government,  for  its 
erectJon  and  support,  by  James  Sinilhson,  an  English  gentleman. 
Tho  President  of  the  United  States  is  ox  offioio*^  its  presiding  officer. 

10.  Georgetown,  tho  only  other  town  in  the  District,  is  separotod 
from  Washington  by  Rock  Creek.  It  is  the  scat  of  Georgetown  Col- 
jego,  and  has  many  other  flourishing  educational  institutions.  There 
is  also  a  nunnery,  containing  from  60  to  70  nuns. 

Map  No.  10,  Middle  and  Southern  States.— On  what  river  is  Wash- 
ington?    ro.~-()n  whioli  side  is  it?    E.—On  which  side  is  Georire- 
(.\vn  ?     E— Population  of  each  in  1860  ?_What  parallel  of  latitude 
touches  the  northern  end  of  the  District? 

104  


VIRGINIA. 

1.  Virginia  lies  south  of  Maryland  and  W(>st  Virginia, 
and  extends  irom  tlie  Atlantic  Ocean  to  tho  Alleghany  Moun- 
tains. It  was  the  first  settlement  of  the  English  coicnies,  and 
is  on  that  account  often  called  the  "Old  Dominion." 


reside  in  Washington  ?  5.  What  body  meets  there  ?  What  Court  ? 
What  of  Washington?  6.  Tho  Capitol?  7.  Length,  &c.?  The  dome? 
Senate  Chamber?  Represontativos'  Hall?  8.  President's  House? 
"'""ouiiiaii  iiisi;;un;  ;      ii;.    tt iiui.  IB  «aia  01   yoorgetoW-ui 

Vtrffinia.     Q.—l.  Where  is  Virginia?    What  is  it  often  called? 


*  Ex  officio  Blgnifles,  bv  virtue  of  ofHoe,  without  special  authoriiy. 


140 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


n 


Surrender  of  Lord  Cornwallis. 

2.  Many  eminent  i^en  have  been  born  in  Virginia:  of  these 
the  illustrious  Washington,  and  Jeflferson,  Madison,  Monroe. 
and  lyler,  have  been  Presidents  of  the  United  States. 

3.  Virginia  is  bounded  on  the  west  by  the  Alleghany  Moun- 
tains; east  of  the  Alleghanies,  and  nearly  parallel  with  them, 
IS  the  Blue  Ridge.  The  country  east  of  the  Blue  Ridge  is 
generally  level  The  great  valley  between  these  ranges  is  the 
nuest  part  of  the  State. 

4.  The  agricultural  productions  are  tobacco,  corn,  wheat    and 
cotton      Iron,  copper,  lead,  coal,  and  salt,  aboimd.     At  Richmond 
Petersburg,  and  other  places  are  numerous  manufactories  ' 

5.  The  mineral  springs,  in  the  mountainous  parts  of  the  State, 
are  celebrated  for  their  medicinal  properties. 

w!;  ^'"i^'T  "^""^  ""^^of  ^^''  ^^^'^^"S  ^*^*««  d"^i°g  the  Revolutionary 
War.  In  the  year  1/81,  (he  sie^re  and  surrender  of  Yorktown  took 
place,— when  Lord  Cornwallis  and  his  army  were  made  prisoners. 

7.  The  Natural  Bridge,  over  Cedar  Creek,  a  small  tributary  of 
James  River,  consists  of  an  arch  of  limestone  rock,  215  feet  high 
chasm   "  '^'^^'     ^^  ''^''''^^  ^  ^""^^  passage  over  a  dangerous 

Thl  ^If.'^r^'.  ^y^  *'^P^^''^'  ^«  °"  J'^^^es  River,  at  the  lower  falls. 
These  falls  furnish  water-power  for  flouring,  iron,  cotton,  and  other 
establishments.  Flour,  coal,  and  tobacco  are  exported.  The  State 
Capitol  18  a  splendid  structure.  ^         .         ^»        « 


XT 


•  -lA-  .  ."f  V^^'^^^ent^  "ail v«s  of  this  state.  3.  What  mountaina 
in  Virginia?  4.  Products?  Minerals?  6.  What  of  mineral  springs  ? 
6.  Of  Virginia  ?    7.  Of  the  Natural  Bridge  ?     8   What  of  Richmond  ? 


VIRGINIA, 


14i 


:a :  of  these 
n,  Monroe, 
ites. 

any  Moun- 
mth  them, 
e  Ridge  is 


'  the  State, 


ower  falls, 

,  and  other 

The  State 


mountaing 
il  springs  ? 
[lichmond? 


0.  Norfolk,  on  Elizabeth 
Biver,  is  the  principal  sea- 
port. It  has  more  foreign 
commerce  than  any  other 
town  in  the  State. 


105 


10.  Petersburg,  on  the  Ap- 
pomattox River,  Fredericks- 
burg, on  the  Rappahannock, 
and  Lynchburg,  on  the  James, 
afe  important  towns.  Alex- 
andria, on  the  Potomac  River, 
six  miles  below  Washington 
City,  is  a  place  of  considerable 
trade.  Charlottesville,  near 
the  Rivanna  River,  is  the  seat 
of  the  University  of  Virginia. 
Monticello,  three  miles  from 
Charlottesville,  was  the  resi- 
dence of  Thomas  JefiTerson. 


Natnral  Bridge,  Tirghaia. 


11.  Westmoreland  county  was  Washington's  birthplace.  A  sim- 
ple stone,  with  the  inscription  **Here,  on  the  11th  of  Feb.,  1732,* 
George  Washington  was  born,"  marks  the  hallowed  spot.  Mount 
Vernon,  on  the  Potomac  River,  eight  miles  below  Alexandria,  wai 
his  residence,  and  also  the  place  of  his  interment. 

12.  Williamsburg  was  onoe  the  capital  of  the  State.  Here  is 
William  and  Mary  College.  Staunton  {stan^tun),  west  of  the  Blue 
Ridge,  is  the  seat  of  the  State  Lunatic  Hospital.  Winchester  and 
Strasburg,  in  the  north,  and  Wytheville,  in  the  southwest,  are  con- 
siderable towns, 

SFap  ATo.  5,  United  States.  —  What  bouud  Virginia  on  the  north  ? 
Md.,  W.-Va.— East?  A.-On.,  Md.—South?  N.-Ca.,  Te.— West? 
W.-Va.,  Ky — What  separates  Virginia  from  Maryland?  Pe.  R. — 
Kentucky?  Cd.  Mts.— What  mountains  extend  through  Virginia ? 
B.  Re. — On  the  western  border?    Ay. 

Map  No.  10,  Middle  ofid  Southern  States. — What  bay  separates  the 
two  eastern  counties  from  the  rest  of  tl»e  State  ?  Ce. — ^What  cape* 
at  the  entrance  of  Chesapeake  Bay?  Cs.,  Hy.— What  four  river* 
flow  into  Chesapeake  Bay?     Pc,  Rk.,  Yk.,  Js. 


Falls?  What  exports?  Q.Norfolk?  10.  What  is  said  of  Petersburg? 
Alexandria?  Charlottesville?  Monticello?  11.  Westmoreland? 
Mount  Vernon?  12.  What  of  Williamsburg?  Staunton?  Win- 
chester and  other  towns? 


*  Old  Style,  eorrespondins  to  the  22(j[  of  February,  New  Style. 

10 


142 


iilj.^ 


DESOaiPTIVE  OEOGRAPHY. 


WEST  VIRGINIA. 
From  their  summit  the  Ltf^cTlln^J      a  *^®,  **'*®™  boundary. 

thai  th.  z^i  ^is^'v.srr.f'wt'.'td*''!''' "'"" 

grains  are  cultivated.  '  wneat,  and  other  cereal 

cro.sed  b,  .  suspension  Sridge  mor,hT' ,5;Jrf,eU„„V      '""  ' 

^^io^ZmtieuZ'Z^m'^tT.tu  "';"•  "t""'  ^P''"*'  fr«"" 

kersburg,  both  on  "he  OY^m^Z  ■    '^°""  "«««»■"  «i"d  Par- 

Ferry,  aftheoWit  „?ti,  P«romao'aVdTI„^''V°^''l-     «"P<"'' 
romaatio  situaUon.  *^<>tomao  and  Shenandoah,  has  a  highly 

Hancock,  Brooke    Ohin    o«^    itr      i    i,     ^*     **®®  ^"^P  No.  13.— 
popularly  caUed'he  Pan-Sandb.''''^'"  ''"""''  '^'"*  *^«  d"*"«^ 


106 


NORTH  CAROLINA. 
1.  North  Carolina  lies  south  of  Virginia  nnr^  ;«  «« 


adSd?f  WhafdTes  U  «"'  '•'  T"^  V«'"'»  '     ^ken  „.s  it 
Of  ri,.-..    1r  "i^";'.'*",""."  ?_"."■?""«•     Mountains?    Sarfao.f     s 
nr  nil."' 1-     r  »"!i!;?'"°'     »'"'■  of  climate.  So.  »     ProHnxi.*    k 
WWheeLngt    6.  What  of  Charleston t    Point  Pleasant?  "al^.r's 

Jforlh  CroUna.      Q.-l.  m,„  ,.  ^orth  Carolina  f     Th,  low 


NORTH   CAROLINA. 


143 


2.  In  the  central  part  ot  the  State  the  surface  is  varied  and 
hilly.  In  the  upper  country  it  rises  into  mountains,  of  which 
Buckley's  Peak,  the  loftiest  summit  of  Black  Mountain,  is  the 
highest  land  east  of  the  Mississippi  Biver. 

3.  The  coast  is  indented  with  shallow  sounds  and  inlets, 
and  bordered  with  sand-banks,  which  render  navigation  dan 
gerous.     The  vicinities  of  Cape  Hatteras  and  Cape^Lookout 
are  the  dread  of  mariners. 

4.  There  are  few  large  towns,  and  the  trade,  for  want  of 
good  harbors,  is  carried  on  chi.efly  through  the  seaports  of  the 
adjacent  States.  Corn,  cotton,  and  tobacco,  with  the  products 
of  the  forest,  lumber,  turpentine,  tar,  pitch,  and  rosin,  are  the 
chief  exports. 

5.  Iron,  copper,  lead,  gold,  and  coal  are  the  princiT)al  minerals. 
Railroads  and  manufactures  are  attracting  attention. 

6.  Here,  in  1585,  on  Roanoke  Island,  was  made  the  first  attempt 
to  found  an  English  colony  in  America.  The  settlement,  however, 
was  abandoned  the  following  year.  In  this  State,  also,  American 
independence  was  proclaimed,  by  the  inhabitants  of  Mecklenburg 
county,  more  than  a  year  before  the  glorious  declaration  of  July  4, 
1776. 

7.  Raleigh,  the  capital,  lies  five  miles  west  of  the  Neuse  River. 
The  State- House,  a  splendid  building  of  granite,  and  the  Asylum  for 
the  Deaf  and  Dumb,  are  the  chief  public  buildings. 

8.  Wilmington,  on  Cape  Fear  River,  30  miles  from  its  mouth,  is 
the  chief  seaport ;  it  has  considerable  trade  with  the  more  northern 
ports  of  the  Union,  and  with  the  West  Indies.  Railroads  extend  to 
Petersburg,  Richmond,  and  other  towns,  both  north  and  south. 

9.  Fayetteville,  at  the  head  of  navigation  on  Cape  Fear  River, 
contains  a  United  States  armory.  Newbern  is  at  tho  junction  of  the 
Neuse  and  Trent  Rivers.  Beaufort  [hu'furt),  near  Cape  Lookout,  has 
the  best  harbor  in  the  State.  Charlotte,  Greensboro',  Elizabeth, 
Salisbury  (sawlz'ber-re),  and  Asheville,  are  thriving  places.  At 
Chapel  Hill  is  the  University  of  North  Carolina. 


Ifiap  JVo  5,  United  Statrs. — What  bounds  North  Carolina  on  the 
north?  Va.— East?  A.-On.— South?  S.-Ca.,  Ga.—Wost?  Te.-^ 
What  mountains  in  the  west  part  of  North  Carolina?  Ay.,  B.-Re. — 
What  three  Capes  on  the  coast?     Hs.,  Lt.,  Fr. 


country?  2.  Central  part ?  Upper  countrv?  8.  Tho  coast?  Of  Cape 
Hatteras,  &o.?  4.  What  is  said  of  trade?  Exports?  6.  Minerals? 
Railroads?  6.  First  English  colony?  American  independence! 
7.  Wha/  of  Raleigh  ?    8.  Wilmington  ?    9.  Fayetteville,  &o.  ? 


M 


'w^^. 


144 


DE8CBIPTIVE  GEOOBAPHY. 


Nortfclrolai/'lt  Vo  VT  *'"'— ^hat  two  sound,  in 
into  Albemarrsound^  Re~?r  '?„7„T  "if^  •"S'"""  ■'"<'■■'  «»« 
-In  what  direction  doCaoeFS.;^!  .1°  ^""^h"  ®°'"""  ^r.,  Ne. 
-In  wi.at  oount,  «  tL'rifS/t^tvS'c^S?  "i>r ''°"  ' 


107 


Battle  of  Eutaw  Spriugs. 


SOUTH  CAROLINA. 

people.  products  and  the  enterprise  of  the 

prfduc"'„f  "th?1;r  ""  '}"  «'*"'  ^'••'P'^''-    Ri««  -•s  the  chief 
sweetTtatrreaiso  p;;icT'  *"'"""■  "■■""*•   °'"»-  -" 


South 
of  it  ? 


Carolim 
-.  Of  cotton 


^. — 1.  Where  ih  .Soiith  rnml 
"  anil  riAoV      1    1-  '  aroI.MH  J      niiar  is  sf 

ana  rice  ?     Indian  cum,  &o.  ?     8.  Cnmmero 


ina?     Whaf  is  8ai(i 
? 


SOUTH  CAROLINA. 


145 


4.  The  Blue  Ridge  range  is  on  the  northwest  boundary, 
where  the  mountains  rise  to  the  height  of  4000  feet.  The 
surface  falls  gradually  from  this  elevation  to  the  low  landg 
near  the  sea. 

5.  There  are  numerous  railroads.  The  most  important  are 
those  connecting  Charleston  and  Augusta;  Charleston,  Cam- 
den, Columbia,  and  Charlotte;  and  Charleston  and  Wil- 
mington. 

6.  Many  of  the  residents,  especially  of  the  lower  and  middle 
refinemenr*  wealthy  planters,  distinguished  for  intelligence  and 

7.  Some  of  the  most  important  incidents  of  the  war  of  independence 
occurred  m  South  Carolina.  Columbia,  the  capital,  wai  for  a  time 
in  possession  of  the  enemy,  and  the  battles  of  Camden,  the  Cowpens, 
King  s  Mountain,  and  Eutaw  Springs,  we^e  fought  in  this  State. 

8^  Charleston,  the  principal  city,  is  built  on  a  peninsula  at  the 
confluence  of  Ashley  and  Cooper  Rivers.  It  is  the  largest  com- 
mercial emporium  in  the  Atlantic  States  south  of  the  Potomac. 
The  citizens  are  noted  for  their  courteous  manners  and  eleeant  hos- 
pitality. "^ 

9.  Columbia,  the  capital,  is  handsomely  built  and  regularly  laid 
out,  with  wide  streets,  finely  shaded  w.th  trees.  It  contains  an  ele- 
gant State-House  and  the  College  of  South  Carolina.  Camden,  near 
the  left  bank  of  the  Wateree  River,  is  noted  for  the  battles  fought  in 
its  vicinity.  Georgetown,  near  the  coast,  and  Greenville  and  Spar- 
tanburg, m  the  upper  country,  are  flourishing  towns. 


Map  No.  11,  Southern  States.— Vfh&i  bounds  South  Carolina  on  the 
north?  N.-Ca.— East?  N.-Ca.,  A.-On.— South?  A.-On.,  Ga.~West? 
Ga.— What  river  separates  it  from  Georgia?  Sli.— What  rivers  flow 
into  Winyaw  Bay  ?  G.-Pe.,  Ww.— What  river  south  of  Winyaw  Bay  ? 
Se.— What  rivers  form  the  Santee  ?  We.,  Ce.— The  Congaree?  Sa. 
IM.— What  rivers  flow  into  St.  Helena  Sound?  Eo.,  Ce.~In  what 
year  was  the  battle  of  Fort  Moultrie  fought ?  Charleston?  Monk's 
Corner?  Gates  defeated ?  Cowpens?  Hobkirk's  Hill  and  Eutaw 
Spnngs?  In  what  district*  is  Charleston ?  Cn.— Columbia?  Rd 
—Camden?  Kw.— Sumterville ?  Sr.— Near  the  junction  of  what 
rivers  is  Columbia  ? 


What  further  of  commerce?     4.  Blue  Ridge  range?     5.  What  ia 
Haul  of  railroads?     The  most  important?     6.  The  residents?     7. 
What  is  said  of  the  war  of  independence?     Of  the  capital,  &c  ?    8 
What  of  Charleston ?     9.  Columbia?     Camden?     Georgetown,  &c.? 


*  In  nonily  all  tho  States  these  divisions  are  called  Counties;  but  in 
Pouth  Carolina,  Distriots.  '  " 


146 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


108 


Ciotton-Picking, 
*      GEORGIA. 

1.  Georgia  lies  west  of  South  Carolina  and  the  Atlantic 
Ocean,  and  was  the  last  settled  of  the  thirteen  original 
colonies.  It  is  one  of  the  most  enterprising  and  prosperous 
ot  the  Southern  States.  Agriculture  and  manufactures  are 
the  leading  p^irsuits  of  the  people. 

2.  The  great  staple  is  cotton :  rice,  lumher,  pitch,  tar  and 
turpentine  are  also  largely  produced,  and,  with  cotton,  form 
the  principal  exports.  Some  tobacco  is  raised,  and,  in  the 
southern  counties,  a  considerable  quantity  of  sugar. 

8  The  numerous  islands  upon  the  coast  of  Georgia, 
South  Carolina,  and  Florida  produce  the  famous  sea-island 
cotton,  which  grows  nowhere  else.  It  is  raised  only  in  mode- 
rate quantities,  and  is  much  more  valuable  than  that  raised 
elsewhere.    It  is  held  at  a  high  price  for  its  great  length  ol' 

4.  Iron  and  copper  are  abundant.  Gold  is  found  in  the 
northern  part  of  the  State. 

5.  The  railroads  in  Georgia  are  numerous  and  extensive  • 
some  of  them  are  gigantic  works;  they  intersect  all  parts  of 
the  State.  ^ 


cotton?     4.   M.neral«?     6.   What  of  railroads ?     6.   What  is  said  ui' 


FLORIDA. 


147 


6.  Savannah,  on  the  river  of  the  same  name,  17  miles  from  the 
eea,  is  the  chief  commercial  port  of  Georgia.  It  is  one  of  the  most 
flourishing  cities  in  the  Southern  States. 

7.  Milledgeville,  the  capital,  is  on  the  Oco'nee  River.   It  is  a  placey 
of  considerable  trade,  and  contains  the  State-House.     Ath'ons  is  the 
seat  of  Franklin  College,  the  oldest  in  the  Southern  States,  south 
of  Virginia. 

8.  Augusta,  next  to  Savannah,  is  the  largest  city  in  Georgia.  It 
is  connected  with  Charleston,  Savannah,  and  the  State  of  Tennessee, 
by  railroad,  and  with  Savannah  by  water.  It  is  well  built,  and  con- 
tains some  handsome  public  edifices. 

9.  Columbus,  on  the  Chattahoochee  River,  is  noted  for  its  ootton- 
factories  and  paper-mills.  Macon,  on  the  Ocmulgee  {ok-mul'ghe),  and 
Atlanta,  at  the  junction  of  four  railroads,  are  flourishing  towns. 


Map  No.  11,  Southern  States.— Vfh&t  bound  Georgia  on  the  north? 
S.-Ca.,  N.-Ca.,Te.-— East?  S.-Ca.,  A.-On.— South?  Fa.— West?  Aa. 
— What  river  separates  Georgia  from  South  Carolina  ?  8h. — What 
river  separates  it  in  part  from  Alabama?  Ce. — What  river  in  part 
from  Florida?  S.-Ms. — What  five  rivers  flow  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean? 
Sh.,  Oe.,  Aa.,  Sa.,  S.-Ms. — What  rivers  form  the  Altamaha?  Oe.,  Oe. 
— What  rivers  form  the  Appalachicola?  Ce.,  Ft. — In  what  county  is 
Milledgeville?  Bn. — Savannah?  Cm. — Augusta?  Rd. — Columbus? 
Me. — Macon  ?  Bb. — To  what  towns,  and  how  far  from  the  sea,  do 
steamboats  ascend  the  Savannah  River?  The  Oconee?  The  Oc- 
mulgee? The  Chattahoochee?  Which  is  the  largest  island  ?  Cd. — 
What  extensive  swamp  in  Ware  and  Clinch  counties  ?  Oe. — Where 
is  Fort  Pulaski  ? 

109  


FLORIDA. 

1.  Florida  lies  south  of  Georgia  and  Alabama,  and  is 
the  most  southern  of  the  United  States.  It  consists  chiefly 
of  a  large  peninsula,  400  miles  in  length. 

2.  It  has  a  greater  extent  of  sea-coast  than  any  other  State. 
The  shores  are  indented  with  numerous  bays  and  inlets,  but 
there  are  few  good  harbors.  The  Florida  Keys  are  a  range 
of  small  islands,  south  of  the  peninsula^  inhabited  principally 
by  fishermen  and  wreckers.* 


Savannah  ?     7.  Milledgeville  ?    Athens  ?    8.  Augusta  ?    9.  Colum- 
bus?    Macon,  &c.  ? 

Florida.    Q.—\.  Where  is  Florida?     2.  What  is  said  of  the  sea- 


*  Wreckers  nre  persons  who  seek  the  wrecks  of  ships  and  endeavor  to 
eeoure  the  property  and  preserve  the  lives  of  the  crews;  for  which  they 
are  entitled  to  a  oompensation,  called  salvage. 


148 


DESCRIPMVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


^}tJ)^  f"^^^  ''^  ^^^"^^  '^  ^^"»>  l^ut  i»nd  and  pleasant 

«i  ^-^j"*  surface  of  the  country  is  level,  and  but  sliffhtl, 
eleyated  above  the  sea.     The  soil  along  th;  streamris  S/ 

granfte^  "'*'  "'■"  """8"^'  fiS*'  P*^''^^.  and  pome-' 

ceatur,  .he  e^tab/USrof'  Z  earUes?T„gtf  X^'IM^O* 
Florida  was  c'eded  by  Spain  to  the  Uuited  Stftes  "'  ^^' 

is  LVeK^rrhe'Cor  I,?;,?'^r'!'"'.rf  »' a^rfestoa, 
noted  resort  of  iu^UdsUn  search  ol  feS"  "  '"'«"""'  ""'  "  '»  ' 

8.  Pensacola  has  one  of  the  best  harbors  on  the  Gnlf  •  i*  ,•-  • 
portant  as  a  naval  station  for  shins  of  «/„>.      i?     w  '  "'  ^*  ™" 

Bon's  Island,  is  the  nio^  southern'  tolrin  th^C^d  C  ^'°^?- 
the  seat  of  an  admiralty  court      Ti^I  «i     ^^e  l^ nit -^d  States :  it  is 

«non6  the  houses  ^.'JZ  Z^Ll  HUTZT-"""'  '^'"'^'^' 


the  eastooast?     Cl.-Capes  on  the t  st      S.l-'Vsc  "n:""  °" 
the  west?     P..,  Co.,  S.-As..  Ae.,  Ta.,  Cm.-The  pri^o'iprrS^r^:" 

A  Jifr  V;.f!';'haT  ^r5;T4t  rTrr  z^^  '- 


coast?     Shores?     Keys?     3.  The   climate  ?     Population    /fee?     4 
Surjtco?    Soil?     Fruits?    5.  Settlement?    WhatCurred  in  18-0^ 
6.   WhatissaidofSt.  Aum.HfinoV     7    Tallahass,.,' T  A ™      ,  •     ,   ! 
8t.  Marks,  &c.  ?     8.  Pensacola?     K,yX«U  ^^''^*'^''"^"- 


ALABAMA. 


-   110 


14d 


II 


II 


in  extensive 


steamboat  loading  with  Cotton. 


ALABAMA. 


1.  Alabama  lies  principally  between  Georgia  and  Missis- 
Bippi.  It  possesses  but  a  small  extent  of  coast,  yet  has  con- 
siderable foreign  trade. 

2.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Mobile,  Alabama,  Tombigby, 
and  Tennessee :  they  are  all  navigable  for  steamboats,  and 
afford  ample  means  for  transporting  the  immense  agricultural 
products  of  the  State  to  the  seaports. 

3.  Cotton  is  the  great  staple  of  Alabama:  in  the  year  1860 
it  produced  998,000  bales,  a  greater  quantity  than  was  pro- 
duced by  any  other  State,  except  Mississippi.  Corn  is  the 
principal  grain;  wheat,  tobacco,  and  rice  are  also  cultivated. 

4.  Iron  and  bituminous  coal  are  the  principal  mineral  pro- 
ductions. They  are  found  in  great  abundance  in  the  central 
part  of  the  State. 

5.  The  territory  composing  this  State  was  originally  attached  to 
Georgia.  In  1802  it  was  constituted  a  part  of  Mississippi  Territory. 
In  1817  it  became  the  Territory  of  Alabama;  and  in  1820  it  was 
admitted  into  the  Union  as  a  State. 


Alabama.    Q. — 1.  Where  is  Alabama?   Extent  of  coast?   2.  Rivers? 
S.Cotton?   Corn,  Ac?   4.  What  are  the  principal  minerals?    6.  The 


ISO 


DESCEIPTIVE  OEOOBAPHT. 


6.  Mobile  (mo-beif),  at  the  head  of  Mobile  Bav  »..  ,1,    <    , 
tied  town  m  Alabama.     It  i,  the  largest  oitv  to^t'hll.^^      "i  'f 

x:.:u^t?°r  u-rdiiar  '• »-  "'>"ht'  xs 
EiJ.''i!f;gr,'^i„tieTKttir\rprd  ?r.\°^^^ 

o/J'ZZ  sS^raTt^or VlJiSZtr'^a^^^^^  ?J  •-;  r 
IS  the  largest  town  in  North  a1oKo«:„     •*  •  ,       ®"     Huntsvi He 

Alabama,  and  Gainesville,  on^th^Tombigby!  are  Srivfn^  toVns.     ' 

TX:ellt  ft a'lVtt  S^^^^^^^  ^Jj^-*^  on  the  north  ? 

estate  westf  Mi.-.Wtail!y:lZ' S?' M^  T*'  W/t '  •^«- 
separates  Alabama  from  Florida  ?  Po  wfol  !^«"i^o—What  river 
Bay  ?  Me— What  two  rivers  fnrnTM^lT^.  """f  ^^^^  ^°*o  Mobile 
rivers  form  the  Alabama?  clTawl^''^-'^  Ty.,  Aa.-What 
part  of  the  State  ?  Te,-~How Tonl^^Th^  a  T''"''  T^*^"  "^^^^^^^^ 
many  miles  are  the  followin7r  vpI  L  •   Alabama?    Coosa ?-How 

Tennessee?     Tombigby7"iarkTarTo;r  Alat^^^^  ^^^"^ 


-  Ill 


MISSISSIPPI. 
1.  Mississippi  lies  west  of  Alabama  and  is,  p    ..  *       • 

3.  Cotton  is  the  chief  etaple  of  Mississippi.    In  the  year 

7''of"!;LLtg'„"„el^"r^,irir^^   V^"'  "'  >'<'""" 
Selma?  ^       luscaloosa?    8.  Florence,  &o.  ?    HuntsviUe? 

^»f^^srrb„„^„7e'drre:ertr'*''.  ^"r-^,'  ^•«»'' 


MISSISSIPPI. 


151 


View  on  the  Mississippi  River. 


1860,  1,196,000  bales  were  produced  in  this  State.  Corn, 
wheat,  and  rice  are  cultivated^..  Small  quantities  of  sugar  and 
tobacco  are  produced.  The  sweet  potato,  the  peach,  fig,  grape, 
and  other  fruits,*  grow  in  perfection. 

4.  This  State  was  first  settled  by  the  French,  and  was  ceded 
by  them  to  Great  Britain  in  1763.  For  many  years  it  was 
attached  to  Georgia ;  subsequently  it  formed,  with  Alabama, 
the  Territory  of  Mississippi.     In  1817  it  became  a  State. 

6.  Natchez,  the  largest  town  in  the  State,  is  on  the  left  bank  of 
the  Mississippi,  nearly  800  miles  above  New  Orleans,  and  is  biiilt 
principally  on  a  bluff  150  feet  above  t>'  surface  of  the  river.  The 
lower  town  is  a  noted  landing  for  steauivrs. 

6.  The  upper  town  is  regularly  laid  out,  and  has  wide  Btreets, 
ornamented  with  fine  shade-trees.  It  is  especially  noted  for  the 
Dumber  and  elegance  of  its  private  residences.  The  trade  of  this 
city  is  extensive. 

7.  Vicksburg  is  on  the  left  bank  of  the  Mississippi  River,  620 
miles  above  its  mouth.  Jackson,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  Pearl 
River,  near  the  centre  of  the  State.  It  is  connected  with  Vicksburg 
by  railroad. 

8.  Other  towns  of  importance  are  Holly  Springs,  near  the  northern 


ISbO  ?  Corn,  &c.  ?  Sweet  potatoes,  &c.  ?  4.  By  whom  settled  ?  To 
what  attached?  When  did  it  become  a  State?  5.  What  is  said  of 
Natchez?  6,  Upper  town?  Lower  town?  7.  Vicksburg?  Jackson? 
8.  Holly  Springs,  &c.  ?     9.  Pass  Christian,  &p.  ? 


152 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


the  west?     A<     To      w»,„*     •        ""  ^"e  south  ?    La.,  G.-Mo On 

«.e  sea  do  .laamboa..  a.oeud  the  Tombigby?    ZZ^' m'XtTt 


112 


Battle  of  New  Orlouiis. 


LOUISIANA. 
1.   Louisiana   lies  on   thp  dnlf  nf  itr^  •  i 

180*  ''  ^'*'''  •^»^«">«'ent,  ;ith  other  territory   S 

,,„„„  ^„;;  ivauir,  ana  u  iurge  portion 

/.,.««»„«.     C._,.  Wbere  i.Zi^i^Zir^.  Of  tl„  .urfao..  ,WJ 


LOUISIANA. 


153 


of  these  borders  is  protected  by  levees,  or  embaakments  of 
earth.  The  banks  oi'  the  Mississippi  above  and  below  New 
Orleans  constitute  what  is  known  as  "  the  coast/'  a  tract  noted 
I  for  Its  beauty  and  extreme  fertility. 

3.  The  great  staples  of  Louisiana  are  sugar  and  cotton 

Rice,  corn,  and  tobacco  are  cultivated.     In  1860,  sugar  waa 

produced  to  the  amount  of  298  million  pounds.    Figs,  oranges, 

I  and  other  fruits  flourish  here. 

4.  Very  liberal  appropriations  are  made  by  this  State  for  the 
Bjpport  of  public  schools,  which  are  generally  established 

I  in  the  largei  towns. 

5.  During  the  War  of  1812,  a  powerful  British  force  invaded  this 
State,  out  was  totally  defeated  by  the  American  army,  under  General 
Jackson,  January  8,  1816. 

6.  New  Orleans,  on  the  Mississippi  River,  100  milas  from  its 
mouth,  is  the  great  emporium  of  the  Western  and  Southwestern 

I  States.     In  commerce  it  is  geoond  only  to  New  York.     The  levees 
are  constantly  crowded   with   ships,   steamboats,  and   the  various 
i  river-craft  of  the  West. 

7.  Vast  quantities  of  cotton,  sugar,  flour,  tobacco,  pork,  hemp, 
and  lead,  the  products  of  the  great  Mississippi  Valley,  are  exported 
from  New  Orleans ;  and,  during  the  business  season,  great  activity 

I  prevails  along  the  levee. 

8.  Baton  Rouge  (bat'un  roozh),  the  capital,  is  on  the  left  bank  of 
the  Mississippi,  140  miles  above  New  Orleans.  It  contains  a  fine 
State-House,  the  State  Penitentiary,  and  other  buildings.  Just  above 
the  town  there  is  a  barracks  for  United  States  troops. 

8.  The  other  chief  towns  are  Donaldsouville,  Plaquemine  {plak- 
meen'),  and  Bayou  Sara  (bi'oo  say' rah),  on  the  Mississippi,  and 
Alexandria,  Natchitoches,  and  Shreveport,  on  Red  River. 


Map  No.  11,  Southern 
Ah..  Mi.— On  the  eabt? 
—What  rivers  separate 
river  from  Texas?  Se.- 
Tn.,  Be.— -What  two  in 
the  Mississippi  ?  Ans. 
15ayou  Macon?  Some 
Wliou  was  the  battle  of 


States. — What  bound  Louisiana  on  the  north? 
Mi.,  G.-Mo.— South?    G.-Mo.— West?    Ts. 

Louisiana  from  Mississippi?  Mi.,  PI. — Wh.*t 
-What  lakes  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  Siate  ? 

the  southern  part?  Cu.,  Mu. — How  long  is 
4100  miles.    Red  River?    Washita?    Sabine? 

rivers  are  termed  Bayous  in  Louisiana. — 

New  Orleans  fought  ? 


Of  the  coast?  3.  The  great  staples?  Sugar  in  1860?  4.  What  is 
said  of  schools?  5.  What  of  thf.  W.ar  of  1R12?  A.  Of  N^sw  Or- 
leans? What  is  said  of  commerce ?  7.  Of  exports?  Of  the  busi- 
ness i^^ason?     8.  Of  Baton  Rouge?     9.  Donaldsonville  and  other 

towns  ? 


154 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


113 


View  on  the  Prairies  of  Texas—Catclung  Wild  HorsesT 


TEXAS. 

nnl*  ^r""^  ^'^'  T '^  the  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  west  of  Louisiana 
and  Arkansas.  It  is  the  largest  State  in  the  Union,  its  area 
being  more  than  five  times  that  of  Pennsylvania. 

2  It  was  once  a  part  of  Mexico,  but  declared  itself  inde- 
pendent  m  1836.  During  the  same  year  its  independence 
was  secured  by  the  defeat  of  Santa  An/a,  the  Mexican  Pe7 

^t^^tdtttf  '^"  ''-'''''     ^^  ''''  ''  -  ~^ 

ohtJ^f  cliinate  is  mild  and  healthy.     The  surface  consists 
chiefly  of  vast  prairies,  interspersed  with  tracts  of  rich  timber- 
lands.     Large  crops  of  sugar,  cotton,  tobacco,  and  corn  are 
produced.     The  mineral  wealth  is  not  yet  developed.     Coal 
marble,  and  lead  have  been  found.  ^  ' 

4  Texas  is  one  of  the  finest  grazing  countries  in  the  world. 
tattle  increase  rapidly,  and  great  numbers  are  driven  into  the 
adjacent  States  ibr  sale. 


^  c.cuo. 


V'  ~^'  vvxi^ie  is  Texas'/  "What  nf  itHsiTA?  9 
.un-ed  in  1886  !  What  further  the  sZ  yeJr  f  Inllm 
is  said  of  the  climate !    Of  the  surface  J    Products  ?    Minerals !  t 


What  00- 
3.  What 


.  TEXAS. 


155 


5.  The  inhabitants  of  Texas  are  for  the  most  part  natives  of 
the  other  Southern  States;  its  fertile  soil  and  salubrious  climate 
have  attracted  many  emigrants  from  all  parts  of  the  United  States, 
as  well  as  from  Europe.  The  Apache  [ah-pah'chay)  and  Comanche 
{ko-man'chay)  Indians  roam  in  the  west,  on  the  borders  of  Mexico 
and  New  Mexico. 

6.  Austin,  the  capital,  is  on  the  Colorado  River,  about  200  miles 
from  the  sea ;  it  is  noted  for  its  salubrious  climate.  Galveston,  on 
Galveston  Island,  and  Brownsville,  on  the  Bio  Grande,  are  the  chief 
commercial  towns;  the  former  has  an  extensive  trade  with  New 
Orleans  and  Northern  ports. 

7.  Independence  is  the  seat  of  Baylor  University,  Huntsville  of 
Austin  College,  and  Rutersville  of  a  Methodist  college.  New  Braun- 
fels  (brdwn'/ela)  is  a  prosperous  German  settlement.  San  Antonio 
is  the  oldest  town  in  the  State;  in  it  is  the  Al'amo  fortress,  so 
famous  in  the  history  of  Texan  independence,  where  150  Texans 
defended  themselves  for  eleven  days  against  4000  Mexicans. 

8.  Houston  (hii'stun)  and  Harrisburg  are  on  Buffalo  Bayou ;  the 
former  is  an  important  commercial  depot.  The  other  noted  towns 
are  Nacogdoches  and  San  Augustine,  in  the  northern,  and  Brazoria, 
Matagorda,  Port  Lavaca,  and  Indianola,  in  the  southern  part  of  the 
State.    The  latter  is  finely  situated. 


Map  No.  12,  rcxflta.— What  bound  Texas  on  the  north  ?  I.-Ty.,  N.- 
Mc— On  the  east  ?  I.-Ty.,  As.,  La.,  G.-Mo.— South  ?  G.-Mo.,  Mo.— 
West?  N.-Mo.,  Mo. — What  river  separates  Texas  from  Louisiana T 
Se.— From  Indian  Territory  ?  Rd. — From  Mexico?  R.-Ge. — What 
rivers  flow  into  Sabine  Lake?  Se.,  Ns.— Into  Galveston  Bay?  Ty., 
S.-Jo. — Matagorda  Bay ?  Co. — Espiritu  Santo  Bay?  Ge. — Corpus 
Christi  Bay  ?  Ns.— Into  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  at  Velasco  ?  Bs.— What 
Indians  southwest  of  the  Pecos  River?  As. — East  of  the  Pecos? 
Cs.,  Ls. — Near  what  river  was  the  battle  of  San  Jacinto  fought? 
S.-Jo. — Which  are  the  three  largest  islands  ?    Gn.,  Ma.,  Pe. 


What  further  of  Texas?  5.  What  are  the  inhabitants?  What  is 
said  of  the  Apache  and  Comanche  Indians?  6.  What  of  Austin?  Of 
Galveston?  Of  Brownsville?  7.  Of  Independence?  Huntsville? 
Rutersville?  New  Braunfels?  San  Antonio?  8.  Houston,  &c.  ? 
The  other  noted  towns  ? 


166 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


114 


fm' 


WESTERN   STATES   AND  TERRITORIES. 

1.  The  Western  States  and  Territories  comprise  the  States 
of  Arkansas,  Kentucky,  Tennessee,  Ohio,  Indiana,  Illinois, 
Michigan,  Wisconsin,  Iowa,  Missouri,  California,  Minnesota, 
Oregon,  Kansas,  Nevada,  and  Nebraska;  also  Colorado,  Da- 
kota, Wyoming,  Washington,  Idaho,  Montana,  Utah,  Arizoua, 
New  Mexico,  and  Indian  Territories. 

2.  The  Western  States  and  Territories  extend  from  the 
Alleghany  Mountains  to  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  from  the  Kcd 
River,  and  Mexico,  to  British  America  and  the  great  lakes, 
comprising  a  territory  whose  area  is  nearly  three  times  that 
of  the  rest  of  the  Union. 

3.  The  most  remarkable  features  of  this  section  are  its 
lofty  mountains,  numerous  rivers,  great  lakes,  towering  forests, 
and  vast  prairies.  Weft  of  the  Mississippi,  in  New  Mexico, 
Arizona,  TJtah,  and  Nevada,  are  some  desert  regions,  nearly 
destitute  of  fresh  water. 


Western  States,  S^c.  Q. — 1.  Which  aro  the  Western  States?  Tw- 
Titories?  2.  How  far  dom  this  region  extend  ?  What  in  Paid  of  id 
■ize'/    3.  Whttt  are  it»  moMt  remarkable  features?    What  went  of  tho 


WESTERN  STATES. 


157 


4.  The  country  between  the  Rocky  and  Alleghany  Moun- 
tains ia  called  the  Mississippi  Valley.  It  is  drained  by  the 
Mississippi  and  its  tributaries,  which  afford  immense  facilities 
for  internal  commerce.  The  soil  throughout  the  valley  is  rich 
and  productive  almost  beyond  comparison. 

5.  The  inland  commerce  of  the  United  States,  carried  on 
Upon  the  rivers  of  the  Mississippi  valley,  upon  the  numerous 
railroads,  and  by  the  great  lakes  of  the  north,  exceeds  that 
of  any  other  country,  of  equal  population,  in  the  world.  The 
trade  of  the  Pacific  coast  has  within  a  few  years  acquired 
great  importance,  and  in  its  harbors  are  now  found  vessels 
from  all  quarters  of  the  globe. 

6.  Gold,  lead,  iron,  copper,  coal,  salt,  and  lime  abound  in 
the  West.  No  other  region  of  equal  extent  exhibits  B^^^h  a 
combination  of  mineral  wealth  and  fertility  of  soil,  uniteu  ^ith 
such  rare  natural  facilities  of  transportation. 

7.  Cotton  and  tobacco,  rice,  and  sugar  are  produced  in  the 
southern  section ;  and  wheat,  Indian  corn,  hemp,  oats,  and 
barley,  in  the  northern  and  central  districts.  Cattle,  hogs, 
and  horses  constitute  an  important  part  of  the  wealth  of  the 
people  of  the  Western  States. 

8.  A  portion  of  the  west  in  the  vicinity  of  th«  Roeky  Mountains 
has  been  recently  settled :  the  riches  of  the  mines,  the  oheapnesa 
of  land,  the  fertility  of  the  soil,  and  the  general  character  of  the 
climate,  are  attracting  emigratioa  from  all  other  parts  of  the  ooua- 
try,  and  from  Europe. 


115 


9.  A  laudable  zeal  is  manifested  in  the  cause  of  education. 
Large  appropriations  are  made  by  the  States  for  public-school 
instruction,  and  numerous  colleges,  academies,  and  high 
schools  have  been  established.  Nearly  all  the  children  of 
the  Weetern  States  have  opportunities  f(  r  common-school 
education. 


Missiiiflippi,  &c.  ?  4.  What  is  «nid  of  the  country  between  the  Rocky 
luid  Al'eghany  MounUinn?  What  of  tlie  riversl  o.  Whatol  inland 
ecmmcroo?  T'.s  trade  of  the  Pacific  coast?  o.  Gold,  &o.  ?  7. 
Cotton,  &•.?    Cattle,  Ac?    8.  Of  the  western  country? 

What  is  said  of  edueation  ?     10.  What  is  said  «f  th«  Indians' 

11 


C/. 


158 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOOBAPHT. 


wi»l"'  ^f'?  *"  *.*  ^°'^'*°»  ™  'he  United  .States  are  new 
^th.n  the  l.m.te  of  this  divisien  of  the  Union      SoLear! 

fr»K      IT'"*'^',*'"'  '•"«  «'•«'"«>•  portion  remain  unohrnffed 
although  the  settlement*,  arts,  and  improvemenrof  wWte' 
men  are  narrowing  their  boundaries,  the,  retain  their  oririn!l 
savage  character  and  condition.  <=■««  meir  original 

and  otten  carry  off  women  and  children  as  slaves  ' 

\    — , 

CaShfsmilMif  lf'"'Tr^''?''  '\""  ""■««"'  '''""'>  State. 
The  ^e^„Moh  extends  fartUst  ...i,  'SLt":.'  ^o^,  ll^^l 

include?      ""''^'"K*^'^-     ^^^^  ""^ny  degrees  of  longitude  do  they 

the  east  by  thi^feslisiipp^'t    ^,^1^^^^^^^^  ,^-"^^^  ' 

Bides  of  the  MississippfRirer    '  Ma:!^!!!  wf't '„  ^?  T  ^'''' 
bounded  on  the  south  by  the  Ohio  Rivpr?     n       Western  States  are 

ha.  th,  Ohio  f„.  it,  njHtr?L:,f„rr;r  Vl:wh;r*^,'tf'"" 
hou„,l„d^„n  the  west  h,  the  Pacific  Oc'nf    cL.  O^'-y^l^l'l^C 

»«•       •*yv  iHucs.     Tvnat.  states  are  bounded  wo^at    ;»  «»«»    u     ^t 
Missouri  River?    Mi.,  la.  ""unuea  west,  in  part,  by  the 


11.  The  (Veoks,  &o.  ?     The  Sionr  *«  t     io    nru-  i. 

tribe. f     What  1.  ..id  oUkZllZ  LrCoZ'nl^l  ""  '''""'""• 


ARKANSAS. 


159 


116 


ARKANSAS. 

1.  Arkansas  li^s  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Mississippi, 
north  of  Louisiana  and  south  of  Missouri.  It  is  an  im- 
portant agriculturpl  State. 

2.  Arkansas  was  a  part  of  the  Louisiana  purchase.  It  was 
made  a  separate  Territory  in  1819,  and  was  admitted  into  the 
Union  in  1836. 

3.  The  eastern  portion  is  low  and  marshy,  but  the  interior 
is  elevated,  healthy,  and  pleasant.  Cotton,  corn,  and  tobacco 
are  the  principal  products.  Iron  ore  and  coal  abound,  and 
some  salt  is  made. 

4.  It  has  good  advantages  for  internal  commerce.  The  Ar- 
kansas, Red,  White,  St.  Francis,  and  Washita  (wosh'e-taw)  Rivers 
have  a  part  of  their  course  in  this  State,  and  are  all  navigable 
streams. 

6.  The  Hot  Springs,  about  eighty  in  number,  are  lituated  about 
fifty  miles  southwest  of  Little  Rock,  and  are  much  Msortcd  to  bf 
invalids. 

6.  Little  Rook,  the  cnpital,  is  on  the  Arkansas  River,  about 
300  miles  from  its  mouth.  Van  Bureu,  on  the  Arkansas 
River,  near  the  western  boundary  of  the  State;  Fort  Smith, 
on  the  same  river,  at  the  mouth  of  Poteau  (po-to')  River; 
IJatesville,  on  White  River;  and  Helena  and  Napoleon,  on 
the  Mississippi,  are  among  the  other  principal  towns. 


Map  Nn.  11,  Southern  States  and  part  of  Wettern  Statei.^—^hai 
bounds  Arkansas  on  the  north  ?  Mi. — East  ?  Mi.,  Te.,  Mi,  —South  ? 
La, — West  ?  I.-Ty.,  Ts. — What  river  separates : t  from  Tennessee  and 
Mississippi  ?  Mi. — What  rivers  in  Arkansas  flow  into  the  Missig- 
Bippi?  As,,  Wo.,  S.-Fs. — What  two  flow  into  Louisiana?  Rd.,  Wa. 
—What  rivers  flow  into  the  White  River?  B.-Bk.,  Ce,,  L,-Rd, — 
What  rivpis  flow  into  the  Arkansas?  L.-Fe.,  P,-Jn.,  Mo. — Into  the 
Wasbitu?     L.  Mi,,  B.-Sr.— Red  River?     Se. 


ArlfansaH.  <?.—!.  Where  is  Arkansas?  2,  What  was  Arkansas? 
Wiii'ii  was  ii  iiiaflw  ft  TeiilTuijfl  TT  uen  was  ii.  suiniiicu  miv  ;«• 
Union?  H.  What  is  m'ul  of  the  eastern  part?  The  interior?  Pro- 
ducts? Iron  ore,  &c.  ?  Salt?  4.  What  is  said  of  the  Arkansas 
*rid  other  rivers?  5.  What  of  the  Hot  Springs?  6.  What  is  said 
of  Little  Rook?    VanBurei?    Batesville?    Other  towns? 


160 


ill 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


117 


i:»iiy  Se.  Jera  attacked  by  Indians 


KENTUCKY. 

hilly.  i.Zw.-.'°  the  eastern  section  is  mountainons  and 

prafrie      ImV ^uTkeT'r"'  "'T''"^  ""» 
Q    ^k  ,  Kentucky  is  very  fertile. 

l»rK0lj.  expo,-,«S  to  other'  SuZ'    Palt  Z„r„rrt'  ""'' 
uumerous  and  considerable  ,,«antiti;:o.riX  mad:'^  "" 


fCmfucki/.     Q. — 1.  wh 


«»-?   it    Kentuok' 


was  it  settled  '     What  i»  .nid  of  it  '     •> 
What  of  products  ?    Of  oAttle 


Wli 


en   and    by   whom 


&o.  ?    Salt 


Of  the  surface  ?     8oil  ?     8 


springs?     4.  The  Mam- 


TENNESSEE. 


161 


5.  Until  the  year  1795,  the  people  suffered  from  Indian  hostilities; 
many  fell  in  battle,  others  in  their  fields  and  houses,  by  the  hands 
of  the  savage  Ibe.  Since  that  period,  Kentucky  has  advanced  rapidly 
in  population,  wealth,  and  importance. 

"  6.  Frankfort,  the  capital,  stands  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Ken- 
tucky River,  60  miles  from  its  mouth.  Lexington,  the  oldest  town 
in  the  State,  is  26  miles  southeast  of  Frankfort,  in  the  midst  of  a 
well-cultivated  district.     It  is  the  seat  of  Transylvania  University. 

7.  Louisville  {loo'is-vil),  the  principal  city  of  Kentucky,  and  one 
of  the  most  important  places  of  the  West,  is  on  the  left  bank  of  the 
Ohio,  350  miles  from  its  mouth.  It  has  an  extensive  trade,  exporting 
annually  large  quantities  of  tobacco,  hemp,  and  live  stock. 

8.  Just  below  Louisville,  the  channel  in  the  Ohio  is  obstructed  by 
falls  or  rapids,  around  which  is  constructed  a  canal  two  and  a  half 
miles  in  length.  Through  this  canal,  boats  in  most  stages  of  water 
are  obliged  to  pass  in  ascending  or  descending  the  river. 

9.  Maysville,  Covington,  and  Newport,  upon  the  Ohio,  are  import- 
ant and  growing  places.  Paducah,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Tennessee, 
is  a  town  of  considerable  importance.  Bardstown  is  the  seat  of 
St.  Joseph  College,  Danville  of  Centre  College,  and  Georgetown  of 
Georgetown  College. 

Map  JVo.  18,  Western  States. — What  States  bound  Kentucky  on  the 
north?  Is.,  la.,  Oo.— East?  W.-Va.,  Va.— South?  Te.— West? 
Mi.,  Is.,  la.—  What  river  on  the  north?  Oo. — On  the  west?  ML, 
Oo. — What  river  and  mountains  are  its  eastern  boundary  ?  B.-Sy. 
Cd.— Which  are  the  principal  rivers?  Te.,  Cd.,  Gn.,  St.,  Ky.,  Lg. 
— On  what  river  is  Frankfort?  Ky. — Louisville?  Oo. — Maysville? 
Oo. — Covington?     Oo. 


118 


TENNESSEE. 

1.  Tennessee  lies  south  of  Kentucky,  and  was  originally 
a  part  of  North  Carolina.  In  1790  it  was  ceded  to  the  Gene- 
ral Government,  and  in  the  same  year  was  organized  into  the 
"Territory  Southwest  of  the  Ohio."  In  1796  it  became  a 
State. 

2.  Tennessee  is  divided  into  East,  Middle,  and  WeMt  Ten- 


moth  Cave?      6.  What  of  the  people?     What  since  that  period? 

6.    What  of    Frankfort.  ?      Of    J.orinsrtr-.n  ?      7     What     .-.f    T.r-.-tJc-^jl'ii  9 

Of  its  trade  ?    8.  Of  the  channel  in  The  Ohio  ?    The  canalT  9."  What 
is  said  of  Maysville,  &o.  ?     Paducah  ?     Bardstown,  &c.  ? 

Tennessee.    Q.—l.  Where  is  Tennessee?    What  is  said  of  it?    What 
occurred  in  1796?     2.   IIow  is  Tennessee  diuded  ?     Wh»U,  is  nnUi  of 


162 


I  t 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOQRAPHY. 


Ten„o««  Iron  Work..-vl.w  of  tho  CumborLnd  Momtain,.         ' 

nessoe.      East  Tennessee   lies  between  the  AUetrlianv  anrf 

Ort't"^ «""""?'"'!  "'•»<''«  Tennessee  befS  thf 
Cuuiberland  Mountains  and  the  Tennessee  RiUrlndwtt 
Tennessee,  between  the  Tennessee  and  Mississippi  R,"er: 

ft„.;i.  /"''  "/  ^"f  ^"^  ^'^^^^  Tennessee  is  exceedin<.lv 
fen  le  and  produces  large  crops  of  corn,  tobacco,  aXotto7 

wetaJ^raToVLLr"'"""" ""'"''''  -^  p--*""y 

4.  Iron  and  coal  are  the  chief  minerftls      Thov^  „ 
manufactories,  principally  of  iron      Th«  ^"      .■       *''®  numerous 
.an,  caverns  a^.o.aL/  ^l  Sas^a'.rSr  ^"4;"^ 

Rlt!'5?ol'n»/f;„,nsll°''  }^  '■'/?  T,''."'  "■"  Cumberland 

i^ew  uneans,  and  has  a  large  and  rapidly  increasing  trade. 

East  Tennessee  ?     Middle  Tcnnesse.       We«t  T«nnn-o«.  9     o      -, 
^u  r     ur  iia«i  Tennessee  ?     4.  What  are  the  chiVf  minerais  ? ""  wt  "if 
te   ja,d   of   manutacfories?     The   mountain-region?'     6    WhaTlI 
R^ankLfST"^^    ''  ^^-P^^^'     7-  ^-vA  Clavkavil7e!l;i 


OHIO. 


163 


7.  Knoxville,  on  the  Holston  River,  is  the  principal  town  of  East 
Tennessee.  Clarksville,  on  the  Cumberland,  and  Bolivar,  upon  the 
Hatohee,  are  thriving  places.  Franklin,  Columbia,  Murfreesboro', 
and  Winchester,  in  Middle  Tennessee,  are  flourishing  towns. 

Map  No.  11,  Southern  and  part  of  Western  States. — What  States 
bound  Tennessee  on  the  north  ?  Ky.,  Va. — On  the  east?  N.-Ca. — 
South?  Ga.,  Aa.,  Mi.,  N.-Ca.-^West?  As.,  Mi. — What  river  sepa- 
rates this  State  from  Arkansas  and  Missouri?  Mi. — Which,  are 
tlie  two  principal  rivers  ?  Te.,  Cd. — Name  the  head  branches  oif  the 
Tennessee.  Ps.,  Cb.,  Hn.,  F.-Bd. — What  mountains  separate  Ten- 
nessee from  North  Carolina  ?  Ay.— What  mountains  between  the 
Tennessee  and  Cumberland  Rivers  ?    Cd. — How  high  are  they  ? 


119 


OHIO. 

1.  Ohio  lies  west  of  Pennsylvania  and  West  Virginia,  and 
north  of  West  Virginia  and  Kentucky.  It  ranks  in  popula- 
tion as  the  third  State  in  the  Union. 

2.  This  State  was  settled  in  1788.  In  1799  the  first  terri- 
torial legislature  met  at  Cincinnati,  and  organized  the  govern- 

tti^n^  I^Ktrk  n/4/~vT\f  A/^    n     l:rkticif  if  iif  ion    i  n     1  Qil^^      uikri     m    frii!)    aovvii^ 

s  admitted  a^  a  State. 


year  wa^ 

Ohio. 
ifcourrod 


^.--1.  Where  ia  Ohio  ?    What  of  its  population  ?     2.  What 
in  1T88  and  171)0?   Iil  1802 1   8;  Wliat  of  the  southern  part  T 


164 


BESCfRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


which  afford  .^.^  KilIs\'nTrnurt:r  ''o'^i 
er^  ^^^^^/^"'^^^^-""g  estublishinents  than  any  other  W^l 

n&  '^**^  ^^F^^   products  are  com   and  wheat.     In   I860 

S«.^  f  ^  "'"'"  T."  *^^°  ^"^y  «^^^^  S^^te  except  Illinol 
Tobacco,  oats,  rye,  and  buckwheat  are  also  cultivated 

of  wi?e  is  mTde^Thf  ^''''  '^  '^'  ^'^'^  *  considerable  quaBtity 
oi  wme  18  made.  Cheese  is  an  important  article  of  exnort  lUn^I 
cattle,  and  horses  are  largely  exoorted  ta  thl   vJ*^  .^^' 

mouth.  It  is  one  of  the  m7>,t.«  L  t  P"""^'.  ^^  ""«'  '"•»■»  i'» 
noted  for  the  enL°rpri,e  f  U  c  .r'sTnltX'''  T'"'."'  ?■?  '' 
portanoe  of  its  maaSfaotures  and  trade  ">«  «tent  and  im- 

ror*U^t7S,reaZri:la1^;"cl;fa;?t^el^^^^^  ^^'-^ 
commercial  points      Davtnn   ni,  ♦k     m-  ^  ^      loJedo  are  important 

Mus.n«u„.f_«4rr;r«^^^^^^^^^ 

Poi&ie  S  t-ho'^^if at  Srirof,  ''""'•  .f.',-"-""'  -0 
MWe),  Springfield,  and'  X^iXC:."*?  ^rinS"""'"'"  ^f'"- 
sideraWe  note.  *  '  ''*  inland  towns  of  con- 

-What  riwr  forms  its  so^hernlSarv'    oI"'  wr7^''''''-'"- 
mto  Uke  Erb?     Me.   Sy.,  Hn..  S -So  t "e  ^rR  "elt"  Mi" 

M7.!i:coi^&*'s.T?,Ver/'z:^^""''''«'=^*'-'-w.onr 


The  northern?    Rivers?    4    Who*   ;»  „  •  i    ^  .i 

To^.0,  ...  5.  Winft    Shekel  'Jto^ *1. fVtf^  K!";SI 

Und  ?    Sandusky,  «to. !    Darion  &„  »    ?n  m    ?'  ^''f  "^  ^'"''- 
oothe,  &c. »        ■''  °^-  -    "ayion,  &o. !    10.  Maiietta,  &o. !    Chilli- 


INDIANA. 


165 


120 


Battle  of  Tippecanoe. 


INDIANA. 

1.  Indiana  lies  west  of  Ohio  and  north  of  Kentucky,  and 
is  the  smallest  of  the  Western  States.  The  surface  bordering 
the  Ohio  River  is  broken  and  hilly ;  the  remainder  of  the 
State  is  generally  level,  and  extremely  fertile. 

2.  The  principal  products  are  corn,  wheat,  and  pork.  To- 
bacco, wool,  and  maple  sugar,  also,  are  produced.  -The  mine- 
rals are  coal,  iron,  and  salt. 

3.  Except  Ohio,  Indiana  is  the  most  densely  peopled  of  the 
Western  States.  It  yielded  in  1860  more  corn,  compared 
with  its  area,  than  any  other  State  in  the  Union  except 
Illinois. 

4.  Most  of  the  important  towns  in  Indiana  are  connected  by 
railroads.  A  canal  extends  from  Toledo,  in  Ohio,  near  the  mouth 
of  the  Maunree  River,  to  Evansville,  on  the  Ohio  River,  in  thia 

State. 


Indiana.  <?.—l.  Where  is  Indiana?  What  of  its  surface ?  2.  What 
are  the  principal  products?  What  of  tobacco?  Of  minerals?  3. 
How  does  Indiana  compare  with  the  other  Western  States  in  popu- 
lation?    In  the  production  of  corn?     4.  What  is  said  of  railroads? 


166 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


5.  The  batt  e  of  Tippecanoe  was  fought  near  the  mouth  of  tU 
Tippecanoe  River,  in  1811.  The  Indians  were  totally  defeated  bv 
the  American  force  under  General  Harrison.  ^  ueieatea  by 

6.  Indianap'olis  the  capital,  is  a  I  a.ntiful  and  ti  rivine  citv 
situated  in  a  fei  Lile  district  ne-r  Whrt^  River  It  contains  «i. 
State-Hou^,  Asylums  for  the  Deaf  ...  Dumb^^r   t^S  r^^hS 

r'r'rl'ilToadl'"  '"''"  '""'"«"     ''  ''  ^^^  ^^^^^  poinro/r  t 

7.  New  Albany  on  the  Ohio  River,  at  the  foot  of  the  Falls,  is  noted 

a?f  on  ?r^nt"^''p^'"«'     ^^r «"^"«'  ^^^^i«°^'  ^^<»  LawrenceSurg 
all  on  the  Ohio  River,  are  flourishing  places      ,; -;  -    .nvillpVnn' 

ains  the  State  Penitentiary.     VincenLs  (^'^>^-..«.'),  on  thrWabash" 
(waw'bash)  River,  is  the  oldest  town  in  the  State. 

8.  Terre  Haute  (tgrVeh-hote'),  Lafayette,  and  Logansport  are 
flourishing  places  on  the  Wabash  River.  Fort  Wayne,^  on  Z 
Maumee,  an^  Richmond,  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  State  are 
LarSficiJgr      ^-^^^-  '^^y  i-  the  o4  important  pll^'e^: 

-What  river  on  the  south  ?     Oo.-On  the  west  ?     Wh.-What 'river 
Ir'se     Mv    T   ^w  ^     Me.-What  rivers  flow  into  the  Wabash 
El.,  Se.    My.,  Te.,  We.-What  river  flows  into  the  Illinois?     Ke - 
What  lake  in  the  northwest  corner  of  the  State  ?     Mn  —What  town 
is  situated  on  Lake  Michigan?     M.-Cy.  wnat  town 


121 


ILLINOIS. 

1.  Illinois  lies  west  of  Lake  Michigan,  Indiana,  and  Ken- 
tucky and  IS  noted  for  its  rapid  growth  in  population  and 
Zt  h-  ^*  .''^"^'  ^'"^'^^  *^®  Western  States  next  to  Ohio. 
t  A  Tf.T^^'  ''  Its  western  boundary,  extending  along  its 
border  500  miles.  Illinois  is  one  of  the  most  fertile  States 
in  the  Union. 

2.  In  the  northwest,  and  along  the  banks  of  the  Mississippi 


Of  a  canal?  5.  What  of  the  battle  of  Tippecanoe?  6  What  of 
SltS'-i  ?'  ^'I^^«^^  I  I  Vat  of  New  1X1 
Citv?         '  '^"' '     '""   "^^*^''  """'^^J  "^^- *■     i? Oil,  Wayne?     Michigan 

^Zinow.^.— 1.  Wher«  is  Hlinois?  How  does  it  compare  with 
ehe  other  Western  States?    What  of  the  Mississippi,  &cTTwhat 


of  the  surfa 


ILLINOIS. 


167 


The -lead-mines  near 
Coal  is  abundant  in 


and  Illinois  Rivers,  there  are  many  elevated  bluffs;  a  large 
proportion  of  the  State  is,  however,  level.  A  small  tract  in 
the  southern  part  is  hilly.  Agriculture  is  the  chief  em- 
ployment of  the  people.  The  principal  products  are  wheat, 
cora,  oats,  potatoes,  tobacco,  and  wool.  Cattle,  horses,  and 
swine  abound. 

3.  The  chief  minerals  are  lead  and  coal. 
Galena  are  among  the  richest  in  the  world. 
nearly  all  parts  of  the  State. 

4.  The  railroads  are  numerous  and  important.  The  Illinois  Canal 
connects  the  lakes  and  the  Mississippi  River. 

5.  Chicago  [she-kaw'go),  on  Lake  Michigan,  is  the  largest  city. 
It  is  the  centre  of  an  extensive  and  rapidly-increasing  trade,  and 
is  one  of  the  most  important  cities  of  the  West.  It  is  especially 
noted  for  its  immense  grain  and  lumber  trade.  The  exports  of 
grain  and  lumber  are  larger  than  those  of  any  other  port  in  the 
world. 

6.  Springfield,  the  capital,  is  a  handsome  city,  on  a  beautiful 
prairie,  near  the-  centre  of  the  State. 

7.  Peoria  is  a  flourishing  city,  beautifully  situated  upon  the  Illi- 
nois River.  Galena,  in  the  northwestern  part,  and  Quincy  and  Alton, 
on  the  Mississippi  River,  are  important  places.  Cairo  {kay'ro),  at 
the  junction  of  the  Ohio  and  Mississippi  Rivers,  is  the  southern  ter- 
mination" of  the  Illinois  Central  Railroad. 

8.  Jacksonville  contains  several  State  institutions,  and  Illinois 
College.  The  State  Normal  School  is  at  Bloomington.  Rockford, 
on  Rock  River,  in  the  northern  part  of  the  State,  and  Rock  Island, 
on  the  Misf?issippi,  near  the  mouth  of  Rock  River,  are  flourishing 

places. 

Map  No.  13,  Western  States. — What  bounds  Illinois  on  the  north  ? 
Wn.— East?  L.-Mn.,  la.,  Ky.— South?  Ky.,  Mi. —West?  Mi.,  la. 
-What  river  on  the  west ?  Mi —South  ?  Oo.— East?  Wh.— What 
rivers  flow  into  the  Mississippi?  Ik.,  Is.,  Ka. — Into  the  Illinois? 
Ke.,  D.-Ps.,  Fx.,  Vn.,  Mw.,  Sn.,  Sn.— The  Wabash?  B.-Vn.,  Es., 
L.-Wh. — What  lake  on  the  northeast  forms  part  of  the  boundary 
of  the  State?  Mn. — What  important  city  is  situated  upon  this 
lake  ?  Co. — Upon  what  river  is  Peoria  ?  Is. — Near  what  river  is 
Springfield  ?     Sn. 


of  the  surface ?     What  of  agriculture?     Products?     What  domestic 


Ck        ■»  «*• 


*iillll<4rlC> 


o.    iviin6rciiB  i 


tTTi_  _  X     ^  I*    J.1 1 J   : o 


Railroads?  The  Illinois  Canal ?  6.  What  is  said  of  Chicago ?  For 
what  i.  it  especially  noted?  6.  What  of  Springfield?  7.  Peoria? 
Galena,  &o.  ?  Cairo  ?  8.  Of  Jacksonville  ?  What  institution  at 
liloomington  i 


168 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


122 


Perry  s  Vicioxy. 

MICHIGAN. 
«ni'  ^.'^"'^.^N   {rnjsh'e-gan)  lies   north  of  Ohio,  Indiana 

nor.w'''""'-'''  f'^?  r^P"^"^  *^«  ^^^g«  peninsulas.     The' 
northern  peninsula  is  between  Lakes  Superior  and  Michigan 
the  southern  between  Lakes  Huron  Q^'r^n)  and  Michifan! 
It  has  more  lake-coast  than  any  other'stute  in  the  Union 

2.  The  northern  portion  is  thinly  settled,  and  is  noted  for 
Its  mines  of  copper,  which  are  the  richest  in  the  world     Iron 

L:t"'^  The^^^^^^^^^  ^^"^"^"^  *^^^  ^'  ^--y  and 

3.  The  southern   peninsula  is  level  and  very  fertile,  and 

onfh  'T  t  "'^'^':  r^'^^'  ^°^  'y^  -''  produced  i'n  the 
south.  In  the  central  and  northern  parts  pine  lumber  is 
obtained  in  large  quantities. 

r^JiJhC  rft  ^f ''  ^^  ""^'^^  ^^"^^g^«  ^«  siirrounded  are 
navigi^le  for  the  largest  vessels.  Perry's  victory  was  gained 
on  Lake  Erie,  near  this  State,  in  September,  1813. 

Mi.r.Mnnn       /I 1     Tin i-    i«-?   i  .  «      

What  ofMip  no^-'fiTn''  """''  '^  f '^"/g*'^-  ^^^«t  of  the  lake-coast? 
porttnV    wT  The  southern?    2.  Of  the  northern 

fhe  south  ?  4  Wh  ;  T  *f  ""^  the  southern  peninsula  ?  Products  in 
tne  south  7    4.  What  ot  the  great  lakes  ?    Where  was  Perry^s  victory 


WISCONSIN. 


169 


5.  Detroit,  the  largest  city,  is  beautifully  situated,  upon  the  river 
lof  the  same  name.  From  its  position,  it  has  great  commercial  ad- 
Irantages,  and  has  railroad  connections  with  the  principal  Eastern 
|iud  Western  cities,  and  with  Canada. 

6.  Lansing,  the  capital,  is  in  the  centre  of  a  fertile  and  improving 
district,  on  the  Grand  River.  Mackinaw,  on  an  island  near  the 
entrance  to  Lake  Michigan,  and  Saut  Ste.  Marie  (too  sent  may're),  at 
the  foot  of  the  rapids  in  Ste.  Marie  River,  near  Lake  Superior,  are 

I  noted  summer  resorts  for  travellers. 

I   ^:  ^"lu'^^'Sr  '^,1^®.  ^®**  ""^  ^^^  University  of  Michigan,  Jackson 
contains  the  State  Penitentiary,  and  Ypsilanti  (ip-se-lan'te)  the  State 
hormal   School.     Marshall,    Kalamazoo,    and  Niles   are  important 
I  (owns,  on  the  line  of  the  Central  Railroad. 

8.  Monroe  on  the  river  Raisin,  near  Lake  Erie ;  Adrian,  on  the 
same  river;  Grand  Rapids,  on  Grand  River;  Grand  Haven,  at  the 
mouth  of  Grand  River;    and  Pontiac,  northwest  of   Detroit,  are 
I  thriving  towns. 

Map  No.  14,  Michigan  and  Wifsconsin:—Wh&t  lakes  bound  Michiean 
on  the  north?  Sr.,  Hn.-On  the  west?  Mn.,  Sr.-What  three  lakes 
east?  Hn.,  S.-Cr.,  Ee.— What  States  south?  Oo.,  la.,  Wn.— Pro- 
hmceeast?     Ca— What  rivers  separate  the  State  from  Wisconsin  ? 

.,  Ml.— What  island  in  the  extreme  northwest?  Re.— What 
(trait  connects  Lakes  Huron  and  Superior?  Ans.  The  Saut  Ste 
I  Marie.  This  is  the  French  name  of  the  rapids  in  the  river  or  strait 
that  connects  Lakes  Superior  and  Huron,  around  which  a  ship- 
canal  has  lately  been  constructed.  It  is  also  the  name  of  the  town 
-What  river  flows  into  Saginaw  Bay  ?  Sw.— Name  the  three  largest 
rivers  that  flow  into  Lake  Michigan.     Mn.,  Gd.,  S.-Js. 


123 


WISCONSIN. 

1.  Wisconsin  lies  west  and  south  of  Michigan,  and  has, 
next  to  that  State,  the  greatest  extent  of  lake-coast  of  any 
State  in  the  Union.    It  is  noted  for  its  rapid  growth  in  popu- 

I  lation,  and  for  the  fertility  of  its  soil. 

2.  Tn  the  southern  and  central  parts  the  surface  is  gene- 
I  rally  level,  consisting  of  prairie  and  timber  land.     In  the 

gained?  5.  What  is  said  of  Detroit?  6.  Of  Lansing?  Of  Mackinaw 
anuSaui.  Ste.  Marie?  7.  Ann  Arbor,  &c. ?  Vpsilanti,  &c.?  8.  Mon- 
roe?    Adrian,  &c.  ? 

Wisconsin.     Q.~l.  Where  is  Wisconsin  ?     What  is  said  of  it  ?     2. 
Of  the  surface  of  the  souihern  and  central  parts  ?     The  northern 


.-tji 


170 


DESCEIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Lead-Mining. 

northern  part  it  is  hilly  and  broken.   There  are  no  mountains 
in  Wisconsin. 

"8.  Wisconsin  is  rich  in  mineral  pre  lucts ;  lead  is  found  in  greater 
quantities  than  in  any  other  State.  Copper  and  iron  abound.  The 
copper  region  of  Lake  Superior  extends  into  this  State.  Corn  and 
whenl  are  the  principal  agricultural  products. 

4.  Madison,  the  capital,  is  a  flourishing  city,  situated  between  two 
beautiful  lakes,  in  the  southern  part  of  the  State. 

6.  Milwaukee,  the  largest  and  most  important  city  in  the  State,  is 
on  Lake  Michigan.  It  has  a  fine  harbor,  and  is  one  of  the  largest 
grain  and  lumber  markets  in  the  world. 

6.  Racine  (rahs-sem'),  Kenosha,  Sheboygan,  and  Ozaukee,  all  on 
Lake  Michigan,  are  important  places.  Green  Bay,  at  the  mouth  of 
Fox  River,  Fond  du  Lac,  at  the  head  of  Winnebago  I^ake,  and  Jnnes- 
viile  and  Beloit,  on  Rock  River,  are  thriving  towns.  Superior,  near 
the  head  of  Lake  Superior,  is  a  new  and  flourishing  settlement. 
Prairie  du  Chien  {prm/'re-doo-shem'),  on  the  Mississippi,  is  an  old 
French  settlement.     There  are  many  ancient  mounds  in  its  vicinity. 

Map  No.  14,  Michi(/an  ajid  Wisconstn.—Whni  lake  bounds  WisconHin 
on  the  east?  Ma.-— Wh(>,t  lake  north?  Sr.— Rivers  west?  Mi., 
S.-Cx.— States  south  ?  Ma..  la.,  is.— What  rivers  separate  this  Stnte 
from  Michigan?  Me.,  Ml.— Which  are  the  two  largest  rivers  wliollv 
in  the  State?  Ca.,  Wn.— What  bay  novthetist  ?  On.— What  rivor 
flows  into  it  atGteen  H.iy  ?  Fx. — What  rivor  fl.iws  into  tli-^  Fnnd 
du  Lac  of  Lake  Superior?  S.-Ls.— What  lake  forms  part  of  Fox 
River  ?     Wo. 


o.    v/i    i:ii!irr;iK3  ;     i.oj»pPi,  &u.  T     ifiO  COpjier  region  :      (0111, 
.Madison?    f).  Milwnukeo?    6.  What  of  Racine,  &c.  ?    (iieca 
Bay,  &o.  ?     Prairie  du  Chieu  ? 


&C.? 


IOWA. 


171 


124 


0  mountains 


between  two 


IOWA. 

1-  Iowa  {i'o-wah)  lies  west  of  Illinois  and  Wisconsin. 
The  Mississippi  River  is  its  eastern  boundary,  and  the  Mis- 
souri and  Big  Sioux  form  its  western.  It  was  organized  as  a 
Territory  in  1838,  and  in  1846  was  admitted  as  a  State. 

2.  Its  surface  consists  of  prairie  land,  interspersed  with 
g/oves  of  timber.  In  some  parts  of  the  northwest  it  is 
rugged  and  sterile.  The  soil  in  the  south  and  eas^  is  re- 
markable for  f  ■  "Mty;  luxuriant  crops  of  corn,  wheat,  rye, 
and  oats  are  raised.  Sheep  abound,  and  the  wool  is  of  ex- 
cellent quality. 

3.  Lead,  tha  principal  mineral,  is  found  in  great  quantities.  Some 
of  the  richest  lead-mines  in  the  United  States  are  in  the  vicinity  of 
Dubuque.     Cool,  iron,  and  limestone  abound. 

4.  Des  Moines  (de-moin'),  the  capital,  is  finely  situated  at  the 
junction  of  Des  Moines  and  Racoon  Rivers.  Iowa  City,  the  former 
capital,  is  the  seat  of  the  State  University. 

6.  Dub«que  {doo-boohk'),  the  largest  city  of  Iowa,  is  on  the  Misuii- 
sippi  Kivw,  in  the  centre  of  the  mining  district.  Davenport  is  finely 
situated  upon  the  Mississippi,  at  the  foot  of  the  upper  rapids.  A 
Tivilroad  bridge  crosses  the  Mississippi  at  this  point. 

6.  Keokuk,  at  the  foot  of  the  lower  rapids  of  the  Mississippi 
Burlmgton,  the  oldest  town  in  the  State,  und  Muscatine,  are  aourish- 
mg  places,  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Mississippi  River.  Council 
Bluffs  is  the  most  important  town  of  Western  Iowa.  Mount  Pleasant, 
Fairfield,  Cedar  Rapids,  and  Keosauqua  (ke-o-saw'kivah)  are  thriving 
places.  ■'  * 


Map  No.  13,  Western  Statea.~m\fii  State  bounds  Iowa  on  the  north  ? 
Ma— States  east?  Wn.,  Is.— Stnte  south?  Mi.—What  State  and 
Territory  on  the  west?  Na.,  Da— What  river  east?  Mi —What 
nvers  west?  Mi.,  B.-Sx.  See  Map  No.  5.— What  river  forms  a 
small  portion  of  the  southern  boundary?  D -Ms.— Which  is  the 
argest  river,  wholly  within  ihe  State,  thnt  flows  into  the  MissisMippi  ? 
a._A\  h.ch  IS  the  largest  tributnry  of  the  Iowa  ?  Cr.  See  Map  No. 
1-1— Wiuu  lake  near  the  northern  boundary  of  the  State?     St. 


Iowa.     Q—l.  Where  is  Iowa  ?     V/li<  n  was  it  organized  cs  a  Ter- 

P  1  Products?  a.  Minerals?  4.  What  of  Des  Moines?  Iowa 
tity?  r>.Wlmt  of  Dubuque?  Davenport?  O.Keokuk?  Burlinu- 
ton,  and  other  towns  ?  • 


'■S-;\V;J,,J 


172  DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 

125  

MISSOURI. 

1.  Missouri  (mis-soo're)  lies  west  of  Illinois  and  Ken 
tucky,  and  is  the  most  populous  State  west  of  the  Mississippi. 
It  is  noted  for  the  variety  and  abundance  of  its  minerals,  and 
tor  the  fertility  of  its  soil. 

2.  Corn,  wheat,  tobacco,  and  hemp  are  the  principal  agri- 
cultural products.  The  soil  is  well  adapted  to  grazing,  and 
great  numbers  of  horses,  cattle,  mules,  and  hogs  are  raised. 

8.  This  State  •  rich  in  minerals.  The  lead-region  covers  an  area 
of  not  less  than  3000  square  miles.  The  '"on  Mountain  and  Pilot 
Knob  are  immense  masses  of  nearly  pure  i.  sufficient  in  amount 
to  supply  the  world  for  centuries.  Coal  anv  copper  abound,  and 
salt  is  made. 

4.  JeflFerson  City,  the  capital,  is  pleasantly  situated  on  the  south 
side  of  the  Missouri  River,  128  miles  from  its  mouth;  it  .  ..tains  a 
handsome  State-House  ard  the  State  Penitentiary. 

6.  St.  Louis  (scnt-loo'is),  the  third  city  in  the  West,  occupies  a 
commanding  position  on  the  west  bank  of  the  Mississippi  River, 
1200  miles  froni  tlie  sea.  It  is  admirably  situated  for  commerce,  and 
has  the  trade  of  a  vabt  and  fertile  region.  A  greater  number  of 
steamboats  arrive  at  and  depart  from  St.  Louis  than  from  any  other 
Western  city.  The  manufactures  are  important:  the  most  prominent 
are  refined  sugar,  3our,  tobacco,  oil,  and  machinery, 

6.  St.  Charles,  Booneville,  and  Lexington,  on  the  Missouri,  and 
Hannibal,  Si.  Genevieve  (sent-Jen-e-veer'),  and  Cape  Girardeau  [Je- 
rar-do'),  on  the  Mississippi,  are  thriving  towns. 

7.  Independence,  Kansas  City,  and  St.  Joseph,  in  the  western 
part  of  the  State,  are  flourishing  places.  Columbia,  north  of  the 
Missouri,  ia  the  seat  of  the  University  of  Missouri. 


Map  No.  13,  Wesiern  States. — What  bound  Missouri  on  the  north? 
Ia.,  Is. — On  the  east?  Is.,  Ky. — On  the  south?  As. — States  and 
Territory  west?  Ks.,  Na.,  In.— What  river  on  the  east?  Mi  — 
Flowing  through  the  centre?  Mi. — What  rivers  flow  into  the  Mis- 
souri ?  L.Pe.,  Gd.,  Cn.,  Oe.,  Go. — Into  the  Mississippi?  D.-M., 
St.,  Mi.,  Mc. — What  rivers  flow  into  the  State  of  Arkansas?  W.-Wr., 
B.-Bk.,  Ct.,  We. 


Missouri.  Q. — 1.  Where  is  Missouri  ?  For  what  is  it  noted?  2. 
Products?  AVhat  of  grazing?  3.  What  of  minerals?  4.  What  of 
Jefferson  City  ?     5,  St.  Louis?    Of  commerce,  &c.  ?    What  of  stoani- 

7.  Independence,  &o.  ?    Columbia  ? 


CALIFORNIA. 
~   126   


173 


View  of  Sau  Frunciuco. 


CALIFORNIA- 

1.  California  lies  in  the  western  part  of  the  TTnited 
States,  on  the  shores  of  the  Pacific  Ocean,  and  was  admitted 
into  the  Union  in  1850.  It  is  noted  for  its  vast  wealth  of 
gold,  silver,  and  quicksilver,  and  for  its  rapid  growth. 

2.  It  is  the  second  State  m  extent  in  the  Union.  Its  cora- 
mercia!  advantages  are  very  great.  It  has  a  sea-coast  of  800 
miles,  and  one  of  the  fin(?it  bays  in  the  world. 

3.  The  surface  of  California  is  mountainous,  with  several 
extensive  fertile  v.illeys  between  the  ranges.  The  Coast 
Mountains  and  the  Sierra  Nevada  (sr^/rah  nay-vnhfdah)  ex- 
tend through  the  State  nearly  parallel  with  the  coast. 

4.  The  Colorado,  Sacramento,  and  San  Joaquin  are  the  largest 
fivpra ;  the  two  last  named  drain  the  magnificent  valley  between  the 
Sierra  Nevada  and  the  Coast  Mountains. 

5.  The  gold-region  extends  along  the  base  of  the  Sierra  Nevada 
for  lUNirly  50!)  miles.  Gold  i.s  found  in  amiizing  quantities,  and 
thousands  of  people  are  employed  in  collecting  it. 


California,  p.— 1.  Where  13 Cnlifornia?  Forwhatisittioted?  2,  Its 
extent?  <'ommorcial  advantage."*?  Sea-coast.  Sio.  ?  8.  Of  its  kui  facet 
Coast  Mountains  and  Sierra  Nevada?     4.  Risers?     h.  WliaA4>f  ih» 

12 


174 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


6.  The  inbabitanis  are  emigrants  from  every  other  State  in  the 
Union,  Mexicuus,  Europeans,  auJ  Chinese.  Among  the  ridges  of  the 
Sierra  Nevada  there  are  a  few  Indians.  Cattle  and  horses  abound  ,- 
hides,  horns,  and  tallow  are  exported.  Wherever  the  soil  can  he 
irrigated,  wheat  of  the  finest  quality  is  produced. 

7.  San  Francisco,  on  the  bay  of  the  same  name,  is  the  great  com- 
mercial mart  of  California,  and  is  frequented  by  ships  of  all  nations. 
Stockton,  Benicia,  Monterey  (vion-tay-ray'),  Los  Angeles  {Jioce  an'Jeh- 
lez),  and  San  Diego  {sahn-de-ay'go)  are  flourishing  plnces. 

8.  Sacramento,  the  capital,  is  on  the  Sacramento  River.  It  was 
commenced  in  1848,  and  is  already  a  great  commercial  town.  Los 
Angeles,  situated  between  the  Coast  Mountains  and  the  sea,  derives 
its  name,  ''City  of  the  Angela,"  from  its  delightful  climate  and  the 
beauty  of  the  surrounding  country.  Grapes  of  superior  quality  are 
cultivated  here,  and  wine  and  brandy  are  manufactured. 


Map  No.  17,  Calif omid,  ^r,  -— What  bound  California  on  the  north? 
On.,  iN a.— East?  Na.,  Aa.— South?  Mo.,  P.-On.— West?  P.-On. 
— What  parallel  forms  the  northern  boundary  ?  What  river  flows 
north  into  San  Francisco  Bay  ?  S.-Jn. — South  into  San  Francisco 
Bay?  So.— What  islands  on  the  coast ?  S.-Sa.— Bays?  Kh.,  Ht., 
Ba.,  S.-Fo.,  My. — Where  are  the  Sierra  Nevada?  Coast  Mts.  ?  Mt. 
Shasta?  Mt.  San  Bernardino?  Mt.  San  Gorgonio?  Tule  Laket 
Where  is  San  Francisco ?     Stockton?     Monterey?     San  Diego? 


5. 


,.-  127 


MINNESOTA. 

1.  Minnesota  lies  west  of  Wisconsin  and  Lake  S>-  >jrior, 
and  is  bounded  on  the  north  by  British  America.  It  derives 
its  name  from  the  Minnesota  liiver,  the  principal  stream  flow- 
ing wholly  within  the  State. 

2.  The  surface  consists  principally  of  prairie-land ;  but  there  ore 
Iftrge  tracts  of  white  pine,  oak,  and  sugar-maple  timber.  In  the 
northern  part  there  is  a  dividing  ridge  that  separates  the  waters 
that  flow  into  the  Mississippi  River  from  those  that  flow  north  into 
Hudson  Bay. 

8.  White  pine  lumber  is  shipped  by  rafts  in  large  quantifies  down 
the  Mississippi  and  St,  Croix  {sent-kroi')  Rivers.  Wheai,  rye,  Ofits, 
eorn,  and  potatoes  are  iMportant  products. 

gold-region?  6.  What  is  said  of  the  inhabitants,  &o.  ?  Cattle,  &c  ' 
The  soil  ?  7.  Of  San  Francisco  ?  Stockton  ?  Benicia,  &c.  ?  8. 
Sacramento?     L«»i»  AiigviuB? 

Minnea  .  (?,—l,  Where  Is  Minnesota?  Wliy  so  named?  2.  What 
of  its  8U  face?     8.  Of  white  pine  lumber?    Important  products? 


OREGON. 


175 


4.  The  lakes  are  numerous,  and  abound  in  fish ;  but.  with  the 
exceptiun  ot  the  Lake  of  the  Woods,  Rainy  Lake,  Red  L^k^.  and  a 
lew  others,  they  arc  smalL 

J%,\^'7^'  ''''  the  Mississippi  River,  eight  miles  below  the  Falls 
eJiface.  ^''^'  '"  '^'  '''^''^^'     ^^^  State-House  is  a  haadsome 

,,  ^;  ^b  c  °*^°7  ''"^  Minneapolis,  on  the  Mississippi  River,  at  the 
•alls  of  St.  Anthony,  and  Stillwater,  on  the  St.  Croix,  are  'hrivW 

wrnaandsr  rr^^'  '''i  ''''  1  't  ^"^^^^^^^  ^'  Minnesot^^ 
Winona  and  St.  Cloud  are  also  on  the  Mississippi,  and  Traverse  de«. 

b.oux  {lrav'er...da^-soo')  and  Mankato  are  on  The  Mknesota  mver. 

B  ^iT  ^Sf'Jf'  ^^^frr""'  ^'rZ^^^  "°""'^y  "''^t^  of  Minnesota? 
B.-Aa.-State  and  lake  evst?     Wn.,  Sr.-State  south?     la.-Terri- 

s7ws    L     rT^T'^P**^  rr-    ^^'-  ^^^•'  iid.-Principal  lakes? 
to..,  vVs    Ky.,  Rd.— From  what  lake  does  the  Mississippi  flow?     la 
-On  what  river  ,8  St.  Anthony  ?     Mi.-Minneapolis  ?     Mi  -What 
rivers  flow  into  the  Mississippi  ?     Ma.,  Rm.,  S.-Cx 


128 


OREGON. 

1.  Oregon  lies  north  of  California  and  Neva  la,  on  the 
1  acifac  coast.     It  was  admitted  into  the  Union  in  1859. 

2.  Three  ranges  of  mountains  traverse  Oregon,— the  Coast 
Mountains,  near  the  Pacific,  the  Cascade  Range,  about  15C 
miles  inland  and  nearly  parallel  with  the  Coast  Mountpins 
and  the  Blue  Mountains,  extending  from  the  northeast  in  a 
southwesterly  direction.  The  Cascade  Range  ;  the  loftiest, 
ihe  highest  peaks  .ire  Mt.  Hood,  13,000  feet,  and  Mt.  Jeffer- 
sc»i  and  Three  Sisters,  each  11,000. 

3.  Between  the  Cascade  Range  and  the  Coast  Mountains 
.tie  soil  18  lertile;  in  the  centre  of  the  State  it  is  well  suited 
tor  grazing;  farther  eaat  it  is  sandy  and  barren. 

4  Gigantic  pine-trees,  from  2(H^  io  800  feet  in  height,  are  found 
on  ihe  lower  part  of  the  Co?  .n.  n  River.  Great  quantities  of 
lumber  are  exported  to  CJifor.  -a  .  .d  the  Sandwich  islands 

r>  The  rivors  of  this  ,mrt  of  ;ho  Tnion  nbound  in  salmon;  these 
fi^li  form  a  large  part  of  the  food  of  the  Indians. 

f'S^^.f'iirJl^'^f^l    5-Wh,,tofSr"l^7^.St.An.].o„y?     Min- 

r  L-: -t:r.  a.ti ,  oi.;.  ;       ^1  Uluhtt,  &c.  T 

o/nf-t  y-r^-  ^y'""  ■'  ^^'•'^«""-      -  What  oT  .'he  ..irface'     3 
the  801)  between  the  CttHCttde  Kange  and  the  t  uast  Muunt«in«v 
Of  the  centre.  &o.  ?    4.  What  of  pine  trees?    Lumber?    5  For  what 


17G 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


MiddiuuMty  pr;^-  cbiug  tu  the  ludiauH. 

6,  The  Indians  hare  been  rnueh  liuproved  by  the  preaching  and 
the  example  of  the  mUsionaries.  Tiie  principal  tribes  in  Oregon 
are  the  Nezpercds  (nay -pair -say'),  BannaekH,  and  Cayuses. 

7.  Salem,  the  capital,  is  on  Willamette  [wH-Uihfmet)  River,  80  miles 
from  its  mouth,     Astoria,  on  th«  Columbia,  i«  the  principal  port, 
Portland  is  at  the  head  of  ship-navigation  on  the  Willamette  River 
Oregon,  Eugene  City,  and  CorvalliK,  on  the  same  stream,  are  flourish- 
ing tovtrns. 

Map  No.  17,  California,  Oregon,  ^c. — Wb«*  bounds  Oregon  on  the 
north?  Wn.— East?  lo.— South?  Na.,  C«.— West?  P.-On.— What 
three  mountain  ranges?  Ct.,  Ce.,  Be, — What  rirer  on  the  northern 
boundary  ?  Ca. — Principal  af^uents  of  the  Coluaibia  in  Oregon  ? 
L.-Fk,,  Fs.,  We. — On  what  river  is  Salem  ?  We. — Portland,  Oregon, 
Corvallis,  and  Eugene  City?     We. — Astoria  and  Dalles?     Ca. 


129 


KANSAS. 

1.  Kansas  lies  west  of  Missouri,  and  was  admitted  into 
the  Union  in  18t)l.     There  are  no  mouutains  or  great  elevu- 


are  the  rivers  noted?  What  of  their  fish?  6.  Wliat  of  the  Indian 
population?  Name  the  principal  tribes.  7.  What  is  said  of  Stilera? 
Asioria?     Portland?     Oregon  City  ?     Eugene  City? 

Kamaa     Q — 1.  Where  is  Kansas  ?   What  of  mountains  ?    Rivers? 


WASHINGTON. 


177 


tions  in  Kansas.  The  Missouri  River  is  a  part  of  the  east- 
em  boundary.  The  Kansas  and  Arkansas  Rivers  and  their 
tributaries  are  the  other  principal  streams. 

2.  The  eastern  section  is  a  fertile  region  ;  in  the  centre  the  sur- 
face consists  of  prairie  land,  but  in  the  extreme  west  it  becomes 
almost  a  desert. 

3.  The  settlement  of  the  eastern  portion  of  Kansas  by  a  white 
population  commenced  in  1854.  Since  that  time  the  population  has 
increased  with  great  rapidity. 

4.  Among  the  principal  towns  are  Tope'ka,  the  capital,  Lecompton, 
and  Lawrence,  all  on  Kansas  River ;  Leavenworth  and  Atchison,  on 
the  Missouri,  and  Ossawatomie  {oa-sA-wot'o-me),  on  the  Osage  {o-saif). 

Map  No.  16,  Kansas. — What  on  the  north  of  Kansas?    Na. East? 

Mi.— South?  L-Ty.— West?  Co.— What  river  forms  part  of  the 
eastern  boundary  of  Kansas?  Mi. — What  river  flows  through  the 
southern  part?  As.— Through  the  northern  part?  Ks.— Name 
some  of  the  branches  of  Kansas  River.  Where  is  the  Osage  River? 
The  Neosho  ?— Where  is  Topeka  ?     Lawrence  ? 


NEVADA. 

1.  Nevada  (ne-vah'dah)  lies  east  and  north  of  California, 
and  was  admitted  as  a  State  in  1864.  It  is  near  the  Sierra 
Nevada,  from  which  it  is  named. 

2.  A  portion  of  Nevada  is  included  in  the  Great  Interior  Basin, 
an  almost  desert  region.  At  the  eastern  base  of  the  mountains  there 
are  many  fertile,  finely-watered  valleys,  well  suited  for  a  farming 
population,  and  abounding  in  silver  and  gold. 

8.  There  are  few  rivers  in  this  State ;  they  all  flo^r  Into  salt  In'^es 
without  any  visible  outlet.  The  inhabitants  are  chiefly  emigrants 
from  California  and  other  States.  Carson  City  is  the  capitaL 
Virginia  City  and  Genoa  are  flourishing  towns. 

Map  No.  17,  California,  Nevada,  ^c— What  bound  Nevada  on  the 
north?  On.,  lo.— East?  Uh.,  Aa.— South  ?  Ca.,  Aa.— West?  Ca.— 
Which  is  the  largest  lake  ?  Pd. — What  other  hikes  ? — Largest  river? 
Ht. — Mountains  in  the  east?  Ht. — Where  is  Carson  City?  Virginia 
City?     Genoa? 


X  Soil,  &c.  ?     3.  Of  the  settlement  of  Ktinsas?     Increase  in  popu- 
lation?    4.  Of  Topeka,  &c.  ?     Leavenworth,  &c.? 

Nevada.  Q. — 1.  Where  is  Nevada?  From  what  named?  2.  In 
what  19  a  ■Dortion  of  it  included  ?  What  are  tli»!"e  at  the  saatern  liasft 
of  the  mountains?  3.  What  is  said  of  the  rivers?  The  inhabitants? 
Capital  ?     Chief  town  ? 


178 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Mi'* 


NEBRASKA. 

1.  Nebras'ka  lies  west  of  Iowa  and  Missouri,  and  was  ad- 
mitted into  the  Union  in  1867.     Area,  76,000  square  miles. 

2.  Nebraska  is  an  elevated  prairie,  moderately  undulating;  the 
western  part,  a  region  of  sand  hills,  is  the  highest,  from  whence  it 
falls  gradually  to  the  eastern  boundary. 

3  The  Missouri  River  bounds  Nebraska  on  the  east.  Its  principal 
affluents  are  the  Niobrara  and  the  Nebraska. 

4  The  soil  in  the  western  part  is  sandy  and  barren ;   the  eastern 
is  productive.     The  climate  is  mild,  and  not  unlike  that  of  Missouri 
The  agricultural  resources  promise  to  be  excellent. 

5.  Lincoln  is  the  capital.  The  other  important  towns  are  Omnlia 
(o^md-haw)  City,  Nebraska  City,  Bellevue,  Salem,  Plattsmouth,  and 
De  Soto. 

Map  No.  15,  Nebraska.— tYioyf  is  Nebraska  bounded  ?  What  large 
river  in  the  east  ?  What  two  flow  through  Nebraska  ?  Into  what 
river  do  these  two  empty  ?  What  is  the  capital  ?  Where  is  Nebraska 
City  ?     Brownsville  ?     Plattsmouth  ? 

130 


TERRITORIES. 
COLORADO. 

1.  Colora'do  lies  etween  Kansas  and  Utah,  and  south 
of  Wyoming  and  Nebx   :'ka.     Area.  140,000  square  miles. 

2.  The  Rocky  Mountains  traverse  Colorado  from  north  to  south ; 
thei-e  are  numerous  towering  peaks;  the  loftiest  are  Long's  and 
Pike's  Peaks,  each  about  12,000  feet  high.  There  are  many  valleys 
among  the  mountains. 

3.  The  Arkansas  River  and  the  south  fork  of  the  Nebraska  rise 
on  the  eastern  slope  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and  flow  east.  Grand 
River  and  the  head- waters  of  Green  River  rise  on  the  western  slope, 
and  flow  in  a  southwesterly  direction  into  the  Colorado  River. 

4.  The  mountains  are  densely  wooded  with  pine,  spruce,  fir,  and 
cedar;  with  this  exception,  and  excepting  also  the  narrow  valleys  on 
the  streams,  and  the  country  at  the  base  of  tlfie  mountains,  the  sur- 
face is  covered  with  vast  wastes  of  sands. 

6,  The  agricultural  resources  of  Colorado  are  limited ;  the  chief 
occupation  of  the  people  is  gold-mining.  The  gold-mines  are  in  the 
mountains ;  quartz-mining  and  gulch-mining  are  both  pursued. 

Nebraaka. — 1.  Where  is  Nebraska?  2.  Surface?  3.  Rivers? 
4.  Soil  and  climate?  6.  Capital,  &o.  ?  Colorado. — 1.  Where  is 
Uolorador  2.  What  mountains?  3.  Hivers?  4.  Wl*at  of  the  sur- 
face ?    5.  Agriculture,  &c.  ?     C.  Capital,  k\i.  ? 


TERRITORIES. 


179 


6.  Denver,  on  the  south  fork  of  Nebraska  or  Platte  River,  is  the 
capital ;  other  important  towns  are  Colorado  City,  Auraria,  Moun- 
tain City,  Boulder  City,  and  Golden  City. 

Map  No.  16,  Colorado. — How  is  Colorado  bounded?  What  moun- 
tains range  through  Colorado?  What  two  lofty  peaks?  What  two 
large  rivers  flow  east?  What  two  flow  southwest?  What  is  the 
capital  ?  Where  is  Colorado  City  ?  Boulder  City  ?  Golden  City  t 
Auraria  f 

131 

DAKOTA. 

1.  Dako'ta  lies  west  of  Minnesota  and  north  of  Nebraska, 
and  borders  on  British  America.    Area,  141,000  square  miles. 

2.  The  surface  in  the  east  is  elevated.  In  the  southwest  are  the 
Black  Hills.    There  are  numerous  lakes  in  the  north. 

3.  The  Missouri  River  and  its  affluents — the  Dakota,  Niobrara, 
Jhite  Water,  Cheyenne,  and  Big  Sioux — and  the  Red  River  of  the 
ilorth  are  the  principal  rivers. 

4.  The  soil  in  the  southeastern  part  is  excellent,  and  the  valleys 
of  the  Missouri  and  Red  Rivers  are  highly  productive.  The  agri- 
cultural products  are  limited.  Indian  corn,  oats,  and  wheat  are  the 
principal.     Coal  is  found  on  the  Big  Sioux. 

5.  Yankton  is  the  capital.  Pem'bina,  Sioux  Falls  City,  Eminija  (em- 
in-ee'jah),  Flandreau  [flan-dro'),  and  Medary  are  flourishing  places. 

WYOMING. 

1.  Wyo'mtng  lies  west  of  Nebraska  and  Dakota,  and  north 
of  Colorado  and  Utah.     Area,  lUU,OuO  square  miles. 

2.  It  is  a  mountainous  region.  The  Rocky  and  Big  Horn  Moun- 
tains and  the  Black  Hills  occupy  a  large  portion  of  the  Territory. 

3.  The  North  i^"'ork  of  the  Nebraska  runs  through  the  centre.  The 
othoi-  principal  rivers  are  the  Yellowstone  and  Big  Horn. 

4.  Along  the  rivers  the  soil  is  fertile ;  but  agriculture  has  not  made 
much  progress.     The  mineral  resources  are  very  extensive. 

6.  Cheyenne  City  is  the  capital.  Rockville,  Laramie,  and  Benton 
are  the  other  principal  towns. 

INDIAN  TERRITORY. 

1.  Indian  TerritouY  lies  north  of  Texas,  and  west  of 
A.kiinsus  and  Missouri.     Area,  69,000  square  miles. 

2.  The  surface  in  the  western  part  is  elevated  and  rolling ;  thence 
ii  falls  gradually  to  the  southeast,  where  it  again  becomes  rolling, 

/)«rA:ote.—l.  Where  is  Dakota?  2.  Surface?  8.  Rivers?  4.  Soil, 
-it..;  t>.  -  apswii,  ci,^:.  :  ~~  n  yr.ming.—i.  »  nere  is  wyouungr  Z.  »ui'- 
f.c??  3.  Rivers?  4.  Soil,  etc.?  5.  Capital,  kct—DnHan  Territory.— 
h  Wkwe  iA  luditku  Territory  ?    2.  Surface  ?    8»  Kivers  ?     Prairies  ? 


i 


I, 
,1 


,1 


ISO 


DESCRIPTIVE   CEOGLAPHT. 


3.  The  Arkansas  and  Red  Rivers,  with  their  affluonts,  are  the 
principal  rivers.  The  eastern  prairies  are  adapted  to  grazing,  and 
the  products  of  the  adjoining  States  flourish  there. 

TT  ^1  i"2^*"  Territory  has  been  set  apai-t  by  the  Government  of  the 
United  States  as  a  permanent  home  for  the  Indians  who  have  been 
removed  from  various  States. 

5.  The  chief  town  is  Tah'lequah,  in  the  Cherokee  country. 

NEW  MEXICO. 
1.  New  Mexico  Territory  lies  south  of  Colorado,  and  west 
of  Indian  Territory  and  Texas.     Area,  122,000  square  miles. 

^'u'^^  m^^®^*"*  ^^^^^  ^^nge  through  the  Territory,  from  north  to 
south.  The  Rio  Grande  and  the  Pecos  {pay'koce),  with  their  afflu- 
ents,  are  the  principal  rivers ;  they  flow  south  into  Texas. 

3.  Agriculture  is  pursued  in  the  valley  of  the  Rio  Grande,  but  in 
general  the  spil  is  sterile.     The  chief  products  are  Indian  corn 
wheat,  and  other  grains,- with  apples,  peaches,  melons,  apricots,  and 
grapes.     New  Mexico  is  rich  in  minerals. 

4.  Santa  F^.  {fay)  is  the  capital.  The  other  towns  are  Mesilla, 
Albuquerque  {ahl-boo-kair'kay),  Taos  (lah'oce),  and  Valencia. 

Map  No.  5,  United  States.— lioxxndi  Dakota.  What  rivers  between 
Dakota  and  Minnesota?  What  large  river  flows  throtigh  Dakota' 
What  lake  in  the  north?  What  hills  in  the  west?  AVhat  is  the 
capital?  Where  is  Sioux  Falls  City  (see  Map  15)  ?  Eminiia?  Me- 
dary?     Sheyenne?     Pembina? 

Map  No.  5,  United  -S'^a^e^.— Bound  Wyoming.  What  mountains? 
Peaks  ?     Passes  ?     Rivers  ?     Where  is  Cheyenne  ?     Rockville  ? 

Map  No.  16,  Indian  Territory. — Bound  Indian  Territory.  What  river 
on  the  south?    Other  rivers?    Capital?    Where  is  Fort  Arbucklc? 

3Iap  No.  16,  New  Mexico. — Bound  New  Mexico.  What  mountains 
range  through  New  Mexico  ?  What  two  rivers  flow  south  ?  What  is 
the  capital?  Where  is  San  Miguel?   Valencia?    Mesilla?    San  Diego? 


132 


WASHINGTON. 
1.  Washington  T"  iritory  lies  in  the  northwest  corner 
of  the  United  States.     Area,  70,000  square  miles. 

2.  The  Coast  Mountains  and  the  Cascade  Range  traverse  Washing- 
ton Territory.  Mount  St.  Helen's,  Mount  Adams,  Mount  Rainier, 
and  Mount  Baker,  in  the  Cascade  Range,  are  the  loftiest  peaks. 

3.  The  Columbia  River  and  its  aflluents,  Lewis  Fork,  Clarke's  Fork, 


4.  What  of  Indian    Territory?     5.  Chief  town?     New  Mexico.— ^ 

-!..•'.        ^.    iTiOnnt,';lTla  :        iviTuir  • 


.-vu:I•»cuit  111  •■. 


kc.  ?     4.  Capital,  &c.  ?     W(i.Hkin;/ton.—\.  Where  is  Washingtoi) 
Mountains?     3.  Rivers?.  4.  Soil,  &c.  ?     6.  Capital,  &c.  ?     Idaho.— 


TERRITORIES. 


181 


and  Spokane,  are  the  principal  rivers.     The  Columbia  is  navigable 
to  the  Cascades,  about  IM)  miles. 

4.  The  soil  in  some  uf  the  valleys  is  fertile.  The  climate  is  like 
that  o+"  Oregon.  Fs  om  the  huge  pine-trees  peculiar  to  this  part  of 
America,  timber  and  lumber  are  obtained. 

5.  Olympia  is  the  capital.  The  other  towns  of  note  are  Van- 
couver. Walla- Walla,  Steilacoom  (sli-la-koom'),  Port  Towasend,  Cas- 
cade City,  and  Pacific  '^ity. 

IDAHO. 

1.  I'daho  lies  east  of  Was-  igton  and  Oregon,  and  adjoins 
British  America  on  the  north.    Area,  91,000  square  miles. 

2.  Idaho  is  a  mountainous  region.  The  Bitter  Root  and  Rocky 
Mountains  form  the  eastern  boundary. 

3.  The  Lewis  Fork  and  its  affluents,— the  Bois^e,  Payette,  Salmon, 
and  Clear  V\  ater, — Clarke's  Fork,  and  Spokane,  are  the  principal  rivers. 

4.  The  chief  pursuit  of  the  people  is  gold-mining.  Rich  gold- 
fields  are  found  on  the  western  slope  of  the  Rocky  Mountains,  and 
on  both  sides  of  the  Salmon  River  Mountains.  Boisee  {bwah-zay') 
City  is  the  capital;  the  other  principal  places  are  Lewiston,  Pierce 
City,  Florence,  Centreville,  and  Placerville. 

MONTANA. 

1.  Montana  lies  west  of  Dakota,  and  borders  on  British 
America.     Area,  144,000  square  miles. 

2.  The  Rocky  and  Bitter  Root  Mountains  range  through  the  Terri- 
tory, The  surface  is  hilly  and  mountainous.  The  principal  rivers 
are  the  Missouri  and  its  affluents,  the  Yellowstone,  Milk,  Jefferson, 
Madison,  and  Gallatin. 

3.  There  are  some  fertile  valleys,  and,  in  the  south,  some  good 
timber ;  in  the  north  it  is  cold,  rugged,  and  sterile.  The  chief  pur- 
suit of  the  people  is  gold-mining. 

4.  Bannock  City  is  the  capital:  Gallatin,  Nevada,  and  Labarge 
City  are  recent  settlements. 

UTAH. 

1.  Utah  lies  east  of  Nevada,  aud  south  of  Idaho  and 
Wyoming.     Area,  88,000  square  miles. 

2.  The  Wasatch  [waw-aatch')  Mountains,  a  branch  of  the  Rocky 
range,  extend  from  north  to  south.  Mount  Nebo,  and  the  Twin  Peaks, 
are  the  most  elevated  points.  Some  of  the  valleys  are  4000  to  6000 
feet  above  the  sea. 

I.  Where  is  Idaho?  2.  Mountains?  3.  Rivers?  4.  Of  gold-mining, 
&c.  ?  Capital,  &c.  ?  Montana. — i.  Where  is  Montana?  2.  Moun- 
tains?    Rivers?     3.  Soil,  &c.  ?     4.  Capital,  &o.  ?     JT^faA.—l.  Where 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0 


I.I 


^i^  lllllil 

12,2 


\^  m 

^.    tiS, 


2.0 

1.8 


1.25 

'•^-   11^. 

^ 6"     

. ^ 

bS  .,..  w 


£o 


k 

^ 


182 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPni. 


«ii( 


3.  Great  Salt  Lake  lies  in  the  northern  part ;  its  waters  are  s^H 
Uf  ab,  Sevier,  and  Little  Salt  Lake  are  the  other  principal  lakes  The 
principal  rivers  are  the  Colorauo  and  its  affluents. 

4.  There  aro  fertile  valleys,  but  the  greater  part  is  sterile.     The 
climate  is  mild  for  the  latitude,  and  more  uniform  than  at  the  east. 

5.  Wheat,  Indian  corn,  and  garden  vegetables  are  produced :  these 
cannot  be  raised  without  irrigation,  except  in  the  watered  valleys. 

6.  The  people  are  chiefly  Mormons,  who  claim  to  have  received  a 
new  revelation,  and  who  practise  polygamy.  They  are  emigrants  from 
the  States  east,  and  Irom  Europe.    They  numbered  88,000  in  18G3. 
^7.  Salt  Lake  City  is  the  capital.     Brigham  City,  Ogden,  Provo. 
i?  liimore,  and  Manti  are  important  places. 

ARIZONA. 
1.  Arizona  Territory  lies  south  of  Utah  and  Nevada 
and  west  of  New  Mexico.     Area,  114,000  square  miles. 

2.  The  Pinaleno  (pe->',ih-laj/'no)  and  the  Mogollon  (mo-nol-vone'\ 
are  the  principal  inountains.  The  Colorado  River  and  its  affluents 
the  Oila  {helah),  Virgin,  and  Rio  de  Lino,  are  the  principal  rivers. 

8.  By  means  of  irrigation  the  valley  of  the  Gila  produces  cotton 
wheat,  Indian  corn,  melons,  and  garden  vegetables.     The  mineral 
wealth  IS  great;  there  are  rich  and  extensive  gold  and  silver  mines. 

4.  Tucson  is  the  capitaL  Prescott,  Tubac,  Gila  City,  La  Paz,  and 
Arizona  City  are  the  other  principal  towns. 

^<^P JTo.  17,  Washington.— \iomx6.  Washington.  What  rive-  be- 
tween Washington  and  Oregon  ?  What  rivers  flow  into  the  Columbia » 
What  strait  north  ?      What  gulf?      What  island  ?     What  two  ranges 

fi  ?hT''u'-«  ^,'"'^''  ^^"^  ''"P^*"^^  W^^^-e  is  Po.t  Townsend? 
Seattle?     Pacific  City  ?     Vancouver?     Cascade  City? 

^f^P^^}'^^  /"^^fio.—^ound  Idaho.  What  mountains?  What 
peaks?     What  rivers?     What  is  the  capital?     Where  is  Lewiston? 

Map  No.  6,  United  States. —Bound  Montana.  What  great  river 
rises  in  Montami  and  flows  east  ?  (Map  Nc.  17.)  What  mountains 
in  the  west  ?  What  is  the  capital  ?  Where  is  Virginia  City  ?  Ne- 
vada?    Gallatin?     Labarge  City  ? 

rafr^"^-   ^7-    ^i^J— Tio"nd  Utah.      What  mountains  in  Utah? 

.it«  »  iv^'""^"  •  r  ^^'*!. ''  ^^^  ^*J^'^"'  •  Near  what  lake  ?  On  what 
river?    Where  is  Logan?    KrighamCity?    Fillmore?     Fort  Bridge.? 

^r^f.f!""  V' '*'''^''"'''~""""'*  ^'''''^"*-  Whatmnnntnins?  What 
SHnoJilL  Tl  "rTr'  °^  **'*^  ^''''•^'•"  boundary?  WhM  is  its 
principal  branch?  Other  rivers?  What  is  the  capital?  Where  ii 
Aubry?      LaPai?     ArironaCity?     Gila  City?    Prescott? 

d'„I?t!.^^fl  p^*i!^"""/''l"'^-     .^•,^''^*'«^    4.  Soifand  climate?     6.  Pro- 


%  Oi^liiittit  «.xn 


MEXICO. 

-  133  - 


isa. 


Tyrutnid  of  Cholula.      Indians. 


Creoles. 


Maguey  Plant. 


MEXICO. 

1.  Mexico  lies  between  the  JPacific  Ocean  and  the  Gulf 
of  Mexico,  and  south  of  the  United  States.  It  is  noted  for 
ks  early  civilization.  In  population  and  wealth  it  exceeded 
all  the  other  Spanish  American  colonies. 

2.  The  low  country  bordering  the  coast  Is  fertile,  but  hot 
and  unhealthy.  The  interior  is  a  high  t;  ble-land,  and  is 
temperate  and  healthy.  The  principnl  mountains  are  the 
Sierra  Madre  (se-ir'rah  niah'drm/):  the  loftiest  peak  is  the 
volcano  of  Popocatepetl  {po-po-kah-tat/'pet'T). 

3.  Mexico  is  famous  for  the  variety  of  its  vogetnble  products,  com- 
prising the  principal  grains  and  fruits  of  the  torrid  and  temperate 
zones. 

4.  Indian  corn  and  the  bamna  are  the  staple  products ;  wheat, 
rice,  sugar,  coffee,  vnnilla,  and  cochinml  are  cultivated.  The 
American  aloe,  or  maguey  {mah-gwaij')  plant,  is  prized  for  its  juice, 
from  which  pulque  {pool'kay),  the  favorite  drink  of  the  lower  class 
of  Mexicans,  is  made. 

i>.  The  commerce  and  manufactures  aro  unimportant.  The  s'lver- 
tnines  are  the  chief  sources  of  wealth.  Mexico  has  furnished  more 
iiiver  than  any  other  country  in  the  world.     The  mines  are  less  pro- 


Mfrko.  Q.~\,  Where  is  Mexico?  For  what  noted?  2.  What 
is  paid  of  the  low  country?  The  interior?  Principal  mountains? 
3.  Products?     4.  Indian  corn,  &o.  ?     The  Ani  !ioan.aloe?     &»  Wlia* 


184 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOaaAPHY. 


! 

i 


duotive  than  formerly,  but  are  regaining  their  value.     Gold  o.il 
copper  are  found.  *      «:  *    »aiue.     uoid  ati(Jj 

6.   The   inhabitants   comprise   three   classes,  — whites  .,- 
Creoles,  Indians,  and  mixed  races.      The  latter  consist  <A 
Mestizoes  (me8.te[zoes) ,  descendants  of  whites  and  Indial 
Mduttoes,  of  whites  and  negroes,  and  Zamboes,  of  IndJ 
and.  negroes.  .  **«uidiiai 

7.  The  Catholic  religion  is  established  bv  law     PHh/.o*- 
out  little  attended  to;^the  n^ass  of  the  InhaYitanTs,  e^Sr,;! 

tensiv't^^mnJr!'*  f/^®  discovery  of  America,  Mexico  formed  an  ex-l 
tensive  empire.     It  was  soon  after  conquered  by  Cortez   and  hi 

We  Sn!rS''V''"'/^'^^"'«-     ^"1821  the'^MeSns  thrt 
off  the  Spanish  yoke,  and  established  first  an  imperial  and  thpn  J 
republican  government.     Of  late  years  various   revolutions  hav 
occurred,  and  the  prosperity  of  the  country  has  materTaUy  declined 

United  X/«/^  i^  ^®^^'  ^"  ''*'  ^^S"*^  '^«^^««°  Mexico  and  the 
United   States.     Several   important   victories  were   gained  bv  Z\ 

American  armies,  and  the  Territories  of  Upper  Calif?rn?a  and\ew 

Tn'7«fif '^'^"'""y.^^°*'"«  *  P*r^  «f  '^^  United  Stated 
,«IL        '       ''''°^  England,  and  Spain  made  war  on  Mexico  with 

Frlnl '"'"''' \u^"^  ^^^  ^^^  ^"^^^^  Po^^rs  soon  withdrew     T 
French  overran  the  country ;  and  in  the  latter  part  of  1863  the  Arch 

tnoU-^'T^'^''  of  Austria,  under  the  influence  of  the  FreLh  w 
proclaimed   emperor.     In  1867  the  emperor's  forces  surrender 
Maximilian  was  executed,  and  republicanism  again  prevaUed         ' 

134  


City  of  Mexico. 

10.  The  city  of  Mexico  is  situated  in  a  valley  7000  feet  abovj 
the  sea,  about  midway  between  the  Pacific  Ocean  and  the  Gulf  o' 


rfutr«TT/    The  silver-mine,  f     6.  Of  the  inhabitants  ?    7.  Of 
ootfrr?^  •     ^t>Tl'Z    /»^b«r8,  &c.?    8.  What  of  Mexico?  Wlmt 

^«  ^ -_--.-         iv.    TTnacui  ta«  ully  Of  MexioD  f     For] 


MEXICO. 


185 


iMcxico.  It  is  noted  for  the  beauty  of  its  architecture  and  the  ex- 
lent  of  its  squares  and  public  buildings.  The  adjacent  lakes  are 
freroarkable  for  their  floating  gardens,  on  which  a  variety  of  vege- 
Itables  and  flowers  are  cultivated. 

11.  Puebla  [pweb'lah)  is  noted  for  the  splendor  of  its.  churches. 
Iai  Cholula,  near  Puebla,  there  is  a  temple  of  the  ancient  Mexicans ; 

it  is  a  pyramid,  twice  as  large  at  the  base  as  the  pyramid  of  Cheops 
{il«'oj»s)  in  Egypt,  but  less  than  half  as  high. 

12.  Guadalaxara  (gwah-dah-lah-hah'rah)  is  next  to  Mexico  in 
Ipopulfttion.     Guanaxuato   [gwah-nah-hwah'to),   Zacatecas,   and  San 

Luis  Potosi  are  in  the  vicinity  of  rich  siWer-mines.  Oaxaca  {wah- 
Ikh'kah),  Durango,  and  Chihuahua  [che-wah'wah)  are  considerable 
[towns. 

13.  The  chief  seaports  are  Vera  Cruz  and  Tampico,  on  the  Gulf 

I  of  Mexico;    Matamoras,   on   the   Rio   Grande;    Acapulco,   on   the 
Pacific  Ocean ;  Guaymas  [gwi'mahs)  and  Mazatlan',  on  the  Gulf  of 
I  California. 

14.  Vera  Cruz,  defended  by  the  castle  of  San  Juan  de  Ulua,  sur- 
I  rendered,  in  1847,  to  General  Scott.  Monterey,  on  the  river  San 
I  Juan,  was  taken,  in  1846,  by  General  Taylor;  and  at  Bp";  a  Vista 

he  defeated  a  superior  Mexican  army,  commanded  by  Gen».i al  Santa 
Anna. 

15.  Yucatan  lies  between  the  Bay  of  Campeche  and  the 
Caribbean  Sea.  It  is  a  hot,  sterile  reg'on,  and  has  few  run- 
ning streams.  Logwood  and  mahogany  are  the  chief  pro- 
ducts. Yucatan  twice  revolted  and  set  up  an  independent 
government,  but  after  each  revolution  again  united  voluntarily 
with  Mexico. 

16.  It  includes  the  States  of  Yucatan  and  Campeche.  Merida 
ml'e-dah)  and  Campeche  (kam-pe'che)  are  the  principal  towns. 
Sisiil  [se-aahl')  and  Laguna  are  the  chief  seaports.  At  Uxmal 
inox-mahl')  are  some  remarkable  ruins,  the  age  and  origin  of  which 
are  unknown. 

17.  The  Balizb  [ha-leez'),  a  British  colony,  lies  south  of  Yucatan, 
and  extends  along  th»'  Bay  of  Honduras.  It  is  noted  for  logwood 
and  mahogany.     Balize  is  the  capital. 

18.  The  Bay  Islands,  in  the  Bay  of  Honduras,  comprise  Roatan 
[ro-ah-fahn'),  Bonacca,  Utille  {oo-teel'yay),  and  some  smaller  islands: 
tlipy  were  ceded  by  Great  Britain  to  Honduras  in  1860. 


what  noted?  What  of  lakes?  11.  Of  Puebla?  The  pyramid  at 
(liolula,  &c.  ?  12.  Guadalaxara?  Guanixuato?  Oaxaca,  &c.  ? 
13.  The  chief  BoaportH  on  the  Gulf?  On  the  llio  Grande?  On  the 
riicitiu?  On  the  Gulf  of  California?  14.  What  is  said  of  Vera  Cruz? 
Monicroy?  Buena  Vista?  V).  Of  Yucatan?  Chief  products?  What 
of  ryvolutinna?  16=  What  States?  Towns?  What  at  Uxmal?  17. 
What  of  the  Balize?     Capital?     18.  The  Bay  Islands? 


186 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGIlAniY. 


Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  ?     flnlf  «f  m  u 
California.     Bay  of  CampeTef  Ba^'oVHo'^tTr^'^Bav  I^l^^V; 
-What  country  between  Mexico  and  South  ImeHcal     wL      •"'''• 

CitvTvi  ''  ""ri^"-      ^^"^"^"^'^  of  CalffS?l^It^7^^^« 
City  of  Mexico  ?     Puebla?     Vera  Cruz  ?  "^ere  is  tue 

Where  is  Minatitlan  ?     La  Ventosp  '     Tho»«  t^™^ 


135 


CENTRAL  AMERICA. 
^  1.  Central  America  liee  southeast  of  Mexico  and  oo.,, 
Ta  r/tu  h'l  "^""^  n^^  ^^  --^^^  betweerr^h  I^  ! 
Spain  '"'^'     ^'  ""^  *'"^°^^^^^  «  ^^^^'^y  of  Spain. 

Qof ■  P^"*xT-  ^™^"^^  comprises  Guatemala,  Honduras  San 
Savador    Nicaragua,   and    Costa    Ricr.     These   states  wrr^ 
united  under  one  government  from  1824  to  1830, tt„  Z 
separated  and  became  independent  States.     Since  that 
they  have  generally  been  in  a  state  of  anarchy.  ^ 

.1.5  TV?"  ^^-^  ^ou^'°  '''''^^^  ^^  Nicaragua  is  a  territory  called 
the  Mosquito  8hore.     It  is  inhabited  by  Indians  Ynd  was 

Irreat  liritain.     In  1860  it  was  annexed  to  Nicaragua 

of  tteTroVcl!  ^l^^Slfe^^^^^^  'T''  *"^  P^^"- 

g.e^ttcr  pait  of  the  population  consists  of  mixed  races  and  Indians. 

nioHv'rVwi:ird   ^-T^-  ^^''\-«J«^*'ral  America?     What  for- 
m^ntV  «'wJl"l.'';r„^L^r™Pr-^l    How  united  under  one  «ove.n- 

Of  mines  f     The  popuIatTonF^fi  VS'T^  *m-^'^*'  ''^  ^^^  «^"'  ^^'^ 
^iie  population  r     5.  Of  Lake  Nicaragua  and  the  pro- 


WEST   INDIES. 


\87 


tance  is  only  17  miles.  Should  this  canal  be  completed,  it  will 
furnish  water  communication  between  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific 
Oceans,  and  a^ord  immense  commercial  facilities. 

6.  Along  the  Pacific  coast  of  Central  America  are  numerous  vol- 
canoes. The  most  remarkable  of  these  is  Isalco  (e-sahl'ko),  in  San 
Salvador.  It  has  arisen  within  the  last  eighty  years,  and  is  from 
1500  to  2000  feet  in  height.  It  is  constantly  in  eruption,  discharg- 
ing ashes  and  cinders. 

7.  New  Guatemala,  the  capital  of  Guatemala,  is  the  largest  city 
of  Central  America.  Old  Guatemala,  destroyed  by  an  eruption  of 
the  Water  Volcano  three  hundred  years  ago,  is  now  being  rebuilt. 
Managua  is  the  capital  of  Nicaragua.  Leon  is  noted  for  a  magnifi- 
cent cathedral,  which  was  thirty-seven  years  in  building  and  cost 
$5,000,000.  Granada,  on  Lake  Nicaragua,  was  burned  by  command 
of  General  Walker,  in  1856. 

8.  Comayagua  {ko-mi-ah'gwah)  is  the  capital  of  Honduras ;  San  Sal- 
Tador  {sahn  tahl-vah-chre' ),  of  San  Salvador ;  San  Jos^  {sahn  ho-say'), 
of  Costa  Rica.  San  Juan  del  Norte  {sahn  hwahn  del  nor' tap),  or  Grey- 
town,  is  the  principal  port  on  the  eastern  coast.  La  Union  {lah  oo-ne- 
oV.i'),  on  the  Gulf  of  Fonseca,  is  an  important  commercial  city.  San 
Salvador  was  almost  entirely  destroyed  by  an  earthquake  in  1864. 

• 

Map  No.  18,  Central  America. — What  bound  Central  America  on  the 
north?  Mo.,C.-Sa.— East?  C.-Sa.— West  and  south?  P.-On.— What 
bay  on  the  north  ?  Hs.— On  the  east?  Ga.— Which  of  the  States  of 
Central  America  extends  farthest  north  and  west  ?  Ga. — East  and 
south?  C.Ra.— Which  State  lies  between  Honduras  and  Costa  Rica? 
Na.— In  what  State  is  the  Water  Volcano  situated  ?  Ga.— Volcano 
of  C^guina  {ko-se-ghe'nah)  ?     Na. — Lake  Nicaragua  ?     Na. 

Map  No.  19,  Isthmus  of  Nicaragua. — Where  is  Lake  Nicaragua? 
How  long  is  it? — What  river  flows  from  this  lake  into  the  Caribbean 
Sea?  S.-Jn.— -What  lake  northwest?  Mp,. — What  town  at  the  mouth 
of  the  San  Juan  River?    Gn. 


136 


WEST  INDIES. 

1.  ThS  West  India  Islands  lie  between  North  America 
and  South  America.  With  the  exception  of  Hayti  and 
Margarita,  thev  are  all  subject  to  European  powers. 

2.  These   islands   comprise  four  divisions, — the   Bahama 

posed  canal?  6.  What  of  volcanoes?  Of  Isalco  ?  7.  Of  what  State 
is  New  Guatemala  the  capital  ?  What  of  Old  Guatemala?  Of  Leon 
and  Granada  ?  8.  Of  what  State  is  Comayagua  the  capital  t  Ban 
Salvador  ?     San  Jos^  ?     What  of  San  Juan  del  Norte  ? 

Wett  lndie$.     Q.—\.  Where  are  the  West  Indies?     2.  What  do 


I-. 


188 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Slavos  cultivating  the  Sugar-cane, 


Islands  the  Great  Antilles,  the  Lesser  Antilles,  and  the  Ca- 
nbbee  Islands.  The  latter  are  divided  into  tWo  grou™  the 
Windward  Islands  and  the  Leeward  Islands.  ^ 

3.  The  climate  is  mild  and  pleasant  in  winter,  which  con- 
tinaes  from  December  to  May;  the  remainder  of  the  year  I 
R^tw?'''  a"'  ^Z  *«  i»»y,««a-breeze,  would  beinsupportabl 
Between  August  and  October,  violent  hurricanes  and  storms 
oiten  occur.  % 

4.  The  principal  products  are  sugar,  coffee,  or  .on,  tobacco 
and  a  great  variety  of  tropical  fruits.  The  forest^  furnTsh 
mahogany  and  other  useful  woods. 

and  pUn'Ks^'^-Slfll'f  """  '""T'^  ^r""«'  P^^^-^PP^es.  bananas, 
ana  piantuins.  The  last  are  excellent  food,  and  but  liHle  attpntinn 
IS  required  in  their  cultivation.  attention 

I  ^'i'^^.®  F®''"  *"^*^«  affords  delicious  food.  They  are  exnortpd 
largely  to  Europe  and  the  United  States.  ^  exported 

ihit'  nf^l  ^^^^^e'-c*  of  the  West  Indies  is  of  greater  value  than 
that  of  any  other  region  of  equal   extent   and   population      The 

iit'ot::::  '''-^  ^^^^-^^  ^^'  the  united  state^rXs  a-; 

8.  The  chief  exports  of  the  West  India  Islands  are  coffee,  sugar, 

they  comprise?   3.  What  of  the  climate?   Hurricanes?   4  Products? 

re'ifurt^"wL'-7'"   ^''''''V'  '''^''''     «•  WharoftI 
gieen   turtle?      7.  What  of  commerce?      8.  Chief  exports?      Im. 


WEST  INDIB8. 


180 


rum,  tobacco,  cotton,  cocoa,  pimento,  mahogany,  and  logwood.  The 
imports  are  manufactured  goods  of  aU  kinds,  flour,  lumber,  fish,  and 
salted  provisions. 

9.  These  islands  are  under  the  control  of  Governors,  appointed 
by  the  powers  to  which  they  respectively  belong.  The  inhabitants 
of  the  British  Islands  are  represented  in  Houses  of  Assembly,  which 
exercise  some  of  the  functions  of  the  British  Parliament.  Hayti  it 
nominally  a  republic. 

10.  About  one-sixth  of  the  population  of  the  West  Indies  are 
whites ;  the  remainder  are  of  negro  origin.  Formerly  the  negroes 
were  nearly  all  slaves;  now,  except  in  the  Spanish  Islands,  they 
are  free.  '' 


-  137 


11.  Spanish  Islands.— The  islands  of  Cuba  and  Porto 
Rico  belong  to  Spain.  They  are  flourishing  colonies,  and 
have  an  extensive  commerce.  Cuba  is  nearly  equal  in  area 
to  Pennsylvania.  Porto  Rico  is  not  quite  one-tenth  the  size 
of  Cuba,  and  is  nearly  equal  in  area  to  Connecticut. 

12.  Havana,  the  capital  of  Cuba,  is  the  largest  city  in  the  West 
Indies.  The  harbor  is  spacious  and  well  fortified,  and  is  constantly 
crowded  with  shipping.  This  city  is  the  seat  of  a  university.  In 
the  cathedral  are  deposited  the  remains  of  Columbus. 

13.  Matanzas,  sixty  miles  east  of  Havana,  Santiago  de  Cuba,  on 
the  southeast,  and  Cienfuegos  {se-m-fway^goce)y  on  the  southern 
coast,  are  the  chief  seaports.  Puerto  Principe  (pugr'to  preen'te-pav) 
IS  the  largest  town  in  the  interior.  The  chief  town  in  Porto  Rico 
is  Sti  Johns,  the  capital,  which  has  a  commodious  harbor. 

14.  British  Islands.— The  British  West  Indies  consist 
of  a  number  of  small  islands.  Jamaica,  Trinidad,  St.  Lucia, 
Barbadoes  (har-hay'doze),  St.  Vincent, 'and  Antigua  (ahn- 
t>-gah),  are  the  largest.  The  Bahama  and  Bermuda  groups 
belong  to  Grreat  Britain. 

15.  The  prosperity  of  the  British  West  India  islands  has  of  late 


ports  ?    9.  What  is  said  of  these  islands  ?     How  are  the  inhabitante 
of  the  British  islands  represented?      What  of  Hayti?      10    The 

population? 

11.  WhaL  islands  belong  to  Spain  ?  What  of  these  islands  ?  Of 
tuba?  Porto  Rico?  12.  Havana?  The  harbor?  University? 
Cathedral?  13.  Chief  seaports?  Chief  town  of  Porto  Rico? 
H.  What  British  islands?  Name  the  largest.  What  groups? 
lo.  What  of  the  prosper!*  •  of  the  British  IslandH?     IR.  Whaf  nf 

18 


190 


BESOAIPTIVB   GEOGRAPHY. 


I 


deolined:  the  commerce  is  less  important,  and  plantations  mee  well 
cultivated  are  abandoned.  r  -»         i'  »  *uoe  weii 

^  }-^'  ^»iJK8*on»  in  Jamaica,  is  the  largest  town  in  the  British  West 
Indies.     The  other  chief  towns  are  Bridgetown,  in  Barbadoes  •  St 

fAA'^'/'^/w^'g^^i  ,^°'^    ®P^^"'   ^    Trinidad;    and    Basseterre 
{bahsa-tair^),  m  Guadeloupe. 

17.  The  Bahamas  comprise  about  600  small  islands;  amonir  these 
many  vessels  are  wrecked  every  year.  The  inhabitants  are  nrin- 
cipally  wreckers.  Nassau,  in  the  island  of  New  Providence,  is  the 
chief  town.  Guanahani  was  the  first  part  of  America  discovered 
by  Columbus.     Turk's  Island  is  noted  for  its  salt. 

18.  The  Bermudas  are  a  group  of  eight  small  islands,  with  a 
great  number  of  islets.  The  climate  is  delightful,  and  all  the  larger 
islands  are  clothed  in  constant  verdure.  Arrow-root  is  one  of  th« 
chief  products. 

19.  Guadeloupe  and  Martinico,  or  Martinique  (mar-tin-eek')  be- 
long  to  France;  Santa  Cruz,  St.  John,  and  St.  Thomas,  to  Denmark- 
Cura^oa  {koo-rah-so^ah)  and  St.  Eustatius,  to  Holland;  St.  Bartholo- 
mew, to  Sweden;  and  Margarita,  to  Venezuela.  St.  Martin  is 
owned  jointly  by  Franc^  and  Holland. 


138 


20.  Hayti.— Hayti  lies  between  Cuba  and  Porto  Rico 
It  18  next  to  Cuba  in  extent,  and  Was  the  first  part  of  America 
colonized  by  Europeans.  It  was  formerly  the  most  important 
ot  the  West  India  Islands,  and  was  called  the  "Queen  of  the 
Antilles.'*    ' 

21.  The  soil  is  very  fertile,  and  in  colonial  times  was  well  culti- 
vated.  Large  tracts  of  country  are  now  overgrown  with  dense 
forests  of  mahogany,  logwood,  and  other  valuable  timber. 

22.  This  island  was  for  many  years  owned  jointly  by  France  and 
Spain ;  the  French  occupied  the  northern  and  western,  the  Spanish 
the  southern  and  eastern  part.  The  portion  in  possession  of  the 
Jfrench  was  highly  prosperous,  and  its  commerce  was  equal  to  that 
of  all  the  other  islands. 


Kingston?  Nanae  other  townp.  17.  What  is  said  of  the  Bahamas? 
Ihe  inhabitants ?  Chief  town?  Guanahani?  Turk's  Island?  18. 
The  Bermudas?     19.  What  islands   belong  to  France?     To  Den- 

TS  Af  '^?.  ",°"*''^ '  ^"^  ^^«^«°  ^  To  Vene  -uela  ?  What  is  said 
01  St.  Martm? 

oi^Y'*:  §•— 20.  Where  is  Hayti?  Its  extent?  What  formerly? 
21.  What  of  the  soil?  22.  What  part  of  the  island  was  owned 
by  France?      By  Spain?     What  is  said  of  the  French  portion? 


WEST  INDIES. 


191 


18  ^noe  well 


23.  In  1791  the  slaves  were  liberated  by  the  goyemmeni,  contrarj 
to  the  wishes  of  their  masters.  A  contest  ensued,  when  the  latter 
were  expelled  from  the  island.  " 

24.  The  independence  of  Hayti  was  proclaimed  in  1800,— aftef 
which  a  series  of  revolutions  occurred,  and  a  military  government 
prevailed,  under  diflFerent  leaders.  In  1849,  President  Soulouque 
adopted  the  title  of  Faustin  U  and  declared  himself  emperor.  Atter 
a  reign  of  ten  years,  a  revolution  forced  him  to  leave  the  island 
when  General  Qeffrard  became  president.  ' 

25.  Education  and  civilization  are  neglected;  the  people  are  indo- 
lent, and  have  few  of  the  comforts  of  life.  The  commerce  is  small ; 
the  exports,  chiefly  of  mahogany,  are  much  less  in  value  than  they 
were  under  the  French  colonists.  The  army  comprises  about  40  000 
men,  besides  a  large  militia  force.  ' 

26.  Port  au  Prince,  the  capital  of  Hayti,  is  on  the  west  coast. 
Cape  Haytien,  on  the  northern  coast,  was  once  a  flourishing  city 
36r6mie  {zhay-ray-me')  and  Aux  Cayes  {o-kay')  are  small  towns. 

27.  Republic  of  Dominica.— The  Spanish  inhabitants, 
in  the  southern  and  eastern  part«  of  Hayti,  were  for  many 
years  under  the  control  of  the  Haytien  government ;  but  in 
1846  they  declared  their  independence,  and  established  the 
republic  of  "  Dominica,"  with  a  president  and  national  legis- 
lature 

28.  St.  Domingo,  on  the  southern  coast,  at  the  mouth  of  Ozama 
.ver,  is  the  capital,  and  was  the  first  city  founded  by  the  Spaniards 

m  the  New  World.     It  is  built  in  the  old  Spanish  style,  and  has  a 
Gothic  cathedral  erected  in  1520. 


T 1  ^^  'J^'*i®'  ^"f^  /nrf/M.— Which  is  the  largest  of  the  West  India 
lalands?  Ca.— The  second  in  size?  Hi.— Third?  Ja.— Fourth? 
P.-Ro.— How  long  is  Cuba?  Hayti?  Jamaica?  Porto  Rico?  These 
are  the  Great  Antilles.— What  sea  between  the  Great  Antilles  and 
South  America?  Cn.— What  islands  north  of  Cuba?  Ba.— Which 
are  the  principal  of  the  Bahamas  ?  G.-Ba.,  As.,  N.  -Pe.,  Ao.,  Ea.,  la., 
Ts.,  Lg.,  Cs,,  Gi.— In  what  year  was  Guanahani  discovered  ?  What 
IS  the  name  of  the  eastern  range  of  the  West  India  Islands?  Ce.— 
What  seven  islands  on  the  coast  of  South  America?  Oa.,  Ca.,  B.-Ae., 
L.-Rs.,  Oa.,  Ta.,  Ma.— These  are  the  Lesser  Antilles. 


23  What  occurred  in  1791  ?  24.  When  was  independence  declared? 
What  took  place  after  1800?  In  1849?  25.  What  of  education? 
Of  the  people?  Cmmerce?  Exports?  Army?  26  What  of 
Port  au  Prince?  Cape  Haytien?  27.  What  of  the  Spai  .sh  in- 
habitants? What  occurred  in  1846?  28.  What  of  the  city  of  St 
Domingo  ?  '  * 


192 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


139 


^uuth  American  Scenery, 


SOUTH    AMERICA. 

1.  South  America  is  the  southern  grand  division  of  the 
Western  Continent.  Next  to  Africa,  it  is  the  largest  peninsula 
in  the  world,  being  4500  miles  long,  and  3000  broad  in  the 
widest  part.     Area,  6,552,000  square  miles. 

2.  Like  North  Amefica,  it  is  noted  for  the  height  of  its 
mountains  and  the  extent  of  its  rivers  and  plains.  It  is  also 
remarkable  for  the  number  and  value  of  its  mines  of  gold, 
silver,  and  precious  stones. 

3.  The  climate  is  of  every  variety  which  extent  and  diversity 
of  surface  can  give.  The  vegetable  productions  are  numerous 
and  valuable,  comprising  the  chief  staples  of  tropical  and 
temperate  regions. 

4.  The  principal  mountains  are  the  Andes ;  they  range  along  the 
western  shoL  b  of  the  continent  and,  continuing  through  the  Isthmus 
of  Panama,  are  connected  with  the  Sierra  Madre  and  Rocky  Moun- 
tains  of  North  America.  The  highest  peak  is  the  volcano  of  Acon- 
cagua, in  Chili ;  it  is  nearly  five  miles  high. 


South  America.  Q. — 1.  What  of  South  America?  How  does 
it  compare  with  Africa?  Area?  2.  For  what  noted?  3.  What 
of  the  climate?  Vegetable  productions?  4.  Principal  mountains? 
Which   is   the    highest    peak?       5.  What  further  ia   said   of  the 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


193 


5.  The  Andes  contain  numerous  volcanoei,  manr  of  which  ar. 
constantly  burning.     The  most  noted  is  Cotopaxi.  near  (Tui  o     SI 
no.se  of  Its  eruptions  has  been  heard  at  a  distance  of  several  hun 
Mf  a  mi?;;"'  *''  ''^""  '"-^"^  '''  «^^*-  ''-«  ^een  seen  totcend 

6.  The  principal  rivers  are  the  Amazon,  Parana,  and  Orinoco 
The  Amazon,  though  not  the  longest,  is  the  largest  river  in  th^ 
world,  and  drams,  with  its  tributaries,  an  extent  of  country  equil 
to  two-thirds  the  area  of  Europe.  ^  ^ 


-3^H3S,*fc^;iap^f" 


South  Amorican  Forest. 

7.  The  forests  of  many  parts  of  South  America  are  very  luxuriant. 
They  are  enlivened  by  an  almost  endless  variety  of  birds  fluttering 
through   the    branches,  and  by  troops  of  mon^ceys  and   squtr^ 

SIZ  ^"^,,.^«^g^  V"  ^'"^^i  "^^'  ^^«»g  '^'  river-bordTr^,  ari 
infested  by  alligators,  boas,  and  other  monstrous  reptiles. 


Lama. 


Tapir. 


i!!*^^V    ww'''.^   '^..^^^  "°'*  ^o^ed   volcano? 
nrers?    What  is  said  of  the  Amazon  ? 


w  «„  ^'   ^^®   principal 

.  .     .. ...    ......  iTji.'cat.a,  cu,  I 


/ 


^ 


194 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Ill 

I! 


8.  Among  tke  remarkable  animals  are  the  jaguar,  the  puma,  the 
ocelot,  the  lair'a  or  South  American  camel,  the  tapir,  peccary,  sloth 
ant-eater,  armadillo,  and  chinchilla.     The  horse,  ox,  ass,  and  hog 
were  brought  from  Europe  by  the  first  settlers. 


Red-billed  Toucan. 


Oriole  Neata. 


9.  Some  of  the  most  noted  birds  are  the  American  ostrich,  and  the 
condor  or  vulture  of  the  Andes,  the  largest  of  all  birds  of  dight. 
There  are  also  toucans,  orioles  or  hanging-birds,  the  blacksmith  or 
bell-bird,  and  humming-birds  of  a  hundred  species,  from  the  size 
of  a  wren  to  that  of  a  humbl«-bee. 

10.  The  inhabitants  of  South  America  consist  of  nearly  the  dame 
claases  aa  those  of  the  northern  division  of  the  continent, — Whites, 
Indians,  Negroes,  and  the  mixed  races ;  the  latter  comprise  Mulat- 
toes,  Mestizue&,  and  Zamboes. 

11.  The  whites  »re  chiefly  Spaniards  and  Portuguese,  and  their 
desceudanis :  n.any  of  the  wealthy  are  well  educated ;  but  the 
majority  of  the  people  are  injnorant  and  indolent. 

12.  Nearly  the  whole  of  South  America,  for  300  years,  was  subject 
to  Spain  and  Portugal;  it  is  now,  w  th  tlno  exception  of  Guiana,  inde- 
pendent. That  part  formerly  under  Spanish  rule  is  divided  into 
various  republics,  amonp^  whom  ana.chy  has  mor»?  or  less  prevailed 
since  they  assumed  independence.  Brazil,  '^ormerly  under  the  Porti:- 
guea^,  is  an  empire. 

18.  Tlie  Catholic  is  the  estabT;;!.  ed  religion  in  all  pans  except  in 
British  aad  Dutch  Guiana,  wubVj  Protestaatism  prevails. 


8.  Animals?  9.  Birds?  10.  Inhabitants?  11.  Whites?  12.  What 
of  South  America?  The  Spanish  part?  Braisil?  18.  What  of  the 
Catholic  raUgion  ?    V/here  doci*  Protegtantisin  prevail  f 


.•.^AUVI 


SOUTH  AMERICA. 


195 


140 


^ap^'o.  21.— What  ocean  bounds  South  America  on  the  east? 
Ac— Oa  the  west  ?     Pc— What  sea  on  the  north  ?     Cn. 
How  is  United  States  of  Colombia  bounded  ? 


Its  capital  ? 

Brazil Bounded ?  Capital? 

Cliili Bouaded  ?  Capital  ? 

Paraguay  ....Bounded?  Capital? 

Uruguay Bounded?   Capital? 

Patagonia.... Bounded  ? 


Venezuela.. ..Bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Ecuador Bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Guiana Bounded  ?  C«pi:»ia  ? 

Peri'.  ^Bounded?  Capital? 

BoliTij* Bounded?  Capital? 

Co'S-r}  B»«-d«-«'  Capital! 

Near  what  coast  are  the  Andes  Mountains  ?  Wt.— What  number 
of  miles  do  they  extend  ?— What  is  the  next  longest  range  of  moun- 
tains ?    Bn.~-What  number  of  miles  do  they  extend  ? 

Which  are  the  three  largest  rivers  ?  An.,  Pa.,  Oo.-How  lonir  in 
each  ?  How  wide  is  the  mouth  of  the  Amazon  ?  Where  is  the 
Magdftlena?  Into  what  sea  does  it  empty?  Cn.-Which  are  the 
two  principal  branches  of  the  Amazon  on  the  north  side?  Ca.,  No  — 
Ihe  three  chief  branches  on  the  south  side?  Ma..  Ts.,  Xu  --What 
two  rivers  form  the  Amazon  ?  Ue.,  Ta.-What  two  form  the  Rio  de 
la  Plata  ?  Pa..  U;.— Into  what  ocean  do  the  Orinoco,  Amazon,  San 
Francisco  and  Rio  de  la  Plata  flow?  A.-On.-^Vbat  two  principal 
nvers  south  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata  ?     Co.,  No  principal 


Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Darien  ?  U.  S.  Ca.-G.  of  Venezuela  ?  Va.- 
?rl      tT   K^'~?/n^"^y„^^"^^^     Er.-Bay  of  Panama?     U. 

B:?'%-;!iKr  IL^rl  ^'  '*•  ^*^'«^^  ^*-«^-  ^^^- 

Where  is  Puna  Island?  Er.-Margarita?  C.-Sa.~Is.  of  St.  Felix? 
Juau  Fernandez  ?  ChiloeL?  Ci.-Wellington  I  ?  Ci  ^Terra  del 
Fuego?    Falkland  islands ?-I.  of  St.  CatharL?-Abrcihos  Islands 

th:K?t?tt?dTi:!i^^^^^^^  '• '  ^^^-«^"  -^^^  ^-  --  - 

«  J't^'p^"  ^Jlfu®^'"*?'  f  Magellan?    What  does  it  separate?    Pa 
^^•t:i^i:^  Strait  or  LeMaire?     What  les  it  sepa" 

Wh•c^  are  the  roost  northerly  and  most  southeriy  cppes  ?    Gs    Hn 
-Most  easterly  aid  most  westerly  .     S.-Re.,  Bo. 

What  proportion  of  South  America  lies  north  of  the  Tropic  of 

IZZT^^'t.'riTh'L'^^'M'  ^^-^  -hat  zone,  thesis  it 
I.      •*  1  .     J  "    •■"=■-   =*»"•-  i3  luv  r6utaiuu«rT      3.-fe. — In  what 

S'S£m:t  1lY''  ^"r*'*  r^""i'  Wn.-South  America  co" 
In  wha?r.-.. '**f'"^*".'*^,  "''''*»  *"^  ^^  degrees  of  south  latitude, 
d^^ee,  tn  R  "h!'  »^««' «  »' P^  T'P^^y  ?  Sh.-It  extends  from  86 
aegrees  to  81  d'^grees  of  longitude  west  from  Greenwich  In  what 
longitude,  th-n,  is  it  reokon<5?    Wt.         ""»  ^'wainott-     m  what 


i  ! 


196 


DESCRIPTIVE   QEOGRAPHT. 


141 


Hope  Bridge. 


Sflten>8  carry  fug  Tnivollfis. 


THE  UNITED  STATES  OF  COLOMBIA. 

nJ;  J^'^'f^  A^"'"''-^^  OP  Colombia  lies  in  the  northwest 
part  of  bouth  America,  and  west  of  Venezuela.  The  Isthmus 
of  Panama  with  the  territory  which  extends  thence  westward 
to  Central  America,  is  included  within  its  boundary. 

2    Along  the  western  coast  are  the  Andes,  which,  in  this 
State,  are  divided  into  three  ranges.     East  of  the  mountains 

ind  ZZe^  '^''"''''^^       ''^^*  ^^**"''  ^^'""^  ^^^'''''^  ^°  ^^'«^« 

States^JndT^^nT'  ""q ''^  ''  '™^"'  ''  P»-'*»<"'P'vlIy  with  the  Tnitcd 
States  and  finprland.     Sugar,  cotton,  eacio.— the  fruit  of  the  chociv 

ind    r.;eT^^^^  Gold,  platinum,:;;;;^ 

ana  capper  are  found  m  small  quantities. 

6.  There  are  do  roads  in  the  mountainous  districts.     Tr.^vellers 

('■iituJ  Sltttet  »f  Colomlntt.      Q 1.  Where  in  lh«  Tniio*   si.i 

rf  Colombiaf      What  is  said   of    it  t    TVl!..     ,  ?i  " 

-..« t      Sugar.  *..  t     aoId/L.  r  "  6""lJut  t."7.W  Jr^, 


VENKZUELA* 


1S7 


ar«  conyeytd  tromx  place  to  place  on  chaira  fastened  upon  the  back* 
of  Indiani.  The  bridges  across  the  rapid  torrents  are  fiequently 
formed  of  a  single  rope,  on  which  is  slung  a  hammock  or  basket. 
In  this  basket  the  traveller  is  drawn  across  the  river. 

6.  The  United  States  of  Colombia,  Venezuela,  and  Ecuador  once 
formed  the  Republic  of  Colombia.  In  1831,  each  state  became  inde- 
pendent. The  United  States  of  Colombia  is  now  a  federal  govern- 
ment. 

7.  Bogota  {bo-go-tah'),  the  capital,  lies  near  the  centre  of  the 
United  States  of  Colombia,  on  a  fertile  plain,  8800  feet  above  the  sea. 
It  has  a  number  of  handsome  churches  and  convents,  and  a  university! 
Tlie  surrounding  country  yields  annually  two  crops  of  grain. 

8.  Carthagena  (kar-tah-j'e'nah),  on  the  Caribbean  Sea,  is  the  prin- 
cipal seaport.  Santa  Martha  is  also  a  seaport.  Popayan  (po-pi-ahn') 
and  Paste  are  in  the  southern  part. 

9.  As'pinwall  and  Panama  (pahn-ah-mah'),  on  the  Isthmus  of 
Panama,  are  connected  by  a  railroad.  Most  of  the  travel  between 
California  and  the  Atlantic  States  passes  over  this  road. 


Map  No.  21,  South  America.— What  bounds  United  States  of  Co- 
lombia on  the  north  ?  C.-Sa.— East?  Va.,  BL— South?  Er.— West? 
P. -On. — What  Isthmus  connects  it  with  North  America? — Name  the 
five  principal  rivers  of  Colombia.  Ma.,  Ca.,  Ge.,  Us.»  Ca.— What 
mountains  extend  alopg  the  western  coast  ?    As. 

Map  No.  22. — Where  is  Aspinwall  ?  Panama?  What  river  flows 
into  the  Caribbean  Sea ?    Ca..  {chah'gris.) 


142  - 


VENEZUELA. 

1.  Venezuela  (vmez-we'lah)  lies  south  of  the  Caribbean 
Sea,  and  northeast  of  the  United  States  of  Colombia;  the 
northeast  Andes  extend  along  the  northern  coast.  The 
principal  river  is  the  Orinoco,  which  is  said  to  have  four 
hundred  navigable  tributaries. 

2.  The  central  ard  southern  parts  consist  of  llanos  (Ti/nh^- 
nore)  or  level  plains,  covered  with  gra^s,  affording  pasturage 
to  vast  herds  of  horses,  catties,  and  mules. 


Bi'idcres?  6.  What  was  Colombia-.  *c.  ?  What  took  claee  in  1«81  f 
7.  What  of  Bogota  ?  8.  What  of  Carthagena  ?  Popayan,  &o.  ?  9. 
Aspinwall  ? 

Vmnuda.     Q.—l.  Where  is  Venezuela?     'Viuntains?     The  prin- 
cipal river?     2.  The  central  and  southern  ^  wr ts,  &o.  ?     8.  Theoli- 


198 


DESCRIPTIVE   aEOQRAPHY. 


B.  The  climate  of  Venezuela  is  warm,  and  the  soil  is  fertile 
Cottee,  cacao,  cotton,  aad  indigo  are  produced.  These,  with  hidp» 
and  tallow,  form  the  principal  exports. 

,of;,  Carac'cas,  the  capital,  is  12  miles  from  the  coast.  Previous  to 
1812  It  had  40,000  inhabitants.  In  that  year  it  was  destroyed  by  a" 
earthquake,  and  10,000  persons  perished  in  the  ruins.  The  citr  has 
been  rebuilt,  and  now  contains  50,000  inhabitants. 

?'i- vf  ?^.V^^^  {lak-gwi'rah)  is  the  chief  seaport.  Maracaybo  Imah- 
rah-kt  bo),  Valencia,  Core,  and  Cumana  {koo-mah-nah')  are  consider- 
able  towns.  Bolivar  City  is  the  most  important  place  on  the  Orinoco 
Ki^r.     The  island  of  Margarita,  one  of  the  Lesser  Antilles,  belongs 

Map  No.  21,  South  ^mmca.— What  bounds  Venezuela  on  the  north  ? 
a-Sa-Ea8t?Ga?-  South?  Bl.,  U.-8.-Ca.-West?  U.-S.-Ca.-I 
Which  18  the  chief  river?  Oo.— How  long  is  it?  How  far  is  it 
navigable  for  ships?— What  river  connects  the  Orinoco  and  Rio 
JN  egro  .'  Ce.— What  lake  in  the  northwest  part  of  Venezuela  ?  Mo 
—How  long  18  It?  The  waters  of  this  lake  are  fresh,  except  when 
the  waters  of  the  Caribbean  Sea  have  been  blown  in  by  prevailine 
north  winds. —What  island  belongs  to  Venezuela  ?    Ma. 


ECUADOR. 

6.  Ecuador  (ek-wah-doref)  lies  under  the  equator  (whence 
Its  name),  and  south  of  the  United  States  of  Colombia.  The 
towns  are  nearly  all  on  the  mountains  in  the  west;  the  eastern 
portion  is  occupied  by  independent  tribes  of  Indians. 

7.  The  climate  of  the  highlands,  especially  of  the  region 
around  Quito  (Jce'to),  is  perpetual  spring.  Vegetation  con- 
tinues throughout  the  year,  and  the  trees  and  meadows  are 
always  crowned  with  verdure.  The  products  are  similar  to 
those  of  the  United  States  of  Colombia. 

8.  The  Galapagos  {gah-lah'pay-goct,  or  gah-in-pay'gm),  or  Turtle 
Islands,  jjelong  to  Ecuador.     They  lie  in  the  Pacific  Ocean,  650 miles 
west  of  its  coast.     These  islands,  of  which  nine  are  of  some  size 
enjoy  a  delightful  climate.  ' 

9.  Quito,  the  capital,  is  situated  on  the  side  of  Mount  Pichincha,  9600 
feet  above  the  sea.    It  is  surrounded  by  noted  volcanic  mountains,  and 


mate,  &c.  ? 


nru  .^^?®®'  *°'.  ^     ^"  ^^^^  of  ^araocas  ?    What  occurred  in 
.. liSt  of  the  city  now?      5.  What  of  La  liuayra?     Mara- 
«aybo,  &c.  ?     Bolivar  City  ?    The  island  of  Margarita  ? 

Ecuador.     Q.  —6.  Where  is  Ecundor  ?     What  of  the  population  ? 
7.  tUmiiter    Vegetation?    Products?    8.  The  Galapagos  Islands t 


GUIANA. 


1?9 


contains  handsome  streets  aud  squares.  The  university,  which 
has  some  celebrity,  is  well  attended.  This  city  is  regarded  as  the 
Atheos  of  South  America.  ^  © 

10.  QnAjaqnil  (gwi-ah-keel'),  on  a  gulf  of  the  same  name,  is  the 
chiet  seaport,  and  is  a  flourishing  commercial  city.  Cuenca  (kwen'- 
kah),  Riobamba,  and  Otabalo  {o-tah-bah' lo)  are  important  towns. 

Mapjfo.  21,  South  America. —YfYtfii  bounds  Ecuador  on  the  north  ^ 
U..S.-Ca.— East?  BL,  U.-S.-Ca.— South  ?  Pu.— West  ?  P.-On  ~ 
What  range  of  mountains  in  the  western  part  ?  As.— What  river 
forms  the  chief  part  of  the  boundary  of  Ecuador  on  the  sou^h?    Ta 


143 


GUIANA. 

1.  Guiana  (ghe-ah'nah)  is  in  the  northeast  part  of  South 
America,  on  the  Atlantic.  It  extends  on  the  eoast  a  distance 
of  700  miles,  from  the  Orinoco  to  the  Oyapok  River. 

2.  Along  the  coast  the  surface  is  low  and  level,  but  in 
the  interior   it   is  elevated   and   mountainous.     The   towns 
are  principally  on  the  Atlantic.      The   products  are  sugar 
coffee,   Cayenne  pepper,  cloves,  nutmegs,  cinnamon,  and  a 
great  variety  of  tropical  fruits. 

3  The  western  part  belongs  to  England,  the  middle  to 
Holland,  and  the  eastern  to  France.  British  Guiana  includes 
Essequibo  (es-seh-ke^bo),  Demerara,  and  Berbice  (ber-beece')  : 
Dutch    Guiana,   Surinam';    and   French    Guiana,    Cayenne 

4.  The  great  mass  of  the  inhabitants  are  negroes,  who  weve  for- 

^lH'Ty  *""  .*'?^  '"  ^'^'^^^y'  ^"^  "^^^  °«w  free.     The  interior  is 
inhabited  by  an  independent  tribe  of  Indians. 

6  The  British  colonies  were  first  settled  by  the  Dutch,  and  were 
captured  by  the  British  in  1803.  They  were  for  a  long  period  very 
flourishing,  und  their  commerce  was  extensive;  but,  like  the  West 
India  colonies  of  Great  Britain,   their   prosperity  has  materially 


Otiibllo?^^^^    10.  What  is  said  of  Guayaquil       luenca?    Riobamba? 

,,._^      -^      .     „..„_Q  jg  ^^„j^^-     lis  tixientr     2.    whatalonir 
tliecoAst?     Of   the  interior?     Of  the  towns?     The  products?     8 
To  whom  does  Guiana  belong  ?    What  of  British  Guiana  ?    Of  Dutch 
Guiana?     Of  French  Guiana?     4.  What  is  said  of  negroes?     By 
whom  IS   the  interior  inhabited?    5.  The  British  colonies,  Ac? 


I 


200 


DMSCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


an?;  h®o"J?!r™"i^.t  """"I:  Pro«P«'0"8  P»rt  of  Gulana ;  the  inhabit, 
ants  have  drained  the  unhealthy  districts,  and  made  navigable  canaL 
in  various  quarters.  ^         ^»uai8 

7.  The  colony  of  Cayenne  is  divided  into  the  districts  of  Cayenne 
and  Smaman  {sm.ah-r.ah're).  The  latter  was  for  a  time  a  pffce  of 
deportation  or  punishment  for  political  offenders  from  France 

8.  Georgetown  is  the  capital  of  British  Guiana.  Paramaribo,  on 
Surinam  lliver  is  the  capital  of  Dutch  Guiana.     The  city  of  Cay^ 

Tr^l   m^T'f  °^  ^'^^'r^  ®''^^°'^'  ^«  «^  *"  i«la«d  of  the  same 
name,  18  miles  long  and  10  miles  wide. 

A  ^?  "^Th^^'  '^ff  ^,^'"^^*'''«;-What  bounds  Guiana  on  the  north? 
v;    ^^^^^!u'     A-On-.Bl— The  south?     Bl.-The  west?    Bl 

Jre ^rfirsUW  ?  '"'"*•''  """' '    ^"'  '"•'  ^''^  ^^-^^^  ^-g 


144 


Mulos  aud  Lainud  causing  Proiluco. 

PERU. 

1.  Peru  {p'-roo')  lies  on  the  Pacific  coast,  south  of  Ecua- 
dor It  has  long  been  famous  for  the  wealth  of  its  mines  of 
gold  and  silver;  but  they  are  now  less  productive  than  for- 
merly^ This  state  became  independent  in  1824,  by  the  de- 
leat  ot  the  Spaniards  at  Ajacucho  (i-ah-koo'cho). 

Cay^nT  &o  J*^'  "*^'^""''*    ^-  '^^'^'*''  "^'  Cieorgetown?    Paramaribo? 
Peru.     ^.—1.  Where  is  Peru  ?     For  what  famous  ?     When  did  it 


FXBU. 


20i 


2.  The  Andes  extend  through  Peru  from  north  to  south.  On  the 
coast  the  climate  is  hot :  rain  seldom  falls,  and  thunder  and  light- 
ning  are  unknown.  On  the  high  table-land  between  the  ridges  of 
the  mountains,  the  climate  is  various,  and  the  products  of  the  soil 
are  chiefly  those  of  temperate  regions. 

3.  Indian  corn,  sugar-cane,  cotton,  and  fruits  of  almost  every 
climate  are  produced.  Some  valuable  dye-woods  and  medicinal 
plants  are  exported,  particularly  Peruvian  bark  and  coca. 

4.  The  silver  mines  of  Cerro  Pasco,  in  the  Andes,  at  the  height 
of  13,000  feet  above  the  sea,  are  the  most  important  in  Peru. 

5.  Guano,  a  rich  manure,  found  in  great  quantities  on  the  Chincha 
and  Lobos  Islands,  near  the  coast,  is  largely  exported  to  the  United 
States  and  England. 

6.  There  are  few  roads  or  bridges  in  Peru ;  in  the  intercourse  be- 
tween the  seaports  and  the  iuterlor  of  the  country,  almost  every 
article  of  merchandise  is  transported  on  the  backs  of  mules  and  lamas. 

7.  Lima  {le'mak),  the  capital,  is  the  largest  city  in  Peru.  It  ig 
regularly  laid  out,  and  contains  many  handsome  public  buildings. 
The  churches  and  convents  though  robbed  of  a  great  part  of  their 
wealth  during  the  revolution,  still  present  a  handsome  appearance. 

8.  Cuzco  (koos'ko),  the  second  city,  is  situated  on  one  of  the  head 
branches  of  the  Amazon  River.  At  the  time  of  the  Spanish  con- 
quest it  was  the  metropolis  of  the  ancient  empire  of  Peru.  Arequipa 
{ah^ray-ke'pah)  is  the  chief  place  of  trade  in  the  southern  part. 
Islay  {eea-W),  its  seaport,  is  a  small  village.  Pisco  is  noted  for  its 
brandy. 

9.  Callao  (kakl-lah'o  or  kahl-yah'o),  the  seaport  of  Lima,  is  strongly 
fortified.  A  railroad  extends  to  Lima.  Truxillo  {troo-heel'yo)  is  a 
handsome  town ;  Piura  (pe-oo'rah)  is  famous  for  its  fine  breed  of 
mules.    Payta(/if 7aA)  is  much  frequented  by  American  whale-ships. 

10.  Guarmey  {ywahr-may')  contains  a  university  richly  endowed, 
and  Huancavelica  {wahn-kah-vay-le'kah)  is  celebrated  for  its  mines 
of  quicksilver.  Arica  (ah-re'kah)  is  the  port  through  which  is  con- 
ducted the  chief  part  of  the  trade  with  Bolivia.  Here,  owing  to  the 
heavy  surf,  all  vessels  are  loaded  and  unloaded  by  means  of  the 
balsa,  a  light  raft  or  float  made  of  inflated  seal-skins. 

Map  No.  21,  South  America. — What  bound  Peru  on  the  north  ?  Er., 
Bl.—East?  Bl.,  Ba.— South?  Ba.,  P. -On.— West?  P.-On.— What 
mountains  extend  along  the  coast?  As.— What  desert  in  the  south? 
Aa. — What  lake  forms  part  of  the  eastern  boundary?  Ta. — Which 
is  the  head  branch  of  the  Amazon?  Ue. — In  what  lake  does  it 
rise  ?     Rs. 


become  independents  &o.  ?  2.  What  ia  an. id  nf  th«  Ar^^^g^  riimstc? 
3.  Indian  corn,  &c.  ?  4.  The  silver  mines  of  Cerro  Pasco?  5.  Guano? 
6.  Roads  and  bridges?  7.  What  of  Lima?  8.  Cuzco?  Arequipa? 
Islay,  &o.  ?    9.  Callao,  &«.  ?     10.  Guarmey  ?     Arica,  &c.  ? 


202 


DESCRIPTIVE  OEOOllAPHY. 


145 


BOLIVIA.  i 

1.  Bolivia  lies  south  of  Brazil  and  east  of  Peru,  and  was 
formerly  culled  Upper  Peru.     It  was  once  attached  to  Th 
viceroyalty  of  Buenos  Ayres,  but   became   independent  in 

}t.\       fl'  °rf^  ^^^'  ^^""^'^^  bolivar  (bo-le'var),  the 
liberator  of  South  America.  ^  ^' 

2.  It  lies  chiefly  in  the  interior,  east  of  the  Andes     Ju 
^fofear  """'  '"*"^  P'""' '"""  ^«»«  ^  14  000  ?^"abo'^ 

8umn,»°'i7  M*'?  «,""  ^^V  ""  '''°»"'»'  »■"'  «">«•««»  "  Wgh  .8  th. 

other  tropical  products  are  raised  in  the  lower  districfs  ^  Gold, 

Bilrer,  copper,    and    other 
I  'metals  are  found. 

4.   Lake    Titicaca   (te-te- 
kah'kah)  forms  part  of  the 
western  boundary  of  Boli- 
via.   It  is  12,796  feet  above 
the  sea,  and  has  no  visible 
outlet  other  than  a  small 
stream  connecting  it  with  a 
smaller  lake.     It  is  navi- 
gated chiefly  by  boats  made 
of  rushes  plaited  together, 
the  mast  and  rudder  alone 
being  made  of  wood. 

5.  The  condor,  the  largest 
of  the  vulture  kind,  inhabits 
Bolivia  and  other  parts  of 
the  continent.  He  descends 
from  the  loftiest  summits  of 
the  Andes  only  in  pursuit. 
of  prey. 

sah  kah),  contains  a  university,  and  a  public  library,  one  of  the  best 

Wl^n'S'v  ?~^'  '^¥''®  '^  Bolivia?  What  formerly  called,  &c  ' 
When  did  It  b^^ome  independent?  After  whom  nami  ?  9  nrXi 
suriace  r  js.  VVimt  of  its  cities  and  cottages  ?  What  does  it  vield ' 
Other  products?    4.  What  of  Lake  Titicaca?    6.  The  conior^?    g'. 


Condor. 


OHILI. 


2oa 


in  South  America.    La  Paz  is  the  largest  city  in  Bolivia,  and,  though 
in  a  deep  valley,  is  elevated  12,400  feet  above  the  ocean. 

7.  Potosi  (po-to-ae^),  famous  for  its  silver-mines,  is  13,000  feet 
above  the  sea.  The  mountain  on  which  it  stands  is  said  to  be  a  huge 
silver-mine.  The  mines  of  Potosi  yielded  In  two  hundred  and  forty- 
four  years  ninety-six  millions  in  silver  and  gold;  but  they  are  less 
productive  than  formerly. 

8.  Cochabamba  lies  in  a  fertile  and  well- cultivated  valley,  and 
has  a  considerable  trade  in  grain,  fruits,  and  vegetables.  Cobija 
[ko-be^hak),  the  only  seaport  of  Bolivia,  is  of  little  importance. 


Map  No.  21,  South  America.— Vfh^i  bound  Bolivia  on  the  north  ? 
Pu.,  Bl.— East?  BL,  Py.— South?  Ci.,  A.-Cn.,  Py.— West?  Pu., 
P. -On.— What  are  the  principal  rivers?  Me.,  Bo.,  Ge.,  Py.,  Po. 
—How  long,  each,  the  first  three  ?  The  largest  lake  ?  Ta.— How 
long  is  it  ?  (The  surplus  waters  of  Lake  Titicaca  are  discharged 
"oy  the  river  Desaguadero  {dis-ah-gwah-day^ro),  the  outlet,  into  Lake 
Pansa,  180  miles  to  the  southward :  the  latter  is  depressed  670  feet 
below  the  level  of  Titicaca.  It  is  supposed  that  Lake  Pansa  has  a 
subterranean  communication  with  the  sea.) — What  desert  on  th« 
coast  of  Bolivia?    Aa. 


146 


CHILI.  . 

1.  Chili  lies  on  the  Pacific  coast,  and  extends  from  Bolivia 
to  the  southern  extremity  of  South  America.  The  climate 
is  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world ;  and  the  scenery  is  so  grand 
that  Chili  is  sometimes  called  the  Italy  of  America. 

2.  Chili  is  an  inclined  plane,  sloping  from  the  Andes  to  the 
Pacific.  Much  of  the  surface  is  rocky  and  barren;  but  there 
are  valleys  and  plains  of  great  fertility. 

3.  Volcanoes  are  numerous:  fourteen  are  constantly  active  in 
the  Chilian  Andes.  One  of  these,  Aconcagua,  is  the  highest  moun- 
tain in  America,  and  the  loftiest  volcano  in  the  world.  Earthquakes 
are  frequent,  and  cities  and  towns  are  often  destroyed. 

4.  Wheat  and  other  grains  are  cultivated;  fruit  is  raised  in 
abundance;  wine  is  made;   and  cattle  are  numerous.     There  are 


The  capital?     La  Paz?    7.  Potosi?     8.  Cochabamba?     What  of  the 


ana v\/^'«*^    /\-P    T)y%1  *«*« n.  4 


Chili.    ^.—1.  Where  is  Chili?   What  of  the  climate?   Scenery?  2, 
Surface?   3.  Volcanoes?  Aconcagua?   Earthquakes?   4.  Wheat,  &c.? 


204 


pplr 


DESCRIPTIVE   OEOaRAPHY. 


Route  over  the  Andoe. 


vr:Mal''''^  "^^^''  ^°*^'  -^  -PP-;  the  latter  are  the  most 
6.  Chili  is  the  best-gorerned  and  most  prosperous  of  the  South 

American  republics. 
Considerable  attention 
is  paid  to  education- 
and  a  well-established 
common-school  and 
university  system  is  in 
operation. 

6.  A  considerable 
trade  is  carried  on  with 
Buenos  Ayres,  acrosa 
the  Andes,  by  troops 
ol  mules.  In  travers- 
ing these  heights  the 
animals,  and  their 
drivers,  sometimes  slip 

pa8j.es  which  wind  among  the  mountains,  an/TelVheTto"!?" 
on  tiio  rooks  beneath.  uasuea  to  pieces 

since  the  entrance  of  the  SpSrd/inrChni    ™"'"""='""»'"»  «"•' 
beLrtMlTsLt?  'one"of1helf., ""•?""."'  <"  '"'"'  !'""■"«'«. 

to  Santiago.  ConcrcTonri^.«  ^'^^^^S'^^^^^ends  from  Valparaiso 
Tongoy(L.,;;-r^^^^^^ 

Ba'^^Ea^"  \%f  A"'^LZ'^T''t  ^"-^«  ^hili  on  the  north? 
mountains  r.pa^ate  Chili lin^t  a  P-On— West?  P.-On.-What 
What  islands^rwLfo'^^ai^^^^^^^^^  As.- 

residence  of  Alexander  Selkirk%  M  Ta  Whl.^  f^  f^^^  ^*',^^' 
Juan  Fernandez '     S.-Fx      What  i^w;""   *u*  "^*"^  "^  '^^''^^  «^ 

•3-  rx.     wnat.islands  on  the  coast?    Ce.,  Wu. 


Mines  ? 

---   ••trrcssiig  liic  i:ina6H 

islands  ? 


S,  What  further  of  Chili  t     Education?    ft  T,„.» 


BRAZIL. 


205 


re  the  most 

'f  the  South 
repubUcs. 
ble  attention 
education; 
-established 
ohool  and 
system  is  in 

onsiderable 
riedonwith 
fes,  acrosa 
by  troops 
In  travers- 
ieights  the 
and  their 
letimesslip 
ep,  narrow 
d  to  pieces 

ith  of  the 
)f  Indians, 
aents  ever 

'ernandez, 
eral  years 
lor,  whose 
own  story 
lere. 

lated  in  a 
le  houses 
'alparaiso 
t  harbor, 
alparaiso 
-keem'bo)f 
g  towns. 

e  north? 
I— What 
?  As.— 
1  was  the 
north  of 


147 


'?  titxv 


BRAZIL. 

1.  Brazil  is  the  largest  division  of  South  America.  Its 
area  is  but  little  less  than  that  of  the  United  States.  It  was 
first  settled  by  the  Portuguese.  In  1808  it  became  a  king- 
dom, and  in  1822  an  empire. 

2.  The  principal  mountains  are  the  Brazilian^  Organ,  and 
Geral  {zhay-rahX)  Mountains.  The  Amazon,  the  largest 
although  not  the  longest  river  in  the  world,  flows  from  west 
to  east  through  the  northern  part,  and,  with  its  numerous 
tributaries,  drains  an  immense  extent  of  territory,— even 
greater  than  that  drained  by  the  Mississippi. 

3.  The  largest  part  of  the  population  live  on  and  near  the  coast. 
In  the  interior  are  gigantic  forests  and  extensive  plains,  and  but 
few  towns. 

4.  In  the  large  cities  there  are  many  universities  and  schools, 
and  much  literary  society ;  but  in  the  smaller  towns  education  is 
limited  and  schools  are  rare.  There  is  less  prejudice  between  the 
diflFerent  races  than  elsewhere  in  America,  and  intermarriages  are 
common.  Nearly  all  the  labor  is  performed  by  negro  slaves,  who 
compose  three-fifths  of  the  population. 


Grossing  a  jjrazllian  River. 

6.  There  are  few  good  roads ;  the  numerous  streams  are  destitute 
of  bridges,  and,  in  many  oases,  of  ferry-boats.  The  rivers  are  often 
crossed  on  rude  rafts. 

6.  Agriculture  is  more  attended  to  than  formerly ;  but  not  more 


ms?    8 


Brazil,  p.— 1.  Where  is  Brazil?  What  is  said  of  its  first  settle- 
iient?  What  in  1808  and  1822?  %.  Mountains?  Rivera?  8.  What 
of  the  population?  Interior?  4.  Education,  &c.?  Of  different 
races?    Labor?    5.  Roads,  &o.?    6.  What  is  said  of  agriculture? 

14 


1 


II  'i 


206 


DE80BIPTIVE  OEOORAPHY. 


than  the  one-hundred-and-fiftiAfh  nai.*  «*  *u^         ... 
Coffee  i8  one  of  the  chief  products  ^mL/h  •    ®™P^^*  >?  c^Hi^ated. 
any  other  country     There  are  Lar;!^^        being  raised  here  than  ia 
is  flourishing      ^  ®  '^'"'^''^^^  *^^  manufactures;  commerce 

7.  Coffee,  sugar,  cotton,  hides  and  vhImoKi-  -     j  * 

chiefly  to  th.  Unit'ed  States  GrLBrUal  an.  Powf  "?  '«''""'""'' 
rich  ia  gold  and  precious  stonee.  Itsdkmomr  .Tfn  *"'•  ■'*''""  '' 
all  the  diamonds  of  commerce.  """nond-mines  supply  nearly 

calL^'thJrmm'.'^inX  ir!r  «'«»«■  "Pr""^ '"  '!■«  «gi«» 
farmers  h.,e  from  2MTO  triSrSJ^ead!"  "        ■°'"''  "°""'  °'  "" 

Icus  city  Of  So?th  Amer".  '  It  fs  builTIn  tTX""'"^  """*  P""- 
bnt  the  streets  are  narrow      Th.  L„    ■  i      ,      ^n^PC"  manner, 

men  of  rural  architecture      PM-^n^lr  Joneiro,  is  a  fine  speci- 

.ourt.  is  connected  S'h.  oa^iLTby  raraT"  "'""'~*  "'"■« 


Palace  of  Sio  Christovlo. 

commerct"  (>ttmtlc\"tn:Sr^^^^    T  "*^^*  *^  ^^  J«--  - 

Bra.il/  Maranham'  and^pl.   ^*    '  m    ^^^^'^'^Itivate^l    oarr  of 

Grande  (re'o  LaTn^rfa^fin^^^^^^^  '"  *^^  '^^^^^^   ^««  ^iio 

^     o  grann  aay),  m  the  south,  are  commercial  to"  i,^ 

iownanJ^cTnti^o^flfelt^:^^^^^  '^'^-"^^-^'-^  the  chief 

-;,  Boa,  and  .^  ^^^^^^  ^l^^^^^^^ 


Coffee  ?     Manu  atfuu>  es  ' 

sugar,  &c.?     :;a.,,  ^,,  ^     l^iamonds? 

Janeiro?      Jm?:'»i'iy?  r.nin-2? 


11.  Diamantina,  &o.  ? 


^r%xx\v\j^ 


Commerce  ?      7.  What  is  said  of  coffee, 

8.  Cattle?     9.  What  of  Rio 

Maranham,  &o.  ? 


in     T 

3.\j.  jsania. 


so.? 


THE  ARQENTIME  CONf  EDEBATION. 


207 


Map  No.  21,  South  America. — What  bound  Brazil  on  the  north  ? 
Va.,  Ga.,  A. -On.— East?  A.-On.— South ?  A.-On.,  Uy.,  Py.,  Ba.,  Pu. 
—West?  U.-S.-Ca.,  Er.,  Pu.,  Ba.,  Py.,  A.-Cn.— Which  are  the  prin- 
cipal rivers  that  fiow  into  the  Atlantic  Ocean?  An.,  Pa.,  Pa.,  S.-Fo. 
— How  wide  is  the  Amazon  River  at  its  mouth? — Which  are  the 
chief  brancLes  of  the  Amazon  on  the  south?  Xu.,  Ts,,  Ma.,  Ps. — 
On  the  north?  No.,  Ca. — What  large  river  flows  into  Para  River? 
Ts. — W'lat  island  at  the  mouth  of  the  Amazon?  Js. — How  long 
is  it? 

What  river  connects  the  Rio  Negro  with  the  Orinoco  ?  Ce.  This 
river  has  the  remarkable  peculiarity  that  it  is  an  afSuent  of  the 
Orinoco  and  is  also  united  with  the  Rio  Negro  {re'o  nay'gro),  a 
branch  of  th*;^  Amazon. — What  mountains  in  Brazil  extend  parallel 
with  the  coast  ?  Bn. — Near  what  latitude  did  Cabral  first  see  the 
Brai.ilian  coast? 


148 


Gauchos  catching  Cattle  with  the  Lasso. 


ARGENTINE  CONFEDERATION. 

1.  The  Argentine  Confederation  lies  south  of  Bolivia  and 
Paraguay.  It  formerly  constituted  a  Spanish  vicerojalty.  It 
was  the  first  of  the  South  American  colonies  to  throw  off 
the  yoke  of  the  mother-country,  and  became  independent 
in  1816. 

2.  The  provinces,  fourteen  in  number,  have  sometimes  been 


The  Argentine  Confederation.     Q. — 1.  Where  is  the  Argentine  Con- 
federation ?    What  is  said  of  it?     When  did  it  become  independent  ? 


208 


BESCSirilVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


they  have  ov  .ers,  and  e'ach  L  mLkX  th  ^ ?' '^  '^  ^''^ .'  -o;' 
a  learher  rope,  with  great  skil      ':^  f'""^«'^*^'e  they  use  theLso 

'T  Thl''' "'''  '""^  ^'""  '^^^^  ^^  "^- '    ''' """''''  ^'"'  ""^ 

iB  cure/wi!K^^IlVf^rS^^^'^•^^^  P"^e  that  beef 

^xnds  from  the  pampa^  ace  mLTieS'bv'rh"'  r^'^^''  "^«  ^««'  " 
become  violent  hurricanes,  an7soS,SL?'^'''  *^  ^'"^*^^"  ««a.ons 
the  coast.  '  '"'^^  sometimes  endanger  ships  at  sea  near 

duc'.s!'"  ''^he7ln'd'Slet:;:riMv:?^/ •^'^l^"  ''''  ^^«  ^'hi^f  Pro- 
Ayres  (bo'nos  ay'riz),  MeYdoza  and  o/f  'f  '^'  ^^'^"'^^  «^  Bu«no« 
bexng  threshed  by  makinrcatrg^'i:^^^^^^^^  towns,-the  grain 


Buenos  Ayres. 


».tual*d  0,1  the  south  bank  of  ilf.  hL  ^  i"*"!?,'  '=»«>n>"ci«l  lown,  in 
"^■.).  about  200  ...iks  from  tl  e  e»  I.  .  ■'''"'  ('''"  *'*  '»*/""*'- 
moroe  in  hide,,  horn,,  ?a™  iw  and  wool  T'  ^  ?  "'«"«'«  oon- 
.n  mportant  town,  on  the  Zltltlt  i^l"^:^ ^^^^Z"'-"'"')  '' 


2.  What  about  thp 
country 


>vermaent?     S.   What  of 


of  cattle,  &c.  ?     4.   Of  th 


Kiojt 
ft  large  portion  of  the 


e  Gauchos?     5.   Of  t| 


niosphere?     G.  rrodiiptH?     7    wi'  .     ..    .  - 

A,r..,    8.0fCord:,'rr"Lendo«r"Ki^r,-|:S?i;    O'' 1^- 


lie 

OS 


URUGUAY. 


209 


arated  into 

''  or  plains, 
numbers  of 
I  wild;  now 
name. 

)ampas,  ara 
*e  the  lasso, 
r  grain  nor 

I  tiiat  beef 
lie  western 
ain  seajona 
at  sea  near 

chief  pro- 
of Buenos 
-the  grain 


place  of 
town,  is 
ahplah'- 
ive  cooj- 
•nah')  is 

versify, 
it  Rioja 

1  of  the 
Of  tUv 
Bueuos 


("•e-o' itah)  a  considerable  quantity  of  wine  is  made.     Salta  ia  a  great 
market  for  buying  and  selling  mules. 


Map  No.  21,  South  America. — What  bound  the  Argentine  Con- 
federation on  the  north?  Ba.,  Py. — East?  Py.,  Bl.,  Uy.,  A.-On.— 
South?  Pa.,  A.-(*a.— West?  Ba.,  Ci.— What  mountains  separate 
the  Argentine  Confederation  from  Chili  ?  As. — River  from  Patago- 
nia? R.-No. — From  Paraguay?  Pa.,  Vo.— How  wide  is  the  Rio  de 
la  Plata  at  its  mouth  ?— What  rivers  separate  tne  Argentine  Con- 
federation and  Uruguay?   -L.-Pa.,  Uv. 

149  


PARAGUAY. 

1.  Paraguay  (pah-rah-gwi')  lies  west  of  Brazil,  and  south 
of  Brazil  and  Bolivia.  It  is  wholly  in  the  interior.  The 
Parana  River  is  the  eastern  boundary ;  the  Paraguay  flows 
through  the  State  from  north  to  south.  The  Yermejo  (yair- 
may' ho)  and  Pilcomayo  (jjll-ko-mi'o)  are  the  other  principal 
rivers.  ^ 

2.  Paraguay  declared  its  independence  in  1810.  In  1812, 
Dr.  Francia,  a  native  Paraguayan,  assumed  the  powers  of  dic- 
tator, and  ruled  until  his  death,  in  1840. 

« 

3  Under  his  governiAent,  the  inhabitants  were  taught  reading, 
writing,  and  arithmetic,  and  every  one  was  obliged  to  work.  Until 
after  his  death,  no  foreigner  was  allowed  to  onter  the  country. 

4.  The  soil  is  fertile  between  the  Parana  and  Paraguay  Rivers. 
Yerba  matd  lyaii-'bah  mah-tay'),  or  Paraguay  tea,  hides,  and  valuable 
woods,  are  the  chief  products.  The  Gran  Chaco  {grahn  chah'ko)  is 
in  the  northwest,  and  is  a  desert  region.  Asuncion  (ah-soon-se-own'), 
the  capital,  Itapua  {e-tah-poo'ah),  Curuguaty  [koo-roo-gwah-te'),  and 
Villa  Rica  {veel'yah  re'kah)  are  the  chief  towns. 


URUGUAY. 


5.  UuunUAY  {ftO'Von-gioi')  lies  on  the  Atlantic  i?oast,  south 
of  Brazil,  and  is  the  Hniallcst  of  the  South  Aiuoneuu  St;ites. 
It  takes  itH  name  from  the  river  Uruguay,  which  forms  its 


■-••-•'■•-■•  n     r-'vixti'ntii  7 


T4-    l>.>« 

XL'  lias 


a  v;ctiLi  at   ^u^  ct  tiiitciiL. 


Paraguay.  Q. — 1.  Where  is  Pnraguny  ?  What  is  said  of  it? 
Rivers?  2.  What  occurred  in  1810?  What  of  Dr.  Francia?  3. 
Govt  rnment,  &o.  ?     4.  Products? 

Urugmy.     Q. — 5.  Where  is  Uruguay?     6.  What  of  this  state  f 


1^» 


210 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


3/ap   iVb.   21,    ^oM/A   America —Whstt   y^^„^A    « 
guay?     Mm.  ""iry  west/     A.-Cn.~WIiat  lake  in  Uru- 


150 


PATAGONIA.* 

1.  Patagonia  is  in  the  extreme  southern  Dart  of  ^n,  .i, 

g.adat»„,  ,.„.\,e  se.e„.t  l-''^'  :!:;l„r 'fet',: 

2.  The  few  Indians  who  inhabit  it  are  remarkahlp  fr..  fk  • 
stature:    they  are   generally  about   six   anTa   h  If  /  .   • ' 

_  *  Patagonia  is  elnimed   bv  th«  Ar-«"*!n^  r--„  -  i-    ^-  ~~ 


liulnea,  both  ia  th«  south 


as  (poon'tah  ah-raj/'nan)  and  Port 


PATAGONIA. 


211 


0  of  the  Rio 
years  it  has 
hostility  of 


The  inhabitants  are  savages  of  the  lowest  order.     Cape  Horn  is  on 
Hermit  Island,  the  farthest  southern  land  in  South  America. 


in,    without 

is  healthy, 

dry  winds 

e  Rio  de  la 
rreat  quan- 
uolonia  are 


ly  on  the 
?  A.-Cn., 
river  flows 


,  A. -On. — 
£e  in  Uru- 


3f  South 
country. 
>.y  pontic 
.ndes  on 

for  their 
feet  in 
always, 

>m  Pata- 
island.s. 

fitc  ?     8. 

oe,  (fee.  ? 
3.  What 

hy  the 

^liili  hai 
ind  Port 


Sailors  killing  Soals. 


Peuguiun. 


4.  The  Falkland  (fatvk'land)  Islands,  two  in  number,  lie  nearly 
300  miles  east  of  Patagonia,  and  belong  to  Great  Brituln.  A  small 
settlement  and  garrison  are  established  at  Port  Louis,  on  East  Falk- 
land Island.  Peat  for  fuel  is  found  in  larga  quantities,  and  horses 
and  cattle  abound. 

6.  Farther  south  and  southeast  are  the  islands  of  South  Shet- 
land, Palmer  Land,  Graham  Land,  South  Orkney,  and  Sandwich 
Lnnd.  These  hare  all,  except  the  last,  been  discovered  since  the 
year  1819. 

6.  They  are  desolate,  sterile  regions,  covered  even  in  midsummer 
with  ice  and  snow,  and  are  without  inhabitants.  Their  shores 
abound  to  some  extent  with  the  fur-seal  and  sea-elephant,  besides 
vast  numbers  of  penguins. 


Map  No.  21,  South  America. — How  is  Patagonia  bounded?  Which 
is  its  chief  river  ?  No. — What  islands  lie  eastward  ?  Fd.  — What  strait 
pcparates  Patagonia  from  Terra  del  Fuego?  Mn. — What  island  east 
of  Terra  del  Fuego  ?  S.-Ld. — What  celebrated  cape  south  of  Terra 
•Icl  Fuego  ?     Hn. 

Map  No.  1. —  Western  Hemispkere. — Which  is  the  most  northern, 
Graham  Land,  or  the  Falkland  Isles?  F.-Ih. — Which  are  the  most 
eastern  islands,  Sandwich  Land,  or  Graham  Land?  S.-Ld. — Which 
of  ihoBO  is  the  moBl  uiBtant  i'rom  ratagcnia?     S.-Ld. 


of  Terra  del  Fuego?    Cape  Horn?    4.  Falkland  Islands?    Peat,  &c.  7 
b.  Islands  to  the  south  and  southeast?     0.  What  of  them? 


212 


KESCBIPTIVE  GEOaBAPHY. 


151   - 


EUEOPE. 

fc»-y,  its  civilization,  its  pra"^?„  th/L.  '^T"'/"  '^  his- 

sponding  htitudi    o«dnrj»^     "^  Asm  that  lie  in  corre- 
.adthe°west„it>rMUr(?cer^  '^''"'  ^^'-' 

500  mile«  ,li,ta,.t  from  the'^el  ""  '"""6  "">■■«  ""a,, 

areVtt  't:^lri^'T'i  """"«''  """*  "^  "'«  "-« 

Dnieper,  Banuho  X '      id  El  ^'l^hH  "j"  ''"'«"'  »""- 

m  the  south  aud  west  is  btJhv  :••   ^ ""? ^T*""*' '''P""''''llv 

"  wc»i.,  13  greatly  diversified  with  hills  uud 

aguJis.    4.  Us  interior?    RiTersT    The  .ur- 


EUROPE. 


213 


mountains.    The  chief  ranges  of  mountains  are  the  Caucasus, 
Alps,  Apennines,  and  Pyrenees. 


Wild  Scottish  Ox. 


Wild  Mnsmon  Sheep. 


6.  The  riative  animals  of  Europe  are  fewer  in  species  than  those 
of  some  of  the  other  grand  divisions.  The  horse,  ass,  dog,  and  cat 
came  originally  from  Asia;  Ihe  ox  and  the  sheep  are  of  native  origin. 
A  few  of  the  wild  Scottish  oxen  are  still  preserved  in  parks  in  the 
north  of  England;  and  the  wild  sheep  is  found  in  Sardinia  and 
Corsica. 

6.  The  brown  bear,  wolf,  and  wild  boar  roam  in  the  great  forests 
of  Russia  and  Germany ;  the  reindeer  is  found  in  Norway,  Sweden, 
and  northern  Russia,  and  the  elk  in  Russia  and  Poland.  The 
chamois  and  ibex— two  species  of  wild  goat— are  occasionally  found 
in  the  Alps. 


ated  by 
iges  for 
re  than 


5  rivers 
»,  Don, 
>ecially 

lis  and 

Area? 
(I  other 
le  sur* 


Ikiirdod  Vulture. 


Golden  Eagle. 


7.  Among  remarkable  European  birds  is  the  bearded  vulture, 
[j'e  ['^.'^8'^'^^^  ^'^^^  of  P»"^'y  i'»  the  world  except  the  condor.  It  inhabits 
use  uigiiest  siiininits  of  tiie  Alps,  and  de^iro^ys  sheep.  Iambs,  goats, 
and  other  animals.     Tlio  golden  engle  frequents  the  British  isles 


face?     Chief  ranges?     5.  Of  the   animals?      (\.  The  brown  bonr 
&c.?     Reindeer?     Elk,  &c.?      7.  Birds?      8.  What  is  said  of  the 


21  i 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


British  Herring. 


and  the  adjacent  countries  ih 
bustard,  crane,  stork    flam  n 

and  tunny,  in  the  Medilepr? 
nean;    the   sturieon    ir,Ti? 
^.clK.„.  Danube,    Volg.,«''°„"S  '»„,£ 

i^-rtttl^na-Cp^-r^^"-     =S'h-i'Xti. 

haf  be^n^:::!^!:;:!^"  "Ittrt'J"  "*"J^- ""  P'^^  of  Europe 
highly  productive  of^lT  he  nt'Z'-''"'^  ".'"^  ^""'  '^-dered 
ries  of  life.  The  varioufkiBdrnf  *'•  """^  "<«"  "^  "•«  '"^u- 
the  extreme  north ;  t"e  vine  olive  T'!l"'  '■'"■'«'^'  """P*  '" 
cultivated  in  the  south  '         '  """>«"?.  and  orange  are 

ri™ned^'n%rnU:dTa:ie"v.td\"™''^''"  "?''»-  -  ™- 
commeree  carried  on  bv  thf.nnrir  ''y '"«'"'»  »f 'he  extensive 

tures  are  distributed  oZr:iT;;TjT:i:'iar''''^ 

ciwL?7ta^::  *:He  tnr^^^  ^-'-  <^»--nt 

Many  of  the  most  useful  inventions  7b,  «""".'  ""f  '«""'-«• 
genius,  and  the  most  remarkahr  1  "**'  Productions  of 
enccs,  originated  here      R,!!-!,  j   ""P^^ments  in  the  sci- 

land  and  L,  are  in  s^cces^^jl^S^f  '"'"'"'''^  ''»"'  '^ 

^"i!;':rntri:.''";:*frth^:  """"^t'  '» »'•»-'  «" 

wealth,  and  are  provided  with  J  ""-e  endowed  with  great 
in  the  most  libe"^^^!  eoursr„f  J  7  "''£'*"""  ''°'  "'«t™c.ion 
from  our  own  country  ^  tjit^f  ^hey  attract  students 
world.  ^'  "*  """  ■>«  from  other  parts  of  the 

13.  In  some  countries^TEuropeU^^  b„„„h,3  „f 

fa   MtufalreI?""1rTO„t°;";L'°"r  p'^'''  ™"°-  «™'"" 

versiUe.  and  college. t     13    ComrnSh  °'  J'"'"'"''      '2-  Of  uni- 

s  10.  common  branches  of  education?     U. 


EUROPE. 


215 


countries,  (he 
stork,  flamin- 
id  pelican  are 
quarters. 

most  import- 
5  those  of  tlie 
shores  of  the 

the  anchovy 
>e  Mediterra- 
geon,  in  the 
and  other 
•  the  salmon, 
ing-fish«ry  is 


education  are  much  neglected,  and  the  laboring  classes  are 
DOt  so  well  instructed  as  in  the  United  States.  Many  of  them 
are  unable  to  read  c^  write;  and  in  some  countries  they  are 
extremely  ignorant  and  bigoted. 

14.  Schools  for  instructing  the  poorer  classes  are  most  nu- 
merous in  Saxony,  Prussia,  Switzerland,  Holland,  Belgium, 
and  Scotland.  In  Scotland  an  unusual  number  of  the  people 
receive  a  learned  education.  England,  Germany,  and  France 
excel  in  literature  and  science. 

15.  In  almost  every  part  of  Europe  there  are  great  diflferences 
in  rank  between  the  upper  and  lower  classes.  Orders  of  nobilitv 
are  established  everywhere,  except  in  Svi^itzerland,  Norway,  and 
Turkey.  Nearly  all  the  individuals  belonging  to  the  upper  classes 
are  rich  and  live  in  fine  mansions,  and  have  many  luxuries;  the 
poorer  classes  live  in  small  houses,  and  earn  a  scanty  subsistence 
by  the  labor  of  their  hands. 

16.  The  religion  of  Europe  is  Christian,  except  in  Turkey, 
where  the  Mohammedan  faith  prevails.  The  Christian 
church  comprises  three  great  divisions,— the  Catholic,  the 
Protestant,  and  the  Greek  Church.  The  members  of  the 
first  comprise  one-half  the  population  of  Europe ;  those  of 
the  second,  one-fourth ;  those  of  the  third,  about  one-fifth. 
The  remainder  are  Mohammedans  and  Jews. 

17.  Europe  comprises  41  independent  states :  of  these  the  princi- 
pal are  Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  Russia,  Norway  and  Sweden, 
Denmark,  Holland,  Belgium,  Prussia,  Austria,  the  several  German 
States,  France,  Spain,  Portugal,  Switzerland,  Italy,  Turkey,  and 
Greece. 

18.  The  states  which  rank  highest  in  importance  are  Great 
Britain,  France,  Russia,  Prussia,  and  Austria.  These  are  called 
the  five  Great  Powers.  They  control  in  a  great  measure  the  affairs 
of  the  whole  continent.  Upon  their  concurrence  or  agreement  often 
depends  the  question  of  peace  or  war  in  Europe. 


oches  of 


grains  ? 
Of  uni- 
on?    14. 


153 


}hp  No.  23,  Europe. — How  is  Europe  bounded?  Which  is  its  largest 
city?     Ant.  London.     Which  is  its  longe-it  river?     Ans.  Volga. 
Norway Bounded  ? 


S\ved'3n Bounded  ?  Capital  ? 


Denmark Bounded?  Capital? 

Holland Bounded?  Capital? 

..iJiuiiiucu  ;    Lapiiai  i 


uclsiiurn 


Where  are  schools  most  numerous?  15.  What  is  said  of  the  differ- 
ences of  rank?  10.  Of  religion?  How  divided?  17.  What  does 
Burope  comprise  ?     18.  Which  states  rank  highest  ? 


216 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


»al-::;::.l°Se1,'  ^l  ^r?. f-f ?J  ««p»-, 

Ireland Bounded?  CaDital?      il^w      r*""^-  S""""^^^  '  Capital^ 

^-nce Bounded?  C,!^   a         iT  ^i^li  ?  Ca^italj 

Spain Bounded?  CaoitaP      Tull bounded?  Capital^ 

'';r': "-'<'»<'^  <^^  o"e^^-.;;;;:;iS;  ^ 

Caspian  Sea?    Adriatic S^'^lrchlreC"''    «-»'M-'««ai 
Gu7ATLtlt?"Gu,?„fr"''''    «"'f»f "inland!    Gulf„fDa„w„, 

S-e,?«'-  «--•»  C.^-eT5'"K,Sa  ^Ctr/?    ^B^fc 

many  n,ile8  wide  is  Ihe  Strait  W  OitaltrV  «''"■'"""•?»  ««» 

DaMV'VuV:?  ""r^rfSC') ,  '^L.Sr'r;. ,  «f  ^» ^  T„r„ea, 
Rhine?  Meuse?  Seined T"*l /'^'!'''' ■'  Oder?  Elbe?  Em,1 
Guadiana?  GuadalquWr i  EbT'  p?,'™"^'^  J*""'-"?  Tag,,,! 
(W,..)?  Bog?  Sniepe;(«';:)?''ir?'v„'5ra"'°'  '*'"""' 
WeTter7"M'atr*?"''g:ne,".r'°«»^    '''-''"'  (i-^V V-^<,„„^  ?    ,Ve„e.! 

Wh'Ifp"nLl%!:r:f"'t\e°Bar^,"«-     ''J  '^.''  ^'"-^    Crimea- 
Adriatic  Sea?    ly.  ^"^  ""^  "'"""y  •     S".,  Pl._West  of  the 

^r^J^l^n^Z:X^)l.     North  C?     T„eNa.e?    C. 
Oje  Gat.?    C.  leuiada  (.ril>,.i«.frt  nVJo  f'-^ci 

Cor,i„a?    Sardi,;ia?    EitrsLt;    Mr^Sa'   zS^t •;;i: 


Zante? 


Dago  ? 


O.O.?  -^::d?^"Si!;:d?feneS-'»^^t 

vergne?     Cdvennos      *?„««' L»r''",/>"I   ^'"'"■■i"-^?    A,,- 
Sierra  Nevada?  Pyrenees?     Cantab,>,an?     Sierra  Moi-c,,,.! 


1 


«inp  bound  nTthoAredit^r;;:;;nSerS's;:[d'"'-"''"'''  ^^'^  ."R^'-^if^-"    A 


•r  "  up  the  Straits.' 


*'  go  through  the  Straits," 


»ded?  Capital  ♦ 
tied?  Capital » 
tied?  Capital 
ded?  Capital 
tied?  Capital? 
tied?  Capital} 

?     Irish  Sea? 
of  Mar'mora? 

ilfofDantzic? 

Taranto  Uah'. 

The  Skager 

Bos'phorus 

e  Dardanelles 
altar?*  How 


'?  Crimea? 
-West  of  the 

5  Naze  ?  C. 
St.  Vincent  ? 
'     C.  Mata- 

and?  Ork- 
ilearic  Is.  ? 
>s?  Corfu? 
d  ?  Dago  ? 
n? 

)ovrpficl(l  ? 
ines?  Aii- 
i  Moreiia? 


traits."    \ 
le  Straits," 


a? 
Elbe 

0? 

? 

Tornea?   1 

>?    Ems?   ■ 

Tagus?   ■ 

Dniester   I 

0? 

Wener!    I 

Norwegian  killing  a  Bear. 

SWEDEN  AND  NORWAY. 

1.  Sweden  and  Norway,  a  peninsula  in  the  northwest 
of  Europe,  form  one  kingdom  and  are  under  the  same 
sovereign.  The  government  is  a  limited  monarchy.  Each 
state  has  its  particular  constitution,  its  own  laws,  and  a 
national  legislature. 

2.  These  states  were  the  ancient  Scandinavia.  They  are 
bounded  on  the  west  by  the  Atlantic  Ocean  and  on  the  east 
by  the  Baltic  Sea,  and  extend  from  the  southern  extremity 
of  the  Baltic  Sea  to  North  Cape,  1100  miles. 

3-  Ti.  though  severe  in  winter,  is  healthy;  and  many 

of  the  in  :.  live  to  a  great  age.     Extensive  forests  of  oak, 

pine,  and  fi-  a  large  part  of  the  country.     The  bear,  wolf, 

lynx,  and  otfc  iq  animals  are  numerous. 

4.  A  small  portion  of  the  soil  is  suited  to  agriculture:  only  one- 
hundredth  part  is  cultivated  in  Norway,  and  one-fiftieth  in  Sweden. 
The  southern  portions  are  the  most  fertile,  and  produce  potatoes, 
barley,  oats,  and  rye.     Some  tobacco  is  raised  in  the  vicinity  of 

Stockholm. 

5.  Sweden  has  few  manufactures;  those  of  Norway  are  still 
more  limited,  being  such  only  as  are  made  in  households.     The 


Sweden  and  Norway.  Q.—\.  What  of  Sweden  and  Norway? 
What  of  the  government  ?  2.  What  were  these  sf^tes  ?  How 
bounded  ?  3.  Of  the  climate  ?  Forests  ?  Wild  animals  ?  4.  Soil, 
&c.  ?    Southern  portions  ?    6.  Of  manufactures  ?    What  of  mines, 


218 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


III 


Among  the  peasantry,  especiallv  in  nL»  [°  ''®*'*  *"^  ^^ite. 

carpenter,  shoemaker^Smith   &c      '^'^'  '^'^  '""^  ^«  ^i«  °wn 

NORWAY. 

mark  ""fr^^USoVltu  ^r^^'l' ""'  "'"  """^-^  -'*  D^n- 
Norway  is  one  of   he  mot't  In?  ^'""  "'"'"'''  ">  ^^eden. 

4  are  f,trf:^st::reV'itTht^^^^^^^^^ '"  ^"™^^ 

dangei's  have  beef  g^g  ^4^:;:^''^ --"-.  ^ut  whose 


Christiania. 


It  has  a  university,  cathedral   „n^      T  '^  ^^t^^^ional  legislature, 
ings.     Its  trade  is  chiefl  y  Tn  t^l  ^  f'  ""^^i^  ^*^«^  P"^"^  t,uild- 

coielly  m  timber,  tar,  and  the  produce  of  the 


6.  Habits,  manners,  &c.  ?      7.  Religion' 


&c.  ?      Of  commerce  ■ 
Education  ? 

TosleS?  "wlat  to! W IfA"™"^ ' ,  '«'''<'"  united  to  Denmark? 

Island.?    Of  the  Mae"    J:;°/  to  "of  ClJ'i.t^''-'",°'i'"'  '^°'f°<'™ 

"*        lu.  Wl  Christiania  ?     Hammerfest  ? 


SWEDEN. 


219 


merce  is  exten- 
}r,  and  fish. 

\ea  and  Norwe- 
ioR  polite  Pad 
ieir  respective 

ion  is  general, 
5ad  and  write. 
an  is  his  own 


>d  with  Den. 

to  Sweden. 

3  in  Europe, 


ne  name,  13 
legislature, 
iblio  build- 
uce  of  the 

Religion  ? 

Denmark  ? 
I  Loffoden 
samerfest  ? 


mines.  Berg'en  and  Drontheim  {dront^hime)  are  important  towns. 
Hammerfest,  on  the  island  of  Qualoe,  is  the  most  northern  town  in 
Europe. 

Map  No.  23,  Europe. — What  bounds  Norway  on  the  north  '  A  -On 
-East?  Ld.,  Sn,— South?  S.-Rk.,  N.-Sa.— West?  A.-On.— What 
mountains  on  the  east  ?  Kn.  or  Sn.  This  range  is  called  by  the  name 
of  Kiolen  (keel)  Mountains,  from  their  supposed  resemblance  to  a  ship 
placed  keel  upwards,  and  sometimes  the  Scandinavian  Mountains 
The  western  branch  is  called  the  Dovrefield.— What  islands  north 
of  the  Arctic  Circle?  Ln.— What  is  the  chief  river  of  Norway? 
Gn.— Which  extends  farthest  north,  Norway  or  Sweden?     Ny 


155 


SWEDEN. 

1.  Sweden  lies  east  of  Norway,  and  is  separated  from  it 
by  the  Kiolen  Mountains.  It  is,  in  general,  a  flat  country, 
sloping  towards  the  Baltic,  and  has  numerous  lakes  and  rivers! 

2.  The  inhabitants  are  divided  into  four  classes:  the 
nobility,  the  clergy,  the  citizens  or  burghers,  and  the  peasants. 
The  burghers  and  peasants  hold  a  higher  position  than  the 
same  classes  in  neighboring  states.  The  diet  or  parliament  is 
composed  of  the  representatives  of  these  classes,  and  is  con- 
vened at  least  occe  in  five  years. 


Copper-Mine  of  F&hlun. 


Swf.dm.     g.— 1.  What  is  said  of  Swe<ien  ?     2.  The  inhabitants  ? 


220 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Sea.     It  has  a  safe  and  commodious  harbor  iml  «„  i  .  """"' 

The  oit,  contains  the  r„,al  palaceriX"ubTc"SLgs.''"''^ 


Stockholm. 


seeond''Z:''r„Vp"laMon  Ifsw'ld'''"  T',  ''°""'  (^'""'*)-  "  ''• 

i.  .he  station  o^reKLh  navy"'''^psaUrnS7o  (^r''"^""'""*) 
ind  Fahlun  (  fah>/nn*,\  fn».  ulV^        ^  •    ^  °°*®"  ^°*"  '^^  umvers  ty. 


Laplanders  travelling. 
LAPLAND. 

M^iccZ^r  It  K  r^^'  thi"!y-«ettled  region,  north  of  the 
Aictic  Ciicle.     It  belongs  nominally  to  Sweden  and  Russia; 

■The  diet?     3.  The  iron- and  copper-mines '     4   Whnf  of  q»«„i  v.  i    » 
5.  Gottonburg,  &o.?    Islands in'?be Bait"; fto^/e'whftStf 


RUSSIAN   EMPIRE. 


221 


but,  owing  to  the  poverty  of  the  country  and  the  sparseness 
of  the  population,  they  are  not  subject  to  either  of  these 

powers. 

7.  The  Laplanders  are  short  in  stature,  being  generally 
under  five  feet  in  height.  They  are  a  simple,  harmless 
people,  and  greitly  attached  to  their  country 

8.  The  reindeer  draws  the  Laplanders  in  sledges  over  the  snow 
The  flesh  and  milk  of  these  animals  are  used  for  food,  and  their 
Bkins  for  clothing. 

9.  The  Laplanders  move 
about  from  place  to  place 
with  their  herds  of  reindeer. 
In  summer,  they  occupy  tents^ 
and  in  winter,  rude  huts, 
formed  of  stones  and  earth 
and  covered  with  turf. 

10.  They  have  been  nearly 
all  converted  to  Christianity. 
Among  them  great  crimes 
are  unknown.  They  never 
use  profane  language,  and 
observe  the  Sabbath  very 
strictly. 

Laplander's  Tent. 


V 


Map  No.  2Z  Europe.—Vfhai  bounds  Sweden  on  the  north  and 
west?  Ny— What  gulf  on  the  east?  Ba.— Sea  southeast  ?  Be  — 
channel  southwest?  Ct.—Which  are  the  principal  rivers  of  Sweden  ? 
Ta.,  Kx.,  La.,  Sa.,  II.,  La.,  Dl.,  Ca.— The  chief  lakes?  Mr.,  Wr..  Wr. 
-What  two  islands  in  the  Baltic  belong  to  Sweden  ?    Gd    Od 


15G 


RUSSIAN  EMPIRE. 

1.  Russia,  the  largest  empire  in  the  world,  comprises 
more  than  half  of  Europe,  and  a  third  part  of  Asia.  It 
reaches  more  than  half  round  the  globe,  and  its  area  is 
nearly  equal  to  one-sixth  of  the  entire  land-surface  of  the 
earth. 


Lapland  ?    7.  The  Laplanders  ?    8.  Reindeer  ?    9.  How  do  the  Lap- 
landers live  in  summer?    In  winter?     10.  Of  their  religion? 
Rmeian  Empirt.     $.— 1.  What  of  the  Rusgian  Empire  ?    How  far 

16 


222 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Russian  Arm>. 


2.  Russia,  during  the  last  hundred  years,  has  made  larcre 
accessions  to  her  territory.     Her  recent  acqiisftons  are  Z 
portion  of  Mantchooria  north  of  the  Amoor  River  a  brnl] 
Btrip  extending  1000  miles  on  the  PacifiHoast    ou^^h  of 
same  river,  and  the  Kirguis  {klr^yheez')  country  and  Khokun 
formerly-portions  of  Turkestan.  ^  ^         ^nokan, 

ract  ^^.^  P^P"'^^i«°  i»^ludes  several  varieties  of  the  human 
Hn»!;     /     ^^^u^op^an    Russia  the  Russians  and    Poles  pre- 

4.  1  he  established  religion  is  that  of  the  Greek  Church 

Frote'  ant^M  T  '''T'\'^'''-  ^re  in  Russia,  CathoS,' 
1  rotostants,  Mohammedans,  Jews,  and  Pagans. 

cL  ?i!r7'°?T°V'  ^?  ^^'^'"*^  monarchy.     The  nresent 
Czar,  Alexander  II.,  has  done  much  to  ameliorate  the  con- 
dition  of  his  people.     He  is  iU  head  of  church  and  state 
and  IS  styled  the  Autocrat  of  all  the  Russias. 

6.  The  Russian  army  has  long  been  the  largest  in  Europe. 

•  - 

tion?     8.  What  does  the  population  inohido?     4.  What  ig  said  of 
religion?    6.  The  government?    Czar?    6.  Army  ?    Navy ?    7.  Com- 


EUROPEAN   RUSSIA. 


223 


The  n«val  force,  in  the  number  of  its  ships,  guns,  and  men 
js  the  third  in  Europe.     Each  arm  is  always  in  readiness  for 
service. 

7.  The  commerce  is  extensive.      The  exports  are  tallow 
hemp,  leather,  sail-cloth,  iron,  timber,  and  grain.     The  manu- 
factures have  greatly  increased  since  the  beginning  of  the 
present   century.     They   include   cotton,  silk,  and   woollen 
goods,  glass-ware,  porcelain,  leather,  Kussia  iron,  and  paper. 

8.  Gold  and  platina  are  fouad  in  the  Ural  Mountains; 
silver,  in  Siberia;  copper,  lead,  and  iron,  in  various  quarters! 
Large  quantities  of  salt  are  made  in  the  Crimea. 

9.  The  Russians  are  nobles,  burghers  or  citizens,  and  those 
who  formerly  were  serfs.  The  nobles  are  often  very  rich,  and 
live  in  splendor. 

10.  Serfdom  began  in  Russia  about  the  year  1600.  During 
the  present  century  the  system  was  much  ameliorated,  and 
several  efforts  were  made  to  abolish  it.  In  1863  the  serfs, 
38  millions  in  number,  of  whom  16  millions  belonged  to  the 
crown,  were  emancipated. 

11.  In  education,  Russia  is  behind  the  rest  of  Europe,  but 
is  advancing.  Great  efforts  are  being  made  by  the  govern- 
ment to  introduce  schools :  more  than  eight  thousand  school- 
houses  were  built  in  Russia  in  Europe  in  1863. 


157 


RUSSIA  IN  EUROPE. 

1.  Russia  in  Europe  comprises  more  than  half  of  Europe. 
It  extends  from  the  Baltic  Sea  to  the  Ural  Mountains  and 
River,  and  from  the  Arctic  Ocean  to  the  Black  Sea  and  the 
Caucasus  Mountains. 

2.  The  surface  is  generally  le^el.  The  Valdai  {vahVdi) 
Kills,  near  the  central  part,  are  1100  feet  high,  and  are  the 
greatest  elevations  iu  the  interior.  The  rivers  have  a  mode- 
rate descent,  and  a  slow  current.     The  Volga  is  the  largest. 

nuTce?     Manufactures?     R.  Minerals?     9.  What  claMcs?     What  of 
the  nobles?     10.  What  of  serfdom?     11.  Of  education? 

liimia  in  Europe.  Q.—\.  What  does  European  Russia  comprise  ? 
Ilowfardoesiteilend?    2.  What  of  the  surface?    Rivers?    What  is 


224 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


ii  i 


Retreat  of  the  French  from  Moscow, 


In  the  south  are  extensive  steppes  or  plains,  covered  with 
grass,  aftording  pasturage  for  cattle  and  horses. 

ih^'J^^  flT^^  ''  ''^'^''  *.^^"  ^"  «^^^^  P^rts  of  Europe  in 
the  same  latitude,  owing  principally  to  the  great  extent  n? 

Art"  JcTaT'  "!''  '""'^'  ^^'  ^^  ^^^  ^^^^  '-^«  ^--  the 

cultivation  north  of  latitude  G0°.  ^^iaeu.     mere  ib  little 

5.  Russia  in  Europe  comprises  Great  and  Little  Russia   w»,;.i, 
formed  the  original  empire;    also  Southern,  Eastl^rn    Zd  West 

TA*'  ^"1/^^'^"^^ '  ^^g^tJ^^^  witl»  the  proVinces  on  the  BaUio  S.a 
and  the  Gu  f  of  Bothnia.     The  peninsula  of  the  Cr' moa   w h  ch  tl 

z'l:fir\sltrr ''-  -'-'''  °^  ^-^-^-*  mimai^o^TSst 

r  t;  ?'*^^,  F^^^^^  provinces  were  acquired  by  the  "Partition 

Austria  and  Prussia.  '       *  "■"""■'ier  was  divided  between 

liberti^'b^ifl'  ""  '  '"'*T','°  P^'P'"'  »'"'  fongl"  hravely  for  their 

irriatdT:.rjriiar.rra^^^^^^^^^^ 


IS 


Ja!d  of  J!"'  ''",?  n  ^- J^"  '""^•^♦^  •    'T"  ^h*^*  «^'ng.  &o.  ?    4  What  is 
o.  wrnat  is  said  of  the  Polish  provinoes  ?     7.  How  shared  ?     8.  Th« 


EUROPEAN  BUSS  A.. 


225 


tenacity  the  customs  of  their  ancestors.     The  women  are  celebrated 
for  their  beauty  and  their  fascinating  manners. 

9.  Circassia,  which  occupies  the  northern  ridges  and  valleys 
of  the  Caucasus  {kaw'kd-sus),  has  been  lately  conquered.  The 
Circassians  defended  their  country  with  a  gallantry  worthy  of 
a  better  fate.    " 

10.  The  Circassians  are  a  hardy  race  of  half-civilized  moun- 
taineers. The  men  are  noted  for  their  bravery,  and  the  women  for 
tlieir  beauty.  The  women  are  often  sold  by  their  parents  to  the 
Turks  and  Persians,  and  frequently  become  tho  wives  of  sultans  and 
pachas. 

11.  One  of  the  remarkable  events  in  the  history  of  Russia  was  the 
"French  invasion."  In  1812,  Napoleon  captured  Moscow,  where- 
upon the  Russians  fired  the  city  and  destroyed  it.  The  French  were 
compelled  to  beat  a  hasty  retreat,  which  terminated  in  one  of  the 
most  disastrous  routs  on  the  records  of  history. 


158 


12,  St.  Petersburg,  the  capital  of  Russia,  is  situated  at  the  junc- 
tion of  the  river  Neva  with  the  Gulf  of  Finland.     It  was  founded  in 

1703,  by  Peter  the  Great, 
and  is  now  a  magnificent 
city.  It  is  subject  to 
dangerous  inundations, 
from  the  breaking  up  of 
the  ice  in  Lake  Lad'oga 
and  the  river  Neva.  St. 
Petersburg  is  connected 
with  Moscow  by  a  rail- 
road, constructed  under 
the  superintendence  of 
American  engineers. 

13.  It  is  the  principal 
commercial  city  of  tho 
empire,  and  the  seat  of 
learning  and  science.  In 
(lie  centre  of  tho  city  is 
the  fine  equestrian  statue 
of  Peter  the  Great ;  it  is 
Alexander's  column,  in  honor  of  the  Em- 


Church  of  St.  Basil. 


avast  mass  of  granite.     

peror  Alexander  I.,  is  150  feet  high. 


ui  tne  women  ?  0.  Ci'  oaHsia?  i  ».  What  of  the  Circassians  ? 
11.  What  is  said  of  the  French  invasion'/  What  of  the  destruction 
of  Moscow? 

12.  What  of  St.  Petersburg?     When  founded?     What  is  said  of 
it?    Railroads?     18.  Commerce?     14.  What  is  said  of  Moscow! 


226 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


has  «„ce  been  rebuilt  wi.h  g.eat  fp.eodor.    It  iZTuX  itf^an u" 
in  !h'  ^"®,°/  *-^®.  ^yiosities  of  Moscow  is  the  great  bell  the  l«r„.  . 

Hussian  fleets  in  the  Bla^-k  sL      u  J,\  ■     a  station  of  the 

1854-55.  sustained  a  memorable  siege  in 

18.  Niznei  Novgorod  (nizh'ne  nov-go-rod'Y  on  the  Volca    i«  n.i 
largest  city  of  northern  Europe.     Kiev  f/5-.-.,;')  was  the  rnnffoi    . 


Palace  In  Wursaw. 

f«.?^i  4^^''^?.'  ?^^^^^^  and  Borodino  are  noted  for  the  great  battles 
fought  m   their  vicinity.      At    Narva   and    Poltava   bittles   wore 


1«.  Great  bell  ? 
Riga,  &c.  ? 
khan? 
Lublin  ? 


?  ,,,  '^^^f^'"  ?,  St.  Basil  ?  16.  Whatof  Cronstadt?  17. 
19  Sr*  Sobastopol?  18.  Niznei  Novgorod?  Astra- 
19.  Tula,  &o.?     Kiev?     20    Narva,  &c.  ?     21.  Warsaw? 


DENMARK. 


227 


fought  between  the  Russians  and  Swedes ;  and  Borodino  was  the 
scene  of  a  terriule  conflict  between  the  Russians  and  French,  at 
the  time  of  the  French  invasion  in  1812. 

21.  Warsaw,  on  the  Vis'tula,  was  the  capital  of  Poland.  It  has 
suffered  greatly  from  sieges  and  bombardments.  Warsaw  presents 
the  contrast,  so  common  in  the  cities  of  Poland  and  Russia,  of 
splendid  palaces  and  mean  hovels  side  by  side.  Lu'blin  is  noted  for 
its  fairs,  to  which  traders  resort  from  many  quarters. 


Map  No.  23,  Europe. — What  bounds  Russia  on  the  north  ?  A.-On. 
—On  the  east?  U.-Mts.,  U.-Rr.,  Cn.-Sa. — What  on  the  south? 
C.-Mts.,  Bk.-Sa.,  Ty.,  Aa.— What  on  the  west?  Bc.-Sa.,  Pa.,  Aa.,  Ty. 
— What  mountains  and  river  on  the  east?  Ul. — Mountains  south- 
east? Cs. — Which  is  the  largest  river  that  flows  into  the  White 
Sea?  Da.— The  Gulf  of  Riga ?  Da.— Sea  of  Azof?  Dn.— What 
rivers  flow  into  the  Black  Sea?  Dr.,  Bg.,  Dr. — Which  are  the  two 
principal  lakes?  La.,  Oa. — How  long  is  each?  On  what  gulf  is 
St.  Petersburg?  Fd.— Cronstadt ?  Fd.— Revel?  Fd.— How  long 
is  the  White  Sea  ?  Black  Sea  ?  Gulf  of  Bothnia  ?— Where  is  the 
Crimea  ? 


159 


DENMARK. 

1.  Denmark  was  once  the  most  powerful  state  in  tlie  north 
of  Europe ;  now  it  ranks  only  as  a  third-  or  fourth-rate  power. 
It  comprises  Jutland,  a  part  of  Sleswick,  and  several  islands 
iying  in  the  entrance  of  the  Baltic  Sea,  the  largest  of  which 
is  Zealand. 

2.  The  climate  is  temperate  and  moist,  but  healthy. 
The  soil  is  generally  fertile,  and  well  adapted  to  grazing. 
Commerce   and   fisheries  are  carried  on  with   considerable 

activity. 

8.  There  are  few  manufactures.  The  peasants,  as  in  Norway, 
make  nearly  all  the  articles  required  in  their  households. 

4.  The  Danes  are  an  honest,  industrious  people,  but  are  not  re* 
markable  for  enterprise  or  improvement.  Literature  abd  science 
are  generously  patronized  by  the  government. 


Denmark.  Q. — 1.  What  of  Denmark?  What  does  it  comprise  ?  2. 
What  is  said  of  the  climate?  The  soil?  Commerce,  &c.  ?  8. 
Manufactures?      The    peasants?      4.    The    Danes?      Literature? 


228 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


wick,  reducing  thereby  h4r  nonnl,.,ll  f  "'*' S"l*  P""  "f  Sks- 
1,900,000,  and  hep  aref  from  si'^'r  fr»m  2,«16,o00  to  about 

miles.  '*  ""^  ^^'^^^  ""i""-  "^il"  '»  '.0,900  square 

land.^^t.t^SoT'Xlar^n*;'^      ■   vJr,e...and  and  Ice- 
Thoma.  and  Sant^C^M'^rr  )!rn°?hJt:.ttdL's!  '""'■"'=  °'  '' 


Copenhagon, 


i.lL''TtXnd''rot't°'th"eT''?'  °"  «"•  '-*  ■">-'  <"  ">« 
Europe.     It  l,aa  a  Kood  harbor  -i,h'"''"!ir'  .°'"""  "f  Northern 

is  not-ea  for  its  .a^t  5"o.1str;itr.e"frfirtts™"'"'""'  '■"■ 

Soind,»'e:tr'in";forSmo"t.'!:  "',""'  ","""-''  P""  »f  "■» 
to  that  sea  .vereformerlv  owlld  .„  '""f  '"'<"■'  ""  '^'f'  *™<«»g 
duos,  as  they  .JJZXt^t::^^  I'ZU^J!"'"'  """'' 

the  chief  part  of  Denmark  9     11     Vn     w'7"^^**  peninsula  forms 
..«  th.  Fa-ioe  Mes n_^Ld/;^r^tr r^^^^^^^^^^ 

o;™^dT:iHn4t^"j^tLtio^„^'raV  n'-^zT'J  -^  ^^»' 

.essxons.     9.  What  of  Copenhagen?  To    Elsineur?  '"'"^''  P"'" 


HOLLAND. 


229 


Isles  ?  Oe.— The  principal  Danish  islands  are  Zealand,  Funen,  Laa- 
land,  and  Falster.  {See  Map  No.  25.)  Which  are  the  two  largest? 
Zd.,  Fn. — On  what  island  is  Copenhagen?  Zd.— What  passage  of 
water  between  Zealand  and  Sweden?  Sd.— Between  Zealand  and 
Funen?     G.-B.— West  of  Funen ?     L.-B. 


160 


HOLLAND. 

1.  Holland  lies  on  the  North  Sea,  and  was  once  the  most 
powerful  republic  in  Europe.  It  formed  with  Belgium  the 
Kingdom  of  the  Netherlands  from  the  year  1814  to  1830, 
when  each  became  a  separate  state. 

2.  Holland  is  level,  and  much  of  its  surface  is  lower  than 
the  sea.  The  water  is  kept  out  by  vast  dikes,  or  embank- 
ments. 

3.  The  climate  is  cool,  moist,  and  unfavorable  to  agricul- 
ture :  yet  Holland  is  one  of  the  best-cultivated  countries  in 
the  world.  The  cattle,  butter,  and  cheese  are  famous  ]  great 
quantities  of  the  last  two  products  are  exported. 

4.  In  commerce,  manufactures,  and  fisheries,  the  Dutch  formerly 
excelled,  but  are  now  surpassed  by  Great  Britain.  Canals  are  more 
numerous  than  in  any  other  part  of  the  world.  One,  extending 
from  the  Helder  to  Amsterdam,  will  float  a  frigate.  Nearly  all  the 
travelling  is  performed  on  the  canals  :~during  the  summer,  in 
boats ;  and  in  winter,  when  frozen,  in  sleighs  and  on  skates. 

5.  The  people  of 
Holland  (called 
the  Dutch)  are  re- 
markable for  in- 
dustry, frugality, 
and  neatness. — 
Smoking  is  almost 
universal,  and  a 
Dutchman  is  rare- 
ly seen  without  a 
pipe  in  his  mouth. 
The  dress  and  ap- 
pearance of  the 
peasantry,  in  some  parts  of  Holland,  are  peculiar,  and  have  not  varied 
m  many  years.     The  prevailing  religion  is  the  Presbyterian,  but 


Butch  Peasantry. 


Holland.  Q.—\.  Where  ia  Holland  ?  What  formerly  ?  2.  Of  the 
eurfaoe'  Of  dikes?  3^ The  climate?  The  cattle,  &c.  ?  4.  The 
•ommeroe,   &o.  ?     What  of   canals  ?     6.  For  what  are  the  DiUch 


230 


DESCRIPTIVE  OEOGKAPEY. 


/.  The  foreign  possessions  are  the  islnnfl  nf  To„» 


J  View  of  the  Hague. 

sected  by  numerous  olnLXrt^Ltrro^,  TZ,  "^^  -ff- 
and  beautiful  promenades  adorn  the  city.  °  """' 

is  intersected  bJcaSls  over'whLh  "  ^i""'  °/  great  commerce,  and 
houses  and  streL  are  k:;t"re";n'S:b7;c[e«'"''''™''  """«''•     '"'" 

com"mer"l\°l;d:mt*.£ristri'fjrr  TV,",  ^™'''^'"»  " 
numbers  of  hogs  are  fe'd  on  Z  '.ZeVlLt"^^^.  ^'f,  /"" 
dam,^„ear  Amsterdam,  Peter  the  Great  worked  as  aZXeX 

areVrnpffl;  ^.^irsfr't'e^^dt  rntr-fir"''--) 
sustained  in  1573   ao-ain^jt  +ho  ««„   •     y  "^^  ^^  »oted  for  a  siege  it 

ranks  as  s„.die?s.    Kem"  f^ Sf^^^";,?  LT;»  J-^."'  -  '»« 
organ,  and  its  trade  in  flower.      Ti,  uV.  .        .'^""^"Jor  its  great 

been  recently  drained  byTteam-power'  '"""""^  ""''^  ""<>'> '"'' 

remarkable?    What  nf  tu^  ^ i_     «    ^-     ..  . 

to  Holland?    7rWhat foreSHZ^' '  • '^"•*'^T?" '    «.  What  belongs 
Whn^nfihJrr  o"^'?'^"  possessions  in  As  a  ?    Elsewhere  i"    8 

What  of  the  Hague?   O.Amsterdam?    10    Rotterdam  ?q„k-V     , 
Zaandam?     11.  Leyden  &o  ?  Rotterdam/    Schiedain? 


BELQZUM. 


231 


supported 

the  duchy 
)elongs  to 

•ns  of  Su- 
'ments,  in 
n  Guiana, 


Map  No.  23,  Europe. — What  bounds  Holland  on  the  north  and 
west?  N.-Sa.  —  On  ihe  east?  Pa— South?  Bm.  — What  river 
flows  through  Holland  into  the  North  Sea?  Re. — What  bay  north  of 
Amsterdam?  Z.-Ze.  This  gulf  or  bay  was  once  a  lake,  but  was 
joined  in  1282  to  the  North  Sea  by  an  irruption  of  the  ocean. — 
What  is  the  capital  of  Holland?  He. — What  sea  separates  Holland 
from  England?  N.  Sa. — For  representations  of  Limburg  and  Lux- 
emburg, see  Map  No.  25. 


161 


Brussels. 


BELGIUM. 

1.  Belgium  lies  on  the  North  Sea,  south  of  Holland. 
It  is  a  small  but  flourishing  kingdom,  and  is  more  densely^ 
populated  than  any  other  country  in  Europe. 

2.  It  has  often  been  the  scene  of  conflict  between  contend- 
ing armies.  Many  famous  battles  have  been  fought  in  itj 
and  no  other  part  of  the  world  has  in  the  same  area  so  many 
fortified  towns. 

3.  The  surface  is  level,  with  a  fertile  soil,  so  highly  culti- 
vated that  Belgium  is  often  called  the  garden  of  Europe. 
The  chief  products  are  grain,  flax,  madder,  hops,  and  tobacco. 

4.  Belgium  is  next  to  England  in  abundance  of  coal,  and  in  its 
manufactures.  Canals  connect  the  principal  cities,  and  railroads 
extend  through  nearly  every  part  of  the  kingdom. 

5.  The  people  are  French,  Flemings,  Frisians,  and  Germans. 
They  are  enterprising  and  industrious,  and  are  generally  well  edu- 
cated.    They  are  chiefly  Catholics ;  but  all  sects  are  tolerated 


Belgium.  Q. — 1.  What  of  Belgium?  2.  What  has  it  often  been, 
&c.  ?  3.  What  is  said  of  the  surface  ?  The  products  ?  4.  What  ia 
said  of  coal,  &o.  ?     Canals  and  railroads?     6.  Of  the  peopl3?     Of 


232 


DESCRIPTIVE   geography: 


n 


there  are  schools  in  every  village^  instruction  is  ample ;  and 

It  was'^fa-Tire^^nS^^^^^^  afterwards  to  France, 

with  a  limited  government.  "'''^''°'^'  ^""^  '^  ^^^  a  separate  kingdom, 

the  Sct",r}:'.:/'^^  S-no  (sen'n,,),  a  branch  of 

for  its  publii  wali's/anS  for  its  extensTv;''  '"  ^'^'P^'  ^^  ^«  ««ted 
aiid  lace.  Ten  mil'es  south  of  Brussels?,  ^^^^'^^^^''^s  of  carpets 
the  important  battle  fought  there  in  1815     ^^''"^^°'  celebrated  for 


Antwerp. 

Goth,o  structure,  in  the  worid'tlpte^'/S-'Cr/  ""''»-' 

dre'd\S  r.%\"M»/3Tr!?-''^  -"r"'  -"-  '      by  one  h„„ 
the  Unite!  S.atea  a'n'd  Grea.Vi "iT  Li  *'  .r^-'^  "'  pea^Tel 'et 
Meu^se.  .  noted  for  its  .anufaetu":,  e^;?oli,f;;r.^rnnn"d",;;:! 

.™Vpi7.%i'u-s:rirLiYc^°r„'rrt^"°v''^ 

central  point  of  -.ero^.f^X^-'dTfa^r  t  tS  ^" 

H«;f  i^rC-J-'- .>'™^,^;s^^     on  the-ortM  N.-Sa., 
*.  ....  ^„.  25.-WiatpartofLureS;^  ^^^^^^^^^   »Jt 

Of  Bruges,  &c.  ?  P  '     -lu.   ut  Ghent,  Liege,  &c.  ?     H. 


1.  Th] 
Great  Br 
terranean 
Africa,  a 
miles,  an( 

THE 

2.  Th] 

LAND   COl 

consists  0 
called  the 

3.  Grea 
and  i'urpai 
inteliigenc 
equalled,  ( 

4.  The 
sovereign 

Great  L 
Area?  Po 
«.  What  0 


THE  BRITISH  EMPIRE. 


233 


5nt  are  all 

fjple;  and 


162 


THE   BRITISH  EMPIRE. 

1.  The  British  Empire  includes  the  United  Kingdom  of 
Great  Britain  and  Ireland,  Gibraltar  and  Malta  in  the  Medi- 
terranean, and  colonies  in  North  and  South  America,  Asia, 
Africa,  and  Oceaaica.  The  total  area  is  7,566,000  square 
miles,  and  the  population  223,640,000. 


Me. 
Wt. 


THE  UNITED  KINGDOM  OF  GREAT  BRITAIN  AND 

IRELAND. 

2.  The  United  Kingdom  of  Great  Britain  and  Ire- 
land comprises  England,  Scotland,  Ireland,  and  Wales.  It 
consists  of  the  islands  of  Great  Britain  and  Jreland,  commonly 
called  the  British  Isles. 

3.  Great  Britain  is  one  of  the  most  important  states  in  the  world, 
and  t'urpasses  every  other  in  its  manufactures  and  commerce.  The 
intelligence,  enterprise,  and  industry  of  its  inhabitants  are  nowhere 
equalled,  except  in  the  United  States. 

4.  The  government  is  a  limited  hereditary  monarchy.  The 
sovereign  power  is  vested  in  a  king  or  ^veen,  lords,  and  cora- 


Great  Britain  and  Ireland.  Q.—l.  What  of  the  British  Empire? 
Area?  Population?  2.  What  of  the  United  Kingdom?  What  islands? 
«.  What  of  Great  Britain  ?    What  of  its  inhabitants  ?     4.  Govern- 


234 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


1  '^ii'' 


^?'''*-i  ^^t^^'*^'.*"*^  commons  form  the  parliament,  or  great 

5.  The  people  are  divided  into  three  cla8ses,-the  nobility 
the  gentry  and  the  commonalty.  The  first  are  dukes  mar' 
quises  earls  viscounts,  and  barons;  the  second,  those  who 
are  distinguished  for  wealth,  education,  talente,  o^  office  •  thl 
third,  tradesmen,  artificers,  and  laborerL  ' 

6.  The  principal  national  force  is  the  navy,  which  durinir  ih. 
general  war  in  the  early  part  of  the  present  century  numbSoSo 
vessels  manned  by  170,000  sailors  and  marines  iHs  now  l.« 
in  number,  but  is  still  the  most  powerful  naval  force  in  vll  ' 
From  the  insular  position  of  the^  country  the  armv  has  all^'' 
been^small,  in  comparison  with  that  of  t/e'  otrTrL' Eur^S 

veals ?hiSwnr^  -if*'  ^°°^^^«t«d  during  the  last  two  hundred 
rS       a^   ""l  military  purposes,  is  great  beyond  all  former  ex 
ample,  and  is  a  heavy  burden  to  the  people.  ^ 

con^ntrv^*  manufactures  are  more  extensive  than  those  of  any  other 
country.  Cotton,  woollen,  and  silk  goods,  with  the  manufarfnra  .f 
machinery  and  metals  of  various  kin^,  a;e  the  mostTpoCt     "' 

value  nf%K°f'^  f  the  fisheries  and  of  the  mines  is  great;  the 
value  of  the  annual  production  of  coal  and  iron  is  es«m«fpd  »? 
hundreds  of  millions  of  dollars,  equalling  thafoHS  leTSopean 

world  '^^ThrT'T  f  ^^'  .^""''^  ^'"P^'^  i«  t^«  largest  in  the 
world.      The   merchant-vessels,    including   those   of   the   colonies 
number  upwards  of  35,000,  with  a  total  burden  of  4,300  000  ton  ' 
and  are  navigated  by  240,000  men.     From  60  000  tn  70  nnn  ^       i' 
enter  and  depart  froi  the'ports  of  Great  Britafeve^^^^  '""'^ 


163 


ENGLAND. 

and'i^^t^^Y'"''  1'"'  !f  *^^  '^''^^^"^  P^^*  «f  Gl^eat  Britain, 
and  IS  the  largest  and  most  populous  division  of  the  island 
Its  surface  is  level  or  gently  undulating,  and  it  abounds  in 
beautiful  and  interesting  scenery.  aoounas  lu 


?Z'L  ?•  ?*^^."^°y  «l^««««;    6.  What  is  said  of  the  navv  ?    A.m.' 

Commerce?'"  '"""'''"''''     y.  Fisheries v     Coal  and  ironTlo: 

Bn^land.     Q.-l.  What  of  England  ?     What  of  the  surface.  &c.  ? 


El^OLAND. 


235 


t,  or  great 
5SS  of  the 

nobility, 
kes,  niar- 
lose  who 
fice;  the 


■^  m 


Britain, 
island, 
nds  in 


Army? 
.  ?     10. 

5,  &C.? 


Windsor  Castle. 

2.  The  climate,  though  moist  and  cool,  is  healthy,  and  less 
subject  to  the  extremes  of  heat  and  cold  than  that  of  most 
countries  in  the  same  latitudes. 

3.  The  soil  is  not  naturally  rich ;  but  the  agriculture  is 
superior  to  that  of  any  other  country  in  Europe  except 
Belgium  and  Holland.  The  chief  products  are  wheat,  barley, 
oats,  potatoes,  and  hops. 

4.  In  no  part  of  the  world  is  wealth  more  unequally  distributed, 
than  in  England,  and  nowhere  else  do  the  cottages  of  the  poor  con- 
trast so  strongly  with  the  mansions  of  the  rich.  Costly  and  splendid 
buildings  are  found  in  every  part  oi  the  kingdom ;  many  of  the  parka 
and  country-seats  of  the  nobility  and  gentry  are  grand  in  their  mag- 
nificence. 

5.  Though  luxury  and  corruption  exist  to  a  considerable  extent 
in  certain  portions  of  English  society,  the  mj.ss  of  the  people  are 
distinguished  for  sound  morals.  Benevolence  is  a  striking  feature 
in  the  national  character;  and  in  no  other  country  are  there  so  many 
associations  for  charitable,  benetolent,  and  religious  purposes. 

6.  The  literary  institutions  and  the  learned  men  are  distin- 
guished ;  no  language  excels  the  English  in  poetry,  eloquence,  phi- 
losophy, and  science.  Great  exertions  are  made  by  various  reli- 
gious societies  to  spread  Christianity  and  civilization  among  the 
heathen ;  and  missionaries  are  sent  to  distant  regions  for  that 
purpose. 

7.  No  general  provision  has  been  adopted  for  the  education  of  the 
poor.  Many  of  the  people  are  very  ignorant,  and  large  numbers 
depend  on  Sunday-schools  for  all  their  instruction.    The  higher  semi- 


2.  Of  the  climate?     3.  Soil?     Products?     4.  What  is  said  of  wealth? 
5.  Luxury,  &c.  ?   Benevolence?   6.  Literary  institutions,  &c.  ?   7.  Edu 


Hi 


236 


I 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


&c.,  and,  with  the  ^0™^^  Pnf Lr  •' -^^^P^'^^^' ^^^s^yterians 

populatiin.  ''''  Catholics,  constitute  nearly  one-half  the 

inland  trade.  The  most  imnnry!!'  T?!,  -^^  «'"^''*  facilities  for 
connect  London  and  BTrni^^lhlwit'^^  LW  ^^^^T^^'^'V^^^^  ^^'<^^ 
ton,  and  Edinburgh.  andTvt^^orw'hrn^^Lte^.'^^^'  '^"^^^^^- 


164 


It  iyhe  ..He.  ana  W«ett  eU^r^Vo^.f^f  ttofe 

the  Bank  of  En/.TaZTZ^^iJ'  'rl^ri  °.V'"-"r<""'  """ 
the   Thames   ..re  magnificent  slruetJ.,       T?  l"-'dgos  which  cross 
Thames  is  a  remarkable  work.  "'""""'''•      ^''^  """"'1  onder  the 
12.  London  presents  a  striking  contrast  of  wmHI.  !„.„7i- 

rr,r,rirJ*;reZ-„TsS^^ 

not'e'd  t'ntrra^';t;st"inrsr 'ki^frr-rf  '^"■"■^•'' 

from  which  loneitude  is  reokon„,l     1 1™™'  "'"'  '"f  "'S  observatorv, 
containing  the  |reatnat"„aras'lu;ltr^n™llLl^^ 

«nrthe'7aT»?im„:eti7eV?nXkt''Bi!;:irrii":.^"''"'''"^^ 
seat  of  the  trade  with  Arm^ruJ     if  •  ,  ,  V"^*^'"-    It  is  the  principii 

Hull,  for  its  BaltiTldr  N:weasre  fU'toll/"/  "f  YT''" 
Whitehaven  are  largely  engage™ln°tiretl.'tr^de,"''p';Si„t 


cation  ? 
Bcnter 


10, 
VVhut 
Wind 


" '    "  ''^"o^"*?]    il  5'"^*  of  public  buildings?    12. 

Chelsea  ?     Of 
mouth? 


sor 


*reenwioh  ? 
ol?    Bristol, 


Plyi 


facilities  foy 

e  sovereign  is 
Jhbishops  and 
t  churches  are 
Presbyterians, 
r  one-half  the 

and  bridges. 

facilities  for 

B  those  which 

)1,  Southamp- 


mes  {temz\ 

sh  Empire. 

population 


eh  (ffrin'i/), 
bservator;^', 
iea  (chel'se), 
Windsor, 
f  the  royal 

copulation, 
e  principal 
hot  wells  ; 
Hand,  and 
>rtsmouth, 


on  ?    Dis- 

ingsf  12. 
Isea  ?  Of 
'ly  mouth? 


ENGLAND. 


287 


■'If 
11 

ii! 


! 


New  London  Bridge. 

Plymouth,  and  Chatham  are  great  naval  stations.  Plymouth  is  noted 
for  lis  breakwater,  which  is  a  mile  long ;  four  million  tons  of  stone 
were  used  m  building  it. 

15.  Manchester,  the  Ihird  city  in  England  in  population,  is  famous 
f>';  ,^^».  extensive  cotton  manufactures;    Le^ds,  Bradford,  Norwich 

l!!L'''^k^^\?'i'^'''''  f°^  ""^^"^^  ««<»^«5  Birmingham,  for  hard- 
ware  Sheffield,  for  cutlery ;  Kidderminster,  for  carpets  Worcester 
rrbons  porcelain;  and  Coventry  {kuv'en-tre)  for  watches  and 

16.  Oxford  and  Cambridge  (kame'bnj)  are  celebrated  for  their 
Universities;  Eton  and  Winchester,  for  their  colleges.  Bath  and 
Cheltenham  (cAc/^'nam)  are  noted  for  their  mineral  waters,  and  are 
much  visited  by  ijcrsons  in  search  of  health.     Tunbridge  and  Scar- 

.r^^.^i*''^  well-known  watering-places.  Brighton  and  Margate 
arc  much  resorted  to  for  sea-bathing.  * 

17.  Hastings  is  renowned  for  the  victory  gained  there  by  William 

tL  Z}r'"%  M  '  ?u"Tr*''  ^''^'^'^  "I-  ^*«  d«*'«'^t«^»  ^nJ  killed. 
Floddt  fLm  ^"''^  "^"u'^'r  "'  '^'  Standard.  Otterburn,  and 
Flod«  en  Field,  were  fought  between  the  English  and  Scots.  At 
Afarston  Moor  Naseby,  and  Worcester,  Cromwell  gained  decisive 
victories  over  the  royal  forces. 

hifn  J!!f  F '^"^  Man  Tsle  of  Wight  (rvife),  and  the  Channel  Islands 
belong  to  England.     The  Channel   Inlands  are  Jersoy,  Guernsey, 

Alderney  (awl'<fa-ne).  and  Sark :    fliov  l.n^«  a  "'Ji.i  »i;L..4 a^I 

leruie  soil.     Jersey  is  noted  for  cider.'    The  Isle  of  Man 'wul  Jnci  a 

15.  Manchester,  Leodn,  &c.  ?  Sheffield,  &c.  ?  16.  Oxford,  Cambridge, 
1  i,  17  Hastings,  BoHworth.^c?  18.  What  islands  belong  to  Enjr. 
land?    What  is  said  of  the  Jsle  of  Man?    Channel  Islands?    Isle  of 


238 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


distinct  kingdom;  the  people  are  called  Manxmen;  their  lamrun.^^ 
18  very  similar  to  the  native  Irish.  The  Isle  of  Wiirht  i«  It^^"''^*' 
fertile  and  beautiful  of  the  smaller  British  sLsrftL'LilVtr: 
garden  of  England.  '  CAuea  the 


Menai  Bridge. 

WALES. 
19.  Wales  is  a  mountainous  and  rugged  country,  and  lies 
west  of  England.  The  soil  is  less  fertile  and  less  cultivated 
than  in  England;  the  products  are  the  same. 
*>,!  w  T^»?  manufactures  are  chiefly  of  flannel  and  iron,  in  which 
IxnoTtlf  T"^-  1  ^T  q^'^n^ities  of  iron,  chiefly  for  railroad!,  are 
exported.     Iron,  lead,  copper,  and  coal  abound. 

>1.  Wales,  pr€lvious  to  the  year  1283,  was  governed  by  its  own 
tn^yr^  that  time  it  has  been  united  to  England,  and  Ve  oldlat 
son  of  the  sovereign  of  England  is  styled  Prince  of  Wales. 

22  Menai  (men'i)  Strait,  separating  Wales  from  the  island  of 
Anglesea  (ayyi-se)  is  crossed  by  the  Menai  Suspension  Bridge 
The  Britannia  Tubular  Railroad  Bridge  crosses  the  same  strait  a 
mile  west  of  the  fo.mer.  It  is  elevated  100  feet  above  high  wat;r 
and  IS  composed  of  immense  iron  tubes  joined  together  and  resting 
upon  massive  pillars  of  masonry.  ^ 

23  Mer'thyr  Tyd'vil  is  the  largest  town  in  Wales,  and  is  sur- 
rounded  by  iron  foundries  and  furnaces.  Swansea  (swon'se)  is  a 
noted  resort  for  sea-bathing.  Caermarthen  (ker-mar'(hen)  and  Caer- 
«?T"i  ^*;^-''.«'">««)  are  places  of  importance.  The  chief  ornament 
ot  the  latter  is  its  castle,  once  a  stately  edifice,  but  now  in  ruins 


165 


Map  m.  24,  Great  Briiain.—Wh&t  bound  England  on  the  north? 
Sd.,N-Sa.-Ea«t?  N.-Sa.-South  ?  A.-On.,  E.-Cl.-West?  I.-Sa., 
ws.,  A.-Un  —What  strait  separates  it  from  France?  Dr.— What 
pan  "f  W  1    ?    Bl^'*^  channel  between  England  and  the  southern 


.  ,       ,  .,jj,  ig  g^jjj  Qj  Wales  i     20.  Manufactures  ?    Minerals, 

•  -1  i;,  "^"  ^'^*  ^"'^^  govorneu  by  its  own  king?  22.  What 
18  said  of  Menai  Strait?  The  Britannia  Bridge  ?  23.  MerthyrTydvil. 
Swansea,  &q  t  °  ^      j      » 


SCOTLAND. 


239 


Map  No  24,  Great  Britmn.-Vfhi,i  rivers  form  part  of  the  boundary 
between  England  and  Scotland  ?    Td.,  Ek.-What  hills  ?     Ct  -What 
firth   separates  the  northwestern  part  of  England  and  the  south 
western  part  of  Scotland?     Sy.-What  is  the  mosrsourhern  ex- 
tremity of  England?     L.-Pt.-The  most  western?     L.-Ed 

Which  are  the  three  chief  rivers  of  England?     Hr    Ta    Sn  — 

the  North  Sea  ?    Te.,  wlf  HTTs.-T^'^JaTh?  GtTe^NrWd^ 
Wm-Enghsh   Channel?     Oe.,  An.,  Fp.-Bristol  Channel     Sn  _ 
What  rivers  flow  into  the  Irish  Sea?    Le.,  Re.,  My.    Severa  riversi^ 
England  are  called  Avon,  from  the  ancient  British  word  j>n  (water) 
What  island  in  the  English  Channel?     Wt— In  the  Irish  Son  ? 
Mn.-In  the  Bristol  Channel  ?     Ly.-Near  Land's  End  ?     Sy      The 
latter  are  dangerous  to  seamen,  and  vessels  are  often  wrecked  there 
For  the  position  of  the  Channel  Islands,  see  Map  No.  26 -^Which's 
the  largest  lake  in  England?     We.     {Mere,  or  mlr,  signihes  a  lake  ) 
-Highest  mountain  ?     S.-Fl.     /'.ZHs  the  Danish  word  for  MIL      "^ 
What  hght-house  is  near  PlyL  juth  Sound    in  the  Hn„th  9     p« 
The  Eddystone  Light-House  is'built  on  a  reef  of  rock   on  wh^h 
many  ships  were  lost.     It  is  100  feet  high;  in  storms  the  eprry  of 
the  sea  dashes  over  its  top.  ^  ^  ^ 

B-a-W^r?^%^aTr'wKTK^-     I-^-East?    Ed.-South? 

be   south'      S    b",      Pn~  w^if  .  ^-^r  ^5  *^"  ^"^^  ^^^^^^     Cn.-On 
^e  soutn/     S.-Bs.,   Cn.— What  island   north   of  Wales?     Aa  ~ 

What  strait  separates  Anglesea  from  Wales  ?     Mi. 

What  rivers  are  wholly  ir.  Wales?  Cv  Dv  Tf  T,r  wi.o* 
nvers  rise  in  Wales  and  flow  into  England?  De.'  Sn.'.  Te*  We  ~ 
Which  IS  the  highest  mountain  in  Wales'    Sn 


166 


SCOTLAND. 

1.  Scotland  lies  north  of  England,  and  is  divided  by  the 
Grampian  Hills  into  the  Highlands  and  the  Lowlands  Tt 
contains  the  highest  hills  and  largest  lakes  in  GreTt  Britain 

2.  The  Highlands,  in  the  northern  part,  is  cold   and  bettor 

adapted    to   grazing   than    cultivation^    The    I  owLnds    t^^^^ 

southern  part,  is  more  level,  with  a  moderately  fe  ti  e's^l 

which  produces  oats,  barley,  wheat,  rye,  flax,  and  potatoes     ' 

u.  The   manufactiirAfl   nro   i«i»%^«*„„i    •  n     ., 

_..,    i„,„^.^^^,jj^^  cspuciaijy  those   of 


Offha  h"''*.!  ^r}'  r^^^'^''*'  '^  Scotlan.l?     What  is  said  of  it?     2 
Of  the  Highlands?    Lowlands?    8.  What  of  manufaotures ?     Coal, 


i 


240 


.DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


cotton,  wool,  and  linen.     Coal  and  iron  are  abundant      The 
commerce  and  fisheries  are  valuable:  the  herring-fishery  em 
ploys  many  vessel?'  and  men.  n  j      ^ 

4  The  Scotch  are  well  educated,  and  are  perhaps  the  most  moral 
and  religious  people  in  Europe.  Many  Scotchmen  have  been  dis- 
tinguished in  literature,  and  some  have  been  among  the  most  famon. 
philosophers,  historians,  and  poets  of  Great  Britain. 

5.  The  Highlanders  were  originally  a  different  people  from  the 
Lowlanders  Some  of  the  Highlanders  still  wear  the  ancient  dresV 
and  speak  the  Gaelic  language.  The  Presbyterian  is  the  established 
church  of  Scotland:  a  division  has  taken  place  among  them,  and 
about  half  of  the  clergymen  have  seceded  and  formed  the  -Free 
Uiurch  ot  Scotland:"  in  these  the  pastors  are  elected  by  their 
people.  ' 

fiw  J^^  Hebrides  (heb'rid-eez)  Islands  lie  west,  and  the  Orkney  and 
Shetland  Islands  north,  of  Scotland;    they  are  the  resort  of  vas 
numbers  of  sea-fowl,  which  the  islanders  catch  by  descending  with 
I'opes  from  the  high  cliffs.  ^         ^uamg  wun 


Edinburgh. 

FirVof  fW  (f'in-f^f-riih),  the  capital  of  Scotland,  lies  near  the 
*  irth  of  l  orth.     It  has   ong  been  noted  for  its  university,  as  well  as 

wit  r'T'-  ^""^  ^'''•''"^"«-    '^^'  «'*y  ^^«  f«^  manufactu;es.    Edin- 
of  Edinb",tl'.  '%«""^P»«"°"«  in  Scottish  history.     Leith,  the  seaport 
ot  Edinburgh,  formerly  two  miles  distant,  is  now  joined  to  it. 
8.  Glasgow,  the  largest  city  in  Scotland,  is  on  the  river  Clvdo-  it 

Thrn'nIvJr ^'"/^nl'  '''  cotton-manufactures  and  to  ship-building. 
The  university  nt  Glasgow  is  celebratod,  and  the  cathedral  is  tlie 
best-preserved  specimen  of  Gothic  architecture  in  Scotland 

lino  (^7^^  "^T"^  ^'!'  ^"'  '^'^'"  K^^^«'  '^"^  ^'^'■♦•^  '^"'l  l)nnfcM-m- 

line  lauin-ler'/tn\  fr»r  notion  an'i   i:-.—  j'..u_: ir-i  .     _ 

■  ""    — L..!.»  ,s.nt  iiiitrii  i.tuiics^   r».iimarnocK  ior  cui- 

&c.  ?    Commerce,  &c.  ?    4.  The  Scotch  ?    Scotchmen  ?    5.  What  of  the 
High  ander.?    What  is  said  of  religion  ?    Tlio  Free  Church  ?     6   T 
Hebrides,  &c.?     7.  What  of  Edinburgh?     S.Glasgow?     9.  Paisley, 


Map  No 
and   west 
separates 
most  nort 
Eastern  ? 

Firth  01 
Fiord   is 
Crom'arty 
F.  of  Clyd 
Minch  ?     J 

Where  i 
naird's  H. 
way  ?      M, 

{Nesa  and  . 

What  isl 
north  ?      C 
How  wide 
-Which  ij 
-Slietland 

Where  is 
curiosity  cj 
its  religioui 

Lakes  an 
Shin?  L.  : 
Loch  Lome 
long,  and  7 
island  in  L( 
prisoned  !h 
L.  Broom  ? 

Perth,   kc' 
burn,  &c.  ? ; 


SCOTLAND. 


241 


mdant.  The 
g-fishery  em^ 

lie  most  moral 
lave  been  dis- 
e  most  famous 

ople  from  the 
ancient  dress, 
lie  established 
'ng  them,  and 
ed  the  "Free 
cted  by  their 

le  Orkney  and 
[•esort  of  vast 
icending  with 


lies  near  the 
ly,  as  well  as 
ures.  Edin- 
,  the  seaport 
I  to  it. 

er  Clyde :  it 
lip-buildinjf. 
edral  is  the 
md. 

id  Dunferm- 
ock  for  cui- 

What  of  the 

.•h  ?     6.  The 

9.  Paisley, 


pets,  and  Carron,  near   Falkirk  {/awl-kirk'),  for  its   iron-works 
Glasgow  (jr/a.>)   Greenock.  Leiti,  Dundee/Montrose,  and  AW: 
deen'  are  the  principal  seaports.  ' 

I     10.  Stirling  is  celebrated  for  its  castle,  Melrose  and  Kelso  for 

their  ancient  abbeys,  Ayr  as  the  scene  of  some  of  the  expSs  ot" 

Bruce  and  Wallace,  and  Gretna  Green  for  the  marriage  of  fSive 

Hi^hTandr     ^^'"''^'     '^''^"^'^' ''  ^^^^^•^^^^^i  ^^«  capital  of-  *?he 

11.  Bannockburn  is  famed  for  the  decisive  victory  gained  by  Kimr 

ICromwen'Xr'Th  T"'^  'l  ''  ^^^^^"^'  ^"^^  D JnLr  for  tLt  of 
Cromwell   over   the  Covenanters.     At   Preston  Pans  and  Falkirk 

Prince  Charles,  the  son  of  the  Pretender,  routed  the  royal  forit,« 
and  at  Culloden  Moor  his  army  was  totally  defeated.        ^  ' 


-  167 


Jfa^iNTo  24   Gfr.a<5n7am.--What  bounds  Scotland  on  the  north 
and   west?     A.-On_East?      N.-Sa.-South?      Ed.,    I.-Sa -What 

T:'1^.t!:''^'!^^LZ:-^--^o:^-^^i^^t^     What  i^tt 


Southern?     M.-Gy.— 


most  northern  point  of  Scotland?     D  -Hd 
I  Eastern?     B.-Ns.— Western?     A.-Pt. 

Firth  or  Frith  is  used  in  Scotland  for  Bay  and  Strait,  as  the  word 
Fiord   ,s   used   in  Norway.      Where   is   Dornoch    (rforC/t     Fhth^ 
Croni'artyF?    Murray  F.?    F.ofTay?    F.  of  Forth?     So  way  F:' 
|L1h'?nileMfnrh?^^^^     ^'^^'-^^^-^     Sound  of  Jura?  ^Tlle 
I    )^'^,«^e  is  Cape  Wrath?     DunnetHead?     Duncansby  H  ?     Kin 

\jv^        5  V  ;,  ^^"*\''^  •      Ardnamurchan    {ard.n&-mur'kan)    Point? 
I  (iVew  and  Mull  are  the  same  as  Cape,  Head,  or  Point )       ^ 

\Jihf  '  oT^'wLTlS"/  ^'"'^"?^^  v."^-  ''  W.-Is._What  islands 
noun.      uy.— What  firth  separates  them  from  Scotland'      Pd 

I    W.^i^'  '^l'--^':^'  ''^^''^'  1^«  "«r^J^«^«t  of  the  Orkneys'^I 
1-Sl.etland  Is.V'ik. '"""  ''  '''  "^'"'"  "     «^-OrkneJs?     Kl! 
Where  is  Staffa  ?     lona  ?     Staffa  contains  the  magnificent  natural 
mnos.ty  called  Fingal's  Cave.     lona  was  anciently  celebrated  for 
its  religious  institutions,  schools,  and  learned  men.  '^"'*''®^  ^^i 

Lakes  and  inlets  are  called  Lochs  in  Scotland.     Where  is  Loch 
lun?     L.  Mare?     L.Ness?    L.  Rannoch  ?     L.  Tay'     LL'n.ond' 
oeh  Lomond  is  the  largest  lake  in  Great  Britain^'  '"t  is  21  mt 
long,  and  7  broad  in  the  widest  part.     Where  is  L.  Lev'en  '     On  an 
island  in  Loch  Leven  are  the  ruins  of  the  castle  in  which " was  im^ 
1 1    -  '-  *  •'-  ce,-  oratru  m.-iry,  yween  oT  fsoots.      Where  is  L.  Assvnt  ? 
'L.  Broom?    L.Su'nart?     L.  Linnho  (//«'„.)  ?     L.  Awe?     L.P>e? 


Porth,   vS;o.  ? 
i  burn,  &c.  ?  .> 


10. 


What  is  said  of  Stirling,  &c.?      11.  Bannock- 


\m 


242 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


tl 


What  river  flows  into  Murray  Firth?  Sy— The  North  Sea* 
Dn.,  De.,  N.-Ek.,  S.-Ek.,  Td.-The  F.  of  Tay  ?  Ty.,  En  -The  p' 
of  Forth?  Fh.— Solway  F.  ?  Ek.,  Nh.,  De.— The  F.  of  Clyde  ^ 
Dn.,  Ar.,  Ce— Where  is  the  Caledonian  Canal  ?  This  work  connects 
Murray  Firth  and  L.  Linnhe.  The  Firths  of  Clyde  and  Forth  are 
united  by  the  Forth  and  Clyde  Canal. 

Where  are  the  Grampian  Hills?  Cheviot  Hills?  Ben  Ne'visV 
Cairngorm  Mt.  ?  How  high  is  Ben  Nevis  ?  It  is  the  highest  mounl 
tmn  in  Great  Britain.  {Ben  signifies  Mountain.)— The  Grampian 
Hills  or  Mountains  form  the  barrier  between  the  Highlands  and 
Lowlands  of  Scotland,  separating  the  fertile  from  the  barren  parts 
of  the  country,  and  the  Celtic  froi    the  Saxon  portion  of  the  popula- 


168 


IRELAND. 

1.  Ireland  lies  west  of  England,  and  is  separated  from  it 
by  the  Irish  Sea.  The  climate  is  mild  and  moist,  producing'  a 
beautiful  and  continued  verdure;  and  in  consequence  it^ja 
often  called  the  Emerald  Isle,  and  Green  Erin. 

2.  The  surface  is  moderately  undulating,  with  few  moun- 
tains. There  are  many  peat-bogs,  which  supply  the  inhabit- 
ants with  fuel. 

3.  Agriculture  is  in  a  less  advanced  state  tlian  In  England 
or  Scotland.  Barley,  oats,  wheat,  and  flax  are  extensively 
cultivated;  potatoes  are  the  chief  product,  and  form  the  prin- 
cipal food  of  the  poor. 

4.  Grazing,  and  the  dairy,  are  well-managed  parts  of  Irish  hus- 
bandry; they  produce  the  best  beef  and  butter  in  Europe.  Linen 
goods,  and  the  products  of  the  soil,  are  the  chief  exports. 

5.  The  Episcopal  is  the  established  religion,  but  four-fifths  of 
the  people  are  Catholics:  about  half  of  the  remainder  are  Presbv- 
terians  The  latter  are  found  chiefly  in  the  north,  and  are  of 
Scottish  descent. 

•  6;  Tlie  people  of  Ireland  are  generous,  quick-witted,  and  hos- 
pitable. Many  are  ignorant  of  the  English  tongue,  and  use  tii» 
Irish  only.  ° 

7.  Vhe  peasantry  live  for  the  most  part  in  a  state  of  abject 
poverty.  Ihe  landlords  are  chiefly  Englishmen  who  reside  in  Eng- 
land. The  estates  are  managed  by  agents,  who  oppress  the  i.e..pT« 
by  unjust  extortions.  The  tithes  exacted  for  the  support  of  the 
established  church,  and  the  oppressive  taxes,  impoverish  the  people. 

Trdand  Q.—\  Where  is  Irelan.l  ?  What  is  said  of  ih^  climate  ? 
2.  Ihe  surface  &c.?  3.  Agriculture?  Chief  product?  4.  Grazing, 
&c.  ?     Linen,  &c.  ?     5.  Religion  ?     0.  What  of  the  peof^?     7    The 


IRELAND. 


243 


8.  The  failure  of  the  potato-crops  for  several  successive  years 
produced  intense  distress,  and  thousands  died  of  hunger.  This, 
and  the  immense  'emigration,  chiefly  to  the  United  States,  caused 
the  population  of  Ireland  to  decline,  in  the  ten  years  from  1841  to 
1851,1,660,000.  ^ 

9.  Dublin  is  the 
chief  city  of  Ire- 
land: it  lies  on  both 
sides  of  the  river 
Liflfey,  at  its  mouth. 
Its  public  edifices 
are  numerous. 
Among  them  are  St. 
Patrick's  Cathedral, 
the  Bank  of  Ireland, 
the  Exchange,  and 
the  Four  Courts. 
Thechief  partof  the 
suburbs,  and  some 
streets  in  the  city,  are  the  abodes  of  thousands  who  live  in  wretch- 
edness and  poverty. 

10.  Cork,  the  chief  town  of  the  south,  is  noted  for  its  trade  in 
salted  provisions.  Its  harbor,  called  the  Cove,  is  capacious  and 
strongly  fortified.  Lim'erick,  on  the  Shannon,  is  famous  for  the 
eieges  it  has  sustained ;  it  has  manufactures  of  lace,  fish-hooks,  and 
gloves.  Belfast',  the  chief  town  in  the  north,  is  the  emporium  of 
the  linen-trade. 

11.  Kilkenny  is  noted  for  its  beautiful  white  and  black  marble. 
Killarney  is  made  famous  by  its  adjacent  romantic  lake.  May'nooth 
is  the  seat  of  a  noted  Catholic  college.  Waterford  has  an  extensive 
intercourse  with  England  and  Wales.  Galway  {gawVway),  Sli'go, 
Drogheda  (drdh'he-dS,),  Dundalk  {dun-dawk'),  Newry,  and  London- 
derry are  all  considerable  seaport  towns.  The  last  is  celebrated  for 
its  siege  by  the  forces  of  James  II.,  in  1090-91. 


Four  Courts,  Dublin. 


169 


Map  No.  24,  Great  Britain.— Vfhui  bounds  Ireland  on  the  north, 
south,  and  west?  A.-On.— On  the  east?  f.-Sa.,  S.-G.-Cl.— JVhat 
Wilier  between  it  and  England?  I.-Sa.— How  long  and  wide  is  the 
Irish  Sea? — What  channel  between  Ireland  and  Scotland?  N.-Cl. 
—How  wide  is  it?— Between  Ireland  and  Wales?  S.-G.-Cl.— How 
wide  is  it?— Which  is  the  most  northern  point  of  Ireland  ?  M.-Hd. 
—Most  southern  ?  M.-Hd.— Most  western?  C.-Sl— Where  is  Rath- 
lin  I.  ?  Tory  I.  ?  North  Isles  of  Arran  ?  Acliill  {ak'il)  I.  ?  Enisture 
I.  ?     South  Isles  of  Arran  ?     Blasket  I.  ?     Valetstia  T.  ?     C,  Clear? 


peasantry?  8.  The  failure  of  the  potato-crops?  Emigration.  &c.  ? 
9.  Dublin?  10.  Cork,  Limerick,  Belfast,  &c.?  11.  Wliat  of  Kilkenny, 
Killarney,  Maynooth,  Waterford,  Galway,  &c.  ?     Londonderry  ? 


244 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


SianH.L    .^^^'tr^  provinces  which  are  subdivided  "nto  counties 
m  ancient  times  th,ey  were  independent  kingdoms.)     ■        ''*'"''^''' ' 


170 


FRANCE. 

1.  France  lies  in  the  western  part  of  Europe  on  the 
Atlantic  coast  and  is  separated  from  England  by  the  En«l   h 

the'fir^  „.t  '  "  '  g-^^-^.P-erful  empire,  and^anks  axSng 
the  lirst  nations  in  civihzation,  power,  r:  \  wealth. 

2.  The  surface  is  mostly  a  plain  with  ,  ,odeiate  undulation  • 
a  large  portion  is  well  adapted  to  cultivation.  The  coimtrv^s 
beautiful  and  fertile,  and  the  climate  temperate  and  sYlu! 

of  \,^Si'''^  Tf  ''  "'"''S  ^^'''"""^  ^^^°  ^"  ^««t  «f^^^  parts 
oi   ji^urope.     Ihe  manufactures  are   various  and   extensive 

and  the  commerce  is  great,  but  not  equal  to  that  of  Great 
Britain  or  the  United  States.  There  are  numerous  railroads 
traversing  all  parts  of  the  empire. 

4.  The  chief  products  are  wheat.  Indian  corn,  erapes   olives  and 
the  sugar-beet.     The  vineyards  of  France  yield  2^50  different  kind 
of  wine:  they  occupy  nearly  5.000.00(1  norL   „„^  .^H-    — -  - 

i^umate,  &c.  ?     3.  Ot   agr-culture?     Manufactures?     4.  Products? 


PRANCE. 


245 


Making  Wine, 


Gatliering  Grapes. 


duce  IS  about  850  million  gallons.    Claret,  Burgundy,  and  Champagne 
are  the  principal  wines.    Silk,  wool,  and  oil  are  important  products 

6.  In   population,    France   ranks   second   among  the    European 
powers,  being  inferior  only  to  Russia.     The  French  are  intdlE 
brave,  gay,  and  very  military.     Their  learned  men  excel  "n  mfthe- 
matics,  astronomy,  and  chemistry.     The  lower  classes  are  in^iffer- 
ently  educated,  not  more  than  one-half  being  able  to  read  and  write 
o.Z  9«"fg«S'  schools,  and  public  libraries  are  numerous.     Paris 
ThP^^L  -f  ^^'fr'  "'^•r^^i^y  ^"d  the  finest  library  in  "he  worid 
The  maj^ityof  the  people  are  Catholics ;  but  all  sect/are  tolerated 

7.  The  French  language  is  the  best  adapted  to  conversation  of 

Zr.     %r^''"'^*'  T^  ''  ^"'^'^  "««^  ^«  P^li^«  society  tliroighout 
Europe.     The  upper  classes  in  France  excel  in  graceful  accomprish- 

8.  The  government  of  Franc-^  has  been  changed  many  times  during 
the  last  seventy  years.  In  iS  it  became  a  fepublic ;  three  vearf 
afterwards  the  president,  Louis  Napoleon  (Napoleon  III  ),  assumed 
sole  executive  power,  and  in  1852  was  elected  Emperor.  Hs  govern- 
ment  has  been  as  despotic  as  that  of  any  other  monarch  in  Europe 

9    France  has  long  been  a  great  military  power.     In  the  time  of 

nTlTl  ■'  '^'  ^r^  ™  *^"  ^«^^  formidable  in  the  world  Tt  is 
now  next  in  numbers  to  that  of  Russia.  The  nav.y  exceeds  that  of 
any  other  power  except  Great  Britain.  ^  ' 

T«/^  fT]'®  P""cipal  foreign  possessions  are  Algeria,  Senegal  and 
Isle  of  Bourbon,  in  Africa;  Guadeloupe,  Martinique,  &c.,  in  tlie  West 

Vineyards?      5    Of  the   French?     Learned   men?     Of  the  lower 
lasses?     6.  Colleges,  university,  &c.?     Religion?     7    The  French 

Z^n^l  J^'^H^'''  '^'''''  ■  ^-  'r^'«  government,  &c.  V  Army 
and  navy?     10.  What  are  the  principal  foreign  possessions'         ^ 


246 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


llf;^r^\.^!'yi''\^y^^^^^riK,  South  America-,   Pondicherry   in  Ask- 


171 


11.  Pans,  the  capital  of  France,  is  on  the  river  Seine  (sam 
or  sen),  112  m,  es  from  its  mouth.  It  is  the  second  cit^fn' 
i^urope  in  population,  and  the  first  in  splendor.  The  public 
buildings  and  palaces  are  among  the  finest  specimens  of  arch^ 
tecture  in  the  world. 

nAf:  rf  Kr'  '"  ''''^^^  ^'''"  *^®  K'^y^^y  °^  '^^  inhabitants  and  the  variety 
ments,  and  for  its  hbrar  es,  literary  institutions,  and  public  works 
Ftltn.^'  ""u  *^\^^^«t'  ^'  ^*"°"«  f^'*  ^^«  «ilk  manufactures-  St 

14  Bordeaux  [bor-do'),  on  the  Garonne  (gah-ron')  is  well  Irnn^n 
for  Its  w„,es  and  Strasburg  for  Its  lofty  clfhedraV'  Toulo"  ^"t^ 
a  naLTJe'pot       '  "  ''''  ^^«^^^«-— '     Brest,  on  the  AtlanTic  i^ 

15.  Havre,  at  the  mouth  of  the  Seine,  is  the  seaport  of  Paris  «nrl 
the  chief  seat  of  trade  with  the  United  States,     lilt m7s  (mar 
mylz')  xs  the  principal  seaport  in  the  Mediterranean  ^ 

16.  Nantes  {nants),  Tours  {toor\  and  Or'leans,  on  the  Loire  LlwahT\ 
.   are  important  towns.    Nantes  has  considerable  commercraifra^^^^^ 

faotures.     Tours  is  a  favorite  place  of  residence  for  EnglXtTavel 
lers.     Orleans  is  noted  as  the  scene  of  the  exploits  of  Joan  of  Arc 

PnIL  ^"""f  1^  •  ^^'^^"\Ag'^«'  important  battles  took  place  at  Crecv 
Poitiers  and  Agmcourt,  between  the  English  and  the  French     also' 

of  Fr^ce         '  ''  ^'."''""  ^^^"'^^^'^'  ^'  *^^  Garonne!  in  tt  s^utli 

18.  Bayonne  {hah-yon'\  on  the  Adour.  is  noted  for  its  fisheries  and 
for  the  invention  of  bayonets ;  Versailles  ^..r-.a,;/.'),  forlts  m^gnt 
ficent  palace  and  gardens ;  Montpellier,  for  its  salubr Ls  air;  Ses 
(n.m)  for  IS  Roman  amphitheatre;  Rochefort  (ro«V«r')  for  its 
arsenal.  L, He  (/..^  is  strongly  fortified.  Rheims  {reemz)  is  no  ed  /or 
Its  cathedral  in  which  the  kings  of  France  were  formerly  crowned  • 
Cherbourg  [sher'burg),  for  its  famous  breakwater  and  immense  do"  ks 
Savoy,  Nice  («.m),  and  Mon'aco  now  belong  to  Fran^r 

19.  The  island  of  Corsica,  in  the  Mediterranean,  is  a  department 

11.  What  of  Paris?     12.   For  wha*  nnt^-i  9     io    r^f  t-  ^    »     « 
14.  Of  Bordeaux,  &c.  ?     16    Of   Havre?"  Of   Ma'rsei  les'^'   le'^Of' 
Nantes   &c  ?     17    What  of  Ciecy,  Poitiers,  &c.  ?    ^8    Of  Bayonne 
and  other  towns?     19.  Corsica?    Of  its  surface,  &c  '       ^^^y^^^"' 


SPAIN. 


247 


rry,  in  Asia; 
n  the  Pacific 


eine  (sa^n, 
)nd  city  in 
The  public 
IS  of  archi- 

the  variety 
,  and  monu- 
ic  works. 


^^ell  known 
lion  is  the 
Atlantic,  is 


iwTmanu- 
ish  travel- 
n  of  Arc. 
>  at  Crecy, 
ich  ;  also, 
the  south 

eries,  and 
ts  magni- 
r;  Nismes 
),  for  its 
noted  for 
crowned; 
ise  docks. 


partment 

-     --    _,  ft  A 

^as,  ccc.  r 

16.  Of 

Bayonne, 


of  Prance.  Its  surface  is  mountainois.  It  has  iron-mines  and 
fisheries.  Bastia  [hahs-tt'ah)  is  the  chief  town.  Ajaccio  {ah-yaht'sho) 
was  the  oirthj/iace  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte. 


Map  Ko.  26,  France,  Spain,  ^c.-— What  bound  France  on  the  north  ? 
E.-CL,  Bm.— East?  Bm.,  Pa.,  Bn.,  Sd.,  ly.— South?  M.-Sa.,  Sn.— 
West?  B.-By.,  E.-CL— What  river  flows  into  the  English  Channel  ? 
Se.— B.  of  Biscay?  Le.,  Ge.— G.  of  Lyons?  Re.— What  river  forma 
the  boundary  between  France  and  Baden  ?  Re.— Through  what 
lake  does  the  Rhone  flow  ?  Ga.— What  mountains  separate  France 
from  apain?     Ps.— From  Italy?     As.- -From  Switzerland?     Ja.— 

What  mountains  between  the  Rhone  and  the  Loire?    Cs.,  Ae. West 

of  the  Rhine  ?  Vs.— What  islands  on  the  coast  of  France  belong  to 
Great  Britain?  CI.— What  island  in  the  Mediterranean  belongs  to 
France?     Ca.— Where  is  Paris ?     Havre?     Marseilles? 


172 


Madrid. 

SPAIN. 

1.  Spain  lies  southwest  of  France,  and  is  separated  from 
it  by  the  Pyrenees  Mountains.  It  was  once  the  most  power- 
ful kingdom  in  Europe,  but  became  one  of  the  most  feeble :  now 
it  shows  marked  evidences  of  progress  and  prosperity.  With 
Portugal,  it  comprises  that  part  of  Southwestern  Europe 
called  the  "  Peninsula." 

2.  The  interior  is  traversed  by  the  Sierra  Nevada,  the 
Sierra  Morena  (mo-rai/'nah),  and  other  mountain-ranges;  and 
the  surface  is  greatly  diversified.  Much  of  the  soil  is  fertile, 
and  agriculture,  hitherto  neglected,  is  prospering;  commerce 
and  manufactures  are  improving. 


Spain.     Q.—l.  Where  is  Sjinin,  &c.  ?     What  is  said  of  it?     What 
does  it  comprise?    2.  What  of  the  interior?    Soil?    Commerce,  &c.  ? 


-^'"^i^' 


248 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Hnn  5•^\?.?''''"^  government  is  a  limited  monarchy.     The  constitn 
tion  of  1837  guarantees  the  liberty  of  the  nress   and  ntl. tri- 
ples of  freedom.     The  Catholic  is  Ve  natLL'  reli^^i      Edu^caiT'' 
18  not  general;  and  few  of  the  lower  classes  read Td  writ      ^'''''. 
marin'''''®  ^^^^^"^  ^^''^^  ""^  Spaniards  are  distinguished  for  eravitv  nf 

cheermrtufar'.^':;''  '*■  .'"^'  "'^i  ^'^'^^^  ^'^'^  lower  cCe^a 
cueerrui,    trugal,    and   courteous.     The   favorite    amimpm^^ntl 

mu,.c  dancing,  and  buU-flghta,  the  latter  aVerenSTbraulr; 

t>.  Spain  once  possessed  vast  territories  .     America-   of  !)■„.»' 

Barcelona,  MalLaTndr^^^^^^^^  Mediterranean  Sea. 

uLfjuo^aifs      Z^'''"'^\^r"^'  <r''')'  ""'^  C"'""™  were  once 

r„?e^:rE  ~:£?  ?»rc-  k^); 

den',  for  its  qtticksSver  mines  '"''  ^"  "'  """^'y;  »»*  Alma- 

has  oneTf'.'i.iV'l  "O"-'?™'.  "  'ie  chief  station  of  the  navy  and 

in":  °  PamplT-na  s't  7eba„- "'"P".  n'^J-'^™'"'  I'-<'°>'»  l*"" 
sieges   tl^iyh^ve   sustained      r'  "^^  '''"^''  f*  '''""<"'«  *"'  ""e 
bae!,es  fought rtwerZ'r'renchrd&g',rsr^  ""'  ^"'"™'  ^°' 

was  cap  nred  by  the  British  in  1704,  and  hasten  htlfby  them  ^^o^ 

peopie      Port  Mahon  ^-L^i  'tZ:L'Vjr^I^  1'^^^'''^' 

8ide„flL"p;renTe?"TTet,'??"l°  i"'  °","'-'  ">"«■  ^  SP"*'" 
iie  ryrenees.     The  inhabitants  depend  for  subsistence  prin- 

Rel^gfo:?tducauZ?''1  V^aT'""^^^*-,  ^'  "■'  Severnment  ? 

classes  ?     Amusements  '     fi    WK  'f  "f-^^  °J  '^^  "«''"  «'"=»  '    I'»wer 
-J,   ,,_  ^musememsr     6.  What  did  Snain  on™  no.i=.. '     n'i,.i 

aVarada"  Ao''"'.,  'r  **'''?'  c°*'  ""drid,  -Barcelona:  t:?      8    Of' 

BlfeTrt'lst'     l^Srar-^"""'  *"  '     '»■  ^hraltar?'- U 


* 


s, 


PORTUGAL. 


249 


es,  raisins, 
1  manufac- 
iis,  and  are 

le  constitu- 
lier  princi' 
Education 
ito. 

gravity  of 

classes  arc 

ments   are 

all  ranks. 

of  these, 
The  other 
)cean,  the 
fie,  Ceuta 
also  Fer- 

he  Tagus. 
jonnected 
lean  Sea. 
^he  latter 
1  Europe. 

vere  once 

nl-bah'o), 
or  silks ; 
ad  Alma- 

avy,  and 
jos  [bah- 
}  for  the 
oria,  for 

trongest 
(lis  place 
sm  since. 
>a,  Ivifa 
ustrious 
t)or. 

Spanish 
ce  prin- 

nment  ? 
Lower 


8. 


Of 
11. 


cipally  upon  their  flocks   and   iron-mines.     Besides  Andorra,  the 
capital,  it  contains  five  small  villages. 


Map  No.  26,  France,  Spain,  ^c— What  bound  Spain  on  the  north? 
B.-By.,  Fe.— East  ?  M.-Sa.— South?  M.-Sa.,  A.-On.,  Pl.—West? 
A.-On.,  PL— What  are  the  chief  rivers  of  Spain?  Do.,  Ts.,  Ga.,  Gr. 
Eo.— What  are  the  principal  mountains?  Ps.,  Cn.,  S.-Ma.,  S.-Na! 
—What  mountains  separate  Spain  from  France  ?  Ps.— What  moun- 
tain west  of  Barcelona?  Mt.  This  is  noted  for  its  singular  form 
and  for  the  monasteries  built  on  it.— What  islands  lie  east  of  Spain' 
IJc— Which  is  the  largest?  Ma.— Which  is  the  largest  town  in 
Majorca?     Pa.— What  strait  separates  Spain  from  Africa ?     Gr. 

f  73  


City  of  Oporto. 

PORTUGAL. 

1.  Portugal  lies  west  of  Spain,  and  is  the  extreme  south- 
west part  of  Europe.  It  was  once  an  important  power,  but, 
Hke  Spain,  declined,  and  it  now  ranks  among  the  least  of 
European  states. 

2.  The  surface  is  much  diversified.  The  climate  is  mild 
and  healthy ;  and  the  soil  yields  all  the  fruits  and  products 
of  Southern  Europe.  Port  and  Lisbon  wine,  salt,  oil,  and 
wool,  are  the  chief  exports. 


Portugal.     Q.—\.  Where  is  Portugal?     What  is  said  of  it?     2. 
The  surface  ?     Climate  ?     Soil  ?     3.  What  of  commerce  ?     Manu- 


fc— '- 


250 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


3.  The  commerce  of  Portugal  is  limifprl      Ti,^  r 

in  almo^/regions  ""'  """*  ""="""'■'''  """'»'^'  Possessions 

.J'  f.''"  '■"'•eign  possessions  of  Portueal  »re  the  Azore,    ii,  tl,. 
Atlant^ Ocean;  the  Madeira  and  Cape'verd  Islands^^nThe'col's 
wfi«7  rnH'TU      ^v'.    '^"^°^'''    ^""^    i^enguela    {ben~gay'lah),    on   the 
Goa  'anH   M  °'"°'^'^r,("*''-"'^'"-*^^'^')'  °"  ^^e  east  coast  of  I?rica 
Goa^and  Macao  {nah-Hu.'),  in  Asi^   and  part  of  the  isknd  of 

8.  Lisbon,  the  capital,  on  the  river  TaVna    ia  .  ».io„«     <• 
ift^e'lVarS^tt  r'  '^^  T^  f  '^^  l^KarrsftetoTd: 

aaclo'o  ortL^Ifh;L::r;e"i^her7  i^  Hf  h^m^^dTr^;:'  t\ 

contains  some  fine  public  buildings  and  siuares  ''^'  ^"' 

St\beri«'  °VJ'^^'^'^  ^^r'"'")^  '^  ^'^"^^"^  fo^  its  port-wine 
(t        ?;    'f,?^^!^  ^^o"-   'ts  salt-works  and   its  fisheries.     Coin. bra 
{ko-eem'brah)  ,s  the  seat  of  the  only  university  in  Fortueal      Thi« 
university  consists  of  eighteen  colleges.  ^  oriugal.     Ihis 

pi?'  ^7^\}^  ^^f  '^''t  ^^  ^"  archbishop,  who  is  the  Primate  of 
Portugal      Elvas  i«  the  chief  fortress  of  the  kingdom  •  i    is  sun 
phed  with  water  by  an  aqueduct  one  and  a  half^mi"es  in  lenrth" 
constructed  long  ago  by  the  Moors.     Ev'ora  is  an  ancient Town^H 
contains* rich  Gothic  cathedral,  and  a  Roman  aqueducrstilUn  use! 

Map  JVo  26,  France,  Spain,  Portugal,  ^c.-What  bounds  Portugal 
on  the  north  and  east?  Sn._South  and  west?  A.-()r--Wh  h  are 
the  prmcipal  r  vers  ?  T«.,  Do.,  Ga.-^-How  long  is  each  of  these  ? 
Name  the  principal  mountains—Where  is  Lisbon? 


r__i • 

ture,  &c.  ?     6.  F 


Agriculture?     f>.  Religion?     Government?     Lit 
or  what  once  noted  ?     7.  What  of  the  1 


era- 


BrtaTHvasT" tot ''""""    '^  ''''''^'    «'' ''^^ 


>rcign  pos- 
&o.  ?      10. 


1.  T] 

ration  a 
portions 
Saxony, 
and  fou 

2.  Tl 
Confede 
for  the 
legislatu 
Frankfo 
their  im 
other  rei 

3.  In 

States,  y 
attached 
Sleswici 
a  part  o1 
the-Maii 
(See  paj 

4.  Th 
rivers  a 
pursued 
of  wealtl 
are  inipc 


Bro 
6,  Gatt 

Oerman 
did  it  inc 
jf  each  sti 
to  Prussi 
agricultu! 


GE^IMANY. 


251 


174 


GERMANIC  CONFEDERATION. 

1.  The  States  that  lately  formed  the  Germanic  Confede- 
ration are  situated  near  the  centre  of  Europe.  They  included 
portions  of  Austria  and  Prussia,  the  whole  of  Bavaria, 
Saxony,  Hanover,  and  Wurtemberg,  numerous  smaller  states, 
and  four  free  cities. 

2.  These  states  had  formed  a  league,  called  the  Germanic 
Confederation,  for  their  external  and  internal  protection,  and 
for  the  inviolability  of  each  member  of  the  league.  The 
legislature  was  called  the  Diet,  and  sat  in  permanence  at 
Frankfort-on-the-Main.  The  states  had  votes  according  to 
their  importance,  but  each  state  had  at  least  one  vote.  In  all 
other  respects  they  were  sovereign  and  independent. 

3.  In  1866  Prussia  made  war  on  Austria  a  1  the  German 
States,  wrested  from  Austria  all  power  over  the  Confederation, 
attached  to  her  own  territory  the  states  of  Hanover,  Hols*^^ein, 
Sleswick,  Lauenburg,  Nassau,  Hesse-Cassel,  Hesse-Homburg,' 
a  part  of  Hesse-Darmstadt,  and  the  free  city  of  Frankfort-on- 
the-Main  and  established  the  North  German  Confederation 
(See  page  258.) 

4.  The  territory  of  these  States  is  traversed  by  numerous 
rivers  and  extensive  ranges  of  mountains.  Agriculture  is 
pursued  with  diligence,  and  mining  is  one  of  the  chief  sources 
of  wealth.  The  inland  trade  is  large,  and  the  manufactures 
are  inipoitant  and  various. 


Brown  European  Bear. 


The  Wolf. 


5.   Cattle^  horges.  hngra.  and  aheoB  abound  i  the  nheen  of  S.aTnn? 

Qermany.  Q. — 1.  What  of  the  Germanic  Confederation?  What 
did  it  include?  2.  What  had  they  formed?  Of  the  Diet?  What 
jfeachBtate?  8.  What  further  of  these  states  ?  What  wore  attached 
to  Prussia?  4.  WM)at  of  the  territory  of  these  staten?  What  of 
agriculture,  &o.  ?    6.  What  of  animals,  &c.  ?  Sheep  ?  The  bear,  &c.  ? 


252 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


are  particularly  noted  for  the  fineness  of  their  wool      The  hpn, 
Tulfdlfthrir  '-'  ''-'  ---'''  ^^-  for.erl7,\ut"'a:e\^S 

6.  The  people  are  industrious  and  ingenious :  they  invented 
printing,  gunpowder,  and  watches.  Their  leirned^  min  are 
distinguished  for  their  attainments  in  literature  and  science 

/.  The  German  universities   are  among  the  most  celebratpd  in 

soS:;   anTSr-'r '  ^'^  ^^"^^^^  «^ '^^«^^'  acIdemSrret^ 
societies,  and  public  libraries  are  numerous.     The  advantaees  de 
rived  from  these  institutions  are  apparent  in  the  activit v  eXbitoH 
in  every  branch  of  literature,  and  i^n'the  extent  of  the  Eok-t^ad:' 
».  In  Saxony,  Bavaria,  and  some  of  the  smaller  divisions  of  tha 
r^d'^ndtrte.^"  ^""^^^°^^'  '^^^  ^^^^^  -«  ^^  perso^ThoMlit: 

RnLnVo^*^^!-"'  *^^^o°^an  Catholic  and  Protestant  prevail-  the 
Roman  Catholics  predomnate;  the  Protestants,  consisting  chiefly 
of  Lutherans  and  Calvinists,  have  united,  in  some  of  the  state/ 
under  the  name  of  the  Evangelical  Church  ' 


175 


GERMAN  STATES. 
BAVARIA. 

1.  The  kingdom  of  Bavaria  lies  west  of  Austria,  and  is  the 
most  important  of  the  German  States.  It  is  altogether  in  the 
interior,  and  consists  of  two  territories,  about  forty  miles  apart, 
separated  from  each  other  by  Wurtemberg  and  Baden. 

2.  The  soil  is  moderately  fertile.     Cattle  and  hogs  are  raised  in 
great  numbers.     Wine  is  made  to  some  extent.     lOO^LlHon  gallons 
of  beer  are  brewed  annually.     Education  is  general,  and  the  ins ti 
tutions  of  learning  are  in  a  flourishing  condition 

3    Munich  (mu'nik),  the  capital,  on  the  river  Iser  (e'zer)  is  one  of 
the  handsomest  cities  in  the  German  States.     It  is  noteTfcr  its Uni 
versity,  theatre,  library,  and  splendid  galleries  of  ar^  Nuremberg" 
AugHl.urg,  Ratisbon,  Wurtzburg,  and  Bamberg  are  important  Sace?' 

4.  Famous  victories  were  gained  at  Blenheim  (h/en'im)    on  tho 


6.  What  of  the  people?    Inventions?    Learnfi<lm«n?   ?    rr.; :..•__ 

»xe.  r     o.  Of  education  r     U.  Religion?  .    "    "    "  '  ""''*="*^=' 

Oennan  States      Q.-].   Where  is  Bavaria?     2.  What  of  the  soil 
&o.?   Education?   3.  Munica?   Nuremberg,  &c.  ?   4.  Blenhei^m! &"  ? 


5.  Th 
Austria. 
States, 
with  gre 
wool  of  \ 


8.  The 
called  circ 
of  the  bei 
grains,  wii 

9.  jStuttj 
contains  20 
blishment  t 
celebrated  1 
are  importa 
it8  salt-wor] 


1.  Badei 
south  wester 
by  the  Rhin 

2.  Carlsr 
the  junction 
in  Germany 
best-attendc 
Fioiburg  (/ 

T).  What  is  H 
nitz  and  otl 
Stuttgard,  U 

Smaller  Ot 


GERMAN   STATES. 


253 


SAXONY. 

A,f;fn?%^'-^?r  ""^  ^r^°?  "^  ^«*^^^°  P'^ssia  and 
Austria.  It  IS  the  most  densely  populated  of  the  German 
States.     Commerce,  manufactures,  and  mining  are   pursued 

7.  Chemnita  (Wm/«)  is  noted  for  its  manufacture  of  stockiniw, 
ana  *rey borg  {/rt'birff)  for  its  mines  and  mining  academv      I Pir.si« 

WURTEMBERG. 

8.  The  kingdom  of  Wurtemberg  is  divided  into  four  narta 
called  circles,  and  lies  between  Bavaria  and  Baden  It  ifoTe 
of  the  best  cultivated  of  the  German  States,  and  produced 
grains,  wines,  and  fruits.  prouuces 

cont'Jn^^immf!^^''^^'^^^'  A'  "•  ^«»-^»il«'  city.     The  royal  library 

SCnt  !?'^,J^  ^^''-     ^''1*''  P""""«  ^"^  bookbinding  estZ 
Di  snment  at  Stuttgard  is  one  of  the  largest  in  the  woHH      TtiTV- 

celebrated  for  its  cathedral.     ReutlingenK^'  ?««  ^^Und  Tub  n^.« 
rsaTtCTsV^^™^  ^'^  '''''''  "  - '^^  ^-  its'ufireisUy'  ^HaK 


176 


THE   SMALLER  GERMAN  STATES 

by  the  Rhme.     Grain  and  wine  are  the  chief  products 

(he  juSrof'tl^o'RhT:'^'  '^..'^Pj'^^'  ""^  ^^^^«i°^  (man'Aeme),  at 
in  GrmanT.     At  He^elleT///''^^  -'''  ^"^.^"«  t^«  fi-«t  cities 

best-attended  in  Fnr.rn        I  ^i   del^birg)  is  a  university,  one  of  the 

^».  What  is  snid  nf  fia-rnn-.,9     a    n^  i\ ,  _-     _    . 

imalUr  0«-man  Statu.    «._1,  What  of  Badei,  J    2.  Carl,r'«h..  ..a 


254 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


3.  Hessb-Dakmstadt  formerly  comprised  three  districts,  one  of 
which  IS  south  of  the  river  Main,  the  other  two  north.  In  1866  one 
of  the  northern  portions  was  annexed  to  Prussia.  Darmstadt  is 
the  capital.  Worms  and  Mentz  are  important  towns :  the  latter  is 
strongly  fortified,  and  is  noted  as  the  birthplace  of  the  art  of  printing. 

4.  The  Saxon  Duchies  coihprise  the  Grand  Dvchy  of  Saxe-  Weimar 
Eisenach,  and  the  Duchiea  of  Saxe-Cohurg  Ootha,  Saze-Meiningen  Hild- 


i 


Mentz. 


^rghamen,  and  Saxe-Altenhurg.  They  are  between  Prussia  and 
Havana,  and  west  of  the  kingdom  of  Saxony. 

,.  ?-.^*^Vi^^^."^^  ^o*^»  (*«*  ko'burg  go'tah)  comprises  also  a  small 
district,  170  -lies  southwest  from  the  rest  of  the  duchy  Weimar 
{wi'mar),  Gotha,  Meiningen  [mi'ning-en),  and  Altenburj?  are  the 
capitals  of  the  Saxon  Duchies. 

6.  Weimar  enjoys  a  high  reputation  for  learning.  It  has  been  the 
residence  of  many  celebrated  authors.  Gotha,  Altenburg,  Eisenach 
iizen-ahk),  and  Jena  (j'en'ah)  are  important  towns.     Jena  is  noted 

or  Its  university,  and  for  the  great  victory  gained  there  by  the 
Frencl   over  the  Prussians  in  1806. 

7.  Mboklenbitro  comprises  the  Grand  Duchies  of  Mecklenburrr- 
Schwenn  and  Mecklenburg-Strelitz.  The  capitals  are  Schwerin 
{sfiway-reen')  and  New  Strelitz.  Rostock  and  Wiamar  are  important 
commercial  towns.  Gusti  ow  (ghees'trov)  is  noted  for  its  beer,  and 
Ludwigslust  for  its  magnificent  palace. 

8.  Oldenburg.— The  Grand  Duchy  of  Oldenburg  is  almost  sur- 
rounded by  Prussia,  and  lies  on  the  North  Sea.     Oldenburg  is  the 
ftmpitai :  it  is  a  well-built  city,  with  a  handsome  ducal  palace.     The 
Lordship  of  Kniphausen  (k'nip'hdw-zen),  the  smallest  state  in  Europe 
is  enclosed  by  the  territories  of  Oldenburg. 

9.  Brunswick.— The  Duchy  of  Brunswick  consists  of  five  dis- 
tinct portions,  surrounded  by  the  territory  of  Prussia.  The  city  of 
Brunswick,  the  capital,  is  noted  for  its  annual  fairs.     WoKenbuttel 


the  other  io«.,«r  S.  H.-«Be-Darmstadt ?  4.  Saxon  Duchies?  5. 
Haie-Coburg6<»tfc»?  6.  Weimar,  &c.  ?  7.  MecklenburK,  &c.  ?  8 
Oldenburg,    ««.?      9.    Brunswiok,    &c.  ?      10.    Anhalt?    Dessau! 


PRUSSIA. 


255 


seyen  miles  south  of  Brunswick,  contains  one  of  the  most  valuable 
hbranes  m  Europe.  v»iuaoie 

«J^:  ^''^''''J-:'^\^  ^'^^^y  <>f  Anhalt  [ahn'hahlt)  consists  of  three 
states,  each  of  winch  was  formerly  independent.^^  Tae  territory  is 
surrounded  by  Prussia.     Dessau  {de8'sdw)is  the  capital   ^  "'^"^^  '^ 

hfir^lS  Prmcipahties  of  Schwartzburg-Rudolstadt  and  Schwartz- 

fivP^JlpA""  ?""' tV'^^''^-'';*"'"^*''^''^^"*-^'^"'-^^")  '^re  about  twenty- 
five  miles  apart.     The  capitals  are  Rudolstadt  and  Sondershausen 

12.  Reuss-Greitz  and  Reuss-Schleitz.— The  Princinalities  of 
Reuss-Gre.tz  [ruce-grites' )  and  Reuss-Schleitz  {ruce-Zuf'tTk^n 

[gay  rah)  are  the  capitals. 

13.  Lippe-Detmold  AND  LippE-ScHAnENBURG— The  Principalities 
of  Lippe-Detmold  {lijj'pgh  det'molt)  and  Lippe-Schauenburg  (shSw'en- 
bddrg)&re  situated,  the  latter  on  the  north  and  the  other  on  the  south 
side  of  the  Weser  River,  about  ten  miles  apart.  Buckebure  and 
Detmold  are  the  capitals.  ^ 

14.  WALDECK.-The  Principality  of  Waldeck  consists  of  two  sec- 
tions, surrounded  by  Prussia.  Pyr'mont  is  noted  for  its  mineral 
waters,  and  is  visited  by  many  strangers.     Ar'olsen  is  the  capital. 

15    The  Free  Cities.— The  Free  Cities  of  the  German  States  are 
Hamburg    Lubeck,  and  Bremen.     These  are  all  that  remain  of  the 
famous  Hanseatic  League,  that  once  comprised  eighty-five  of  the 
most  commercial  European  towns  and  ruled,  by  wealth  and  arms 
a  great  part  of  Northern  Europe.  * 

16.  Hamburg,  on  the  Elbe,  is  the  chief  commercial  city  of  the 
German  States.  Lubcck  {loo'bek),  on  the  Trave  (trah'vih),  and 
Brem'en,  on  the  Weser,  are  important  commercial  towns. 

17.  Luxemburg  and  Limburq.— The  Grand  Duchy  of  Luxemburg 
and  the  Duchy  of  Limburg  belong  in  part  to  Belgium  and  in  part  to 
Ho  land.  The  King  of  Holland  has  the  title  of  Grand  Duke  and 
Duke  of  these  provinces.  Luxemburg  is  the  capital  of  the  Grand 
Duchy,  and  Maestricht  {maks'trikt)  of  Limburg. 


177 


PRUSSIA. 

1.  Prussia  {prilsh'yah)  occupies  very  nearly  the  central 
part  of  Europe.  It  lies  on  the  North  and  Baltic  Seas  and 
has  an  area  of  133,000  square  milcs. 

II.  nehwarfzburg-RudolBJadt,    &c.  ?     12.  Reuss-Greitz,    &c  ?  13 

Lippo-Detmold,  &c.  ?     14.  Waldeck?     15.  The  Free  Cities?  la' 
Har.iburg,  &c.  ?     17.   Luxemburg  and  Limburg? 

Prutsia.     ^—1.  What  is  said  of  Prussia?     2.  Mountains  *  The 


m 


m 


II 


mm 


256 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


2.  The  Hartz  Mountains  in  the  west,  and  the  Sudeti^ 
Mountains  on  the  Austrian  border,  are  ^he  principal  de 
vations.  The  surface  is  generally  level  Thefe  arrnume 
rous  rivers  and  lakes.  In  the  west  the  soil  is  fertile  and  pro 
ductive;  m  the  east  it  is  moderately  productive,  and  wUh 
careful  cultivation  good  crops  are  obtained.  Grain  and  crtt'e 
are  the  chief  products  of  the  soil.  ^ 

3.  Prussia  has  heretofore  had  little  foreign  commerce-  buf 
recent  acquisitions  on  the  North  Sea  open  new  fSies  for 
foreign   intercourse.     The   inland   trade  is  extensive      The 

i>o"td  Zl."'  '"""^^'^^  '"^"^'  ^«^"^"'  -^  -^-J-  of 

4.  The  Protestant  faith  predominates,— principally  the 
Evangelical  or  Lutheran  Calvinistic  Church  f  but  d  forms 
of  religion  are  tolerated.  >  "  »<  un  lorms 

6.  The   government  is  a  constitutional  monarchv    with  r  Po. 
lament,  consisting  of  a  House  of  Lords   anH  Kse  of  R^Z' 
.  sentatives.     The   arn^  is   wpII   Hion,«i;r.«^        ^  nouse  or   iiepie- 

»re  several  provinces  which  were  once  »  part  of  Poknd 

7.  Berlin,  the   capital,  on   the   river   Snrpo  r,^.^,.\    •         il      , 
Bome  city,  and  is  noted  for  its  lilZrv  instLifcf  ^'„  !i  l  ^*''^" 
versity.     There  are  manufactures  of  prfntedcittorinef^l  V  """l." 

Vi?;nfj'";r''^°*"^t°"*^?;^^'"  ^^  "^^  important  city.     Dantzic,  on  the 
Jnd  ir;„i  ''"^^''^J*'"''^^-*^^^)'  Stettin  (,<.^4o,  on  thi  Oder 
and  Stralsund,  are  the  chief  seaports.     Breslau  and  Frankfort  on 

t'tPfittior -tal  J"  '1r '  ^^^S^f -«'  0-  ^be  Elbe,  for  its  strong 
sal    works     :n?p!'i*''  *^'  S'^^*'     *aA7W),  for  its  university  and 
salt  works ;  and  Potsdam,  on  the  Havel,  for  its  palace  of  Sans  Souci 
Halberstadt  and  Erfurth  (air'/oort)  are  important  town,. 
9.  Cologne  {ko-lone')  and  Dusseldorf  are  on  the  Rhine ;  the  first  is 


Forti'ess  of 


:?t^rj„„"?  "txiTi  t.f»=fiL?'-"r-'""' J-  What 

education?  6.  What^  f,,.,her  of  PruTsia'"  7  "irT ,"  "i'",. "i 
8.  Frankfort-on-the-Main  .rid  other  towns''  9  Ooi  '  „  ,"'»."■'",' 
Aix-la-ChapelleJ     10.  Cobl.nt.,  &LY  TlVerfeH?  anS'^Iw' °' 


PRUSSIA. 


257 


famed  for  Cologne-water,  and  the  other  for  its  school  of  painting. 
Aix-la-Chapelle  {aiks-lah-ahah-peV)  is  noted  for  its  wurm  baths ;  and 
Treves,  on  the  Moselle  {mo-zeV),  for  its  cathedral. 

10.  Cob'lentz,  at  the  junction  of  the  Rhine  and  the  Moselle,  is  an 
important  fortress.  Ehrenbreitstein  {ay-ren-brite'stine),  on  the  llh^ne, 
opposite  Ooblentz,  is  the  strongest  fortress  in  the  kingdom,  and  one 
of  the  strongest  in  Europe.  Elberfeldt  and  Barmen  are  contiguoua 
towns,  and  the  most  important  for  manufactures  in  Prussia. 


Forti-ess  of  Ehrenbreitstein  (broad  stone  of  honor),  on  a  rock  780  feet  high.    14  000 

men  are  required  to  garrison  it.  ' 


178 


PROVINCES   ANNEXED  TO   PRUSSIA  IN   1866. 

1.  Hanover. — The  late  kingdom  of  Hanover  consists  of 
a  large  and  sterile  tract  of  land  bordering  on  the  North  Sea, 
and  a  small  portion  of  territ  ^ry  separated  from  the  rest  by  the 
kingdom  of  Brunswick. 

2.  Hanover  is  the  chief  city.  Gottingen  {get' ting-en)  is  noted  for 
its  university,  library,  observatory,  and  botanic  gardens.  Emden 
is  the  chief  seaport. 

3.  HoLSTKiN,  Latjenbueo,  and  Sleswick.— The  former  Duchies 
of  Holstein  {hoVstinc),  Lauenburg  (Idw^en-lddn/),  and  Sleswick  be- 
longed  to  Denmark  until  1864,  when  they  we're  seized  by  Prussia 
and  Austria. 

4.  Nassau.— Tlie  former  Duchy  of  Nassau  (nas'saw)  is  situated 
on  the  rivers  Rhine  and   Main.     It  is  famous  for  its  wines  and 


Provinces  annexed  fo  Prussia.  Q.~\.  What  of  Hanover?  2.  What 
of  the  city  of  Hanover?  Gottingen,  &c.  ?  3  Of  Holstein,  Lauen- 
burg, and  Sleswick  ?     4.  Of  Nassau?     For  what  famous?     Wiesba- 


258 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Main  is  annexed  to  Prussia  ff..^,^  portions  north  of  the 
tion,  Homburg  is"th^e7rroip.f:r^°"''"'*  ""•^^"'"•^  '"»  'eo- 
CiLs'^of'Gllt.y"''"""-"''-''''-""'''''''  -o  of  tie  faMous  Free 

THE  NORTH  GERMAN  CONFEDERATION 

dent  of  the  Coofederafion.''"  The  ^  a^e  b^rr„sK" 

B.Ln«'Sth«r^rrt;sn^-^^^^^^^ 

THE  SOUTH  GERMAN  STATES 

fedtTtitt^ttm    ^^  'T'^'f''^  '^'  ^'''^  ^^^'"an  Con. 
reaeration,  but  still  are  independent.     They  are— 

Bavaria,  Wurtemberg,  Baden,  and  Hesse-Darmstadt  (in  part) 


179 


AUSTRIA. 

^«"/„  5-  Of  the  Hessian  States  9     HeasP  rfl««oi  9     «    u 

sadt?     Hesse-Homburg?     Homburer  7    ZnVf    /  ^^^^'I^a''^^- 

North  German  Confederation  TSk  a!:Z?S_^?^^?»-^^«-Main  ? 


AUSTRIA. 


259 


are  the  chief  rivers.  Gold,  copper,  iron,  natural  steel,  quick- 
silver, and  salt  abound.  Grain,  wine,  oil,  and  silk  are  the 
principal  products. 

3.  Austria  has  a  limited  foreign  commerce,  f  he  few  sea- 
ports lie  on  the  upper  part  of  the  Adriatic  Sea.  The  inland 
trade  is  large.  The  army  is  the  third,  in  point  of  numbers, 
in  Europe.  There  is  a  small  naval  force  in  the  Adriatic  SeaJ 
and  an  armed  flotilla  on  the  Danube  River. 

4.  Austria  is  a  constitutional  monarchy,  with  a  parliament,  com- 
prising a  Houje  of  Nobles  and  a  House  of  Deputies.  All  religious 
sects  are  tolerated.     The  majority  of  the  people  are  Catholics. 

5.  The  4)opulatioa  consists  principally  of  Germans,  Slavonians, 
and  Hungarians  or  Magyars  {mdd-ydrs').  The  Hungarians,  who 
have  been  long  oppressed,  have  made  several  unsuccessful  attempts 
to  achieve  their  independence. 

6.  Vienna  (ve-en'nah),  on  the  Danube,  is  the  capital,  and  is  one 
of  the  finest  cities  in  £urope.  It  contains  many  splendid  buildings. 
Trieste  {tre-est'),  at  the  head  of  the  gulf  of  the  same  name,  is  the 
principal  seaport  of  Austria  and  of  Southern  Germany. 

7.  Prague  is  the  capital  of  Bohemia ;  Brttnn  (brgin),  of  Moravia ; 
Gratz,  of  Styria;  Lay  bach  (li'bahk),  of  Iliyria;  Lemberg,  of  Galicia, 
or  Austrian   Poland;   Zara,  of  Dalmatia;   and   Innspruck,  of  the 

8.  Lintz,  Salzburg,  and  Steyer  (sti'er)  are  manufacturing  towns. 
Halle  {hahVm)  and  Hallein  (hahl'line)  are  noted  for  their  salt- 
works, Idria  for  its  quicksilver-mines,  and  Mariazell  (mah-re-ah-tseV) 
for  its  shrine  of  the  Virgin,  which  is  annually  visited  by  100,000 
pilgrims. 

9.  Marienbad,  Carlsbad,  Toplitz  (fep'litz),  and  Sedlita,  in  Bohe- 
mia, are  famed  for  their  baths  and  mineral  waters.  At  Austerlitx 
and  Wagram  great  victories  were  gained  by  the  Emperor  Napo- 
leon over  the  Russians  and  Austrians.  Wieliczka  {v'yay-litch'kah) 
and  Bochnia,  in  Galicia,  are  noted  for  their  salt-mines.  The 
mine  at  Bochnia  is  1000  feet  deep,  and  extends  two  miles  under 
ground. 

10.  Cracow  {kray'ho)  and  its  small  territory  were  forcibly  seized 
by  Austria,  in  1847.  Here  is  the  mound  raised  by  the  voluntary 
labor  of  the  people,  in  memory  of  the  Polish  patriot  Kosciusko 
[kos-se-us'ko).  It  is  formed  chiefly  of  earth  taken  from  every 
battle-field  in  Poland. 


'^i  txivc,  u,v; 


fl    o    r\^.^ o 


a i_     0.  _ 


iuc  army  .'  rsavai  lorcer 
4.  Government?  Religion?  5.  Population?  Hungarians?  6.  What 
of  Vienna  ?  Trieste  ?  7.  Of  Prague,  &c.  ?  8.  Lintz,  &c.  ?  Halle, 
&c.  ?  Idria?  Mariazell?  9.  Marienbad,  &c.  ?  Austerlitz?  Wie- 
liczka ?     10.  What  of  Cracow,  &c.  X 


260 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 

180  


HUNGARY. 


1.  Hungary  is  the  largest  and  .outh eastern  division  of  the 
AuBtran  Empire.  It  h  or^  of  the  most  fertile  portions  of 
Central  Europe,  r.iui  m  area  is  about  equal  to  the  States  of 
Virginia,  West  Virginia,  and  North  Carolina. 

^V^*®ml^^^^^®  ^®  ^°  inclined  plain,  sloping  towards  the 
south.  The  Carpathian  Mountains  separate  it  from  Galici- 
and  Transylvania  on  the  north  an  J  .  «  The  Danube  and 
Its  tributaries,  the  Theiss  {tice),  Drave,  and  Save,  water 
nearly  all  portions  of  Hungary. 

3.  Hungary  is  famous  for  its  wines,  the  varietv  of  its  pro- 
ducts, the  abundance  of  its  cattle,  and  for  its  minerals.  The 
climate  is  similar  to  that  of  France,  but  more  changeable. 

4.  In  its  widest  acceptation,  it  includes  the  kinc-dom  of  Hunjrarv 
the  provinces  of  Transylvania,  Croatia,  and  Slavonia,  and  the  dil 
tnct  called  the  Military  Frontier.     In  the  latter,  the  able-bodied 
men  serve  as  soldiers,  holding  their  lands  rent-free,  instead  of  re- 
ceiving pay.  '  «>*  ui  ic 

6  The  people  arc  chiefly  Magyars,  or  Hungarians,  and  Slavonians. 
The  former  are  brave  and  high-spirited,  and  have  long  opposed  the 
Emperor  s  authority.  In  May,  1849,  they  declared  Hungary  inde! 
pendent  and  under  the  direction  of  Kossuth  and  ether  chiefs  en- 
deavored to  maintain  their  rights,  but  were  overpowered  by  the 
superior  forces  of  Austria  and  Russia. 

6  Hungary  was  once  an  independent  kingdom.  On  the  death 
of  Louis  I.  in  1526,  his  brother-in-law,  Ferdinand  II.  of  Austria,  was 

gltrlfb7XLfrir  *  ''  '''  ^^^^'  ^^^  «^"^-^  ^-  '--  ^- 

«»w^"^^k''"  n^^'i^  ^^''^>.'  *^^  ^"'P^**^^  °^  Hungary,  opposite  each 
oLv  r^  ^  ^T^J"?  *^^  J,°^""^  ^y  °"^g««'  ^"d  are  properly  one 
I'^fl  if^  K  """"If  ?^  '''  ^'^^  ^^^^«-  Presburg  and  Co'morn  are 
on  the  Danube;  the  first  was  once  the  capital  of  Hungary;  Comorn 
13  an  important  fortress.  b    j,    v^umuin 

8.   Kremnitz,  Sohemni(z    (shcm'nifs),  and   Neusohl   (nofzole)  are 

Hungary  Q.—\.  What  of  Hungary?  What  area?  2.  Of  the 
surface  ?  What  is  said  of  the  Carpathian  Mountains?  The  Danube  * 
3^  What  IS  said  of  Hungary  ?  What  of  the  climate  ?  4.  What  does 
Hungary  include  ?  What  of  thn  Military  Fr«ntif»r  »  6  V/ha*  -f  the 
people  ?     What  occurred  in  May,  1849  ?     6.  What  further'of  llun- 

^7    Jt.^k^  ?-^\*S-.^''"«^"^«'    *«-^      «•    Kremnitz,    &c.  ? 
Tokay?     Debretzin,  &c.  ?    9.  Kronstadt?     Hermanstadt,  &c  » 


AUSTRIA. 


261 


mining  towns  in  the  northern  part  of  Hungary :  the  first  is  noted 
for  gold,  the  second  for  silver,  and  the  third  for  copper.  Tokay,  on 
the  Theiss,  is  famous  for  its  wine,  the  finest  in  Europe ;  the  best  is 
reserved  for  the  use  of  crowned  heads.  Debretzin  is  noted  for  its 
manufactures,  and  Ketskemet  {ketch-hem- ate')  for  its  great  cattle- 
market. 

9.  Kronstadt,  in  Transylvania,  consists  of  three  towns,  inhabited 
respectively  by  Saxons,  Szeklers  {sek'lerz),  and  Wallacks.  Heriaan- 
Btadt  has  an  upper  and  a  lower  town,  connected  by  flights  of 
stairs.  Theresienstadt  {lir-ay'ze-en-gtaht\  Temesvar  (tem-esh-var'), 
and  Mishkolcz  {mish-kSlts')  are  important  towns. 


*  I  i 


181 


Map  No.  25.— What  are  the  principal  German  States?  Ba.,  Sy.,  Wg., 
Bn.,  Mg.,  Og.  Where  is  Bavaria ?  Saxony?  Wurtemberg?  Baden? 
Mecklenburg  ?  Oldenburg  ?  Where  are  the  Saxon  Duchies  (called 
on  the  map  Saxe)  ?  Where  is  Hesse-Darmstadt?  Brunswick? 
Lippe  ?     Waldeck  ?     City  of  Hamburg  ?     Lubeck  ?     Bremen  ? 

What  mountains  between  Saxony  and  Austria?  Sc.  Between 
Bavaria  and  Austria  ?  Bd.  What  between  Wurtemberg  and  Baden  ? 
Bk.-Ft.  What  river  flows  through  Saxony  into  the  North  .  ea?  Ee. 
What  through  Bavaria  into  Austria  ?  De.  What  through  Wurtemberg 
into  the  Rhine?  Nr.  What  river  forms  the  western  boundary  of 
Baden?  Re.  What  a  part  of  the  southern  boundary  of  Mecklen- 
burg? Ee.  What  a  part  of  the  eastern  boundary  of  Oldenburg? 
Wr.     On  what  sea  is  Mecklenburg  ?  Be.     Oldenburg  ?  Nh. 

What  is  the  capital  of  Bavaria?  Mh.  Saxony?  Dn.  Wurtem- 
berg? Sd.  Baden?  Ce.  Capitals  of  Mecklenburg?  Sn.,  N.-Sz. 
Capital  of  Oldenburg?  Og.  On  what  river  is  the  city  of  Hamburg  ? 
Ee.  Bremen  ?  Wr.     Near  what  sea  is  Lubeck  ?  Be. 

Map  No.  25,  Prussia. — What  bound  Prussia  on  the  north?  B.-Sa., 
Dk.,  N.-Sa.  East?  Ra.  South?  Aa.,  Ba.  West?  Hd.,  Bm.  What 
gulf  in  the  north  ?  Dk.  What  sea  on  the  northwesi  ?  Nh.  What 
mountains  on  the  south  ?  Sc.  What  mountains  west  of  the  centre  ? 
Hz.     What  two  large  rivers  flow  into  the  Baltic?  Va.,  Or.     What 


^ca  ?   Ee.,  Wr.,  Es.     What  river  in  the  south- 


three  into  the  North 
west?  Re. 

On  what  river  is  Berlin  ?  Se.  Frankfort  near  Berlin  ?  Or.  Frankfort 
in  the  southwest?  Mn.  Stettin?  Or.  Cologne?  Re.  Dusseldorf? 
Re. 

Map  of  Europe,  No.  23. — What  bound  Austria  on  the  north  ?  Pa., 
Ra.  East?  Ra.,  Ty.  South?  Ty.,  A.-Sa.,  ly.  West?  ly.,  Sd.,  Ba. 
Vthai  inouaiiiins  in  the  uortbeast?  (Jn.  West?  As.  What  sea  south- 
west? Ac.  What  river  flows  through  Aijstria  into  Turkey?  What 
rivers  flow  into  the  Danube  in  Austria  ?  De.,  Se.,  Ts.  On  what  river 
is  Vienna,  the  capital  ?  De.     On  what  sea  is  Trieste  ?  Ac. 


262 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


182 


Berne. 


I 


SWITZERLAND. 

1.  Switzerland  lies  south  of  the  German  States  and 
J^  ranee  and  is  the  most  mountainous  country  of  Europe  It 
IS  noted  for  the  grandeur  of  its  scenery  and  the  free  spirit  of 
Its  pohtical  institutions.  k'  ^^  ^^ 

2.  It  is  a  federal  republic,  and  consists  of  twenty-two  can- 
tons,  each  independent  in  local  affairs,  but  united  for  national 
security  and  governed  by  a  Federal  Assembly. 

3.  Switzerland  is  traversed  bv  thp   Alr»H      !?»♦««»:„     u  u 
ice,  called  glaciers,  cover  their  loffy  st  ^fs ;  av!t"che7  cZlll 
of  vast  bodies  of  snow,  sometimes  come  thukderinrdowk  u3  Jp 
valleys,  ^burying  travellers,  buildings,  and  even  villfges  Jn  on'e  com! 

4.  In  many  parts  of  Switzerland  the  soil  is  not  well  adapted  to 

Sfced"  ThL  tld^''^  ^"'"^^-^^  ^'.  ^^^  P^^P^^'  good  crops  a?e1r! 
wl;»  •  •  P;^'^"^  «/^e  gram,  wine,  and  various  kinds  of  fruit- 
but  grazing  is  the  chief  pursuit  of  the  farmer. 

♦o  i^kn!?®  ^"^,'1^  ^fu  ^''"®'*:  ^''^''®'  *"^  hospitable,  ardently  attached 
to  liberty  and  to  their  native  country.  Education  is  general,  and 
great  crimes  are  rare.  The  Protestants  and  Catholic!  are  about 
Italtln''  ''"™^^''-     '^^^  languages  spoken  are  German,  French,  and 

6  Berne  (bern)  ig  the  capital  of  Switzerland.  Zurich  (zoo^Hk) 
and  Lucerne  are  important  towns.  Geneva  (jen~e'vah)  is  on  the  lake 
of  the  same  name.  It  is  distinguished  for  its  literary  institutions, 
and  tor  its  extensive  manufactures  of  clocks,  watches,  &o 


Switzerland.  ^.—1.  Where  is  Switzerland?  2.  What  of  its  ffov- 
ernment?  3.  Of  the  Alps?  Avalanches?  4.  Agriculture,  &c.  ?  I'lo- 
ducts?    5.  Of  the  Swiss?    Of  education?    Languages?    6.  What  of 


SWITZERLAND. 


263 


7.  Basle  {bahl,  or  hahzH),  on  the  Rhine,  the  most  commercial  town 
n  Switzerland   is  noted  for  its  manufactures  of  ribbons.    Lausanne 

(lo-zahn),  on  Lake  of  Geneva,  has  been  at  different  times  the  resi- 

siorbHd  T'''*''^    ^^^''^'"^  "'^'''     *'''^^*'"^«  '^  ^°te^  for  its  Buspen- 

8.  Near  Schaffhausen  {shahf-hdw' zen)  are  the  celebrated  Falls  of 
he  Rhine.     Morgarten  and  Morat'  were  the  scenes  of  splendid  vic- 

TaIT^  ?  *^^  *"'"«®  «f  freedom.  At  Morgarten,  1600  Swiss 
routed  20,000  Austr  ans.  In  this  battle  the  celebrated  William  Tell 
distinguished  himself. 


Alpine  Spaniel. 


Ibex. 


9.  Among  the  quadrupeds  peculiar  to  Switzerland  are  the  Alpine 
spaniel  and  the  ibex.  The  Alpine  spaniel  is  one  of  the  largest 
animals  of  the  spaniel  kind.  They  are  used  by  the  monks  of  St. 
Bernard  for  the  purpose  of  discovering  travellers  lost  in  the  snow 
llie  Ibex  IS  a  species  of  wild  goat,  and  wanders  among  the  highest 
precipices  of  the  Alps,  where  he  is  often  followed  by  the  hunter 


3Iap  No.  25,  Germany  and  Switzerland. —Vfhai  bound  Switzer- 
land on  the  north?  Fe.,  Bn.,  Wg.-East?  Aa.,  ly.-South?  ly., 
Fe.— West  ?  Fe.— Where  are  the  Jura  Mountains  ?  Pennine  Alps ^ 
Lepontine  Alps?  How  high  is  Mount  Rosa?  The  Jura  Mountains' 
Where  IS  Lake  Constance?  Geneva  L.  ?  L.  Neufchatel  ?  LLu- 
T",^-  JC. Zurich?  Where  is  Neufchatel?  How  high  are  the  Falls 
ot     he  Rhine?     What  three  considerable  rivers  rise  in   Switzer- 

'"     w?®'  .^®;.'  I"- -—What  river  ^flows   through   Lake  Geneva? 
l\e. — Where  is  Berne  ? 


lerne  ?  Zu"ch  &c.  ?  Geneva  ?  7.  What  of  Basle  ?  Lausanne  ? 
*ralburg?  8.  Where  are  the  Falls  of  the  Rhine?  What  is  said  of 
Morgarten  &c.  ?  William  Tell  ?  9.  What  quadrupeds  are  found  in 
Switzerland  ?  ^  r 


264 


DESCRIPTIVE   OEOGRAPHY. 


183 


ITALY. 


1.  Italy  lies  in  the  south  of  Europe,  and  is  bounded  on 
the  east  by  the  Adriatic,  and  we.st  by  the  Mediterranean  Sea 
It  18  a  peninsula,  in  shape  like  a  boot.  It  was  the  country  of 
the  ancient  Romans,  and  is  filled  with  the  remains  of  their 
cities  and  buildings. 

2.  Italy  is  noted  for  the  beauty  and  romantic  character  of 
Its  scenery.  It  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  countries  in 
the  world,  and  almost  every  locality  has  been  the  scene  of 
some  remarkable  event. 

3  The  climate  is  warm,  and  the  soil  is  luxuriant.  The 
chiet  products  are  wheat,  corn,  rice,  oil,  wine,  and  silk  The 
principal  iruits  are  gra-pes,  oranges,  figs,  dates,  almonds,  and 
olives.  The  fig-tree  and  almond-tree,  the  cotton-plant,  and 
the  sug;ir-cano,  all  flourish. 

4.  Some  of  the  finest  specimens  of  architecture  in  tlio 
world  are  in  taly.  The  churches  are  costly  and  mau.iificcnt. 
and  the  dwellings  of  many  of  the  nobles  rival  the  palaces  of 


Ttalv.     Q.-\    Whei^e  is  Italy?     What   is  said  of  it?     2.  WJmt 
?ruit^'&^  «a.d'/      8.  OV''\''."'»^t«  -"^  «oiI ?     Chief  product* 

xrUltS.  eLU.l      4.    What.   t\f  afnl>i»a.-.»>.*.»9      ni i a      ^.^^, 


ITALY. 


265 


kings  and  emperors;  but  the  cities  and  towns  are  filled  with 
begga'-s. 

5.  The  indolence  of  the  people,  and,  until  reccuitly,  political 
discontent,  have  prevented  agriculture  or  manufactures  from 
being  diligently  pursued.  The  commerce  is  carried  on  chiefly 
by  foreigners.  The  principal  exports  are  oil,  silk,  wine,  and 
wool.  .  ' 


Porcupiae. 


Quail. 


6  The  principal  wild  animals  of  Italy  are  the  wolf  and 
wild  boar.  These  are  occasionally  seen  in  the  mountains  and 
forests;  the  porcupine  is  found  iu  the  southern  districts. 
IJirds  in  great  variety  inhabit  all  sections ;  and  during  the 
spring  of  every  year,  immense  flocks  of  quails  pass  from  the 
south  to  the  more  northern  regions  of  Europe. 

7.  The  Italians  are  distinguished  for  their  skill  in  sculp- 
tur<^,  painting,  architectu.  e,  and  music.  They  are  a  gay 
people,  with  active  passions  and  ardent  imaginations.  The 
higher  ranks  wear  the  usual  European  dress;  among  the 
lower  orders  there  are  various  local  peculiarities  of  costume. 
Ihe  better  classes  are  well  educated,  and  few  other  nations 
have  produced  so  many  learned  and  scientific  men ;  but  the 
mass  of  the  people  are  ignorant. 

8.  The  war  of  1859,  the  revolution  of  1860,  and  the  war 
of  1866,  have  produced  important  changes.  Austrian  power 
and  influence  are  now  extinct,  and  constitutional  govern- 
ment has  displaced  the  despotic  influence  of  Austria,  which 
HO  long  triumphed  in  Italy. 


6.  What  of  agriculture?  Commerce?  Exports?  6.  What  of  wild 
animals?  Of  birds?  Of  quails?  7.  What  is  said  furn..,r  »r  *k«. 
Italiunat     The   higher  ranks?     Of  the  people?     8.  What  of  the 


2G6 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


J^ 


Itali"    Costume. 


9.  In  all  the  Italian  stat^.  the  Roman  Catholic  is  the 
established  religion.  Italy  is  the  centre  of  the  church- 
Kome  IS  its  most  noted  city,  and  in  no  other  place  are  the 
ceremonies  of  religion  go  splendid  and  imp_.ng. 

10.  Italy  includes  the  Kingdom  of  Italy,  the  Papal  Domi- 
mons  (or  the  temporal  possessions  of  the  PopeV  and  San 
MariLo  {sahn  mah-re'no). 

Map  Ko.  26,  Francs  and  Itali/. —What  mountains  bound  Italy 
on  tbe  north?  As.— What,  sea  on  the  south  and  west?  M -Sa 
7  v.  Ac— What  islands  lie  west?  Ca.,  Sa.,  Ea.— South? 
Sy._What  islands  south  of  Sicily?  Ma.,  Go— What  strait  be- 
tween Italy  and  Turkey?  Oo.-What  mountains  extend  through 
Italy  ?  Ac— Which  are  the  Ihree  largest  rivers  in  Italy  ?  P.,  Ao 
Ir. — Into  what  sea  does  thr  Po  flow?     Ac.  '' 

184  


KINGDOM  OF  ITALY. 

1.  The  Kingdom  of  Italy  comprises  the  state  of  Sardi- 
nia the  States  of  the  Church  (except  the  Papal  Dominions) 
the  state  of  Naples,  which  includes  the  island  of  Sicily  and 
other  islands  on  the  coast,  and  the  state  of  Venetia. 

2.  Flor'ence,  on  the  Arno,  called  the  Beautiful,  is  the 
capital  of  the  kingdom  of  Italy,  and  one  of  the  handsomest 
cities  in  Europe. 

war  of  1859   &c.?     Of  Austrian  power?     9.  Religion?     10.  What 
does  Italy  include  ? 

^tngdcffi  of  liaijf.     y.— i.  What  uues  the  Kingdom  of  Italy  com- 


KINGDOM   OP  ITALY. 


267 


Milan  Cathedral 


3.  SARDINIA.—Sardinia  {sar-diu'e-ah),  a  state  in  the  king- 
Palf  M  J'  ^«°»P"«f  the  old  state  of  Sardinia,  Lombardy, 
Parma,  Modena  (mod'en-ah),  Tuscany,  Romagnl  (ro-mahn'- 
yah),  and  the  island  of  Sardinia.  ^      ^ 

4.  Turin  (Joo'rm^,  the  capital  of  Sardinia,  is  on  the  Po-  it  is  the 
most  regularly  built  of  all  the  Italian  cities.  ' 

5.  Mil'an   lies   on  a 
fertile  plain  northeast 
of  Turin,  and  is  a  hand- 
some    city :      it     was 
greatly    improved    by 
Napoleon  I.     The  pub- 
lic  buildings   are* nu- 
merous  and    splendid. 
The   cathedral    is    the 
finest  specimen  of  Go- 
thic    architecture     in 
the  world ;  the  statues 
with    which    it    is 
adorned    are    said    to 
number  6000. 

6.  At  Pavia  (pah-ve'- 
ah),  on  the  Po,  Francis 
I.,  King  of  France,  was  defeated  and  taken  prisoner.     Pavia  is 
noted  for  ,ts  university,  one  of  the  oldest  in  EuVope;  Cremo^Ton 

he  Po  tor  vjolins,  Brescia  {bresh'e-ah)  for  fire-arms   and  Xrgimo 
{bgr-ffah'mo)  for  its  great  fair.  j^«rgamo 

7.  Parma,  Modena,  and  Piacenza  {pe-ah-chen'zak)  are  handsome 
arid  important  cities.  Parma  is  noted  for  its  numerous  sdenHfic 
institutions,  and  for  its  cheese  •  Modena,  for  its  galleries  of  art 
Bologna  {bo-lone'yah),  for  sausages.  Pisa  {pe'zak)\n  Ihe  Amo  is 
famed  for  its  leaning  tower,  which  is  one  hundred  and  dghfy  eiirht 
feet  high  and  inclines  fifteen  feet  from  a  perpendicular      Co'mo  is 

ZeTv  Ve^rt'^'^'l/^'^n^^^^-  *'«  beautiful  surround  ng 
scenery      Ge-oa  {jen'o-ah),  called  the  Superb,  is  a  seaport   and  I 

o\tri:ipt{';\rair"^  ^rthplace  of  Co^mmbus.     LegCiislh: 

^Lfl^TZ  ^«^^^«UFCH.-The  territory  forming  the 
States  of  the  Church  hes  in  the  centre  of  Italy.     In  1860 
Komagna,  its  northernmost  state,  was  transferred  to  Sardinia' 
and  the  remaining  states  attached  themselves  t^  the  kingdom 

v^n^l    Uomor     Genoa  r     Leghorn?     a  What  of  ^ioltat^erofl. 


263 


DESCEIPTIVE   QEOaaAPHY. 


GeDoa. 


of  Italy,  with  the  exception  of  a  strip  of  territory  on  the 
Mediterranean,  including  the  city  of  Rome  and  some  adja- 
cent  cities. 

9.  Ancona,  on  the  Adriatic,  is  a  flourishing  seaport.     Perugia 
Camermo  {kah-may-re'no),  and  Tivoli  {iiv'&  le)  are  important  towns. 


The  Oity  and  Bay  of  Naples. 

10.  Naples.— The  state  of  Naples  h  in  the  southern  part 
of  Italy,  and  includes  the  old  kingdom  of  Naples,  and  the 
islands  of  Sicily,  Lipari  {lip'ak-re),  and  others  in  the  Medi- 
terranean. As  a  state  it  ranks  next  to  Sardinia  in  extent 
and  population. 

11.  Naples,  the  capital,  it;  the  most  populous  city  in  Italy.  It  if 
situated  on  a  bay  of  the  same  name,  near  thd  bise  of  Mount  Vesuvius, 
and  is  noted  fo/the  beauty  of  its  situation.  This  city  is  remarkable 
for  the  great  number  of  nobility,  and  for  the  gayety  of  the  people. 
The  people  of  the  lower  class  are  called  laaaaroni  {lid-tah-ro'ne). 

Church?  What  occurred  in  1860?  9.  Of  Ancona?  Perugia,  and 
Other  towns?  10.  Where  is  thp  state  of  Naples?  What  does  it  in- 
clude?    What  rank  has  Nanles?     11.  Of  the  canital?     How  «i»ij- 


KINGDOM   OP   ITALY. 


269 


12.  Taranto  {tah'ran-to)  is  remarkable  for  shell-fish,  which  abound 
m  great  vane  y.  Bari  (bah're)  and  Salerno,  on  the 'coast,  are  sea- 
TnSn  ir^  ikap'yoo-ah),  Foggh  {fod'Jah),  and  Lecce  (Ic'chay)  a?e 
considerable  inland  towns.     Gaeta  {gah-ay'tah)  is  strongly  fortified 

13.  Palermo  the  chief  city  of  Sicily,  has  a  famous  university 
and  considerable  commerce.     Catania  {kah-iah'ne-ahV  Messina  (mi' 
se'nah)    Marsala,   Trapani(^raA>«A-n;),  and  SyracL  (  ^S  £    . 
on  the  coast,  are  the  principal  towns  in  Sicily.     The  first  two  have 
Bufiered  frequently  from  earthquakes.     Marsala  is  noted  for  Us  wine 

14  Sicily  («ye/-e)  is  the  largest  and  most  fertile  island  in  the 
Mediterranean  Sea;  in  ancient  times  it  was  so  productive  that  it 
was  called  the  granary  of  Rome.  Mount  Etna!  the  most  noted 
volcano  in  Europe,  is  in  Sicily. 

15.  North  of  Sicily  are  the  Lipari  Islands,— on  one  of  which 
^cromboh  pw6o-,>),  i,  an  active  volcano:  it  is  called  the  iS 

SiTnolfToo^''r""%"''^"--    V^  ^^°^««  maybe-seenatnlghtra 
.    pumU-stone"   ''•     ^^'"'  '^'  P'^^^'^"'  '"^"'^^'  '^^^^^^^^  ^^^^^^^^^ 


The  City  of  Venice. 


16.  Venetia.  -T>  ..c  of  Venetia  is  separated  fr )m 
Austria  by  the  Alpv,  a,;  I  lies  on  the  northern  part  of  tfte 
Adriatic  Sea. 

ated?    For  what  remarkable  ?    12.  Of  Tarauto?    Bari  and  galerno? 

^:^''':h    l^iOf  Palermo^^   Other  towns  in  Sicily  ?     1^  wZI 

lands 


of  Htromboli  ?     16.  What  is  said  of  Vene'aa?     17. 


'  Sicily?    What 
What  further? 


270 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


from  Ins^^t  At3VfSuf  In,; " ''"'  '^"'-"^ 

«f  Ar«-*i.«      T    1  -Alps,  ana  is  iruitiui  m  the  various  Drodnr>to 

of  Northeri  Italy,  especially  in  rice.  vunous  proaucts 

,l^^^Jf^  i^^n'iss),  the  capital,  was  long  the  chief  citv     '  *j, 

two  slands,  jomed  by  three  hundred  and  sixty  bride-pV     wtl!  ^" 
canals  instead  of  streets,  and  boats  or  /onl^lasiSad^'oTVa" 

oldL^rj^ZinC'^C'f^  ''  ^^'^  ^''^  ^^  university,   one  of  the 
fort^Ln         T'  ^r^t"^'  on  the  Mincio  fmn'cAo),  for  it«  Vtronl 
for^fications ;  ter^ma  (vat/^o'nah),  on  the  Ad^e  (aJ-jXfo^  its  v"? 
Roman  amphitheKre.     At  Areola  (aVko-lah^ on  the  AdiS   n1. 
leon  I.  gamed  a  pmi  nctory  over  the  Austriins  in  1796.  ^" 

of  fS5°'  f '  ^*''''''  ^'^''^^'  (^''— What  is  the  capital  of  the  kinedom 
la  t/  sir «^''''''- -^^'"i  ^°^J*^^«  '^^d  ^«P"t>lic  north  of  ifalv^ 
F.  ft1:rf n  t  t  *°'P1^.  "^^'^  '  ^-S*-  Aa.-Empire  northwest » 
Mi"'co  ^f  %"h  '°"'^;  ^•■®*-'  »^-What  three  lakes  nortt 
Wk.  ^fV         '^  *"*  *''®  *^®  °"°«*  beautiful  lakes  in  Europe     Th« 

»'\t  ii^r^^^:sf  "^^'-^^^^^'^^  ^^^^^^  '^^^  garder£!wh'i: 

Napoleon  Bonapart.  duTn^,  ."^J^y'i^Ts  "^I^^^^ 
States   of  the   Cuv&cu Man  ATn    oa      r        ^.  . 

kingdom  of  Italy  are  t  J  Sta^^of  tie  Ch";;rch  f  ^'   ^^'i  '^  'i' 
central  part —What  sea  «***  vL      ^'^^  ^^"^ch?    Ans.    Near  the 

Tr._On^hats.ais  rconi?    t;"~^'*™''     Mn.- What  river? 

Of 'ittf;  irthrre-;f''T.^:«f :;!:  tv^"''  °^  ^^^  ^-g^- 

east?     Ac.-Sep.   wJ'     Mn      aJf       ^^o^^^m"  P^^* —What  sea 
^lunjr       iji, — wnat  mountains   in    Nanlei'     Ao     Vo      i..  o-  -i    o 


M  Jual  "VSr? '  A"°oTar"  '    ^''™'  "™«"  '     "Of  I"*""' ' 


GREECE. 


271 


186 


THE   PAPAL  DOMINIONS. 

1.  The  Papal  Dominions  occupy  a  strip  of  territory  on 
the  Mediterranean  Sea,  near  the  middle  of*  Italy,  including 
the  city  of  Eome  and  several  adjoining  places. 

2.  Rome,  the  capital  of  the  Papal  Dominions,  on  the  Ti'ber  River, 
is  the  most  famous  city  in  history.  It  contains  a  great  number  of 
churches,  superb  palaces,  and  magnificent  remains  of  antiquity. 
St.  Peter's  Church  was  one  hundred  and  eight  years  in  building, 
and  is  the  largest  temple  in  the  world.  Civila  Vecchia  (che've-tah 
vek'ke-ah)  is  a  seaport  on  the  Mediterranean.  The  artificial  harbor 
of  this  port  was  constructed  by  order  of  the  Emperor  Trajan, 
eighteen  hundred  years  ago. 

SAN  MARINO. 

1.  This  little  republic,  the  smallest  state  in  Europe,  is 

situated  near  the  shores  of  the  Adriatic  Sea.     It  has  been 

independent  thirteen  hundred  years.     The  territory  consists 

of  a  craggy  mountain,  on  the  side  of  which  stands  the  capital. 

Map  No.  26,  France,  Italy,  ^c— Papal  Dominions.— Where  are  the 
Papal  Dominions?  What  is  the  capital?  Re.— On  what  river  is 
Rome?  Tr. — What  seaport  in  the  northern  part  of  the  Papal  Domi- 
nions?   C.-Va. 

San  Marino.— On  what  sea  is  San  Marmo?  Ac— What  is  the 
only  town  in  San  Marino?     Ans.  San  Marmo. 


1,  Malta.— Malta  {mawl'tah)  is  a  celebrated  island  in  the  Medi- 
terranean Sea,  south  of  Sicily.  It  is  noted  for  the  strength  of  its 
fortifications,  and  belongs  to  Great  Britain.  Valetta,  the  capital,  is 
strongly  fortified.     Gozzo  {got'zo)  is  a  dependency  of  Malta. 

187  

GREECE. 

1.  Greece  is  a  peninsula,  lying  south  of  Turkey,  and  is 
one  of  the  most  famous  countries  in  history.  More  than 
two  thousand  years  ago  it  excelled  in  learning  and  the  arts. 

2.  The  chief  divisions  of  Greece  are  Hellas,  the  peninsula 


Papal  Dominions.     Q. — 1.  Where  are  the  Papal  Dominions?     2. 
What  is  said  of  Rome  ?     Of  Civita  Vecchia? 

San  Marino.     Q. — 1.  What  is  said  of  San  Marino? 

Malta.     Q.—l.  What  is  said  of  the  island  of  Malta? 


Or 


n 


77  «iari>  15  S^u  OZ  ^i 


'it.  vuier 


272 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


The  Greeks  destroying  a  Turkish  Man-of-War. 

th^^cJlZ%^"i^;if^'  ^"J"  *«  '«'»''^^-     The  latter  include 
{nai/gro^ont},  and  the  Ionian  Isles.  ''      ^  ^ 

terior?,'d?,Ti'LTw!rh°"''*  >  •""""'■'"''  8"lft  -nd  b»ya;  the  in- 
oUWb  irmfl,!    ,1  *'""  ™«8'=<'  mountains  and  feitile  yalleys.     The 

ctrro?'Ltt™^'i?utop:.'" """"  *"  ""^  ^"""^  ^'^  "'"^^ 

and  other        TW  Tf.V  '  ^'.'''°'^'»'".  J-=ws,  Italiar.s,  Germans, 

is  extensi,     .nSTrospe/ou;"     ""'  "  """"""=  "=°"""'^"«>  »"°'' 

a;if^Vr;7e|:l.%l-^^^^^^^^^^^ 

ties  were  perpetrated  by  the  Turks      Tn  isoq  t  ^'j   '^*^"' g^®^\cruei- 

the  indeDendenpp  nf  cLlT      n-  °^^'  ^^i^^ey  acknowledged 

The  s„vrgt"he1o°n'g?[rSre  r J^f  Z^  o7  D^ ^ '  "°''^"'^- 

«Afut;^pThltt«:^^^^^^^^^^^ 

losophers,  and  artists  of  ancient  times.  The  Acrop'oHs  the  nS." 
of  Greece  twenty  centuries  ago,  still  exists,  but  is  Z^AyinJn,' 
Gnlf  of  Pa  rnf '  {mis-o.lonff'ffhej  and  Patras  {pah-trahs'),  on  the 
ence  Patras  haTan  L'  '^  .fortresses  during  tlie  war  of  independ! 
T'nfA  TK  K  /f.  an  extensive  trade  in  currants.  Livadia  (liv-ah- 
Cor  i'fh        ?JtfJ'^'  ^'^^  ^"P'^'^'^o  ^r«  th«  chief  towns  in  faellas 

pioDk?'rhitV^°*'*'!-  ^?''^'>^-  ^^^°^**«^  Products?  4.  The 
people  ?  Chief  occupation  ?  6.  How  long  were  the  Greeks  subieot  in 
lurkey?   What  occurred  in  1821?    In  1829?    6.  Of  Sns?    7_%^^^ 


and  Ceri 
These  is 
Britain, 

11.  Th 
and  Italii 
olive  oil, 
town.     C( 

Map  N' 
South  and 
Ma.  —  W] 
Ch.— Whi 
west  of  Gi 
the  east  c 
Ni. — Wesi 
Lo.,  Ea.— 
do  the  loi 
group  ?     I 


1.  Tu 

Europe  s 
and  Afrii 
Egypt,  ^ 

2.  Tui 

and  Mon 
(^i'ah-lets 
by  the  S 
civil  and 


polonghi, 
cipalGree 
Turkey 


OTTOMAN   EMPIRE. 


273 


8.  Tripolizza  [tre-po-liVsah),  Napoli  (nah'po-le),  and  NaTarind 
[nah-vah-rc'no)  are  the  principal  towns  in  the  Morea.  In  the  harbor 
of  Navarino,  in  1827,  a  great  naval  battle  took  place,  in  which  the 
Turks  were  totally  defeated  by  the  combined  fleets  of  England, 
France,  and  Russia:  this  decided  the  independence  of  Greece. 

9.  The  principal  Grecian  islands  are  the  Ionian  group,  on  the 
west  coast,  and  Negropont,  Andros,  Naxos,  Milo  (me'lo),  Zea  (ze'ah), 
and  Syra  (se'rah),  in  the  Archipelago.  Syra,  the  chief  town  of  Syra, 
has  an  extensive  commerce. 

10.  The  Ionian  Islands  are  Corfu  (Jcor-foo')^  Cephalo- 
nia,  Zante,  Santa  Maura  (sahn'tah  mow'rah),  Paxo,  Ith'aca, 
and  Cerigo  (cM/e-go),  which  lie  on  t^e  west  coast  of  Greece. 
These  islands  were  formerly  under  the  protection  of  Great 
Britain,  but  in  1860  were  annexed  to  the  kingdom  of  Greece. 

11.  The  inhabitants  of  the  Ionian  Islands  are  principally  Greeks 
and  Italians.  They  carry  on  a  considerable  commerce  in  wine, 
olive  oil,  and  currants.  Zante  [zahn'te),  in  Zante,  is  the  largest 
town.     Corfu  is  the  chief  town  of  Corfu. 


Map  iVo.  27,  Greece. — What  bounds  Greece  on  the  north  ?  Ty. — 
South  and  west?  M.-Sa. — East?  Ao. — What  peninsula  in  the  south? 
Ma.  —  What  division  north  ?  Hs. — What  isthmus  unites  the  two  ? 
Ch. — Which  is  the  southern  cape  of  Greece  ?  Mn. — What  islands 
west  of  Greece  ?  In. — Groups  east?  N.-Ss.,  Cs. — What  island  near 
the  east  coast ?  Nt. — What  gulf  on  the  south?  Ca. — East?  Ea., 
Ni. — West?  Ps. — What  gulfs  nearly  separate  Hellas  and  the  Morea? 
Lo.,  Ea. — What  mountains  in  the  north?  Ps.,  Ps. — On  what  coast 
do  the  Ionian  Isles  lie  ?  Ty.,  Ge. — Which  is  the  largest  of  the  Ionian 
group?     Ca. —Most  northern ?     Cu. — Southern?     Ze. 

188  


OTTOMAN  EMPIRE. 

1.  Turkey,  or  the  Ottoman  Empire,  comprises  Turkey  in 
Europe  and  Turkey  in  Asia,  with  the  dependencies  in  Arabia 
and  Africa.  The  dependencies  are  the  Hedjaz,  in  Arabia,  and 
Egypt,  Nubia,  Kordofan,  Tripoli,  and  Fezzan,  in  Africa. 

2.  TurLjijr  in  Europe  (except  the  Danubian  Principalities 
and  Montenegro)  and  Turkey  in  Asia  are  divided  into  eyalets 
(^i'ah-lets),  each  governed  by  a  pasha  (pah-ahaw')  appointed 
by  the  Sultan.  The  dependencies  select  their  own  officers, 
civil  and  military,  subject  to  the  Sultan's  approval. 

golonghi,  &c.  ?  Livadia,  &c.?  8,  Tripolizza,  &c,?  Navarino?  9.  Prin- 
cipal Greek  islands?   Of  Syra?    10.  Ionian  Islands?    11.  Inhabitants? 

Turkey.     Q. — 1.  What  does  the  Ottoman  Empire  comprise  i     2. 


274 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


to  tUe  sun  and  moon.''  '^'"'  "^  *^"'''     »•"»  "  brother 

lie  xrivan    is  the  great   council  of  the 


Grand  Seigniof . 


Grand  Vizier, 


Mufti. 


selected  from  the  Sultan's  favorit!^  ^"  ''®**'^'  *™ 

Pork  and  wine  a™  prohSX  tK™  aV"  Cofl"!?  """rinking.' 
pal  beverage;  ardent  spirits  and^inm^Taiso^:^'  ""  '"'  "''""■ 

jeot  tl^eir  c"^'  Mdelfarf  ""'•  ,  '^i'^'^  "■'«<'«■• '«":««  who  re- 
all  ™oh  to  subjeel\^.''%jf  JS'cfei"'"'''."  '""""  '"  «d»« 
in  smoking,  lo^nginj^.  and  baSg.      """  ''*'"*  "'»'  »'  ">««■  '^e 

^«vyhaTbl™^:*'^r.eSXrtJ^  "f^'^  '^''^  »™y  -" 
European  nations,  (he  arts  and  tf  "-"  ""^  "^"'^  "^  ">«  '^''^K 
introduction  r"  common  ,rwlT'''•r^,''"'"'^<'■  »»<1  'tl 
imiimited  freedom  S^^^r^t.-^-'-^'-^V'  *''-^""'''- 
8.  The  Turks-orOsmanlis  (o.'^an-tcn),  as  they  call  themselves 

wK  oTtrooir  5^^&S7y"-,^r «°--™™'  ^  *• 

Religion?  What  of  the  better  clas'rwh."'^ ''*''"«•*'■•  «• 
Army  and  nary »  Arts  .^ll„  '.  ';  '^'"'* '™P«rlant  changes? 
Turks?    Of  nobility?    '  ""'°''  '^''- '    «•  "'''«  toU'oi'  of  th. 


TURKEY.  IN   EUROPE. 


275 


M 


— are  the  ruling  people ;  but  they  are  less  than  half  the  population. 
The  remainder  are  Greeks,  Albanians,  Armenians,  Turcomans, 
Arabs,  Ki  ids,  Jews,  and  Gipsies.  There  is  no  hereditary  nobility 
in  Turkey, — the  only  difference  of  rank  being  that  of  office. 

189  


C!on8tantinopl& 

TURKEY  IN  EUROPE. 

1.  Turkey  in  Europe  lies  south  of  Austria  and  Russia, 
and  is  nearly  surrounded  by  great  seas.  Its  surface  is  moun> 
tainous,  with  many  fertile  valleySv 

2.  The  soil  is  for  the  most  part  fertile,  but  is  cultivated  in 
the  most  primitive  manner.  The  climate  is  subject  to  sudden 
and  violent  changes.  The  products  are  Indian  corn,  wheat, 
rice,  cotton,  silk,  oil,  wine  and  fruits. 

3.  The  minerals  are  numerous ;  but  very  little  attention  is 
paid  to  mining.  The  manufactures  are  limited;  the  com- 
merce of  the  cou:.try  is  conducted  principally  by  foreigners, 
and  is  almost  entirely  confined  to  Constantinople. 

4.  The  horses  and  cattle  are  superior ;  the  former  are  from  the 
Arabian  siipck.  The  Wallachian  sheep  are  remarkable  for  their 
long  straight  wool.  Waterfowl  are  numerous,  among  which  are 
the  pelican  and  flamingo. 

5.  Wallachia  {waw-lay'ke-ah)  ard  Moldavia  (united  siuce  1861 
under  the  name  of  Roumania),  and  Servia,  are  governed  by  princes 
of  their  own  choosing,  but  pay  an  annual  tribute  to  the  Porte.    The 

Turkey  ^  Europe.  Q. — 1.  Where  is  Turkey  in  Europe?  What  is 
said  of  its  surface  ?  2.  Soil  and  climat^?  Products  ?  3.  Minerals  ? 
Commerce?    4    Horses  and  cattle  I     Wailachlan  slieei  I    G.  YVhai 


1  m 


^. 


^. 


IMAGE  EVALUATION 
TEST  TARGET  (MT-3) 


1.0     !f 


I.I 


1.25 


125    112.5 


■^  1^    112.2 


1.8 


114    111.6 


^. 


«^ 


P> 


^ 


/Q 


A 


■^^ 


PhotDgraphic 

Sciences 

Corporation 


33  WIST  MAIN  STRUT 

WIBSTIR.M  V    I4SI0 

;716)  I72-4S0J 


'^ 


a 


% 


> 


n 


276 


I>E8CRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Wallachiiaa  Sheep. 

'les,  or  caiquep  (*«y-^e/t*'),  plvinir  in  ThL       .  ^'^^^e  ^i-e  80,000  wher- 
^  8.  Adrianople    tl  e  second  c^v  '''  '^""""^  '^^  <^^y 

key,  is  near  The' Mari La  SteT"^  U  w^t'"'^^"  '"  European  Tur- 
fultans  Bucharest  {booZlreBA  TC  '"?  I^^  residence  of  he 
1*J«'  ^ir;y  city,  built  iu  a  8wtJ;  \ll'^''''}  '>f  Wallachia,  is  a 
and  Shunila  {shoom'lah)  are  strS'wfi^^'"''^®'  ^'d''"'  Sili^'tria 
f-yay'vo),  Salonica  M-Zo-nSK  l'^-'^*^^"^-  Semjevo  S^I 
^^«^'«-''«^)  are  all  places  of  L^le^il"''^^*  ^"■•^^'«^)'  '^"^  YaSa 

southeast  of  Greece?  cJ  liPx  "lountains.  «n._Wtmt  ;.i  i 
and  the  Sea  of  E/ora^5;'!^^;^,f-;*  ^^^'-^  the  Arc  in"' 
mora  to  the  Black  Sea  ?  Bs  tTL  T'^  ^'*"°^  ^'^«  ««'^  "^  Ma^r- 
Constantinoplo.  The  harbor  of  (''If  "  '^^  "'l"^'^  *''«  Channel  of 
Bo.phorus,  and  is  called  the  .•Goldriw'^^'^^  ''  '^^  ^^^^^  ^^ ^^^ 

fa  86  id  of  Wallachia,  &c~W)f  \fnn#  T~ 


*  For  Montonecro.  aan  Mn«  o« 


Aaia. 

ASIA. 

1.  Asia  (ai/she-ah)  lies  south  of  the  Arctic  Ocean  and  east 
of  Europe  and  Africa,  and  is  the  largest  of  the  grand  divisions 
of  the  globe.  Area,  15,196,000  square  miles.  It  was  the  seat 
of  some  of  the  most  powerful  empires  of  ancient  times,  uiid 
the  theatre  of  many  of  the  most  interesting  events  recorded 
in  history. 

2.  Here  our  first  parents  were  created,  and  from  hence  the 
descendants  of  Noah  peopled  the  world  after  the  flood.  It 
wan  also  the  birthplace  of  our  Saviour,  the  scene  of  his 
miracles  and  death,  and  the  field  on  which  the  apostles  first 
published  salvation  to  man. 

3.  Within  its  vast  territory  is  found  every  variety  of  soil 
und  climate.  Its  rivers  are  inferior  only  to  the  great  streams 
of  the  Western  Continent;  and  its  mountains  are  loftier  than 
those  of  any  other  part  of  the  world. 

4.  Asia  is  distinguished  for  (ho  variety  and  value  of  its  pro- 
ducts. It  supplies  the  other  parts  of  the  world  with  tea,  with 
some  of  the  finest  spices  and  perfunioH,  and  with  large  cjuan- 
tities  of  silks,  diamonds,  and  precious  stones. 

Asia.  Q.—l.  Wherois  Anil?  Area?  Of  what  has  it  been  the 
Beat?  2.  What,  is  said  of  our  first  parents?  Of  our  Saviour?  8.  Of 
the  soil  and  climate?     Riters?     Mountaina?     4.  For  what  is  Asia 


i 


278 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


seems  to  have  beea  made  intCstl!'""  J^  '^""^ 

of  the  manufactures,  though  conduS  w  th    he  molrZole^? 

7.   A  great  commerce  has  been  carried  on  in  Asia  ft.«».  *i. 

JihlTdrtt'ocZ'sT/e^t''  "";■"»"  f  ^"» "« »i«  ■"«p'>»«t, 

the  north  ar.  theTwe  efmin.  f"''''  """^  '^""'  """»  «"»«'•     I" 

able  f»r-be.ring\ntl!'Tu^X;ertC\,rl°'''7 '^^ 
animals  of  Europe  —the  sh«An  L  "t"®^®'*   *^»<^   »»  the  domestic 

our  domestic   fowl's    excent  tf;  T  u  P''  excepted,_as  well  as  all 
from  Asia.  /  '       ''^^  ^^*   *"^^«J^-  ^^re   originally   brought 

ostrichlClTorTornt"  n^dV^rLT'^"'  *V  ^T °™^'  «^-"-  ^^  ^^e 
varied  plumagrabound!         ^        ""^"''^  '^  ^'^^^  ^^  ^"»i»"t  and 


MuBk  Deer. 


Tiger. 


the 'south^;  s^pts^-rgti^e  ^Litlnir  .^"  ^'^S  '^^^  ™  '^^ 
Python,  from  twenty  toThbtv  fltf'inn  ^^'5^  ^^?  ^'K'^"*^^  ««»"« 
jungles.  ^         ^'^'^  ^^^^  ^<*n«»  infest  the  lowlands  and 

11.  The  population^j^Asi^^pHses  a^reat  variety  of  races. 

tulfTrtiLft^  &c.f     6.  Agrl. 

of  the  animals      9    Bird  f   10    cZTA  ^    *''''^'«"  ''^^'  ^   «•  ^'^at 

mrasT   10.  Crocodile,  serpents,  &c.  f   11.  What 


Hinnnriaa 


ASIA. 


279 


Ji^^!?"®  n*"''  Georgians,  Turks,  Persians,  Arabs,  and  Hindoos 
are  of  the  Caucasian  race;  the  Tartars,  Chinese,  and  Japanese  of 

:tltT2V;32t'or  ^  ^^  ^^^-^^'  ^'  ^^«  ^^^^^-     ^^«  Po^^^^atiot 

«r,i^;  ^"^  religion   the  c>»ief  part  of  the  inhabitants  are  pagane.— 
and  comprise  Brahmins,  Buddhists,  worshippers  of  the  Grand  Lama 
of  Confucius,  and  of  spirits  or  genii.     The  exertions  of  ChristTan 
missionaries,  and  the  distribution  of  the  Scriptures  in  various  Asfa 

tlSs  grTt^X:";/' "  '^^^''  '^'^ ''  ^'^  «^^^^^-^  -^-p^-  o' 


191 


Map  m.  28,  ^«a._.How  is  Asia  bounded  ?     Which  is  the  largest, 
city?     ^n*.Yeddo.— Largest  river?     ^««.  Yang-tse-Kiang. 
Siberia Bounded  ? 


Turkestan . . .  Bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Turkey Bounded?  Capital? 

Arabia Bounded?  Capitals? 

Persia Bounded  ?  Cr,    ■  ai? 

Afghanistan  Bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

BeloochistanBounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Hindoostan..Bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Where  is  the  Sea  of  Kara? 


Birmah Bounded?  Capital? 

Siam Bounded?  Capital? 

Anam Bounded?  Capital? 

China Bounded?  Capital? 

Chinese  Em. Bounded? 

Thibet Bounded?  Capital? 

Corea Bounded?  Capital? 

Japan Bounded?  Capital? 

Kamtschatka  ?     Ochotsk  ?     Jesso  ? 


Yellow  Sea?   Eastern  S.  ?   China  S.  ?   Arabian  S.  ?   Red  S  » 
?     Mediterranean  S.?    Black  S.  ?     Caspian  S.?     Sea  of 


Japan  ? 
Dead  S 
Ar'al? 

Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Obe  ?  G.  of  Lena  ?  G.  of  Anadir  (ah-nah- 
rf6cr)?  Tonquin?  Siam'?  Martflban'?  Manaar  (maA-nar')t  Cam- 
bpy?    Cutch?    Oman?    Persian  Gulf ?    Bay  of  Bengal? 

Where  is  Behring  Strait?  Perouse?  St'rait  of  Sangar' ?  Corea? 
Hormosa?     Malacca?     Ormus?     Bab-el-Mandeb  ? 

Where  is  Cape  Cevero  Vostochnoi  {my-vay'ro  vos-tok'noy)  ?  C. 
Chalagskoi?  East  Cape?  Cape  St.  Thadeus?  C.Cambodia?  C. 
Romania?     C.  Com'orin?    C.  Ras-a)-Gat?     C.  Isolette  (c-*o-/c<') ? 

Where  is  the  Obe  River?  Yenisei  (y-n-.-^ayV)?  Lena?  Amoor? 
Pei-Ho  {pay-ho'y.  Iloang-ho'?  Yang-tse-Kiang'?  Cambodia? 
Meinam  {inay-e-nahm')  ?  Salwcn'  ?  Irrawaddy  ?  Brahmaputra  ? 
Ganges?  Godavery?  Nerbuddah  ?  Indus?  Euphrates?  Tigris? 
Ilelmund'?    Ural?    Amoo  ?    Sihon  («<>-Ao/i')  ?     Casligar? 

Where  are  the  islands  of  Nova  Zembla  ?  New  Siberia  ?  Behrinjr 
Is.?  Aleuhanlo.?  Kurile  Is.  ?  Saghalien  (««A-^«A-/eVn)  ?  JessS 
{yes'so)'i     Niphon  (ni/-«n')  ?     Sikoke?     Kxn^m  {ke-oo-se-oo')t     The 


of  the  people?     Population?     12.  What  of  religion?    What  of  mis- 


280 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Ceylon  J    Laooadle  IsT  mS  Is.  KTZsY  '    "'"^^^  >-  ' 

Hindoo-Koosh  ?   Ilimala™      rLw  ;  '^'■'":"«'  '„  Caucasus  ?    Elbo,  „  ? 

Where'is  Tisthtus  oT  Sue^T  o"fVraw?""''  ^~'"'  '  '"'■'™"'« ' 

Th?T\^'*'(/-)?''"T"L1s*'tt'  S  "f^;;'""''     "-»'  Salt  De,er,v 
Khiva?       ^      '  '^  ""'  ^"'"'y  I*'*""  of  India.     Desert  „f 

Where  is  the  Tundra  (toor'drah\  l    Ti.:.  • 

underlaid  with  ice,  and  AoO  mnetVn  Wth''  W^"''  ^'l'^^^  P^*^'"' 
{pO'leen'yah)  ?  "*  length.     Where  is  the  Polynja 

192  

ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 

the  district  smith     p^*  ^«°;P^'«^«  the  whole  of  Siberia,  with 

Little  Altai  Mount    ns  the  st^LS^Kr^^'^'  T^  ''  '''' 
Mant  h      i^.  south  of  the^  Gr^Ali^f^^^^^^^^^ 
of  the  Amoor  and  the  coast  down  to     'o  g^.  „orth  latitude 
4.  feiberia  contains  more  than  a  third  mrf  nf  A«;o      n  • 

silt  Jo:,*:;'  :Sd'  fold' '  Tt"'^  i!!°""'t'"',  """•«■"  ■"'"-  «f  ^oi'i. 

abound.     fo„;i°  iv„y'-<,„J,'^:,i;'''"'f™^r''r  '■"■.-'""'■•ing  a„i^,„U 

tinct  mammoth  is  tomJlTiV'^   .,     "  '"'■"  "»''  ""■"'  "t  'ho  e^- 

mmotu,  IS  found  on  the  northern  shores  and  islands.     The 

iot:utZrZl^7\^^^^^^^  "'™"  '  What 

Siberia tT The  Ural  and  AItT  M '  ®  ''■"",'    ''  ^'""  ''>"•"'"  "' 
ino  Ural  and  Altai  Mountains!     The  sable?     Fossil 


ASIATIC  RUSSIA. 


281 


inhabitants  consist  of  Russians  and  the  Samoieds,  Tungouses,  and 
other  barbarous  tribes. 

5.  Omsk,  on  the  river  Irtysh,  in  Western  Siberia,  and  Irkoutsk 
(ir-kootsk'),  on  the  Angara  {ahn-gah-rah'),  in  Eastern  Siberia,  are 
important  towns.  Siberia  has,  properly  speaking,  no  capital.  The 
Governor  of  Western  Siberia  resides  at  Tobolsk,  and  the  Governor 
ot  Eastern  Siberia  at  Irkoutsk.  Tobolsk  is  inhabited  chiefly  by 
exiles  and  their  descendants.  Kiachta  i^ke-ahk'tah),  in  Siberia,  and 
iMaimatchin  {mi-mah-cheen'),  adjoining  it,  in  China,  are  the  places 
appointed  by  the  Russian  and  Chinese  governments  where  lawful 
trade  may  be  carried  on  between  the  two  countries. 

Nicolaieff  (ne-ko-li-ejjft),  near  the  mouth  of  the  Amoor  River,  is  a 
new  and  important  town,  and  a  military  and  naval  station.  Ayan 
{ah-yahn')  and  Ochotsk  {o-kotsk')  are  ports  upon  the  Sea  of  Ochotsk. 
Alexandrowsk  (ah-lex-an-drovsk')  and  Constantinowsk  {kon-siahn-te- 
novsk')  are  new  towns  on  the  east  coast. 

6.  Caucasian  Russia.— This  part  of  Asiatic  Russia  com- 
prises the  territory  on  both  sides  of  the  Caucasus  Mouatainn. 
It  extends  from  the  Black  Sea  to  the  Caspian. 

7.  Greorgia,  the  largest  division,  lies  south  of  the  Caucasus 
Mountains;  Mingrelia  lies  northwestward  of  Georgia;  Abasia 
(ab-hash'e-ah)  extends  along  the  coast  of  the  Black  Sea;  Nak- 
shivan  is  near  Armenia. 

8.  The  surface  slopes  from  the  summits  of  the  Caucasus,  and  is 
subject  to  a  great  variety  of  climate.  Products  common  to  tem- 
perate and  tropical  countries  are  obtained.  The  vine  grows  luxu- 
riantly. 

9.  The  inhabitants  are  Christians  of  the  Greek  and  Armenian 
Churches.  The  Georgians  are  a  handsome  race ;  the  women,  although 
darker  in  complexion  than  those  of  Circassia,  rival  them  in  1  eauty. 
The  Armenians  are  devoted  to  commerce,  and,  as  merchants,  are 
found  all  over  the  East,  from  Turkey  to  Chinr, 

10.  Teflis,  on  the  Kur  {koor^  is  the  capital  of  Georgia ;  it  is  noted 
for  its  hot  baths.  At  Nakshivan',  Noah  is  said  to  have  planted  a 
vineyard  after  the  flood. 

Map  No.  28,  ^«a.— What  bounds  Siberia  on  the  north  ?  A. -On. 
—Seas  east  ?  S.-Ka.,  Ok.— What  countries  south?  Ty.,  Tn.,  C.-E.— 
West  ?  Ee.— What  rivers  flow  into  the  Arctic  Ocean  ?  Oe.,  vi.,  La. 
— The  northernmost  cape  of  Siberia?  C.-Vi.— Eastern?  Et.— 
Southern?  La.— What  strait  between  Siberia  and  North  America ? 
lig.— How  wide  is  it?     What  lakes  in  Siberia?    Bl.,  Bh.— What 


ivovy  ?  The  population?  5.  Omsk,  &c.  ?  Irkoutsk,  &c.  ?  What  of 
a  capital,  &c.  ?  NicolaieflF,  &c.  ?  6.  What  of  Caucasian  Russia? 
7.  Of  Georgia?  8.  Surface?  Products,  &c.  ?  9.  The  inhabitants* 
Ihe  Georgiani?    Armenians?     10.  What  of  Teflis?    NakahiTan? 


282 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


\ 


Kr.-Sea  east,    C„.-Sea  we^tT BL-SoTnl^n^XSt'J't.'' ' 


193 


TURKEY  IN  ASIA,  ob  ASIATIC  TURKEY 
boi^-Set^ii^^^^^^^  Asia,  an. 

Turkey  ar,  EUodes,  Samos,  Soio  i.i-lt'Zo),  LT^Me'S^^r^ 

the  BUok  Sea,  is  ite  empoHuTotS  parttX' e^""''^'  °" 

pirates  (y<.o-/™v'(«Tarrimn!  ,  «^f"'..?'"*  Bas'soi-ah,  on  the  Eu 

noted  JWZi:^e.ot  ZllT^TX^'u"''  (W«W)  i» 
after  their  flight  from  Hunsarv  On  ^l  ^7  Hungarian  patriots 
Babylon,  the  most  spIenSToUy  o?  a^.W  ?-^'''"''  "^  ""'  '"'»«  »' 
Ninenh,  the  once  rLowned  cfnUal  ^f  ,h  l"""':  ''''«  "^'^''•"^  «' 
the  Tigris,  below  Mo'suL  '^  "  ■^''y^n  empire,  are  on 

SYRIA. 
-H,  e,ua.  in  a.a  to1rsrJ:r^i:^Lt^Ter^ '! 

Baa.e„«and  PaJ— 1^0^:;^^^^^^^^^ 

cMef  1  tv^hat^nh.  i^a^s /'s'","'*'^  '"Z™'    ^l""  "»-  't  «- 
*c..    S.  Wh.Uf  Syriarn^atlsfSlfrtlrol^rrprsr; 


TURKEY   IN   ASIA. 


283 


gardens.     Aleppo  was  the  largest  city  in  Syria     In  lft29    ,•* 


Christ  and  his  Waciplea  on  the  Mount  of  OUvea. 


8    Palestine  {pdres-tine),  or  the  Holy  Land,  lies  in  the 
southeastern  part  of  Syria,    it  is  fa„,ous  for  being  the  scene 
of  many  events  recorded  in  the  Sacred  Scriptures 
T   t'  ^^®  »"r{ace  is  diversified  by  mountains  and  vallevs      Mount 

sctTo?the"trarfi  '°"«."^'^'.  '^/''^  ^^^^^^  Mount  tX  was?h 
ZJtl^l  u-    *^*««fig"ration  of  Christ;  and  the  Mount  of  Olives  the 
place  of  his  ascension  to  heaven.  ""ves,  ine 

10.  Jerusalem  in  ancient  times  was  the  canital  nf  *1,a  t^^JoI. 
na  ion,  and  there  Christ  and  his  disciples  oft^n^tarrij^      It  HeTIs 
miles  east  of  the  Mediterranean  Sea.     In  it  sood  the  great  temple 
Mott  Cawlry:^^^^"^  ™  °^^'^"^^^^  ^^^^^^  '^  ^-  c^ucmrntn 

11    Bethlehem,  six  miles  south  of  Jerusalem,  is  the  birthplace  of 


8  What  of  Palestine?    9.  The  surface?    Mountains  *«  ?    in   t 
«alem?    U.  Of  Bethlehem?     Of  Nazareth   &o  r  '  ^^^ '^''" 


r-:i 


I 


284: 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


M^^'^WhJ^-  ^'^^^^^■"''-rWhat  sea  bounds  Palestine  on  the  west? 


194 


Bedouins  attacking  a  Caravan 


ARABIA. 

Sea'toYhtptri:  '^7x1'^^'/"'' •*'*''"  ^J  ^!;'""  *«  ^'^ 
spersed  with  S?e  spote.  ""  " " ''■''y  '^<'^<'''' '■"*'- 

oAlmel'^oZ^'J^f^''*  Nf  ^J^''  (-'^y<"')-  ='nd  the  states 
S  Zl     ??•!  '  ^*^™'»™t  C^l^rah^J),  and  Lahsa. 

tents,  and  lead  a  wand°rSl?fe     Thev  nv.       "'  ''"'''"'-'"^)  "'»  '" 
courteous  to  those  whn  S  IL       i  .^,^''  generally  hospitable  and 

vans  that  p°ass  tZ^gS  Ihettuitrj!  ""'"'  *""*  "'"'  "^  "»«  «""'- 

can'bo''?r;versfd"onirby  ™r™""  "'J''  "T^"™''     '»'-'-»--» 
sufficient  force  to  pro^eet^itLT/StreVeSlr''™"'  ""'^'  "»  '" 

-  »S:.^r^e\r^r^t^sno;»s- z-  SoTX 

.,.  Tmtr"  °''""'°'^  ™  ""  •''"  «-'  -•""■-ling  the  Hedja.,  iT;;;^^,;. 


PERSIA,   AFGHANISTAN,   ETC. 


285 


carrying  a  burden  of  600  or  700  pounds     Cni?^^  ^of«» 

tombfftX'rmS'"*iiddfand  v'^"'^'  it  is  celebrated  for  the 

open  to  the  ships  of  all  nJtTons.^  '''  steam-vessels.     It  is 

9.  Oman  is  the  most  fertile  part  of  Arabia      Mnarnf  *h^  --  •*  i 

."et: •a^:;'  "  -'*-""«'  "^^y^  «"'■'"-  ttu7aU1vXte1 
the  Red  Sea?     Hz     Yn      Thn  T   k-   ^^'-^^at  provinces  lie  on 


195 


PERSIA,  AFGHANISTAN,  ETC. 
1.  Persia  lies  east  of  Turkey  and  north  of  the  Persian 
trulf.     It  was  once  the  most  powerful  emnire  in  A^;!  w 
has  now  lost  much  of  ite  importance  ^  ^''^'  ^^* 

the  shiresof   hJcaS^C^^^  ^^^"^ 

fertile.  ^       ^''^'  ^^^^^^r,  the  soil  is  rich  and 

s'Z^elS:^^:^^  7.  Medinat 

Psnia.    ^.^1.  Where  is  Persia?    What  i-  * 


Eli 


tiA     ^r    'X  a  M       a... 


19 


UX    XL  I 


iue  8ur- 


286 


DESOEIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Teheran,  the  Capital  of  Perela. 


wander  about  with  their  flicktaSd  VerdJ^  «L  ^Z"**^''  *^*  ^''"^^ 
dations  on  the  inhabitants  rfthrtown8'Thl^-K''T^^l'P'«* 
chief  part  of  the  Military  force  of  plrsik.  *"^''  ^"'^^'^  *^« 

iht'c^\;^X^^^'^'^'''''  "^"^'^^^'  ^^^  assafoetida  are 
than  at  p^resent  thev  co^S  n?""''  ^«r\formerly  n-ore  important 
swords   r^^®7,-V»«y  consist  of  carpets,  shawls,  silk  goods!  euns 

c::;iI^d'onV  euro's"  ''""*''"  '^  -considerable,  aid  isXfl^^ 

frot  ^afr^oXk  X^ntTaTcTut^  T^-« 

are  said  to  be  insincere  and  fmmorr  The  i^' T^^  7T''^-''  ^"^ 
Mohammedans  of  the  Shiah  hhT^fA^L  ■  .?^P^®  f  ^®^^'*  »^e 
sequence  disliked  hythelrdsT^^^^^^  ^^^  ^^«  ^^  «««- 

of  the  Sunni  sect.  '  '   ^  °*^®'  Mussulman  nations 

ri.L J«^<f''*''V  ^^®  ^'^P'**^  <*^  Pc'"*'   "es  70  miles  south  of  the 

tt?rat'tiVsirhrdir-'""'  f ^'  «^  ^^^^^^^^^  mre  suie'! 

«n«!ir.«  ««  !»,       1  .        *^®  '^PP®^  c^*8ses  are  obliged  to  leave  it  and 
enc^p  on  the  plains.     The  population  fluctuati  from  20,OM  to 

raliciffnl!^''''/^^  *'''''^?*  ^'^P^*^^'  ^«  220  miles  south  of  Teheran:  it 
Threat  ZTnl^u^'^^  *^.'  '''•''  «P^^"^^^  '^'^^'  ^^  '^^  East.  Though 
Shirif  Vf*/  *  A  • '  '''.  ?'"''  ^*  ^«  «^"  ^  Plac«  of  some  importance, 
ful  eL^ilr  2  IS  celebrated  for  its  delightful  climate  and  beautt 
BlMZfZ'  ^     f^^  ^«  the  chief  port   on  the  Caspian   Sea,  and 

frush7iizLo,7^  ""Vl"  ^'"'^^°  ^"^^-  Tabreezs'^Meshid,  Bal- 
rrush  {bahl-froosh'),  and  Kerman'  are  important  cities. 

?wLtVthriai°''-  ,^-J*^?^."«*«?  Manufactures?  Commerce? 
6.  What  of  the  Persians?    Religion,  &c.  ?    6.  Teheran?    T.Ispahan? 


PERSIA,   AFGHANISTAN,   ETC. 


287 


8.  Afghanistan. — Afghanistan'  lies  between  Persia  and 
Hindoostan  and  south  of  Turkestan;  it  was  once  a  part  of  the 
Persian  Empire. 

9.  The  people  of  Afghanistan  are  called  Afghans:  they  are  brave 
and  warlike,  and  enjoy  considerable  political  freedom.  The  power 
of  the  chiefs  is  limited  by  the  representatives  of  the  people. 

10.  Cabul  (kah-bool'),  the  capital,  on  the  Cabul  River,  a  branch  of 
the  Indus,  has  a  fine  climate,  and  is  surrounded  by  a  fertile  country 
Other  important  towns  are  Herat'  and  Candahar.  ' 

11.  The  population  consists  chiefly  of  the  Afghan  race,  but  com- 
prises  likewise  Beloochees,  Persians,  Hindoos,  and  others.  The 
country  formerly  constituted  a  single  monarchy,  but  is  now  divided 
into  three  chieftainships,  Cabul,  Candahar,  and  Herat,  united  in  a 
confederacy.    The  Afghans  are  Mohammedans. 

12.  Beloochistan.— Beloochistan'  lies  south  of  Afghan- 
istan, and  is  inhabited  by  a  number  of  small  independent 
tribes,  of  whom  the  Beloochees  are  the  cLief  They  are 
warlike,  and  often  make  plundering  incursions  upon  each 
other.  Kelat',  the  principal  town,  is  the  residence  of  a  chief 
or  khan,  to  whom  several  of  the  tribes  are  subject.  ' 

13.  In  the  valleys  rice,  indigo,  cotton,  sugar,  and  tobacco  are 
raised ;  on  the  higher  lands,  wheat,  barley,  and  other  grains.  In 
the  desert  of  Mekran,  the  date  is  found.  Fish  are  abundant  on  the 
coast,  and  constitute  the  chief  food  of  the  people.  The  dromedary 
and  camel  are  used  as  beasts  of  burden.  The  manufactures  are 
unimportant. 

14.  The  inhabitants  consist  of  two  principal  branches,  the  Beloo- 
chees and  Brahoos ;  the  former  are  the  most  numerous.  The  greater 
part  of  the  inhabitants  are  Mohammedans. 


Map  JVb.  28,  Asia.— What  countries  west  of  Persia'     Ty     Aa 
—Countries  east  ?    An.,  Bn.— Gulf  south  ?    Pn— Sea  north  '    Cn  -1 
Country  northeast?     Tn.— What  mountains  in  the  north?    Ez  — 
What  desert?    G.-S.-D.— Lake  northwest?     Uh. 

What  mountains  north  of  Afghanistan  ?  Ho.-Kh.-Country  south  ? 
Bn.— East?  Hn— West?  Pa.— What  lake  and  river?  Zh.,  Hd — 
^hat  is  the  capital  of  Afghanistan  ?  CI.— What  country  north 'of 
Bcloochistan  An -East?  Hn.-West?  Pa.-Sea  south ?  An.— 
Capital  of  Beloochistan  ?     Kt. 


Shiraz,  &o.?  8.  Where  is  Afghanistan?  9.  The  Afghans?  What  of 
the  people?  10.  Cabul?  Other  towns?  11,  Of  the  population? 
Government?  12.  Where  is  Beloochistan?  What  of  the  people' 
13  Products?  Of  the  desert  of  Mekran ?  Fish,  &g.?  14.  Of  tlii 
inhabitants  ?    Beligion  ? 


283 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Turkestan  Caravan 


196 


'  TURKESTAN. 

1.  Turkestan*  lies  easf  of  the  Caspian  Sea.     It  comprises 

Qooz.     Ihe  state  of  Khokan  was  annexed  to  Russia  in  1861. 

2.  The  three  last-named  states  of  Turkestan  arp  inhohU«,i  k 
Tot'ZT  ■  Th'"^  ""^"^'^  '"  •'(^vicullure  f„d  tma»     The  U.Wck" 

&epjr-^^Eerps=:rxS 

wa^ndfr'"  f,!T„T"1  '"''r  ''"■e?„'>™'>«'-»  »f  tors,.,  ,„d  u„,„el,,  »„,i 


The    ..^.;  lc9     I  7;;1  T  "       '^'  ^l^"'  •'^  ^'"^^  "*"  ^««»»'erce?     4. 
luw  .i>  .8,  &c.  7     0.  Ihe  Turcomans? 


•  Rinoo  tho  anuoxufior.  of  tlm  Kirwuia  ctj.    n      /. 
Ave  fimoH  tho  area  of  VrginiabvKS     ah.  Kl'-'^r""'""'^' '^  '''"*'•''=* 
i»ny  Tartars  iu  Turko8tan.         '  ^  *"  ^^^'""'  ^'^^'^  '^^"  °»  I<'«g«'' 


INDIA. 


289 


r,n5?'  ^T  l^'  t^*'«-:What  great  division  of  the  Russian  Empire 
Turtln"  r?"  M  ^  *he  Chinese  Empire  ?  Sa.-What  sea  wes?  of 
lurkestan?     Cn.— Mountains  east?     Br— South?     Ez.,  Ho -Kh — 

Tea'  ir'sn'' wV  ?'^P^".-  ^A^-What  rivers  flow  i;to  the  Aral 
beai'    Ao.,  Sn.— What  states  m  Turkestan?    Ta.,  Ka.,  Ba.,  Kz. 

197  


INDIA. 

1.  India  comprises  the  two  peninsulas  in  the  southern  part 
ot  Asia :  the  western  is  called  Hindoostan',  and  the  eastern, 
Jbartner  India,  ' 

2.  They  are  remarkable  for  their  numerous  rivers.  The 
inundations  the  heat  of  the  climate,  and  the  richness  of  the 
soil,  make  India  the  mo3t  fertile  country  in  the  world 


3    The  elepliant  here  attains  his  greatest  size,  and  has  been  do- 
r.n «    • '  ^L    "'•  V,^^/*^«-     In  «irmah  and  Siam  they  are  believed 
0  con  am  the  spirit  of  some  departed  monarch.     As  such,  they  hive 


HINDOOSTAN. 


T!      xi  tit  trxj\!ril  ~  ~ 


-'"^    's   iiw  lar^ont  arvisiOii  ui    India;   it  is  a 
great  plain,  broken  by  mountains,  extending  from  Aighaii- 

Tmlia.    ^.-1.  Where  is  Indm?    2  What  is  said  of  the  rivers?    Tn- 
undfttions?   Soil,  &o.  ?  8.  The  elephant  ?   White  elephants?    4.  Hin- 


290 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


istan  and  Beloochistan  to  Birmah,  and  bounded  oft  the  north 
by  the  Himalayas,  the  higliest  mountains  in  the  world. 

5.  It  includes  twenty-seven  degrees  of  latitude,  and  varies 
patly  m  climate.     The  soil  is  fruitful  in  the  productions  of 
both  the  temperate  and  torrid  zones.     Cotton,  sugar,  opium 
indigo,  pepper,  cinnamon,  rice,  and  other  grains  are  produced! 

6.  The  cotton  fabrics  of  India  were  long  celebrated  for  their 
fineness  and  beauty,  but  are  now  equalled  by  those  of  European 
countries.  Silk  is  an  important  manufacture ;  the  shawls  of  Cash- 
mere are  unrivalled. 

7.  The  inland  trade  is  carried  on  by  Banians  (ban-yanz%  or  native 
merchants  Armenians,  and  Parsees.    The  foreign  commerce  is  chiefly 
in  the  hands  of  the  English  and  Americans.     Gold,  iron,  tin,  zinc 
and  diamonds,  the  finest  in  the  world,  are  among  the  minerals. 

8.  In  complexion  the  native  inhabitants  vary  from  dark  brown 
almost  to  white,  with  straight  hair  and  pleasing  features.  They  arc 
indolont  and  spiritless,  have  no  patriotism,  and  are  said  to  be  nearly 
destitute  of  moral  honesty.  ^ 

^.^'J^^y^^^^^'^^^  of  several  distinct  nations,  of  which  the  chief  are 
the  Bengalees,  Hindees,  Mahrattas,  Tamuls,  Rajpoots,  and  Seiks. 
There  are  also  Europeans,  Arabs,  Persians,  and  Afghans. 

10    More  than  twenty  different  native  languages  are  spoken  m 
Jlindoostan.     The  Sanscrit  or  sacred  language  is  known  only  by  the 
Brahmins.     The  larger  portion  of  Hindoo  learning  is  in  this  tonirue 
and  IS  mostly  m  verse.  *     ' 

11.  The  Hindoos  are  divided  into  four  castes  or  classes:— 1    the 
Brahmins,  or  priests;    2,  soldiers;    3,  merchants  ami  l.irmerJ;  4 
laborers.     Tneae  castes  are  kept  distinct  from  each  other  bv  the 
most  rigorous  laws.  ^ 

12.  Brahminism  is  the  religion  of  nearly  all  the  Hindoos ;  it  is  a 
system  of  idolatry  filled  with  superstition  and  cruelty.  They  wor- 
ship the  god  Brahma  and  millions  of  inferior  divinities,  the  river 
Ganges,  the  cow,  ape,  and  other  animals. 


198 


13.  India  was  known  at  an  early  period  to  the  Greekn 
and  Romans.  They  regarded  it  as  the  richest  country 
in  Asia,  and  imported  from  it  spices,  precious  stones,  and 
other  valuable  commodities. 


dooBtan?  5.  The  climate?  Soil?  Products?  6.  Cotton  manufaa 
tures,  &c.  ?  7.  Inland  trade  ?  Foreiffn  oommprnft?  Mincr*^'"'  S 
Of  tho  Hindoos?     9.  Of  what  do  thov  consist?     10.  Of' languages'' 


11.  How  are  the  HiudooH  divided  ?     12.  What 


? 


13.   What  is  Haid  of  India?     14.  Of 


is  said  of  Hrahrainism  ? 


it.s  invasion  by  Alexander  the 


INDIA. 


291 


14.  It  was  invaded  more  than  two  thousand  years  ago,  by  Alexander 
the  Great.  About  two  hundred  years  afterwards  it  was  ravaged  by 
Tartar  conquerors,  who  destroyed  hundreds  of  the  cities  and  towns, 
and  millions  of  the  inhabitants. 

16.  In  the  year  1498,  Vasco  da  Gama  discovered  the  passage  by  sea 
to  India.  Subsequently  the  Portuguese,  Dutch,  French,  and  English 
established  themselves  at  various  points.  The  Mogul  Empire,  the 
most  important  Indian  state  of  modern  times,  flourished  for  about 
two  hundred  years.  It  declined  during  the  middle  of  the  last  cen- 
tury, and  is  now  extinct. 

16.  Nearly  the  whole  of  Hindoostan  was  until  1858  either  subject 
or  tributary  to  the  East  India  Company.  Their  vast  possessions 
have  now  passed  to  Great  Britain.  Nepaul'  and  Bootan'  are  inde- 
pendent states.  France  and  Portugal  have  small  colonies  on  the 
coast.  The  Europeans  who  rule  this  vast  region  number  about 
60,000,  or  one  in  every  two  thousand  of  the  population. 

17.  British  India. — British  India  comprises  the  Presi- 
dencies of  Bengal',  Bombay',  and  Madras'.  The  provinces  in 
Birmah  and  Malacca  are  under  the  government  of  Bengal. 

18.  The  Governor-General,  who  is  also  President  of  Bengal^ 
assisted  by  a  council  of  five  members,  makes  the  laws  for  the 
whole  of  British  India,  subject  to  the  approval  of  the  Parlia- 
ment of  Great  Britain.  He  has  likewise  sole  direction  of  the 
army. 

19.  The  Anglo-Indian  army  numbers  about  200,000  men,  exclu- 
sive of  a  subsidiary  force  of  half  that  number.  Of  these  30,000 
are  British  ;  the  remainder  are  natives,  and  are  called  sepoys.  The 
infevor  otiicers  are  Hindoos,  but  the  superior  are  English.  The 
service  is  voluntary,  and  was  once  very  popular  with  the  natives. 

20.  The  chief  tributary  princes  are  the  Nizam',  and  the  Nabobs  of 
Berar,  Mysore,  Oujerat  {guzh-er-aht'),  and  Joudpore  {jood-pore'). 
These  rulers  are  mere  vassals,  being  wholly  under  British  ..irection 
and  control. 


199 


21.  Cnlcutta.  the  capital  of  British  India,  and  of  the  Pr  'tidency  of 
Bengal,  is  on  the  Moogly  River,  a  branch  of  the  Ganges,  100  miles 
from  the  sea;  it  comprises  two  divisions, — the  English  town,  in- 
Great?  By  Tartar  conquerors?  16.  What  occurred  in  1498?  What 
is  said  of  the  Portuguese,  &o.  ?  The  Mogul  Empire  ?  16.  Of  nearly 
the  whole  of  Hindoostan?  Nepaul  and  Bootan?  France  and  Por- 
tugal ?  Europearia?  17.  What  of  British  India?  18.  Its  govern- 
m.nt  ?  19.  The  Anglo-Indian  arni;y  ?  The  officers?  The  service? 
20.  Tributary  princes?     What  are  they? 

21.  Whi.t  ot:  Calcutta^    .22.  Bombay  ?     Madras?     Railroads?    2a 


292 


DESCRIPTIVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


but,.     lae  oitadel^on  S"^%Stnlr.S:r'  '""",''°» 


View  in  Calcutta. 


building.  ZdrartS^'caJa^Th  "p^'^i*'  commerce*^  and  ship- 
flat  a  an^  shor:r:'nd  haZoll  i^  Cm'Sluft^R'^'^^K  ^^  ^^  ^ 
Madras  railroads  extend  into  the  interior  '  ^°"'^''^'  "'^^ 

n.e'rthas"    nTbtTSlr'itl'^  ^^^rf  V'  *^«  ^''^^^      Cash- 
aA'm),  on  thi  Ganges    rth.  /^•''-'^'^  '^^^^«-     ^*^"«rcs  (ben- 

noted^fbr  the  Taje  Mahal  tl«^^  T"*  ,"''T-  f  *^^  *^'"^«««-  Agra  is 
SeringapataLi'^iJ  Kmb  :fT;d:fAH  ^'  ''"'  "  ^'^  ^«^^^'  -^ 

once-  th^'t^Sfitrin  ffild'SsUn^'  l^  "^^^i;^  ^^P'-'  -^^  -- 
the  rebels  during  th^eLsurrect  on  of  ILT  '^'  head-quarters  of 
nearly  destroyed  by  the  BrS  pLS-  ,^"Po^V"  ^^^''  «"d  ^«« 
the  capital  of  the  French  and  Gok  nf?h  p^T''^  (pon-de-shgr're)  is 
sions.  '  *''''  ^0*  o^  ^i'®  Portuguese  Indian  posses- 

finest  cinnamon  in  the  world  tid  for 'i*?^^    i'«  ^  .^^^P^'«"^«'  *^« 
is  the  chief  city.  '    ^  ^""'^  '*''  pearl-fisheries.     Colombo 

gro^^ps.^'^TherS'wesft^^  '^«    ^^««'"^^'>«   --^   Maldive 

nume*;x,u,,  they  arl  sLaH  in  ^?'  ^I'^  Hindoo8tan.  Though 
considerable  abnndanc?  The ^nU^'ll  '\^^  P'"^"'''  cocoanuts  in 
called  Moplays     "''*"*''^-     ^^^  ^habitants  of  the  Laccadives  are 


Of  Flyderabad,  Nairpore   &o  f     9d    tt«,  -♦  •      « 

^^.»..i.  oca,  .„",    ^if  WJVc"X%^Tt.o^- ,t: 


INDIA. 


293 


Map  Ko.  28,  Asia.—Yiovf  is  Hindoostan  bounded  ?  What  rirers 
flow  into  the  Arabian  Sea?  Is.,  Nh.— The  Bay  of  Bengal?  Ba 
(is.,  Hy.,  My.,  Gy.,  Kh.— What  mountains  are  in  the  northeast?  Ha' 
—How  high  are  they  ?— Where  is  Mt.  Everest  ?  This  is  the  highest 
mountain  in  the  world.— Mountains  southwest?  Gt.— What  island 
south  of  Hindoostan?  Cn.— How  long  and  wide  is  it?  What  culf 
separates  It  from  Hindoostan  ?  Mr.— What  islands  west  and  south- 
west of  Hindoostan  ?  Ce,— What  is  the  southeast  coast  of  Hindoo- 
stan called  ?     CI — The  southwest  ?     Mr. 


-  200 


Birman  Templei  and  War-Boats. 


FARTHER  INDIA. 

1.  Farther  India  lies  south  of  Thibet  and  China,  and 
east  of  Hindoostan.     Its  chief  divisions  are  Birmah,  Anam 
biam,  and  the  British  territories. 

2.  Further  India  is  well  watered  and  fertile;  the  products 
are  similar  to  those  of  Hindoostan.  Nearly  all  the  inhabit- 
ants profess  the  religion  of  Buddha.  Some  of  the  temples 
are  large,  an  :    cry  gaudily  ornamented. 

^  8.   The   war-boats  of  these  nations,   particularly  those  of  the 
.-irmans,  are  ofteu  ono  huridred  ft^ef  long,  but  are  very  narrow. 


Fa rfhflr  India.      (>.— 1.  Wh 


ere  is  Further  India  ?     Chief  divisions? 


2.  What  is  said  of  it?     Of  the  inhabitaatf?    Thetemples?    8.  War- 


294 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


They  carry  from  eighty  to  one  hundred  men  each,  and  have  a  small 
cannon  at  the  prow.  omjtn 

*!,  ^'  'i^^  governments  of  Farther  India  are  absolute  despotism«.  • 
the  nobles  are  submissive  to  their  sovereign,  and  fall  on  their  handi 
and  knees  when  they  approach  him.  The  morals  of  the  people  are 
m  a  low  state;  the  women  are  treated  little  better  than  slaves:  thev 
perform  the  principal  part  of  the  labor,  and  in  Anam  they  conduct 
all  the  operations  of  buying  and  selling. 

•j!ji'^^^^'^^~'^^^  Birman  Empire  was  founded  about  the 
middle  of  the  lust  century,  after  the  conquest  of  Pegu  and  some 
other  territories.     It  was  for  a  time  a  powerful  state,  but  has 
by  its  late  contests  with  the  British,  lost  its  eminence.  ' 

6.  Ava  and  Amarapoora,  on  the  Irawaddy  River,  are  the  chief 
cities  of  Birmah.  Mandelay  {mahn-day-W),  founded  in  1856,  is  the 
capital.     Ava  was  nearly  destroyed  by  an  earthquake  in  1839. 

7.  Anam. — Anam'  dates  from  the  beginning  of  the  present 
century.     It  comprises    Tonquin    {ton-keen'),  Cochin-China 
Cambodia,  and  part  of  Laos  (lah'oce).  ' 

8.  Hue  {hwaj}),  the  capital  of  Anam,  is  on  a  small  river,  10  miles 
from  the  sea.  It  is  a  v«st  fortress,  in  the  European  style.  Saieon 
{si-ffone'),  on  a  branch  of  the  Cambodia,  is  the  chief  seaport  of 
Anam,  and  its  largest  ci.y.  Kesho,  in  Tonquin,  is  an  important 
town.  The  city  of  Saigon  and  a  considerable  territory  adjacent 
nave  been  conquered  by  the  French. 

9.  SfAM.— The  kingdom  of  Slam'  lies  between  Birmah  and 
Anam  :  it  is  fruitful  in  rice,  sugar,  and  other  products.  The 
people  are  mild  and  courteous,  but  cunning  and  avaricious. 

-   10.  Bangkok',  the  capital,  is  on  th.j  Meinam  (may-e-nahm')-  the 
houses  are  built  partly  on  its  banks,  and  partly  on  rafts  in  the  river 
which  can  be  easily  moved  from  place  to  place.     The  rafts  are  in- 
habited chiefly  by  Chinese  emigrants. 

11.  The  British  Possessions.— The  British  Possessions 
comprise  the  provinces  of  Assam',  Aracan',  Pegu  {pe-goo') 
Tenas'serim,  Wellesley,  and  Malacca;  also  the  islands  of  Pulo 
Penang  and  Singapore.     On  the  latter  is  the  city  of  Singapore 
which  is  a  free  port.     Rangoon  is  the  seaport  of  Pegu.  ' 

12.  MALACCA.—In  the  peninsula  of  Malacca  there  are  several 
small  independent  states.      The    inhabitants   are   called   Malays, 

boats  ?  4.  What  of  the  governments  ?  Nobles  ?  Morals,  &c  '  Of 
the  women ?\  5.  What  of  the  Birman  Empire?  6.  What  is  said  of 
Amarapoora,  Ava,  &o,  ?      7,  What 


cowl 


ilium 


o     iirK  - 
"      TT 11,- 


Hue?  Salmon?  9.  What  of  Siam  ?  10.  Bangkok  ?'  ll'  What  of 
the  British  possessions?  VI.  Malacca?  13.  Andaman  and  Nicobiir 
Islands  ? 


\ 


\ 


CniNESE   EMPIRE. 


296 


and  are  chiefly  Mohammedans ;  they  are  by  turns  merchants  and 
pirates. 

13.  The  Andaman  and  Nicobar  Islands  lie  in  the  Bay  of  Bengal. 
The  former  are  inhabited  by  a  fierce  negro  race,  and  the  latter  by  a 
people  similar  to  the  Malays,  but  more  pacific  in  their  habits. 

Map  No.  28,  ^«ia.— Where  is  Birmah  ?  Siam  ?  Anam  ?  Ma- 
lacca?    What  rivers  flow  into  the  Gulf  of  Marta     .i?     ly.,  Sn. 

Gulf  of  Siam?  Mm.— China  Sea?  Ca.— What  isthmus  connects 
Malacca  with  Siam  ?  Kw.— What  strait  separates  it  from  Sumatra? 
Ma.— What  cape  in  the  southern  part  of  Malacca  ?  Ka.— Southern 
part  of  Cambodia  ?     Ca.— What  islands  west  of  Siam  ?     An.,  Nr. 


201 


Group  of  Chinese. 

CHINESE  EMPIRE. 

1.  The  Chinese  Empire  lies  in  the  centre  and  eastern  part 
of  Asia,  and  comprises  China  and  the  dependencies  Corea. 
Mantchooria,  Mongolia,  Elee,  and  Thibet.  It  contains  more 
people  than  any  other  country  in  the  world.  They  are  prin- 
cipally Chinese ;  but  the  ruling  race,  to  which  the  Emperor 
belongs,  is  the  Mantchoo,  who  conquered  China  in  1644. 

Map  No.  28,  Asia. — Bound  the  Chinese  Empire.  What  mountains 
north?  G.-Ai.  — South?  Ha. —What  volcanoes  in  Elee?  Pn., 
Hw.— What  two  deserts  ?  Ci..  Sy.— What  three  great  rivers  ?  Ar., 
H.-Ho,  Y. -Kg.— Seas  east?  Jn.,  Yw.,  En.,  Ca.— Name  the  six  divi- 
sions.    Ca.,  Ca.,  Ma.,  Ma.,  Ee.,  Tt. 


China.     Q. — 1.  Whore  is  the  Chinese  Empire?    What  does  it  com' 


I 


296 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


CHINA,  OR  CHINA  PROPER. 

2.  China,  in  the  eastern  part  of  the  empire,  compriGes  a 
territory  about  half  the  area  of  the  United  States  It'  is 
noted  for  the  antiquity  of  its  government,  the  singularity  of 
the  manners  and  customs  of  its  people,  and  its  reserved  policy 
towards  other  nations.  ^ 

3.  The  climate,  owing  to  the  great  extent  of  country  is 
various.  The  soil  is  carefully  cultivated;  even  the  mountains 
and  rocks  are  made  to  yield  some  product. 

4.  China  produces  a  great  variety  of  fruits.  The  trees  which  Or- 
nish camphor,  tallow,  varuish,  and  cassia  are  common.  Tea/the 
dried  leaves  of  a  shrub  five  or  six  feet  high,  is  the  most  noted  pro- 
duct Vast  quantities  of  rice,  and  nearly  all  other  grains,  are  raised 
m  diflFerent  parts  of  the  empire. 

6.  Manufactures  are  numerous,  and  have  been  carried  to  a  state 
of  grefct  perfection.     The  Chinese  excel  in  porcelain  or  china  ware 
rich  silks,  and  ornamental  works  in  ivory,  pearl,  and  tortoise-shell! 

6.  Foreign  commerce  is  allowed  at  Canton,  Shanghai  ithang-M) 
and  the  other  free  ports,  chiefly  with  the  Americans,  English,  and 
French,  in  tea,  di Iks,  and  nankeens.     The  export  of  tea  to  Great 
Britain  and  the  United  States  is  more  than  one  hundred  million 
pounds  annually. 

7.  The  Americans  supply  the  Chinese,  in  return,  with  ginseng,  a 
root  whose  medicinal  virtues  they  regard  with  the  highest  favor- 
the  English  furnish  them  with  opium.  The  use  of  the  latter  drug 
is  prohibited  by  law,  but  it  is  largely  imported:  it  is  smoked  in  a 
pipe,  and  is  extremely  pernicious  to  health.  The  inland  trade  of 
Lliina,  on  the  rivers  and  canals,  is  very  extensive. 

8.  The  Great  Wall  and  the  Grand  Canal  are  striking  examples  of 
Chinese  industry.  The  first  is  1500  miles  long,  and  24  feet  high  • 
it  was  built  2000  years  ago.  The  Grand  Canal  from  Pekin  to  Hang - 
tchow  extends  700  miles:  it  is  200  feet  wide  and  60  feet  deep  in 
some  places  ;  in  others,  it  is  raised  20  or  30  feet  above  the  level  of 
the  adjacent  country. 

9.  The  Chinese  women  of  the  upper  classes  are  remarkable  for 
the  smallness  of  their  feet,  which  from  infancy  are  bound  up  to 
prevent  their  growth.  The  shoes  of  a  Chinese  lady  arc  about  four 
inches  long,  and  two  inches  wide.  Women  of  the  lower  orders 
adopt  the  custom  partially. 


prise  ?      What  of  the   people  ?      2.  Where   is   China  ?      For   what 
noted?     3.  What  of  the  climate?      Soil?      4.  Of  products?     Tea? 

KlCe  "  6.     MariufftfitlirfiS  ?  R       Fnixiirm      ««^^.^ O  r-       ^in       .       . 

sa.d  of  Americans?     English?      Opium?      Inland  trade?     8.  The 
Great  Wa  I?      The  Grand  Canal?      9.  What  of  the  women?      10 
Jtood?     11.  Learning? 


CHINA. 


297 


10.  The  principal  food  of  the  Chinese  is  rice;  with  the  poor  rata 
and  mice  are  common   articles  of  food;    the^  often   suffer  frJm 
famine.     Soups  made  of  edible  birds'-nests,  and  other  Telatinou^ 
substances  are  among  the  luxuries  of  the  rich      Po?k  is  til  fn vnr^? 
animal  food;  sharks'-fins  and  fish-maws arrrega^dtdrstntTes' 

11.  Learning  is  highly  valued  by  the  Chinese.  They  have  manv 
books,  yet  are  deficient  in  literature  and  science  ThJ  Hl^  ^^ 
or  great  officers,  employed  by  jrovernment  Zain  n  •  ,*"°^J 
title  by  tLeir  skill  in  letters  ^  TreyTe  SiVided  ?nf  n  •  '*",^  ^""^ 
eacli  of^which  is  aesignated  by  a  diKnVtird  '.ZoZVLT::^ 


202 


12  The  Chinese  are  remarkable  for  their  order  industrv  nn^ 
regularity;  but  their  treatment  of  females,  thefr  idolatry  an J'the^? 
general  disregard  of  truth,  lower  them  in  the  scale  of  nktlons  and 
rank  them  below  every  Christian  community  ^""^ 


Chinese  Military. 


C^^s.     T.ere  are  sLXo^^^'cI'^^,  K^  i^tut.! 

.■.n"'ce'^''™f°r™^'"V'  •'■"?<"?''■  »»^  ''  conducted  ^ith  great  form 
nrUTabroui    ,1^''?,  *-"P"»V',  "'y'"'*  "">  Son  of  Heaven;  when 

.0  sr»u^Vo:tr''„trrre,:'::zr;'g:^r„'d"^''''  "■'-  -"  "'■°- 


.f^o^ttr  -'"'„£';,lr'/™"'"""«.L  i".-  Roiif^-n 


The  government?     '     peror? 


14. 


15.  What  of  Pekin?     The  shops? 


298 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


?ro'wded.    ^^'  '^"^'  "'"  '^"°^^'°"«'  '^"^  '^'  «*'««*«  «'e  greatly 

..ni^u-^*"'''"/'  *.^®  ^"°^''*  ''^P^*'^^'  i«  °oted  for  its  porcelain  tower 
and  Its  manufactures  of  nankeen.     Canton  was  until  lately  thernlv 
free  port ;  its  commerce  is  very  great      ThP  hnnt  Tnwr.  !*•  n    !      V 

the   '  Free  Ports,"  were  opened  to  Europeans  and  Americans      Rv 
a  later  treaty  with  the  United  States,  new  priyilegt  were  "  rant^^ 

the  citi^nf 'p'l.-"  ^^".V^'.  \"^^"^^"  ambassador  w^as  admLed  imo 
in  IftfiL  .  ^^^"'/•th.  ^»  the  courtesies  of  the  Chinese  court;  and 
Ind  China      9?  "^^  T^'^  ^^'  concluded  between  the  United  States 
and  China.     Shanghai,  in  extent  of  commerce,  is  next  to  Canton 
Teentsxn  (te-en-tseen')  is  the  port  of  Pekin,  and  a  great  saLemporium 

18.  Macao  (maA-A:5«,'),  at  the  mouth  of  Canton  River,  has  belonired 
to  Portugal  since  1586.  Hangtchow,  Kingteching  Ikd  Voo  chfnl 
Tw^hTh  r  '  f'''\  Hongkong,  an  island  ft  the  m^^uth  of  the  rfye? 
todl  isthe'^re?  ttT'  ""  °^'^^  ^^  ^^-*  *o  ^^«  British.     Vi" 

«.«l^'  '''mt  P'l^^'.'P.'^^  Chinese  islands  are  Hainan  (hi-nahn')  and  For. 
mosa.     The  first  is  partly  Chinese  and  partly    ndependent  there 
being  still  unsubdued  tribes  among  the  mountains  of  the  Sterior 
Formosa  is  a  fertile  island,  and  notid  for  ^he  abundaLe  of  "ts  rice 
and  sugar.     The  native  tribes  differ  essentially  from  the  Chinese 

Map  No  28,  J«<^.— How  is  China  bounded  ?  What  sea  between 
China  and  Corea?     Yw.-What  rivers  flow  into  the  Eastern  Se"? 

Wh  r^'  H-Kg.--What  islands  east  of  China?  Lw.-Cw.,  Pa. 
-South?  Hn  How  long  is  Formosa ?-How  long  is  Hainan v_ 
What  mountains  m  China ?  Pg.,  Ng. -Lakes?  Tg.fPK. -Where  is 
Hongkong?- Where  is  Pekin  ?*"  Nankin?    Canton ?       ^ 


—  203 


THIBET,  COREA,  ETC. 

rated  from  it  by  the  highest  mountains  on  the  globe.  Thibet 
18  the  most  elevated  inhabited  region  in  the  world.  Some  of 
the  largest  rivers  on  the  Eastern  continent  rise  within  its 


16    Nankin?     Canton?      17.  What  ports   are  open  to  foreigners? 

What  IS  said  of  Shanghai?     T^xpntain  9     iq    ivfL„.    »._  o    ^/r       " 

kong?     Victoria?     IQ."  The  Chinese  Islands r'^"^""'  "'"     """^' 

Thibet  and  Corea.     <?.-!.  Where  is  Thibet?    What  is  said  of  it? 


THIBET— COREA. 


299 


2.  The  climate  is  cola,  and  the  soil  is  sterile.    Grazine  is  the  chief 
occupation  of  the  people.     The  musk  deer,  grunting  ol  and  shawl 

wool  of  which  the  valuable  shawls  of  Cashmere  are  made.     Oxen 
and  sheep  are  used  as  beasts  of  burden. 

3.  Thibet  is  the  chief  seat  of  the  religion  of  Buddha.     The  Grand 
Lama  18  the  head  of  this  system,  and  i8%on8idered  as  the  CreI?or 
dwelling  m  a  human  form;  when  he  dies,  the  divine  spirit  is  sunl 

prtllfr  '"'""  '''^'  ''"'""  '^  ''^"^^  S  toX 

nf^fhf' Ph*  '"  *^®  religious  capital  of  Central  Asia,  and  the  residence 
of  the  Chinese  governor  of  Thibet.     Not  far  from  the  city  ^ the 

S'' lar%??rff  "^'"'Tr*^'  ^^•^^^^  edifictco^eri^man; 
acres.  Near  it  are  four  noted  monasteries.  Jiga  Gunear  r  I'e'aah 
goon-gar')  is  the  largest  city  in  Thibet.  •   "ungar  \,jegah 


Palace  of  Teshoo  Loml)oo. 


5.  Teshoo'  Lomboo'  is  the  seat  of  an  inferior  Lama,  who  resides  in 
a  large  monastery,  composed  of  400  houses,  surrounded  bTahigS 

l«f:  r A  •"''^T'''^''  I'?'  ''^  *^®  northeastern  declivity  of  ih^  Hima- 
lUs  in?w7^  Z  **^-«^^^'«*)  Mountains,  and  is  but  little  knowS 
-nil  fV^^*i«d  valley,  and  watered  by  the  Upper  Indus.    In  climrte 

7.  CoREA.—Corea  is  a  peninsula,  between  the  Yellow  Sea 
and  the  Sea  of  Japan.  The  people  have  little  intercourse 
with  any  nation  except  the  Chinese  and  Japanese. 

8.  Corea  is  governed  by  a  sovereign  who  pays  tribute  to  Chinn. 
o^fTheruSr^-^"''^^'  ''^  ''''''''''  «^^- '^^  -4^^  the  Sre 

Lm^**  f  m«.'"f'"T^*'  *?^  r"^  ^^"le?  3.  Religion?  Grand 
ra^?  7  WK  ?  .''^  ^?f'*^  6.  Teshoo  Lomboo  ?  6.  Little  Thibet  ? 
Leh?      7.  What  is  said  of  Corea?     8.  Government?      Khigk itao 


^' 


300 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


MANTCHOORIA,  MONOOIJiA,  AND  ELBE. 

Jr'f  nf'^'lfrT.r''''  ^S^«?^^^'  ^°^  ^^^^  lie  in  the  northern 
part  of  the  Chinese  Empire.  The  surface  is  an  elevated 
plain,  bounded  by  ranges  of  lofty  mountains. 

fnrl^'«!^^'^!'°K\^ri*''''^  is  adapted  to  grazing  rather  than  agricul- 
ture,  and  is  inhabited  principally  by  roving  tribes  who  live  if  tents 
and  raise  great  numbers  of  horses.  *^ 

trJ^'  ^^^*,«^«<;"^  i«  «f  d  to  be  a  fertile  and  well-watered  coun- 

A^".  /k "i*^'^  ''°''^*'  ^^  *^^  ^°^«o'  I^i^«r  and  south  of  the 

Amoor  on  the  Pacific  coast,  comprising  a  district  twice  as  large  a' 
the  State  of  Texas,  was  formerly  a  part  of  Mantchooria,  hut^  ha^ 

'^:vr^Xzz:''  ^^  '^'^"^  '^  ^"««^^-  ^-«^-  ^^  i«- 

nf  \L  Ph"^''^'''!."^'.''®'^  of  Mantchooria,  and  is  the  larr..sf,  province 
of  the  Chinese  Empire,  and  the  original  seat  of  the  Mongol  race 

13.  The  desert  of  Gobi  occupies  most  of  its  suiface.  The  Kuenlim 
Mountains  separate  it  from  Thibet,  and  the  Alfti  from  Siberia  S 
rivers  are  chiefly  tributaries  of  the  Amoor.    Ourga  is  the  chief  iown 

14.  Elee  lies  wtest  of  Mongolia  and  east  of  Turkestan,  and  includes 
tlThTTU-  ^'^d^Little  Bokhara.  North  of  the  centre,  Elee  is  traversed 
JettuTr^!gt  Mountains:  the  volcanoes  of  Peshan  and  Hochow 

for  rhfn!!l*^-  °^'^f  '^T  f  S^'?^'*"*'  i«  «-  pi'**'®  of  banishment 
for  Chinese  criminals.  Yarkand,  in  Little  Bokhara,  has  an  exten- 
sive commerce,  and  is  garrisoned  by  Chinese  troops.  Cashgar  ?n 
the  west  was  known  as  a  commercial  emporium  before  the  Christian 
era.     The  people  are  generally  Mongolsf  v^nnsuan 

Ba^Tv^ra^VK^'~^r'^  ™^f-  ^^^^'  "^«^«  "««  i^  Thibet? 
ua.,  ly.,  t.a.,  ]^.-Kg.  —What  mountains  on  the  north?     Kn  — Whnf 

f -f.^  T.*?'^f  *^  ""^  ^*'«^-     Et.-How  high  is  it?_What  river  in 
Little  Thibet?     Is.-What  town  is  on  it?^  Lh.-What  sea Tounds 
Corea  on  the  west  ?   Yw.-East?    Jn.-What  sea  south  ?    En.-Wha 
country  bounds  Corea  north  ?     Ma.-Capital?     Ko.-Bound  Manl 
choona._.What  mountains  west?     F   Ki..„,R,>ers  north ?    Ar^Tn 
-Sea  eas  ?  /n.-Chief  towns?  Mn.,  in-  J!,  .nd  Monrolf.._Moun: 
tains   north?      G.-Ai.-East?     E.-\l.~.l>estns?      C      Sv -CMpf 
towns  ?    Oa  ,  Mn.-Bound  Elee.    Mountains  north  ?   L.'-Ai  -South  ? 
Kn.-Near  the  centre?    T.-Sn._Volcanoes  in  the  Thian-Shan?  Pn 
IIw-Desei-t  south  ?    S.-Dt._River  ?    Cr.-City  in  Soongada  ?    Ee' 
—Cities  in  Little  Bokhara ?     Yd.,  Cr.,  Kn.  s*^".    J^e. 


0.  What  of  Mantchooria,  Mongolia,  and  Elee?      10.  Of  the  whole 
<rr  dory  ?    11   What  of  Mantchooria  ?    12.  What  of  Mongolia  ?    13 
Dosert  of  Cobi?      Mountains?     Chief  town?     14    w»,oT  .*•  x^iAo 
Mountains?     Volcanoes?      15.  Of  the  chief  town  of  Elee T  Other 


1 


JAPAN. 

-  204  ■ 


301 


JAPAN. 

!,„!;  '^''*  "''*'?  *™  ""*''  indented  with  bays  and  harbors- 
heavy  fogs  are  frequent,  and  navigation  is  danCol  N;„W 
.»  mountainous;  it  contains  sevefal  active  vofeanoi.  '''''"' 
owner  onrJd  'V^^  ",i* .«»'«,  the  law  requiring  that  every 
a^d  La  ire  th^  V-'"/':  ",  ""  P™''»-=«^«  «»  Po^ible.  Rice 
wheat'^aVrultiti'"'       '  "'  '''^"'  '"'^'""'  ''^"°»'  """» 

.af!L7;tt:^ii-Vt;Sir^^^^ 

Manufactures!    Gold,  &c.  !  Tw!;],.  i' .w ll°il  .P'"'!.^^^^^^^^     1 

.Ue  habi.  „nue  w„r,''ofUii:/;T7jt  o^rUr  isfiS', 

•    20 


302 


DESCRimVE    GEOGRAPHY. 


were  permitted  to  reside  there,  and  to  worship  God  after  their  own 

9.  Yed'do,  the  capital,  is  in  Niphon.  It  is  a  large  city,  and  con- 
tains many  palaces  of  the  great  lords,  who  must  reside  here  some 
time  during  every  year.  The  buildings,  on  account  of  the  frequeucv 
of  earthqu..kes  are  only  one  or  two  stories  high:  they  are  principally 
of  w»od,  end  destructive  fires  o;t«n  occur.  "        *-        f     y 

10.  Miaco  is  the  religious  capital ;  it  is  also  a  seat  of  learninir  and 
science.  It  contaias  some  large  palaces  and  temples.  One  of  the 
latter,  Fokosi,  is  1000  feet  long. 

11.  Nagasaki  {nah-gahsah'kA  was  the  first  port  at  which  foreiirners 
were  penmttod  to  trade.  Here  the  Dutch  were  allowed  to  land  the 
HnTf  «?/''''  '5'r  ^"^'f  "^-  By  the  treaty  of  1864  between  the 
♦n Mo^  "^  *°«  Japan  the  citizens  of  the  United  States  are  allowed 
to  trade  also  at  Hakodadi  and  Kanagawa.  Four  additional  ports- 
Uaaca,  Hiogo,  Yeddo,  and  Neagata— were  opened  in  1868.  The  Lew- 
Ohew  IsUnds,  about  360  miles  souihwest  of  Kiusiu,  belong  to  Japan. 

rf%^^\^\u^'!''~^^''^  ''''*^*  separates  Corea  from  Niphon? 
i?;ir^  T  "  wk  ^'"'^^^^  ""^  ^^®  -^^P**^  I^^^'^^s  ''  Nn.-The  next  in 
extent?  Jo— What  strait  separates  Niphon  and  Jesso?  Sr.— What 
yi««"o  ^  "  P  "wK^f '^'  P"— What  strait  separates  Saghalien  from 
Jesso?  Pe.-What  islands  northeast  of  Jesso?  Ke.— What  islands 
ewtT^  P  o'*''         fomosa  ?    Lw.-Cw.-What  bounds  Japan  on  the 


205 


AFRICA. 

1.  ■^u^^J^j'^  '*'®^  ^^^^^  ®^  Europe,  and  is  separated  from  it 
by  the  iVIedit«rranean  Sea.  It  L  the  second  in  size  of  the 
grand  divisions  of  the  globe,  and  nearly  three  times  as  large 
»s  iiurope.  ° 

2.  It  is  a  vast  peninsula,  joined  to  Asia  by  the  Isthmus  of 
Suez  It  extends  from  Cupe  Bon  on  the  north  to  (^ape 
Agulh^  (ah-gooti/ahH)  on  the  south,  5000  miles,  and  from 

iSn  M  "^^^^^y  ^"^^  ^**  ^'^P®  ^"'trdafui  iff  jar-ifah./wH'\ 
4500  miles.     Aroa,  I0,93Q,000  square  miles. 

♦hf '-UK  '  '^n'r""  "**'  *^^  ^*'^®'''^  oontiqent  is  the  hottest  region  on 
^r-  h^.rnf:.  ^  .^'««  ™«^»J^  r^iJ^in  the  tropics;  and  the  influence  of 

tL  mo-  -f.fi-"  /  «»*««'^«  «T'"  *°  '^8'""^  ^"  ^»>«  temperate  eone.. 
ia^Zn  ^r^  !«'*»"'•«'«  Sahara,  a  vast  desert  8000  miles  long  and 
1000  miles  wide.    Its  surface  is  oovpr«.I  whh  «on^  „-„-„i  »>.i  -*,,._ 

9.  What 
treaty  ? 


""IJffV     lV^''r?^     11.  Of  Nagasaki?     Of  the  re.ont 
Of  the  Lew-Chew  Islands? 


4fnca.     ^.-^1.  Where  is  Africa?    fi.  What  of  its  extent ?     Area? 


AFRICA. 


303 


Africa. 


4  The  livers  of  Africa  are  few;  and  none  are  navigable 
by  large  vessels  for  any  great  extent.  The  principal  are  the 
Niger  (nper)  and  the  Nile.  The  Nile  is  remarkable  for 
flowing  1500  miles  without  receiving  a  tributary. 

^u'^lf  inountains  of  Africa  are  the  Atlas  range,  in  the 
north,  Mountains  of  the  Moon,  near  the  east  coast,  Snow 
Mountains,  in  the  «outh,  Mocambe,  Crystal,  and  Kong  Moun- 
tains, near  the  west  coast. 

mn^r*  Jnn  P,""^'!'*^  ^f^^*'*"  *n'"'^^«  a^e  the  gorilla,  a  kind  of  monkey 
X.!*    r^  resemblmg  man  than  any  of  the  brute  kind,  the  ele- 
phant,  hippopotamus,  giraffe,  two-horned  rhinoceros,  lion,  leopard 
;?  thet^th  ^'  ''•'  -tejopes  there  are  not  less  than  sixty  VarEi 
of  these,  the  springbok  is  found  in  great  droves.      The  camel  in 

burden'''  *'"  ^"  ^^'^'''''  ^^"^*  *''*  ^^®  «*^^«^  '^^^^^^  <>" 

7.  The  African  ostrich  is  the  largest  bird  in  the  world.  It  runs 
with  grea  rapidity,  but  does  not  fly.  The  secretary  vulture,  ol 
.erpen  -eater,  is  remarkable  for  devouring  the  most  noxious  of  the 
■erpent  tribe.  The  sociable  vulture  is  as  large  as  the  condor  and 
...nilar  to  it  in  its  habits.  Bustards,  guinea-fowl,  grouse,  par- 
fridges,  and  water-fowl  of  various  kinds,  are  numerous 

S.  CTQoodiies  ar«  found  in  ail  the  rivers  of  i|^e  tropical  part^ 

8.  The   climate?     Great   Desert?     4.  Rivers?     6.  Mounlains?     6. 
Whatofapimals?    7,  Qi  birds?    P.  Of  orpcodileB,  Ac. ?    WhiteantsI 


304 


DnscRirxivE  oeoguaphy. 


African  Lion. 


Springbok. 


^'k       r*W^"'*u^.®'*P®''*^'  scorpions,  and  lizards  of  various  kinds 
abouud.     The  white  ants  build  nests  ten  or  twelve  feet  high!  which 

TJ^'^"^  ''''''  ""''^^^  chambers,  galleries,  and  apart menrs  lor 
jpro  Visions.  \ 

9.  Africa  has  few  great  kingdoms;  it  has  a  number  of  petty  states 
n^TlUr'^'T^''^'  are  despotic.    The  agriculture  and  manufacture; 
are  rude  and  imperfect;  but,  owing  to  the  fertility  of  the  soil,  the 
products  are  in  many  places  very  abundant. 

.„i?;^ J^tk'"*'^^  ""^  lu*  '>*^"°''  '^  *"^"^«^  «"  V  caravans,  ^^ih 
nnTf;-  7  ""aV^u  ^-'"'^  ^"  ^''^^'^^^  directions,  and  pe;form, 
on  this  sea  of  sand,  the  business  accomplished  by  ships  on  the  ocean! 
Commerce,  on  the  northern  and  western  coasts,  is  carried  on  mostly 
by  l!.uropeans,  and  on  the  eastern  by  the  Arabs. 

11.  Africa  has  furnished  slaves  to  other  parts  of  the  earth  for 
hundreds  of  years;  and  the  traffic,  though  checked,  is  still  carried 
on.  Great  Britain  and  the  United  States  were  once  engaged  in  the 
slave-trade;  but  both  nations  have  forbidden  it,  and  now  punish  it 
ar.  P'racy  Tbe  Spaniards  and  Portuguese  still  pursue  it  on  certain 
parts  of  the  African  coast. 

12.  The  people  of  Africa  are  of  two  races— the  Africnn  and  the 
Uuioasian.  The  Africans  are  the  chief  part  of  the  inhabitnnts  south 
of  the  Great  Desert.  They  are  nearly  all  pagans.  The  Moors,  Arabs, 
Berbers,  Egyptians,  Abyssinians,  and  Fellatas  belong  to  the  Cauca- 
Binn  race,  and  are  chiefly  Mohammedans.  Though  superior  to  the 
Amcan  race,  they  are  rude  and  barbarous. 


m^^!!'**,  '"/f,^^.^^  n*  kingdoms?  Agriculture?  Manufactures? 
J-.-.  iT-ue  1,1  tiiC  interior?  rounuffceT  11.  What  is  said  of  slaves t 
Great  Hr.tam  and  the  United  States?  12.  To  what  races  do  the 
people  of  Africa  belong?  Where  is  the  African  found?  Where  the 
Caucasian? 


AFRICA. 


305 


206 


Map  No.  30,  4/nca.— How  is  Africa  bounded  ? 


Morocco Bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Algeria Bounded  ?    Capital  ? 

Tunis Bounded?    Capital? 

Tripoli Bounded?   Capital? 

Egypt Bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Nubia Bounded?   Capital? 

Abyssinia.  ..Bounded?   Capital? 
Liberia Bounded?  Capital? 

Where  is  the  Gulf  of  Sidra  ? 


Ashantee Bounded?  Capital? 

Dahomey Bounded?  Capital? 

Yoruba Bounded?  Capital? 

Congo Bounded?  Capital? 

Angola Bounded?  Capital? 

Benguela Bounded?  Capital? 

Cape  Colony  .Bounded  ?  Capital  ? 

Mozambique  Bounded?  Capital? 

Strait  of  Bab-el-Mandeb  ?    Gulf  of 


Aden?  Mozambique  Channel?  DelagoaBay?  St.  Helena  Bay? 
Santa  Cruz  Bay  ?  Walwisch  Bay  ?  Great  Fish  Bay  ?  Gulf  of 
Guinea?     Strait  of  Gibraltar ?  "^        "uii  oi 

Where  is  Cape  Bon  ?  Cape  Guardafui  ?  Cape  Bassas  ?  Cape 
Delgado.'     C    Cornentes?     C.  Agulhas?     C.  of  Good  Hope  ?*    C. 

doTaAmto?     ^•'''^"'^'     ''•^^^'-     ^-^^^"^^^     ^-^^J- 

Where  is  Lake  Tchad?  Dembea?  Fittre?  Dcbo?  Lowdeah? 
Victoria  Nyanz*?  Tanganyika?  Nyassi  ?  Nzige?  Ngami  ?  Lake 
Victoria  Nyanza  in  Ethiopia  is  believed  to  be  the  long  sought-for 
mam  source  of  the  Nile.  ^ 

St.  P'l' Is  ?  Niger  ?  Tsadda?  Congo?  Orange?  Limpopo? 
Zambezi?  Rufiji  ?  J„ba?  Haines  ?  In  1840  the  Nil.  was  ex- 
?  win  'i^  ?  Egyptian  expedition,  to  Bari,  in  latitude  4°  north,  and 
3c)U0  miles  from  its  mouth.  Here  it  was  found,  even  in  the  dry  sea- 
son, to  be  a  large  stream.  ^ 

Where  are  the  Atlas  Mountains?  Mts.  of  Kong?  Mts.  of  the 
Moon?  Snow  Mts.?  Mt.  Abba  Yared?  Mt.  Kenia?  Kiliman! 
jaro  Ihe  two  last-named  mountains  are  near  the  equator,  and 
are  always  covered  with  snow :  they  are  20,000  feet  high,  and  tho 
highest  mountains  in  Africa.  6  ,      u  mu 

Where  are  the  Azore  Islands?  Madeira  Is.  ?  Canary  Is.  ?  Cnpo 
Vordls.?  Where  is  Fernando  P.)?  Prince's  I.  ?  St.  Thomas  I  ' 
Annobon?  Asconsion?  St.  Helena?  Ethiopian  Archipelago? 
Mascaronha  Is.?  Mauritius?  Bourbon?  Seychello  Is.?  Almi- 
rantols.?     Com'oro  Is.  ?     Zanzibar?    Bemba?     Soo'otra? 

hall'tr?^  '^  ^^"^  ^""^"^  Besert?      Libyan  D.?      Nubian  D.  ?     Kali- 
Africa  contains  87  degrees  of  north  and  35  of  south  latitude 
what  latitude  is  it  mostly  ?     Nh.     It  contains  AO  d«i,r..«g  nf  ouui 
lb  ot  west  longitude.     In  what  longitude  is  it  chiefly?     Et 


In 


*  ^»"«';'  Jy  ''•y  <»f  distinofinn.  the  "Cape."    Seamen  nay  of  a  vessol 
bound  to  India  or  China,  "She  hasv^ono  nmuU  tho  Cape." 


306 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAniy. 

207 


Arab  Families  removing. 

BARBARY. 

1.  The  BarbXry  States  are  in  the  northern  part  of 
Africa,  and  include  Morocco,.  Algeria,  Tunis,  Tripoli,  and 
Beled-el-Jerid. 

2.  The  Atlas  Mountains  range  through  Barbary :  between 
them  and  the  coast  the  climate  is  mild,  and  the  soil  gene- 
rally fertile,  but  poorly  cultivated.  Wheat  and  barley  are  the 
principal  products ;  grapes,  olives,  almonds,  dates,  and  other 
fruits  are  raised  in  perfection. 

3.  The  commerce  of  the  Barbary  States  is  smnll.  The 
exports  consist  principally  of  the  products  of  the  soil.  The 
most  active  trade  is  carried  on  by  caravans  with  the  interior 
country  south  of  the  Great  Desert. 

4.  Piracy  was  once  the  chief  employment  of  the  people. 
Many  vessels  were  captured,  and  many  European  and  Ameri- 
can sailors  were  enslaved,  by  these  pirates;  but  the  practice 
has  now  ceased. 

5.  Barbary  is  inhabited  by  several  varieties  of  the  human  race. 
The  Moors,  the  ruling  people,  live  in  towns.  The  Arabs  live  in 
tents,  and  raise  cattle  and  grain.  In  removinpj  from  place  to 
place,  the  women  and  children  are  carried  by  camels;  the  men, 
on  horsiihack,  drive  the  cattle,  and  are  armed,  ready  to  defend 
their  property  or  to  repel  aggression. 

Barbary.  ^.~1.  Where  is  Barbary  ?  V/hat  does  it  include?  2. 
What  mountains?  What  of  the  climate?  Soil,  &c.  ?  Products? 
8.  Commerce  ?    4.  Piracy  ?    6.  What  races  ?    What  of  the  Moors  and 


MOROCCO. 


307 


6.  The  Berbers  and  Shelluhs  inhabit  the  Atlas  Mountains,  and 
live  chiefly  by  hunting  and  agriculture.  They  belong  to  the  Berber 
variety,  and  are  supposed  to  have  been  the  first  people  who  inhabited 
this  part  of  Africa.  The  Kabyles  of  Algiers,  and  the  Tuaricks  of 
the  Great  Desert,  are  of  the  same  variety. 

7.  There  are  many  Jews  in  Ba  ^ary ;  they  are  much  oppressed,  but 
often  become  wealthy.  There  are  also  negroes  brought  as  slaves 
from  Soudan.  In  Morocco,  half  the  army  of  the  sultan  is  com- 
posed of  negroes. 


Yiuw  of  the  Plain  of  Morocco,  Mid  the  Atlaa  Mooatains. 


MOROCCO. 

8.  The  Empire  of  Morocco  is  the  most  important  of  the 
Barbary  States.  It  includes  Morocco  and  Fez,  and  other 
territories.  The  sultan  or  emperor  is  a  despot,  whose  will 
is  law. 

9.  Morocco  is  less  flourishing  than  formerly ;  the  government  does 
not  encourage  agriculture  or  useful  industry ;  and  its  commerce  is 
almost  destroyed.  Morocco  leather  is  the  most  important  manufac- 
ture ;  it  is  made  in  all  the  large  towns ;  as  well  as  saddlery  and 
carpets. 

10.  The  city  of  Morocco,  the  capital,  lies  on  a  fertile,  wooded 
plain  near  the  foot  of  the  Atlas  Mountains,  180  miles  fr»m  the 
sea.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  wall.  Fez  is  the  largest  city,  and  was 
for  a  time  the  most  splendid  city  of  Western  Africa  ;  it  is  now  much 
decayed. 

11.  The  inhabitants  of  Mequinez  (mek'e-ngz)  are  the  moat  civilized 
in  the  empire.     It  is  sometimes  the  residence  of  the  sultan.     Moga  • 

Arabs?  6.  Berbers,  &o.  ?  7.  Jews,  &c.?  8.  What  of  Morocco?  9.  What 
further  of  Morocco  ?    10.  Of  the  city  of  Morocco  ?    Fer?     11.  What 


308 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


dore  is  a  seaport.  It  was  founded  in  1760,  by  the  emperor  Sidi 
Mohammed,  who  worked  on  some  of  its  buildings  with  his  own 
hands. 

12.  Rabat'  is  one  of  the  most  important  towns  on  the  coast, 
Sallee,  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  river,  was  once  noted  for  its 
piracies.*  Tangier  (tan-jeer')  and  Ceuta  (soo'tah)  are  on  the  Strain 
of  Gibraltar.  The  first  is  the  residence  of  the  foreign  consuls;  th« 
second  has  belonged  to  Spain  since  1640. 


Map  No.  30,  Africa.  — Yfh&t  bound  Morocco  on  the  north?   M.-Sa 
A.-On.— East'     Aa.,  B.-Jd.,  Sa.— South?      Sa.— West?     A.-On.-- 
— What  straic  separates  it  from  Spain  ?     Gr.— What  islands  west  of 
Morocco?     Ma.,  Gy.— What  mountains  extend  through  Morocco? 
As,  —The  principal  peak  ?     M.-Mn.— How  high  is  it  ? 

208  


ALGERIA. 

1.  Algeria  lies  east  of  Morocco,  on  the  Mediterranean 
Sea.  Its  inhabitants  were  once  the  most  daring  pirates  in 
Barbary,  and  committed  such  depredations  on  the  seas  as  ren- 
dered the  Algerines  a  terror  to  Southern  Europe. 

2.  In  the  year  1816,  Commodore  Decatur  chastised  the  Algerines, 
and  compelled  them  to  pay  60,000  dollars  as  an  indemnity  to  the 
United  States.  In  the  following  year  Lord  Exmouth  cannonaded 
the  city  of  Algiers  [ahl-jeerz')  with  a  powerful  British  fleet,  and 
compelled  the  government  to  liberate  all  the  Christian  slaves. 

3.  The  French,  in  1830,  landed  a  large  army,  and  took  the  city 
of  Algiers,  and  afterwards  conquered  the  whole  country.  This 
conquest  has  entailed  avast  expense  on  France,  as  a  strong 'military 
force  is  constantly  maintained.  ^ 

4.  The  city  of  Algiers  is  600  miles  east  of  the  Strait  of  Gibraltar 
It  has  a  good  harbor,  is  strongly  Ibrtified,  and  has  considerable  trade 
Algiers  is  now  partly  a  French  and  partly  a  Moorish  city ;  half  of 
the  population  are  Europeans.  , 

5.  Constantina  and  Tlemsen  are  the  most  important  towns  in  the 
interior.  Oran,  in  the  west,  and  Bona,  in  the  east,  are  seaports. 
Bona  is  the  seat  of  a  noted  coral-fishery. 


of  Mequinez?     Of  Mogadore?     12.  What  of  Rabat  and  the  other 
towns  ? 

Algeria.  Q.—\.  Where  is  Algeria?  Its  inhabitants?  2.  What 
took  place  in  1816?  In  the  following  year?  3.  In  1830?  What  is 
eaid  of  the  eonquebt  ?   4.  Uf"  the  city  of  Algiers  ?   6.  Constantina,  &c.  ? 


*  Bco  Map  of  Europe. 


BARBARY  STATES. 


309 


6..  Tunis.*— Tunis  lies  east  of  Alders.     It  is  the  bpst 
cultivated  part  of  Barbary,  and  the  peo^ple  are  the  most  ci v  t 
zed  portion  of  Its  population.   Olive-oil  and  wool  are  exported 
and  there  is  some  traffic  with  interior  Africa.  ^^'""ea, 

7.  The  city  of  Tunis,  the  capital,  lies  on  the  Bay  of  Tunis      Tt  i« 
the  largest  cx.y  in  Barbary;  the  inhabitants  are  /oiong"?  en  Jeed 
m  piracy  and  have  applied  themselves  to  manufactures  and  com 
merce.     Kairwan  {kire-wahn')  is  the  next  important  town 

«nl\-5.^v.'T';V^-?P^^^  («n>'o-^)  lies  southeast  of  Tunis, 
and  IS  the  least  fertile  state  in  Barbary.  There  are  some  fer! 
tile  districts  along  the  coast;  but  the  chief  part  of  its  teni- 
tory  is  a  desert.     It  is  governed  by  a  Pacha. 

tolerant'thC^jLl  ^  f  ^'^  are  vicious  in  their  habits,  but  are  more 
tolerant  than  those  of  any  other  part  of  Barbary.     An  extensive 

Fezzan,  Barca,  and  Angela  are  subject  to  Tripoli.  Sirica. 

10.  The  city  of  Tripoli,  the  capital,  has  a  irood  harbor  ruc!  ..o^ 
neson  some  commerce.     The  streets' are  nafro;,and7he  houses' 
mean  and  low;  but  the  palace  of  the  Dey  and  some  of  the  mosoZ 

TriDoIi^rtblTT^rj'Q-^'  ^^'r*  I^iV.  i«  separated  from 
Iripoli  by  the  Gulf  of  Sidra.     It  was  in  ancient  times  noted 

valf  T^  *^l  I"'  '  '"^"^^  P"^'^«"  «^  '"^  ««i^  i«  »«w  culti- 
Vdted  ihe  inhabitants  are  Arabs,  who  wander  about  the 
country  with  their  flocks  and  herds. 

12.  The  ruins  of  ancient  cities  in  Tripoli  are  numerous     of  thp« 


Map  iVb  30,  Afnca.-WhBi  bounds  Algeria  north  ?  M.-Sa  -East  9 
Ts -South?  B.-Jd.-West?  Mo.-What  mountains  in  the  south^ 
vl:7^7  t^'^rr^'^  '^'^y\  what  bounds  Tunis  north?  M -Sa  _ 
l.ast?   M.-Sa..  TK-South?   B.-Jd.-West?   Aa.-What  cape  north? 

^Tl!°'^-     I'  '!^^   capital?     Other   town?     8.  Tripoli?     9    Wl^t 


•  Tunis  and  Tripoli  are  nominally  aubjcot  l<,  Turliev      The  Brv  of 
Tun  ,  ana    h,  Pa„ha  of  Tripoli  .,„  nsuall/ chosen  from  am.,„„  the  Turk 


i! 


^10 


DESCRIPTIVE  QEOGRAPHY. 


'—    »■  A 


Tombs  of  Cyrene. 

Bn.— What  lake  south  ?  Lh.— What  bounds  Tripoli  north  ?  M.-Sa. 
—East?  M.-Sa.,  Sa.— South?  Sa.— West?  Ts.,  B.-Jd.— What  gulf 
separates  Tripoli  from  Barca?  Sa. — What  bounds  Barca  north! 
M.  Sa.— East?     Et.— South?     L.-Dt.— West?      G.-Sa. 


209 


BELED-EL-JERID,  ETC. 

1.  Beled-el-Jertd  {he-lect-el-je-reedf)^  or  Land  of  Dates, 
Btretches  along  the  northern  borders  of  the  Great  Desert,  and 
extends  north  to  the  Atlas  Mountains. 

2.  The  soil,  though  dry  and  arid,  produces  dates  in  abundance, 
which  are  the  chief  article  of  food.     This  region  comprises  Si 
petty  states,  peopled  by  Berbers  and  Arabs.  * 

8.  Nearly  all  the  towns  are  surrounded  by  walls,  and  some  are  i.' 
habited  by  two  or  three  different  tribes.  Furious  contests  oftet 
occur  in  these  towns  between  the  various  tribes.  When  these  feuds 
take  place,  the  authorities  close  the  gates  connecting  the  different 
quarters  until  pence  is  restored.  Tuggurt'  and  Gadames  {gah-dah'- 
mes)  are  the  principal  towns. 

THE  GREAT  DESERT. 

4.  The  Great  Desert  extends  from  the  Atlantic  Ocean 
almost  to  the  river  Nile.  It  is  a  series  of  table-lands  varying 
in  elevation.  In  some  parts  the  surface  is  covered  with  sand, 
in  others  it  is  rockv  and  stony. 


Beled-el-Jerid.     Q.—l.  What  is  said  of  Beled-elJerid  ?     2.  Soil? 
States,  &o.  ?    8.  Towns  ?     4.  Describe  the  Great  Desert.    6.  How 


THE   GREAT  ArRICAN   DESERT. 


311 


.-Sa. 
gulf 
)rth! 


ites, 
and 


mo'c, 


e  1.^ 

)ftet 

euds 

jrent 

iah'- 


;ean 
nng 
md, 


loil? 
How 


«nl'  wfl  T  "  '".f^  ""^  *«■■«  diversified  with  watered 
//.A  , 'r  ^ f*'.:  "*."•*'*  '^'*''"  »*'  *>""»«.  Fezzan',  Tibesty 
cipal  '       '  '^'^'^^'  "■"*  ^"*''  "«  '•'«  P""- 

*n  fh^Afi'  I"'-"*'  ^n*.^?**  ^'^'•'  e'f'ending  from  Pezzan 

lL\n  ?h     •"?  ?"^'  '""=  knowledge  of  the  arts.    Mourzouk  (w,or! 
?^ri2'i      Al^fi.'rr.-J'  '"■'f"'?"«d  town,  600  milesToSof 

Tib\o:s\„Trh^r.'i.rr-iw:,,««'^r  tratt^& 

aezvous.     The  Tuancks  are  a  tall,  handson..  people  with  brirf>t 
KUt^rpe:-^.  "'  "  °"-'""'"''  '""•  "-''-  Van  tK'f 
hv^thl"/,'"'"'"'^  the  Great  Desert,  Irnvellers  are  ofYen  plundered 

"P  by    ™r;,s''th id  Vl  :"  ""/".'""^T"  "y  "■«  -n^bTo-n 
overwhoir,  Xm      Th  •  ■*  f"!;''.^"'  ""   »'"■  »■"•   sometimes 

z^i^X^u  s?m"etir -alt  n :  ":-,"h^  7:^  1^::::^ 

f^\rpSd'"wir,c  '^^' " »™-'  °'  i««^  =rs 


FeLtrt^Ihe  Tih?„"'  f   t"  "'I''^;'  *"■ '     ^-  ^^'-'  "  »«'<'  of 
ieaooastr  Tuarioks?     9.  Travellers  f     19.  Th. 


312 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOQKAPHY. 


10.  On  the  sea-coast  of  the  Desert  are  various  predatory  tribes, 
who  often  plunder  vessels  shipwrecked  on  their  shores.  In  various 
parts  of  the  Sahara  there  are  mines  of  rock-salt,  which  is  trans- 
ported to  Soudan  by  caravans. 


Map  No.  30,  Africa.— novT  is  Beled-el-Jerid  bounded?  How  is 
the  Great  Desert  bounded ?  What  tribes  are  in  the  centre  and  east' 
Ts.,  Ts.— On  the  west?  Ms.,  Ws.,  Ts.,  Bs.— What  salt-mines  in  the 
Great  Desert?  Tt.,  Ty.,  An.— Oases?  Fn.,  Ty.,  Bh.,  Ar.,  Tt.,  Aa., 
Sa.,  Sh.,  E.-Dl.,  E.-Kb. — How  long  and  wide  is  the  Great  Desert? 
What  capes  are  on  the  coast?  Br.,  Bo.— Where  is  Sahara?  Libyan 
Desert  ?  '' 


210 


THE  REGION  OF  THE  NILE. 

1.  The  Region  of  the  Nile  includes  that  part  of  Africa 
watered  by  the  river  Nile  and  its  tributaries,  comprising 
Egypt,  Nubia,  Abyssinia,  Kordofan,  and  Darfur. 

EGYPT. 

2.  Egypt  lies  in  the  northeastern  part  of  Africa,  and  is 
celebrated  for  its  antiquity  and  for  the  early  civilization  of  its 
inhabitants.  Its  vast  pyramids,  splendid  obelisks,  and  the 
ruins  of  its  ancient  cities,  attest  its  former  magnificence. 


The  Region  of  the  Nile.     Q. — 1.  What  does  the  region  of  the  Nile 
include  ?     What  does  it  comprise  ?    2.  What  is  said  of  Egypt  ?    The 


EGYPT. 


313 


t  3.  It  includes  the  districts  of  Bahari  (hah'hah-re),  Voatani 

iyo8-tahne\  and  Said  (sah-eed').  The  territories  are  Nubia 
and  Kordofan'  The  whole  is  1400  m..es  long,  and  from  300 
to  500  miles  wide. 

Tn^iftfF?!*  belonged  to  Turkey  for  more  :han  three  hundred  years. 
In  1811,  Mehemet  Ah  became  Pacha,  and  for  a  time  Ejrypt  was  in- 
dependent. He  introduced  schools  and  manufactures,  but  taxed  the 
people  grievously  and  monopolized  nearly  all  trade. 

6.  In  1841  the  great  European  powers  compelled  him  to  Bubmit  to 
the  authority  of  the  Porte,  and  to  relinquish  his  possessions  in  Syria 
^yPrus,  and  Candia.     The  government  of  Egypt  is  hereditary  in  his 

6.  Egypt  is  very  fertile,  owing  to  the  annual  overflowing  of  the 
Nile.     Agriculture  is  diligently  pursued,  and  of  some  products  three 
crops  are  raised  annually.     Indian  corn,  rice,  wheat,  sugar-cane 
indigo,  tobacco,  and  cotton  are  the  chief  products.  ' 

7.  The  inhabitants  are  native  Egyptians,  or  Fellahs,  Arabs,  Turks 
and  Copts,  with  some  negro  slaves.     Except  a  few  Jews  and  Eu- 
ropeans, they  are  all  Mohammedans.     The  army  numbers  145  000 
men,  disciplined  like  European  soldiers.    The  navy  comprises  several 
ships-of-the-line  and  frigates. 

8.  Egypt  abounds  ifl  antiquities ;  among  them  the  most  remark- 
able are  the  pyramids,  of  which  Cheops  {ke'oj>s),  the  largest,  is  four 
hundred  and  eighty  feet  high:  its  base  covers  thirteen  acres  of 
ground.  Ancient  historians  sta^^  that  one  hundred  thousand  men 
labored  twenty  years  in  its  construction. 

9.  The  ruins  of  ancient  Thebes  extend  for  seven  miles  along 
both  banks  of  the  Nile,  and  comprise  magnificent  temples,  deco- 
rated with  sculpture,  great  numbers  of  columns,  and  long  lines  of 
colossal  statues.  The  two  largest  and  least  dilapidated  temples 
are  those  of  Karnak  and  Luxor :  the  former  covers  an  area  of  nine 
acres. 

10.  C*iro  (ki'ro),  the  capital,  is  on  the  Nile.  The  streets  are  nar- 
row and  crooked,  and  camels  and  ^sses  are  used  instead  of  horses. 
Mosques  are  numerous,  and  some  of  them  are  splendid  structures! 
There  are  several  large  schools,  a  university,  museum,  magnetic 
observatory,  European  theatre,  and  other  public  buildings.  A  rail- 
road extends  to  Alexanaria,  120  miles,  and  another  to  Suez  across 
the  desert,  180  miles.  * 

11.  Alexandria,  near  the  western  mouth  of  the  Nile,  is  the  great 

pyramids?  3.  The  Bahari,  &c.  ?  Territories?  4.  How  long  did 
this  country  belong  to  Turkey?  What  occurred  in  1811?  5.  In 
1841?  6.  What  is  said  further  of  Egypt?  Of  agriculture?  Of 
Indian  corn,  &c.  ?  7.  Of  the  inhabitants?  Army?  Navy?  8  An- 
tiquities? 9.  Ruins  of  nncicnt  Thebes?  10.  What  of  Cairo ?  What 
of  mosques,  &c. ?      Railroads?      11.  What  of  Alexandria?     When 


814 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


The  Great  Square  in  Cairc. 

emporium  of  Egypt.  It  was  founded  by  Alexander  the  Great,  about 
2200  years  ago,  and  was  long  the  seat  of  the  arts  and  sciences.  It 
has  now  an  extensive  commerce,  and  looks  like  a  European  rather 
than  an  African  city.  Its  naval,  military,  and  commercial  establish- 
ments are  extensive.  The  trade  is  chiefly  with  Great  Britain  and 
Turkey.  ^ 

12.  Damiet'ta  ii  at  the  eastern  and  Rosetta  at  the  western  moutk 
of  the  Nile.  Their  trade,  which  was  considerable,  has  been  trans- 
ferred to  Alexandria.  Siout  (se-oof)  and  Girge  (j'eer'jeh)  are  the 
largest  towns  in  Upper  Egypt.  Suez  (soo'ez)  Is  on  the  Red  Sea,  and 
18  a  station  for  the  Bombay  steamships. 


Map  No.  31,  Eff7/pt—Wh&i  bounds  Egypt  on  the  north?  M.-3a. 
—South?  Na— East?  R.-Sa.^West?  Ln.-Dt.— What  river  flows 
through  Egypt  ?  Ne.— What  isthmus  connects  Egy^t  with  Arabia  ? 
Sz.— -How  wide  is  it?  What  is  the  country  at  the  mouth  of  the  N'le 
called?  Da.— What  is  a  Delta?  (See  page  72.)  What  vast  struc- 
tures nearly  west  of  Cairo  ?  Ps.— What  ruins  in  the  south  part  of 
Egypt?  Ts.—For  how  many  miles  is  the  Nile  navigable  for 
steamers  ? 

211  


NUBIA,  ABYSSINIA,  ETC. 

1.  Nubia  lies  south  of  Ejjypt,  and  is  composed  chiefly  of 
rocky  and  sandy  deserts.  Since  1821  it  has  belonged  to 
Egypt,  and  comprises  two  divisions, —  Lower  Nubia  and 
Upper  Nubia. 

2.  Lower  Nubia  extends  from  the  rivci*  Atbara  north  to 
Egypt.      Its  only  productive  soil  is  a  narrow  strip  on  the 

founded?     Commerce,  &c.?     12.  What  of  Damietta,  &o.?     Siout. 
fro.  ?     Suez,  &c.  ? 

^ubia,  Jfc.     Q.—l.  Where  is  Nubia?    What  is  said  of  it?    2.  9f 


:A 


ABYSSINIA. 


315 


WQst  side  of  the  Nile,  irrigated  by  water  raised  from  tlio 
liver. 

3.  Upper  Nubia  includes  Sennaar  (sen-nar'\  and  extends 
south  from  the  Atbara  Kiver  to  Abyssinia.  It  is  drained  by 
the  tributaries  of  the  eastern  branch  of  the  Nile. 

4.  The  inhabitants  of  Lower  Nubia  are  of  the  Berber  race  •  those 

hlu  L  T  'I-*  ^l^\  The  latter  were  noted  robbers,  but  a^e  now 
held  m  subjection  by  the  Pacha  of  Egypt. 

6.  There  are  many  remains  of  ancient  temples.     They  are  either 
under  ground  or  cat  out  of  solid  rock  on  the  surface.^  EbsambS 

Ltnumlts^  "'     "  "''''  'P^'"^^^'  *"^  """^^  "^y  ^^  '^'  E«yP«  "» 

,n»^;t5^*'!?-°''  '^  *.^®  principal  town  of  Nubia;  it  is  a  noted  alave- 
Ztf\  niH  'A  «*'"«^"«^^  ^l  Egyptian  troops.  New  Dongola  {donff'- 
ffo-lah),  Old  Dongola,  and  Shendy  are  small  towns.  Sennaar,  once 
a  large  city,  is  no>y  decayed.  At  Suakem  {soo-ah'kem)  MohamiLedan 
pilgrims  from  the  interior  take  passage  for  Mecca. 

ihl'  ^**^'Sfn  ?'  ^iu"**^*^  r®'^  ^^  *^«  ^^^^«  Nile,  was  conquered  in 

Koi^n  1  ^/  *^'  ^r*'*  °^  ^«yP'-  ^^^^^^  {dar-foor'l  west  S 
Kordofan,  is  a  dry  sandy  country,  but  the  tropical  rains  cause  it  to 
produce  wheat  and  millet.  Berooo,  or  Wad  ay  (wah'di),  west  of 
Darfur,  is  reported  to  be  populous.  ^  ^ 

nnL.'^o^®-®"''''/^/  (^At-WooA^),  on  the  White  Nile,  are  blacks  of 

of^rwhu'/M^M  '^l^^^^i  ?""'  (*«^'"^)'  ^^^^^  «««  o»  l«>th  sides 
of  the  White  Nile,  DOO  miles  farther  up  than  the  country  of  the  Shil» 

illV  'l^^^'^f  *>y  *  ^l»«k  people  of  still  greater  size  and  strength, 
the  men  being  from  seven  to  seven  and  a  half  feet  in  height. 

ABYSSINIA. 

^  9.  Abyssinia  (ab-ts-si7i'e-ah)  lies  southeast  of  Nubia  •  it 
IS  rugged  and  mountainous,  with  deep  fertile  valleys.  Though 
situated  m  the  torrid  zone,  the  climate  is  generally  temperate. 
Wheat,  barley,  and  teff  are  the  chief  products ;  salt  is  the 
principal  mineral. 

10.  The  people  are  in  some  respects  superior  to  those  around  them ; 

but  their  manners  are  cruel  and  'icentious.     At  their  feasts  they  eat 

raw  animal  flesh      Human  life  h  but  little  regarded.     Intoxication 

revaiir''     *  P^'*'*^'*^  ^^  ^ives  is  common,  and  great  depravity 

n.  The  religion  is  a  corrupt  kind  of  Christianity,  intermixed  with 
Jewish  rites  and  ceremonies.     Baptism  and  the  Lord's  Supper  are    - 

LowerNubia?    3.  Of  Upper  Nubia?    4.  The  inhabitants?    5.  Ancient 

fiTrf'  Q  ^u^^'^^.^^T^:  *«:  I    I  Kordofan,  &c.?     8.  The  Shilluks 
Ban?     9.  Where  IS  Abyssinia?     10.  What  of  the  people?     11.  Of 


316 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


administered,  and  Saturday  and  Sunday  are  observed  as  a  sabbath. 
Learning  is  confined  to  the  priests,  and  connected  principally  with 
their  system  of  religion. 

12.   Abyssinia   was  for   a  long   period   an   absolute    monarchy 
subject  to  one  ruler;  but,  by  internal  dissensions  and  the  invasion 
of  the  Galla   trioes,   it  has   been   broken  up   into  several  states 
governed  by  independent  chiefs.  ' 

13.  Gon'dar,  the  capital,  is  now  much  decayed.  Antalo  and  Adowa 
{ah  do-wah)  are  the  other  principal  towns.  Axum  (ahk-soom')  is  in 
ruins,  and  is  remarkable  for  its  antiquiiies.  Mas'suah  is  the  seaport 
of  Abyssinia.  ^ 

Map  No.  80,  Africa.— Wovf  is  Nubia  bounded?  What  river  in 
Nubia  ?  Ne.  The  chief  brauches  of  the  Nile  are  the  Bahr-el-Azrek 
and  XhQ  Bahr-el-Abiad:  the  first  is  also  called  the  Blue,  and  the 
second  the  White  Nile ;  the  latter  is  the  chief  branch.— What  desert 
in  Nubia?  Nn.— What  bounds  Abyssinia  on  the  north?  Na.— East? 
R.-Sa.— South  ?  Al.,  Ea.— West?  Sn.— What  lake  in  the  centre? 
Da.— What  river  flows  from  it?  Br.-Ak.— What  mountain  south? 
A. -Yd.— What  tribe  west  of  Abyssinia?  Ss.— Country  west  of  Dar- 
fur?  Wy.— Whai  river  flows  through  Bergoo ?  Md.— What  towns 
are  on  the  Nile  ia  Nubia?     On  the  Bahr-el-Azrek  in  Abyssinia? 


212 


\VE8TERN  AFRICA. 

1.  Western  Africa  extends  aloug  the  Atlantic  coast 
from  the  Great  Desert  to  the  Nourse  River.  Its  chief  divi- 
sions are  Seuegambia,  Upper  Guinea,  and  Lower  Guinea.  It 
is  noted  for  its  productive  soil  and  ltd  luxuriant  vegetation. 

2.  The  inhabitants  are  mostly  ignorant  and  barbarous;  their 
chiefs  are  despotic,  and  are  regarded  by  their  subjects  as  a  sacred 
race.  The  least  barbarous  tribes  have  adopted  the  Mohammedan 
religion ;  but  Fotichism,  or  the  worship  of  snakes,  lizards,  and  other 
disgusting  objects,  prevails. 

8.  In  this  region  the  slave-trade  has  been  carried  on  by  Europeans 
to  a  greater  extent  than  with  any  other  part  of  Africa;  and,  notwith- 
standing the  exertions  made  to  suppress  it,  it  is  still  pursued. 

SENEGA  MBI  A. 

4.  Senegambia  comprises  that  portion  of  Western  Africa 
between  Sahara  and  the  Colony  of  Liberia.     It  has  a  number 


What  of  the  Gallas  ?    18.  Gondar,  and 


religion?    12.  Government? 
the  other  towns? 

WetttrnA^frka.   ^.—1.  What  of  Western  Africa?  2.  The  inhabitants! 


SIERRA   LEONE. 


317 


of  small  states,  of  which  Foo'ta  Jallon',  Bambouk  (hahm- 
^ohk  )  and  Soohinana,  all  in  the  interior,  are  the  principal. 
iJambouk  is  noted  for  ite  gold. 

5.  The  inhabitants  of  Foota  Jallon  belong  to  the  Foulaha.  The 
*  oulahs  are  found  scattered  over  Western  and  Central  Africa  Thev 
onn?/  ♦I  T  ««'»'P'*^>on'  ^i*h  high  and  pleasing  features,  and 
consider  themselves  superior  to  the  people  around  them.  Thi  Ja- 
lofts  and  Mandingoes  differ  from  the  Foulahs  in  complexion  and 
general  appearance.  ^ 

6.  The   English,  French,  and   Portuguese   hare   settlements  on 
various  parts  of  the  coast,  and  trade  with  the  natives  for  ivory 
gum-arabic,  gold-dust,  and  palm-oil.  ,  ^' 

SIERRA   LEONE. 

7.  The  British  colony  of  Sierra  Leone  (Ae-gr'rah  le-o'tie) 
was  established  in  1787,  with  the  view  of  suppresiiinK  the 
slave-trade  on  the  western  coast  of  Africa.  It  is  a  small 
colony,  and  la  maintained  at  the  cost  of  the  British  eovorn- 
mcnt.  .  ® 

8.  The  population  is  about  60,000,  nearly  all  of  whom  are  libe- 
rated slaves  taken  from  captured  slave-ships.  About  100  of  the  in- 
habitan  8  (chiefly  the  government  officers)  are  whites;  the  climate  is 
unhealthy.     Freetown  is  the  capital:  there  are  a  few  amall  viUaire. 


Religion?      8    Slave-trade?      4.  Where   is  Senogambia?      5    The 
Foulahs?     Jaloffs,  &o.?     6.  Tbe  English,  French,  Ac? 
Sierra  Leoms.     g.—7.  What  of  Sierra   Leone? 

31 


a  What  of  tht 


318 


DESOaiPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


LIBERIA. 

9.  Liberia  is  a  republic,  and  extends  along  the  western 
coast  of  Africa,  from  the  river  Gallinas,  420  miles  southeast, 
to  the  San  Pedro,,  and  from  the  coast  north  about  40  miles. 
The  immigrant  population  is  about  15,000,  and  the  native 
200,000. 

10.  Liberia  was  esttoblished  in  1821,  by  the  American  Coloniza- 
tion Society,  as  a  place  of  refuge  for  the  free  negroes  and  emanci- 
pated slaves  of  the  United  States,  and  is  regarded  as  a  successful 
experiment. 

11.  The  society,  in  1847,  relinquished  its  authority  to  the  colo- 
nists, who  then  organized  a  republican  government,  modelled  after 
that  of  the  United  States.  Several  of  the  neighboring  tribes  have 
placed  themselves  under  the  protection  of  Liberia,  for  the  purpose 
of  acquiring  the  arts  and  customs  of  civilization. 

12.  Monrovia,  the  chief  town,  contains  about  400  houses,  in- 
cluding churches,  schools,  &c.  There  are  several  other  towns  and 
settlemeats  at  various  points  on  the  coast ;  of  these,  Buchanan,  Bassa 
Cove,  Greenville,  iEdina,  and  Harper,  are  the  chief. 


Map  No.  80,  Africa. — How  is  Sencgambia  bounded  ?  What  four 
rivers?  81.,  Qa.,  Nr.,  R.-Ge. — How  long  is  the  Senegal?  What 
cape  on  the  west?  Yd. — What  French  settlement  on  the  Senegal 
River?  S.-Ls.— British  settlement  on  the  Gambia?  Bt. — What 
settlement  on  the  Rio  Grande  ?  Pe.— -What  islands  lie  west  of  Cape 
Verd  ?    C.-Vd,— What  British  colony  in  the  south  ?     S.-Le. 

Map  No.  32,  Liberia. — What  are  the  principal  rivers  of  Liberia? 
How  long  is  St.  Paul's  River  ?  Which  is  the  most  northern  cape  ? 
Mt. — Southern  ?«  Ps. — Near  what  cape  is  the  capital  V     Mo. 


213 


UPPER  AND  LOWER  GUINEA. 

1.  TTppER  Guinea  extenda  along  the  Atlantic  coast  from 
Senegambia  to  the  Cameroons  Mountains.  Points  on  the 
coast,  from  west  to  east,  are  called  by  navigators  the  Ivory 
Coast,  Gold  Coast,  and  Slave  Coast. 

2.  Upper  Guinea  contains  the  native  kinjrdoms  of  Ashantee, 
Dahomey,  Yoruba,  and  some  British  and  Dutch  settlements. 

inhabitants?    9.  What  of  Liberia?    Of  the  population?    10.  What  is 

__;-!     _l*ii_ x_l_l'„1 aO  ¥T •_    Ji __J  _Jft  ^  t       ¥iri-_i % 

■s«#A^  \>i   i\tT>  vH*  «*i*  t  zrisi  tiicza  *  i       x*wW  sr?  •*■  rci^tSt  \{i>v«  ■       i  i*   tt  risi.  ocCtilTC^ 

in  1847?     Neighboring  tribes?     12.  What  of  Monrovia?    The  other 
tow.    ,  &o.  ? 

Upper  and  Lower  Quinea.      Q. — 1.  What  of  Upper   Guinea?     2. 


1 


I 


LOWER   GUINEA. 


S19 


8.  AsHANTEE'  lies  between  the  Kong  Mountains  and  the  Gnlf  of 

?hpTh  h-f  'f  '?'  '^'''  ^^P'^'"''^"^  ^^^i^«  «t^t«  in  Western  Africa 
Ihe  inhabitants  have  some  of  the  elements  of  civilization   hnr  J vl 
in  a  state  of  shocking  barbarity.  civilization,  but  liye 

4  The  horrid  custom  of  sacrificing  human  beings  on  the  death 
of  he  sovereign  prevails.  Coomassit  (A:oo-ma*'..fthe  capitel  U 
well  built,  and  has  a  fortified  palace.  ^  capital,  la 

5    On  the   Gold  Coast   there  are  several   European   forts  or 

Z  J2i'r^     n^^^  n'  ^^^P'^rpo^e  of  trading  with  the  natives 
or  gold-dust      ^ape  Coast  Castle  is  the  principal  of  the  British 
lactones,  and  Jilmina  (el-me'nah)  of  the  Dutch. 

6.  Dahomey  (rfaA-Ao'may)  lies  east  of  Ashantee,  on  the  Gulf  of 
t'nT'  ^Y' ^''''^^:^^^  }\^^^^^ited  by  a  warlike  and  ferocious 
people  A  large  portion  of  the  army  is  composed  of  women.  Abo- 
mey  {ab-o-may')  is  the  capital. 

tend;  loTt^nl'r  f^^  o;^J>ahomey,  on  the  Gulf  of  Guinea,  and  ex- 
1m  1  Z\  ?  .  Kong  Mountains.  It  includes  Benin  {ben-een>)  and 
ot^er  petty  states.      Abeokuta,  the  chief  town,  is  11  miles  in  cir- 

ChrlJL  ''  •  ^  ^'^^'*.  "^'^'■**  ^'''^''  ^^«^n'  ^nd  contains  several 
FnrnnZ  "^^'.«'°"'Y^  ^*,^tion8.  On  the  coast  the  chief  trade  with 
±iUropeans  is  in  palm-oil. 


LOWER  GUINEA. 

8.  Lower  Guinea  .extends  along  the  Atlantic  coast  from 
the  Cameroons  Mountains  to  the  Nourse  River,  and  comprises 
iiiafra,  1  ongo,  Loango,  Congo,  Angola,  and  Benguela.  The 
sea-coast  of  these  countries  is  known  to  navigators  bv  the 
name  of  The  Coast.  . 

0.  BiAFRA  and  Ponoo  lie  between  the  Atlantic  coast  and  Crystal 
Mountains ;  they  are  fertile  and  populous.     Loango,  south  of  Pongo 
has  a  fine  climate  and  fertile  soil:  the  slave-trade  is  carried  on  from 
Its  chief  ports,  Cabenda  and  Loango. 

10.  CoNoo,  Anoola,  and  Bknquela  {hen-gay'lah)  lie  south  of  the 
river  Congo.  The  whole  region  is  said  to  be  fertile,  though  but 
thinly  peopled.  These  territories  were  discovered  by  the  Portuguese 
in  1487.  and  have  been  under  their  control  ever  since;  but  their 
autlutrify  in  the  interior  is  nominal. 

11.  St.  Salvador  is  the  principal  town  of  Cntigo,  St.  Paul  de 
Lonndi  and  St.  Felipe  de  Benguela  nro  the  chief  seaports  in  Angola 
ftQd  Ji.  nguela:  from  these  ports  the  slave-trade  is  corried  on. 


Kinstdoms.  ^c?     8.  Ashnntee?     4.  What  of  human  sacrifice'     Coo- 
"T*"!"^  />    The  Gobi  Coast  ?     0.  Dahomey?     7.  Wlint  of  Yoruba? 
8.  What_^ of  Lower  Guinea?     9.  Of  Biafra,  &c.  ? 


Of    Abeokuta? 


10,  Of  Congo,  Ac?     11.  St.  Salvador? 


320 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


Map  No.  30,  Africa. — What  bounds  Upper  Guinea  on  the  north  ? 
Sn.— East?  L.-Ga.— South?  G.-Ga.— West?  Sa.,  La.— What  moun- 
tains on  the  north  ?  Kg. — How  is  Lower  Guinea  bounded?  I^ame 
its  rivers.  Co.,  Az.,  Ca.,  Ne. — Mountains.  CI.,  Me. — What  islands 
in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea?  F.-Po.,  Ps.,  S.-Ts.,  An. — To  what  power 
do  the  last  thr^  belong?  What  mountains  between  Upper  and 
tiower  Guiilea  ?    Cs. 


-  214 


liusiituau  disguisitid  i\&  an  Odtrich. 

SOUTHERN  AFRICA. 

1.  Southern  Africa  comprises  nearly  all  the  territory 
south  of  Ethiopia.  It  includes  Cape  Colony,  Caifraria,  Ornn^e 
River  Free  State,  Natal,  Trans- Vaal  Republic,  Zoolu  Coun- 
try, the  districts  inhabited  by  the  Hottentots  and  the  Bedui- 
anas,  and  those  watered  by  the  Zambezi  {zam-hay'ze)  River 
and  its  branches. 

2  Capb  Colony  was  settled  by  the  Dutch  in  1650,  and  camo  into 
the  possession  of  Great  Britain  in  1815.  The  population  consists 
of  British,  Dutch.  Malays,  Hottentots,  and  Negroes. 

8  The  soil  along  the  coast  is  fertile,  and  produces  grain,  wine, 
and  fruits.  In  the  interior  is  the  Great  Karroo,  a  dry,  storilo  pin  In, 
much  freqtiented  by  the  ostrich.  The  firinrr'*,  or  Doers  {hovrs)^ 
occupy  extensive  larms,  and  raise  largo  herds  ot  cattle. 


Snufhfirn  ji^Jra.     Q. — 1.  What  docs  Southern  Africa  comprise? 
What  does  it  include?     2.  What  of  Capo   Colony?     8.  The  soil? 


SOUTHERN   AFRICA. 


821 


\ 


4.  Cape  Town,  the  capital,  is  on  Table  Bay,  at  the  base  of  Table 
Mountain.  It  is  an  important  stopping-place  for  vessels  sailing 
to  and  from  India.  Graham's  Town  is  the  next  important  place. 
Constantla  {kon-atan'ahe-ak),  near  Cape  Town,  is  famous  for  its 
wine. 

6.  Caffraria  was  once  a  large  territory,  but'  is  now  greatly  re- 
duced in  its  dimensions.  It  lies  northeast  of  Cape  Colony.  The 
Caffres  have  been  nearly  exterminated  by  wars  between  them  and 
the  colonists. 

6.  The  inhabitants  are  athletic,  of  a  deep-brown  color,  with 
frizzled  though  not  woolly  hair.  War,  hunting,  and  tending  their 
herds  of  cattle  are  the  employments  of  the  men.  The  women  cul- 
tivate the  ground,  build  huts,  and  make  baskets  of  reeds  that  will 
hold  milk. 

7.  Natal  {nak-takVf 'ib  a  British  settlement,  chiefly  of  Dutch  Boers 
from  Cape  Colony:  it  extends  200  miles  along  the  coast,  and  is  a 
finel;? -watered  district.     D' Urban  is  the  chief  town. 

8.  The  Oranqe  River  and  Trans-Vaal  {trans-vahV)  Republics 
are  in  the  interior,  northeast  of  Cape  Colony,  and  on  the  west  side 
of  the  Draakberg  {drahk'bgrg)  Mountains.  The  white  inhabitants 
are  Bo«rs  from  Cape  Colony  who  were  dissatisfied  with  the  govern- 
ment; they  number  about  28,000.  The  British  have  acknowledged 
their  independence. 

9.  The  ZooLu  Country  extends  north  of  Natal,  and  is  very  similar 
to  Natal  in  surface  and  soil.  The  inhabitants,  called  Zoolus,  re- 
semble the  Caifres,  and  raise  fine  cattle. 

10.  Country  op  the  Hottentots. — This  country  is  inhabited  by 
the  Damaras,  Naniaquas,  Griquas  {gre'kwahz),  and  other  tribes,  all 
known  by  the  general  name  of  Hottentots.  They  are  a  quiet,  igno- 
rant race,  dirty  in  habits  and  ugly  in  person.  Some  have  bp»in 
taught  by  the  missionaries  to  cultivate  the  ground,  raise  cattle,  and 
work  at  a  few  of  the  most  common  trades. 

11.  The  Bushmen,  or  Wild  Hottentots,  go  almost  naked,  and  re- 
side in  holes  in  the  ground,  or  clefts  in  the  rocks  They  use 
poisoned  arrows  in  killing  wild  beasts  and  in  War.  They  display 
some  ingenuity  in  disguising  themseveM  in  imitation  of  the  ostrich, 
and  when  thus  disguised  are  enabled  to  approach  that  shy  bird 
sufficiently  near  to  destroy  it. 

12.  Country  of  the  Be^^HuaNas.— The  Becliuanas  {betch-oo-ah*naz) 
are  similar  to  the  Caffres  (kd/'ferz),  but  have  made  more  progress 
in  the  arts.  They  live  in  towns,  nnd  cultivate  the  Soil.  Kiiruman 
(koo'roo-mahn),  Maahow  {mah-shSw'),  Kolobeng',  and  KUrrecehano 
{kur-rt-kah'nay)  are  the  chief  towns. 


farmers?  4.  Cape  Town,  Ac?  6.  What  of  Caffraria f  6.  What 
of  the  inhabitants?  Their  employments?  7.  Of  Natal,  &c.  ?  8. 
Oivmnro  River  and  Trims- VanI  llcpublicM?  0.  Tlio  Zoolu  Country  ? 
10<  Country  of  the  Hottentots?     11.   The  Bushmen?      12.  CountVV 


322 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Kurreechaue. 

13.  That  part  of  A,,ica  lying  north  of  the  Bechuansi  and  the 
Kalihari  Desert  was  explored,  between  the  years  1849  and  '56,  by 
'he  missionary  Dr.  Livingstone.  Here  he  discovered  Lake  Ngnmi 
[ngah'me),  and  the  head-waters  of  the  Congo  and  Zambezi  Rivers. 

14.  These  countries  have  numerous  rivers,  which  overflow  their 
banks  in  the  rainy  season.  They  are  for  the  most  part  fertile  and 
well  peopled,  and  abound  in  animals,  wild  and-  domestic.  The  popu- 
lation consists  of  semi-barbarous  tribes,  of  whom  the  Makololo,  the 
Balonda,  and  the  mlobale  seem  to  be  the  chief. 

15.  These  tribes  are  friendly  to  the  missionaries,  and  are  desirous 
to  trade  with  Europeans  and  to  acquire  the  arts  of  civilized  life. 
American  and  English  cotton  cloths,  and  other  fabrics,  were  found 
there  by  Dr.  Livingstone,  having  been  obtained  from  Portuguese 
traders  in  exchange  for  ivory,  skins,  and  other  native  products. 


Map  iVb.  30,  Africa. — What  countries  south  of  the  Tropic  of 
Capricorn?  C.-C,  Ca.,  Nl.,  O.-R.-F.-S.,  T.-Ro.,  Zs.— What  tribes? 
Hs.,  Bs.,  Ns.,  Gs.,  Ds.,  Cs.,  Ba.,  Mo.,  Be. — What  is  the  southernmost 
cape  of  Africa  ?  As. — Cape  northwest  of  Agulhas  ?  G.-He. — Chief 
rivers?  Oe.,  Ka.,  Ta  .  Lo.,  Zi. — Mountains?  Sw.,  Dg. — Desert  west 
of  the  Bechuanas?     Ki. 

215 


EASTERN   AFRICA. 

1-  Eastern  Africa  extends  from  Abyssinia  to  the  Zoolu 
Country  on  the  Atlantic  coast,  a  distance  of  3000  miles. 
Scarcely  any  other  part  of  the  world  is  so  little  known  as 
the  interior  of  this  region. 


of  the  Bechuanas  ?  Towns  ?  13.  When  was  that  part  of  Africa  north 
of  the  Bechuanas  explored?  By  wliom?  What  did  he  discover? 
14.  What  of  these  countries  ?  Of  the  animals  ?  The  population  ?  15. 
What  of  these  tribes?  What  arc  they  desirous  of  doing?  What 
were  found  among  them  ?     How  wori'  (liose  nrticles  obtaiiH.l  ? 

J^astrrn  Jj'i'.ca,     (?.— 1.  What  of  Ijistorn  Africa?     2.  What  of  the 


EASTERN    AFRICA. 


323 


2.  The  east  coast  of  Africa,  down  to  10°  south  latitude,  is 
inhabited  in  the  north  by  the  Somaulies,  and  in  the  south  by 
the  Suwahillies.  They  are  of  dark  complexion ;  the  Somaulies 
are  the  lightest  and  most  intelligent. 

3.  The  Country  of  the  Somaulies  extends  from  Abyssinia  to 
Zanguebar.  The  Somaulies  trade  with  the  Arabs.  Hindoos,  and  the 
interior  tribes.  The  surface  is  hilly  and  fertile;  it  is  the  native 
region  of  incense,  myrrh,  and  sweet-smelling  gums 

4.  Ber'bbra  and  Adel  (ah-deV)  are  the  chief  States  on  the 
northern  coast;  the  principal  towns  are  Berbera  and  Zeyla  {zay'  i\, 
HuRRUR  is  an  independent  State  in  the  interior  The  capital  is  a 
walled  town  of  the  same  name.  The  people  are  bigoted  Mohamr 
medans.  ' 

6.  A.TAN  {ah-zhahn')  extends  south  from  Cape  Guardafui.  It  is 
sandy,  hiMy,  and,  except  in  the  northern  parts,  barren.  Magadoxo, 
once  an  important  State,  belongs  to  Zanzibar.  Its  chief  town, 
Magadoxo,  has  some  commerca. 

6.  Zanguebar  extends  jalong  the  coast  from  Juba  River 
to  Cape  Delgido.  The  Suwahillies  are  the  most  numerous 
people.  They  trade  with  Uniamesi  {oo-ne-ah-ma/se)  and  other 
interior  countries  in  slaves,  ivory,  gum-copal,  and  ostrich- 
feathers. 

7.  The  city  of  Zanzibar',  on  the  island  of  the  same  name,  is  the 
chief  commercial  port  of  Eastern  Africa.  The  sultan,  whose  power 
extends  over  the  coast  from  Cape  Dalgado  {del  gah'do)  to  Cape 
Bassas,  and  those  who  compose  the  ruling  race,  are  Arabs  origin- 
ally from  Muscat. 

8.  The  native  commerce  of  this  region  is  carried  on  by  means  of 
vessels  callcid  dows,  the  planks  of  which  are  sewed  together.  The 
ports  of  Zanzibar,  Mombas,  Lamoo,  and  Juba  are  visited  by  American 
ships. 

9.  Mozambique  (mo-zam-beek')  belongs  to  Portugal;  it  extends 
from  Cape  Delgado  to  Delagoa  Bay.  This  colony  was  once  im- 
portant for  its  trade,  but  is  now  much  decayed.  The  inland  tribes 
are  independent. 

10.  The  city  of  Mozambique  is  the  residence  of  the  Portuguese 
governor.     Quilimane  {ke-le-mah'nay),  Sofala,  and  Inhambane  {een- 
ahin-bahn')  are  the  other  chief  towns  on  the  coast;  those  in  the  in 
torior  are  Sana  {say'nah)  and  Teto  {tay'tay).     The  trade  is  chiefly  in 
slaves,  gold,  coffee,  ivory,  and  manna. 


east  coast?  8.  The  country  of  the  Somaulies?  What  is  said  of 
thorn?  The  surface?  4.  Berbera  and  Adel?  Hurrur?  6.  Of 
Ajan?  Magadoxo?  6.  What  of  Zanguebar?  The  Suwahillies? 
7.  The  city  of  Zanzibar?  Tlio  sultan?  8.  Commerce?  9.  Of  Mo- 
•ambiquo?     10.  The  city  ?     Chief  towns? 


824 


DESCKirTIVE   GEOGRAriiY. 


Map  No.  30,  Africa. —yihfki  gulf  north  of  Berbera?  An. — What 
people  north  of  the  Juba  River?  Ss. — What  country  on  Haines 
River?  Mo. — Mountains  west  of  the  Somaulie  country?  Mn. — 
What  country  south  of  Juba  River  ?  Zr. — What  people  in  Zangue- 
bar?  Ss. — What  islands  south  of  the  equator  near  the  coast ?  Pa., 
Zr.,  Ma. 

21" 


CENTRAL  AFRICA. 

1.  Central  Africa  comprises  the  interior  countries  south 
of  Sahara  and  north  of  the  region  explored  by  Dr.  Living, 
stone.     The  chief  divisions  are  8oudan  and  Ethiopia. 

2.  Soudan  (soo-dahn!),  sometimes  called  Nigritia  {ne-grish!- 
yah),  is  an  extensive  region,  bounded  north  by  the  Sahara, 
east  by  Darfur  and  the  White  Nile,  south  by  Ethiopia  and 
Guinea,  and  west  by  Senegambia. 

8.  The  river  Niger  flows  through  a  considernble  portion  of  the 
territory  into  the  Gulf  of  Guinea.  Lake  Tchad  {chahd)  is  a  large  lake 
in  Soudan.  Other  lakes  are  Pittre  {fil'tray)^  east  of  Lake  Tchad,  and 
Debo,  an  eicpansion  of  the  Niger  River. 

4.  The  region  along  the  Niger  was  explored  first  in  1795,  and 
again  in  1805,  by  Mungo  Park,  and  the  lower  portion  in  1880  by  the 
brothers  Lander. 

6    Between  the  years  1822  and  182G,  Denham  and  Clapperton,  two 


y. — I.  What  does  Central  Africa  comprise  ?    Chief 
divisions?      Soudan. -—^L   Whore  is  Soudan?      3,  What  of  the  river 


Ventral  Africa. 
visions  ?      Son 
Niger?     4.  Of  the  rejjiou  along  the  Nigjor?    5,  Of  l>cnli;iiu  and  Clav)- 


CENTRAL   AFRICA. 


325 


\ 


and 


British  travellers,  crossed  the  Sahara  from  Tripoli  to  Soudan,  and 
explored  the  kingdoms  of  Bornou  and  Houssa  {hdw'sah).  They  were 
the  discoverers  of  Lake  Tchad. 

6.  From  1849  to  1866,  Dr.  Barth,  and  Messrs.  Richardson,  Over- 
weg,  and  Vogel,  crossed  the  desert  through  Fezzan  and  Air,  travelled 
eastward  to  Lake  Tchad,  and,  like  their  predecessors,  explored  the 
kingdoms  of  Houssa  and  Bornou.  Dr.  Barth  visited  Tinibuctoo  on 
the  west,  Begharmi  on  the  east,  and  Adamaua  on  the  south. 

7.  The  people  of  Soudan  consist  of  negroes,  Fellatahs,  and  Shouas 
They  commenced  their  conquests  on  the  Niger  about  the  year- 1800. 
Their  dominions  extend  from  Sahara  southward  to  the  river  Tsaddn, 
and  from  Senegambia  to  Darfur.     They  are  Mohammedans.     The 
Shouas  of  Bornou  are  of  a  light  olive  complexion. 

8.  Soudan  consists  of  numerous  kingdoms,  of  which  little  is 
known.  The  soil  variec  in  fertility.  Indian  corn,  cotton,  titnl 
indip  seem  to  be  everywhere  cultivated.     The  climate  is  hot,  and 


various  petty  states.     The  population  of  Soudan  is  estimated  at 
10,000,000. 

9.  Ethiopia  was  the  name  given  by  the  ancients  to  the  region 
south  of  Egypt.  As  discoveries  have  been  made,  the  territory  has 
become  more  and  more  restricted.  At  present  the  name  is  applied  to 
the  unexplored  region  of  Central  Africa  on  both  sides  of  the  equator. 

10.  It  is  the  field  of  the  explorations  of  Beke,  Petherick,  and 
others,  who  entered  it  from  the  north.  Petherick  explored  the  country 
to  Mundo,  near  the  equator,  and  made  important  discoveries. 

11.  Between  the  years  1857  and  1869,  Captains  Burton  and  Speke, 
of  the  British  East  India  army,  travelled  inland  from  Zanzibar 
Island  until  they  reached  Uniamesi,  or  the  Land  of  the  Moon. 

12.  Here,  in  1859,  Burton  discovered  Lake  Tanganyika  {tan-gan- 
ye'kah),  due  west  from  Zanzibar.  To  the  northeast,  200  miles  distant, 
Speke,  the  same  year,  discovered  Lake  Victoria  Nyan'za.  These  ar<l 
fresh-water  lakes  of  considerable  size.  \ 

13.  In  1864,  Baker,  an  English  traveller,  discovered  that  the  Nile 
has  its  rise  in  Lakes  Victoria  Nyanza  and  Albert  Nyanta  Lake 
Albert  Nyanza  lies  about  i60  miles  northwest  of  Victoria  Nyanza 

14.  Except  the  Gallas,  in  the  northeast,  the  inhabitanis  of  Ethiopia 
are  negroes;  they  are  ignorant,  cruel,  debased,  and  superstitious- 
The  Niam-Niams,  lately  visited  by  Petherick,  are  cannibals. 


perton?     6.  Dr.  Barth  and  others?     7.  Of  the  people  of  Soudan? 
Of  their  dominions?      Religion,  &c.  ?      8.  What  of  the  kingdoms? 

O'-ril,    1-s.t.-.    ;  iiii5Vi|"T5     --wsilts  ICC  ;  ^Jt ttfj^'ttt, P.      TT  :i;ii      UJ      X^iillUpia! 

10.  Of  explorations?     11.  What  occurred  between  1867  and  1859? 
12.   What  of  Burton  and  Speke  ?     13.  What  was  discovered  ia  1864? 

11.  What  of  the  inhabitants? 


32G 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Map  No.  30,  Africa.— Wh&i  lies  north  of  Soudan?  G.-Dt.—South  ? 
Ga.,  Ea.— East?  Dr.,  Aa.— West?  Sa.— -Largest  rivers?  Nr.,  W.-N. 
— Lakes?  Td.,  Do.,  Fe.— Mts.  ?  Kg.— What  rivers  flow  into  Lajte 
Tchad?  Sy.,  Yu. — Largest  branch  of  tiie  Niger?  Ta.  — What  lie 
north  of  Ethiopia?  Sn.,  Aa.— East?  Ss.,  Zr.— South?  S.-A.— West? 
L.-G. — Mountains  eskst?  Mn.— Mountains  west?  CI. — Largest  rivers 
in  Ethiopia?     Co.,  W.-N.— Lakes?    V.  Na  ,  A.  Na..  Ta. 


217 


ISLANDS  OF  AFRICA. 

1 .  Most  of  the  islands  lying  around  and  near  Africa  belong 
to  European  powers. 

2.  The  Azores,  or  Western  Isles,  lie  near  the  northwest  coast, 
and  belong  to  Portugal.  The  climate  is  delightful;  the  prod'  cts  f.re 
grain,  wiue,  and  fruits. 

3.  The  Madeira  (mah-de'rah)  Islands  belong  to  Portugal.  Ma- 
deira, the  larges^,  is  a  beautiful  island,  and  is  noted  for  its  wine. 
Coffee  and  sugar  are  the  chief  products.  Funchal  [foon  shahV)  is 
the  capital. 

4.  The  Canary  Islands  are  south  of  Madeira,  and  about  60  milei 
from  the  coast.  They  contain  many  mountains,  of  which  the  most 
celebrated  is  the  Peek  of  Teneriffe.  Santa  Cruz,*in  the  island  of 
Tenet iffe,  is  ih.i  capital.  Sugar,  cochineal,  and  various  fruits  are 
produced.     The  Canary  Islands  belong  to  Spain. 

5.  The  Cape  Verd  Islands  are  south  of  the  Azores,  opposite  the 
coast  of  Senegambia.     St.  Jago  is  the  principal  island.     Fogo  coii 
tains  an  active  volcano.     Salt,  goat-skins,  coffee,  and  cotton  are  the 
i>hief  products.     The  Cape  Verds  belong  to  Portugal. 

6.  Fern.  N DO  Po,  Prince's,  St.  Thomcs,  and  Annobon  are  small 
islands  near  the  coast  of  Lower  Guinea.  The  first  belongs  to  Spain, 
the  others  to  Portugal. 

7.  Ascension  Island  is  a  small  island  in  the  ?i*outh  Atlantic.  St. 
H'ilena  also  lies  in  the  Atlantic :  it  is  noted  as  the  place  of  exile 
•^nd  death  of  Napoleon  Bonaparte.    These  belong  to  Great  Britain. 

8.  The  Ethiopian  Archipelago,  situated  on  the  eastern 
side  of  Africa,  comprises  Madagascar,  the  Mascarenha  {inahs- 
kah-ren'yah),  Seychelle  (sny-sheel)  Alrairaute  {alme-rantf), 
Cora'oro,  and  some  other  smaller  islands. 

9.  Madaqasoar  is  the  largest  African  island.    It  has  a  fertile  soil, 


African  Mandt.  Q, — 1.  What  of  the  African  islands  ?  2=  Of  the 
Azores  ?  3.  Madeira  Islands  ?  4.  Canary  Islands  ?  5.  Cape  Verd 
Islands?  H  Fernando  Po,  &c.  ?  7.  Ascension  and  St.  Helena?  8. 
What  does  the  Ethiopian  Archipelago  oomprise  ?    9«  What  is  said  of 


OCEANICA. 


327 


and  is  rich  in  minerals      The  inhabitants  consist  of  various  tribes; 
the  Ovahs  and  Sackalavas  are  the  most  important.     They  nianulac 
ture  iron,  carpets,  and  cotton  goods,  and  raise  considerable  quanti 
ties  of  sugar. 

10.  Imkrina  {e-maf/'re'nah)  is  the  most  important  state  in  Madagas- 
car. In  1846  all  Europeans  were  expelled:  and  for  many  years  after- 
wards the  .ative  Christians  were  cruelly  pcrsecuttd.  Since  1851), 
however,  a  spirit  of  toleration  has  prevailed.  Tananarivou  [tahnak 
nah~re-voo')  is  the  capital.  Bomhetok  Bay,  and  some  of  the  otbei' 
bays  and  ports,  aro  occasionally  visited  by  American  vessels. 

11  The  Mascarenha  Islands,  east  of  Madagascar,  are  Bour- 
bon, Mauritius  [maw-rish'e-uts)  or  the  Isle  of  France,  and  others. 
They  are  very  fertile:  coiFee  and  sugar  are  the  chief  products. 
Mauritius  is  noxed  as  the  scene  of  the  touching  tulc  of  l?aul  iind 
Virginia.  Bourbon  contains  an  active  volcano,  which  serves  as  a 
light-house.  Port  Louis,  in  Mauritius,  and  St.  Denis,  in  Bourbon, 
are  the  chiet  towns. 

12  The  SEYCH'jiLLE  and  Almirantk  Islands  are  a  dependency  of 
Mauritius:  they  produce  cotton;  tuo  C'ocos  de  3Ier,  or  double  cocoa- 
nut,  grows  in  Mahe  {mah-hay'),  the  largest  of  the  Seychelles.  The 
Comoro  Isles  are  mountainous,  but  fertile  and  well  peopled. 

13  MoNFiA  (moii'fe'ah),  Zanzibar,  and  Pemba  are  fertile,  well- 
settled  islands  Zanzibar  City,  on  the  island  ol  ihe  same  name,  is 
the  capital  of  the  possessions  of  the  Sultan  of  Zanzibar.  Soc'otua 
is  noted  chiefly  for  the  superior  quality  of  its  aloes.  All  these 
islands  belong  to  the  Sultan  of  Zanzibar. 


31ap  No.  30,  Africa^ — To' whom'  do  the  Azores  belong?  Madeiras? 
Canaries?  CapeVerds?  Ascension?  St.  Ilelexia  ?  Mauritius? 
Bourbon?  Alrairan.e?  Seychelle?  ^.  hat  channel  separates  Mada- 
gascar from  Africa?  Me. — Its  northern  cape?  Ao. — Southern? 
S  -My. — What  island?  west  of  Madagascar?  Co. — What  Islands  be- 
long to  Zanzibar?  Pa,,  Zr.,  Ma.,  Sa. — Near  what  cape  is  the  island 
of  Socotra?     GI. 

— 218  


OCEANICA. 

1.  OcEANiCA  comprises  the  islands  which  He  south  of 
Asia,  and  tho^e  between  Asia  and  America  in  the  I'acifio 
Ocean ;  they  are  on  both  sides  of  the  equator,  and  are  di voided 
into  Malaysia,  Australasia,  and  Polynesia. 

2,  Oceanica  extends  from  north  to  south  about  6200  miles, 


Madagascar?     10.  Imovina?     11.  What  of  the  Mascarenha  Islands? 
12.  The  Seychelles,  &c.  ?     Comoro  ?     13.  Monfia,  &c.  ?     Socotra  ? 

Octanica,    Q. — 1.  What  of  Oceanica?     2.  Its  extent?    Area  of  land 


I. 


328 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


and  from  east  to  west  11,000  miles,  comprising  almost  one- 
third  of  the  superficies  of  th'^  globe,  and  about  one-eleventh 
of  its  land  surface.  Area  of  the  land  surface,  4,500,000 
square  miles. 


Inhabitants  of  Oceanlca. 

3.  The  discovery  of  the  islands  of  Oceanica  commenced  soon  aftei* 
the  discovery  of  America.  More  than  three  hundred  years  ago, 
Magellan,  the  first  navigator  who  sailed  round  the  globe,  passed 
through  the  strait  which  bears  his  name,  and  crossed  the  Pacific 
Ocean  in  a  direction  from  southeast  to  northwest. 

4.  After  Magellan,  the  Spaniards,  Dutch,  and  English  continued 
the  work  of  discovery.  Captain  Cook  contributed  more  to  our 
knowledge  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  than  any  other  individual.  Since 
his  time,  many  navigators  and  whalers  have  explored  it  in  various 
directions.  In  the  year  1841,  the  American  Exploring  Expedition 
Visited  a  number  of  these  islands. 

5.  The  islands  of  Oceanica  are  principally  within  the  tropics,  and 
are  exposed  to  a  considerable  degree  of  heat.  Some  of  them  have 
a  delightful  climate,  and  are  among  the  most  fertile  spots  on  the 
globe. 

e.  Nearly  all  the  large  islands  are  mountainous,  and  volcanoes 
fcre  numerous.  The  smaller  islands  are  low :  some  scarcely  rise 
above  the  surface  of  the  water,  and  are  Without  Vegetation  or  in- 
habitants: some  are  covered  with  groves  of  coooanut  and  other 
trees,  and  are  Well  peipled. 

surface?  8.  What  is  said  of  its  discovery,  &c.?  4.  What  took  place 
after  Magellan  ?  What  in  said  of  Captain  Cook  ?  Wliat  has  occurred 
ftinoc  his  time?     In  1841?     6.  What  of  these  islands?     6.  Of  the 


MALAYSIA. 


31^9 


7.  The  animals  are  like  those  of  Southern  Asia;  but  there  are 
several  peculiar  to  these  islands.  The  orang-outang  is  found  in 
Sumatra  and  Borneo;  the  Malay  tapir;  in  Java  and  Sumatra;  the 
kangaroo,  emeu,  duckbill,  and  black  swan  in  Australia. 

8.  The  natives  of  Oceanica  differ  in  manners,  customs,  and  con- 
dition. They  are  for  the  most  part  of  two  racc3, — the  Malays, 
and  the  Papuan,  or  Melanesian  Negroes. 

9.  The  Malays  comprise  two  classes, — nobles  and  slaves.  In  some 
quarters  they  are  civilized,  in  others  they  are  extremely  barbarous. 
The  people  of  Polynesia  are  both  Christians  and  Pagans ;  those  of 
Malaysia  are  Mohammedans  and  Pagans. 

10.  The  Papuans,  a  variety  of  the  Black  race,  are  smaller  in  size 
than  the  African  negroes,  and  not  so  dark  in  complexion.  They 
are  generally  destitute  of  clothing,  have  no  permanent  dwellings, 
and  live  on  the  most  common  food. 


219 


Malays  captaring  a  European  Vessel. 


MALAYSIA. 

1.  Malaysia  receives  its  name  from  the  Malays,  who 
compose  the  chief  part  of  the  inhabitants.  It  contains 
the  islands  of   Sumatra,  Java,  and  Bor'neo  (usually  called 

large   islands?      7.  Animals?      8.  Natives  of  Oceanica?      9.  The 
M^ilays?     10.  Papuans? 

Malaysia.     Q. — 1.  What  is  said  of  Malaysia?     What  does  it  con- 


330 


DESCRIPTIVE  aEOGRAPHY. 


the  Sunda  Isles) ;  the  island  of  Cel'ebes,  the  Moluccas,  or 
8piee  islands,  the  1  hiiippme  Islands,  and  some  smaller 
groups. 

2.  The  climate  is  hot.  The  soil  is  productive,  and  yields  in  abun- 
dance valuable  spices  and  fruits,  among  which  a.e  the  clove,  nutmeg, 
muce,  cinnamon,  and  pepper ;  sugar,  cott'ee,  cotton,  rice,  tobacco, 
indigo,  and  gutta  percha  are  produced. 

8.  The  commerce  is  in  the  hands  of  the  Europeans  and  Chinese. 
The  latter,  in  their  ships,  called  junks,  trade  with  all  the  islands. 
Edible  birds'-nests  are  exported  to  China,  where  they  bear  a  high 
price. 

4.  The  Malays  are  generally  of  a  yellowish-brown  complexion. 
They  are  Mohammedans,  and  have  a  strong  passion  for  gambling. 
Many  were  pirates,  and  formerly  captured  European  and  other 
merchaut-vesstjls.  A  number  of  Chinese  emigrants  have  settled  in 
various  parts  of  Malaysia,  and  are  noted  for  their  industrious  and 
quiet  habits. 

5.  Sumatra  is  divided  into  several  petty  native  kingdoms,  and  is 
partly  subject  tp  Holland.  Some  of  the  interior  tribes  are  canni- 
bals. The  Battas  eat  the  prisoners  taken  in  war.  The  island  of 
Banca,  on  the  eastern  coast,  is  noted  for  its  tin. 

6.  Java  is  a  fertile  region,  and  one  of  the  richest  islands  in  the 
world;  It  is  remarkable  for  the  number  of  its  volcanoes.  About 
three-fourths  of  the  island  belongs  to  the  Dutch;  the  remainder  is 
governed  by  two  native  princes.  » 

7.  Batavia  is  the  capital  of  Java,  as  well  as  of  all  the  Dutch 
possessions  in  the  East.  It  is  a  great  commercial  city.  Sama- 
rang  is  the  next  important  town.  Djokjokarta  {jok-yo-kar' iah) 
is  the  capital  of  the  emperor's,  and  Surakarta  of  the  sultan's 
dominions. 

8.  East  of  Java  are  the  islands  of  Bally,  Sumbawa,  Floris,  and 
Timor  {te-more').  Sumbawa  [soom-haiv'wah)  is  noted  for  its  ter- 
rific volcano.  Timor  belongs  jointly  to  the  Dutch  and  the  Por- 
tuguese. 

9.  Borneo  is  a  large  and  fertile  islaftd,  rich  in  gold,  diamonds,  and 
other  minerals.  The  interior  is  inhabited  by  ferocious  warlike  tribes. 
The  island  has  several  distinct  states.  Sarawak'  is  under  the  pro- 
tection ot  Great  liritain;  mission  stations  and  sohools  have  been 
established  here.  Tiie  Dutch  have  considerable  influence  in  the  south- 
ern part  of  the  island.  Borneo  and  Banjarmassin  [bahn-yar-mahs- 
ain')  are  the  chief  towns. 

10.  Northeast  of  Borneo  are  the  Soolno  Islands      The  people  are 
v^cscbes  is  a  IfifgC  island ;   tho  northern  part  is  iu- 


H 


tain?  2.  Wlint  of  the  rlitnute?  Soil.  ^c.  ?  8.  What  of  commerce? 
4,  The  Mnlaya?  5.  Sumatra?  6.  Java?  7.  Batnvia,  &c.  ?  8. 
What  of  Bally,  &c.  ?     9.  Borneo,  &c.  ?     Sarawak  ?     10.  Tho  Sooloo 


AUSTRALASIA. 


331 


habited  by  the  Bugis  (boo'jeez),  and  the  southern  by  the  Macassars. 
Macassar,  the  chief  town,  belongs  to  the  Dutch. 

11.  The  Spice  Islands  belong  eftiefly  to  the  Dutch ;  cloves,  nut- 
megs, and  mace  are  the  products.  Qiiolo,  Ceram',  Bouro,  Banda, 
and  Amboy'na  are  the  principal  islands. 

12.  The  Philippine  Islands  belong  to  Spain,  and  comprise  two 
large  and  a  number  of  smaller  islands.  They  are  rich  in  natural 
resources,  and  furnish  many  valuable  articles  of  commerce.  The 
inhabitants  are  chiefly  of  the  native  races,  the  Tagalas,  Bisayas,  &c. 

13.  Manilla,  in  the  west  part  of  the  island  of  Luzon  Uoo-zon^),  is 
the  capital  of  all  the  Spanish  colonies  in  the  £ast.  It  is  the  centre 
of  an  extensive  commerce,  and  its  harbor  is  thronged  with  Euro- 
pean, American,  and  Chinese  vessels. 

Map  No.  83,  Oceanica. — What  great  circle  passes  through  Malay- 
sia? Er. — In  what  zone  is  Malaysia?  Td. — Which  is  the  longest 
of  the  Sunda  Islands,  Sumatra  or  Java  ?  Sa. — The  most  populous  ? 
Ja. — Which  is  the  largest  of  the  Philippines?  Ln. — How  long  and 
wide  is  Borneo?  What  strait  separates  Sumatra  ffom  Malacca? 
Ma. — Sumatra  from  Java  ?  Sa. — Borneo  from  Celebes  ?  Mr. — How 
wide  are  the  Straits  of  Sunda  7 


220 


M 


AUSTRALASIA. 

1.  Australasia  comprises  the*  islands  lying  southeast 
of  Malaysia :  Australia,  New  Guinea,  and  New  Zealand  are 
the  largest.  The  native  inhabitants  are  chiefly  Tupuau  ne- 
groes. 

2.  Australia  is  the  largest  island  in  the  world,  and  h  now  called 
a  contineni.  It  belongs  to  Qreat  Britain.  Victoria,  New  South 
Wales,  Queensland,  North  Australia,  South  Australia,  and  West 
Australia  are  its  chief  divisions. 

8.  The  climate  and  products  of  Australia  are,  owing  to  its  extent 
•f  latitude,  extremely  various.  The  Blue  Mountains  is  the  most, 
extensive  range  of  mountains,  and  the  Murray  the  largest  river. 
Immense  quantities  of  gold  have  been  found  in  New  South  Wales 
and  Victoria,  and  some  copper  in  Sou*h  Australia.  Coal  and  lead 
abound.  The  land  generally  seems  better  adapted  for  grH/mg  than 
for  tillage.  Sheep  are  abundant,  and  their  wool  and  tallow  are  im- 
portant articles  of  export. 


Islands?     11.  What  is  said  of  the  Spice  Islands?     12.  Philippine 
Islands?     13.  Manilla? 

Auafralngia.     Q, — 1.  What   of    Australasia?     2. 
chief  divisions,  &o.  ?    8.  Climate,  &o.  ?    Mountains  ? 


Australia?     Its 
Rivers?   Gold? 


^wiij'Wiwiy.'«ii*'n^«wmi  !■  iiiwwifiw^'NVi'''^*''"****""''***"'''''""''^*'' 


332 


DESCRIPTIVE   GEOGRAPHY. 


Convicts  landing  in  Tasmania. 


4.  The  aborigines  of  Australia  are  savages  of  the  lowest  order : 
those  in  the  interior  live  on  roots  and  the  products  of  the  chase ; 
those  on  the  coast,  by  fishing,  notwithstanding  their  canoes  are  of  the 

rudest  kind.  They  are  often 
merely  a  large  piece  of 
bark,  folded  and  tied  up  at 
each  end ;  in  other  cases 
they  are  cut  out  of  a  solid 
log,  p-nd  admit  but  a  single 
Canoos  with  one  man.  person,  who  sits  and  rows 

and  steers  with  his  hands. 

5.  A  penal  colony  was  founded  in  1788,  in  New  South  Wales,  to 
wliich  many  thousand  criminals  were,  from  time  to  time,  transpoi'ted 
from  Great  Britain.  But  this  was  abolished  m  1840,  and  the  popu- 
lation now  consists  of  free  settlers. 

6.  Since  the  discovery  of  gold,  in  1861,  the  colonies  of  New  South 
Wales  and  Victoria  have  greatly  increased  in  population.  South 
Australia  and  Queensland  are  flourishing  colonies.  No  great  im- 
provement has  yet  taken  place  in  North  or  West  Australia. 

7.  Sydney,  in  New  South  Wales,  is  the  capital.  Melbourne  (mrl'- 
thtirn).  in  Victoria,  is  the  largest  city  in  Australia.  Both  have  excel- 
lent harbors  and  an  extensive  commerce.  Most  of  the  gold  found 
on  the  isliind  is  exportod  from  these  cities.  Adelaide  is  the  chief 
town  of  South  Australia,  Brisbane  of  Queensland,  and  Perth  of 
West  .Austral' a. 

8.  TAaMANiA  i^  uuai'ly  iniunl  in  area  to  the  State  of  South  Carolina. 


4.  What  is  said  of  the  aborigines?     5.  What  of  a  penal  colony? 
ti.  Of  the  increase  in  poptilation?     7.  Of  the  principal  cities?     8. 


AUSTRALASIA. 


333 


I 


The  climate  is  cooler  than  that  of  the  southern  part  of  Australia,  but 
the  productions  are  nearly  the  same.     Hobart  Town  is  the  capital. 

9.  New  Zealand  (z^land)  belongs  to  the  British,  and  comprises 
the  islands  of  New  Ulster,  New  Muuster,  and  New  Leinster  (lin'aier). 
In  combined  area  they  are  about  equal  to  the  State*  of  New  York 
and  Pennsylvania.  The  soil  is  fertile,  and  produces  Indiaa  com, 
wheat,  yams,  potatoes,  and  flax  of  excellent  quality. 

10.  The  natives  are  well  formed,  varying  in  complexion  from  a, 
chestnut  color  to  a  dingy  white.  They  were  formerly  very  warlike 
and  ferocious,  and  were  cannibals.  Tattoo- 
ing was  general,  and  the  faces  of  the  chiefs 
were  almost  entirely  covered  with  figures  of 
various  kinds.  The  New  Zealanders  make 
good  sailors,  and  many  of  them  serve  on 
board  merchantmen  in  that  capacity. 

11.  In  New  Ulster  the  migsionaries  have 
converted  the  greater  portion  of  the  na- 
t  ^es,  and  taught  them  to  read  and  write. 
Here  nearly  all  the  British  colonists  are 
settled.  Auckland  is  the  capital,  and  Wel- 
lington and  New  Plymouth  are  the  next 
important  towns. 

12.  Papua  (pah'poo-ah),  or  New  Ouiwjba,  is  a  very  fertile  island, 
so  far  as  it  has  been  explored.  Louisiadb  (loo-e-ze-ahcF),  New 
Britain,  New  Ireland,  Solomon's  Abchipklaoo,  New  Hebiiides, 
and  New  Caledonia,  lie  in  the  northeast  of  Australasia,  and  are* 
but  little  known.  The  inhabitants  are  divided  into  petty  tribes,  who 
are  constantly  at  war  with  each  other.  The  French  government 
took  possession  of  New  Caledonia  in  1652,  and  established  a  eolonj 
there. 

13.  The  Antarctic  Continent  is  about  2000  miles  south  of  Aut- 
tralia.  It  was  discovered  in  1840  by  the  American  Exploring  Expe- 
dition, commanded  by  Captain  Wilkes.  About  the  same  distance 
south  of  New  Zealand  is  Victoria  Land,  discovered  in  1641  by 
Captain  Ross,  of  the  British  Navy.  Both  these  regions  are  covered 
with  ice  and  snow,  and  are  uninhabited.     (See  Map  No.  8.) 


Vvw  Zealand  CUe£ 


Map  No.  83,  Ocf^nica.— What  great  circle  forms  the  north  bouni- 
ary  of  Australasia?  Er.— What  tropic  passee  through  Australia? 
Cn.— In  what  lones  is  Australasia?  Td.,  8.-Te.— What  strait  sepa- 
rates Australia  and  Papua  or  New  Guinea?  Ts.^Australia  and 
Tasmania?  Bs.— Name  the  New  Zealand  Isles.  Lr.,  Mr.,  N.-Lr. 
— What  strait  separates  New  Munstor  from  New  Ulster?     Ck. 


Tasmania?     9.  Now  Zealand  ?     10. 
tattooing?       11.  Of  New   Ulster? 
Louisiade,  &«.  ?    New  Galeduul.i  ? 
toria  Land? 


What  of  the  native^  &c.  t     Of 

Auckland?       12.  Of  Papua? 

13.  AuUimUo  CoutiocQt?    Vio- 


334 


DESCRIPTIVE   OEOGRAPHT. 


Sandwich  Islanden  deatroying  their  Idola. 


POLYNESIA. 

1.  Polynesia  comprises  the  islands  which  lie  in  the  Pacific 
Ocean,  between  Malaysia,  Australasia,  and  the  108th  degree 
of  west  longitude.  The  climate  is  similar  to  that  of  the  West 
Indies,  but  more  mild  and  regular. 

2.  The  chief  products  are  the  bread-fruit,  yam,  taro  root, 
sweet  potato,  plantain,  banana,  cocoa-nut,  oranges,  limes, 
citrons,  pine-apples,  figs,  &c. 

3.  The  people  of  Polynesia  are  called  South  Sea  Islanders;  they 
are  generally  mild  and  gentle,  but  fierce  and  warlike  when  stimu- 
lated by  interest  or  revenge  ;  their  wars  have  been  carried  on  with 
such  ferocity  that  some  islands  have  been  almost  depopulated. 

4.  The  Ladrone  Islands  were  discovered  by  Magellan,  in  1521. 
The  Caroline  Islands,  or  New  Philippinks,  extend  2000  miles  froiu 
east  to  west,  and  comprise  many  groups.  Both  these  groups  belong 
to  Spain. 

5.  The  Sandwich  Islands,  or  kinijdora  of  Enwnif  (hah-wi'e),  is 
the  roost  civilized  group  in  Polynesia.  Hawaii,  the  chief  island, 
is  about  equal  in  area  to  the  State  of  Connecticut.  It  is  moun- 
tainous, and  contains  the  volcano  of  Kilauea  Ike-ldw-ay'ah).  whose 
qrater  is  the  largost  in  the  world. 


Pohfnetia.     <).—l.  What  of  Polynesia?     Climate?     2.  Products! 
8.  The  people,  &c.  ?    4.  Ladrone?    Caroline?    6.  Sandwich  Islands? 


POLYNESIA. 


335 


6.  The  people,  in  1819,  destroyed  their  idols;  in  the  fc 'lowing 
jear  the  Christian  religion  was  introduced  by  American  missiona- 
ries. The  inhabitants  now  read  and  write,  churches  are  numerous, 
and  books  and  newspapers  are  printed  in  the  language  of  th,e 
country. 

7.  Honolulu,  on  the  island  of  Oahu  {wah'hoo),  is  the  capital  of 
Hawaii ;  a  portion  of  the  inhabitants  are  Americans.  Many  Ame- 
rican and  European  whalers  and  other  ships  frequent  the  ports ; 
some  small  vessels  belong  to  the  natives.  Lahaina  {lah-hi'nah)  is 
a  considerable  town.  The  native  population  of  these  islands  de- 
creases rapidly. 

8.  The  Mendana  Archipelago  comprises  the  Marquesas  {mar- 
kay'aahs)  and  Washington  Islands.  They  are  fertile,  and  furnish 
food  almost  without  labor.  The  natives  are  finely  formed,  and  are 
not  much  darker  than  Southern  Europeans.  The  Marquesas  Islands 
belong  to  France. 


Tahitliin  Dunce. 

9.  The  people  of  the  Society  and  Georoian  Islands  were  the 
first  in  Polynesia  to  embrace  Christianity.  Eimeo  (i'me-o)  is  the 
chief  station  of  the  English  inisaionaries.  TaJiiti  (fah-he'te),  or  Ota- 
hoite  {o'tah-he-te),  the  largest  of  the  Georgian  Islands,  is  governed 
by  a  queen ;  it  was  taken  possession  cf  by  the  French  in  1846. 

10.  The  Pear..  Islands  comprise  an  extensive  group  of  small 
islands:  they  are  but  little  known;  many  are  uninhabited.  The 
Austral,  Hervey,  and  Palliser  IriAwos  are  near  Tahiti;  the 
people  speak  a  languago  siniMar  to  that  .f  the  Tahitians,  and  have 
been  nearly  all  converted  to  Christianity. 


0.  What  occurred  in  1819?     7.  What  of  Honolulu  ?     8.  Of  Mendana 
Archipelago?     9.  Society  and  Georgian  Islands?      10.  Pearl  U.  ? 


336 


DESCRIPTIVE  GEOGRAPHY. 


11.  The  Friendly  Islands  comprise  the  Navigators',  Tonga, 
Hapai  [hah-pi'e),  and  Feejee  Islands.  The  Feejee  Islands  belong  to 
Qreat  Britain.  The  Feejees  are  the  most  savage  and  warlike  people 
in  Polynesia;  they  are  muscular,  and  of  very  dark  complexion. 
In  the  Tonga  and  Hapai  Islands,  a  great  number  of  children  are 
instructed  in  the  schools,  and  many  of  the  natives  are  church- 
members. 

12.  PiTCAiRN  Island  -was  settled  by  the  descendants  of  the  muti- 
neers  of  the  ship  Bounty;  the  inhabitants  were  removed  to  Norfolk 
Island,  but  h  ve  lately  returned.  The  Central  Archipelago,  the 
Archipelagoes  of  Magellan  and  Anson,  and  the  Bonin  {bo-neen') 
group,  comprise  a  number  of  small  islands  that  are  but  little  known 
and  seldom  visited. 

Map  No.  83,  Ocecmca.— -What  great  circles  pass  through  Polyne- 
sia ?  T.-Cr.,  Er.,  T.-Cn.— In  what  zones  is  Polynesia  ?  N.-Te.,  Td., 
S.-Te. 

Map  No.  34.  Oceanica. — Which  is  the  largest  island  of  Polynesia? 
Hi. — The  most  northern  ?  Mh. — Southern  ?  Kc. — On  which  island 
is  Mt.  Mauna  Kea  [mdw'nah  kay'ah)t  Hi. — This  is  the  highest 
mountain  in  Polynesia. — How  many  inhabitants  in  the  Sandwich 
Islands  in  1853?  The  population  of  the  Sandwich  Islands  has 
decreased  one-half  in  about  thirty  years.  On  what  island  was 
Captain  Cook  killed,  and  when  ? 


Austral,  &c.?     11.  Friendly  Islands?     Feejee  Islands?    12.  Pitcairn 
Island  ?     Central  Archipelago,  &c.  ?     Bonin  Islands  ? 


THE   END. 


OAXTON    PRggM    or 
BIIERHAN    *    0  0,,    P  U  I  L  A  0K  H- III  A. 


-y    —  .^-^-^J^    ^ 


CATALOGUE 


or 


Ipprobeb  School  anb  CaHtje  fd-foohs, 

PUBLISHED  BY  E.  H.  BUTLER  &  CO., 
137  South  Foarth  Street,  Philadelphia. 


Goodrich's  Pictorial  History  of  the  United  States. 

A  Pictorial  History  of  the  United  Statea,  with  noticoB  of  other  portions  of  Amertc». 
By  8.  0.  Goodrich,  author  of  "  Pe-ier  Parley's  Tales."  for  the  ase  af  Schools. 
ReTiseU  and  improved  edition,  brought  down  to  the  preseut  time  (1860).  Re-written 
•ud  newly  illustrated.    1  vol.  12mo.,  embossed  backs.    Upwards  of  460  pagea. 

Goodrich's  American  Child's  Pictorial  History  of 

the  United  States.  An  introduction  to  the  author's  "Pictorial  History  ot  tb« 
United  States." 

Goodrich's  Pictorial  History  of  England.  A  Pic- 
torial History  of  England.  By  8.  Q.  Goodrich,  author  of  "  Pictorial  History  of  tfa« 
United  States,"  eto. 

Goodrich's  Pictorial  History  of  Rome.    A  Pictorial 

History  it  Ancient  Home,  with  sketches  of  the  History  of  Modern  Italy.  Bj  8.  Q 
'lOODRioa,  author  of  "  Pictorial  History  of  the  United  Stati>8  "  For  the  OM  ol 
Boiiouis.    MeTisod  and  improved  edition. 


PnbliBbed  by  £.  R    BUTLEB  &  GO.,  Pbilad«lpbia. 


z 


OATALOOUE  OF  STANDARD  BOOKb. 


Goodrich's  Pictorial  History  of  Greece.    A  Pictorial 

fliirtiory  of  Greece  ;*AncIent  and  Modern.  By  8.  G.  Goodrich,  Rothor  ot "  Pictoria) 
Htotory  of  th«  United  Stater."    For  the  use  of  Schoola.    Revhied  edition. 

Ooodrich's  Pictorial  History  of  France.    A  Pictorial 

HiBtory  of  France.  For  the  nse  of  Schools.  By  8.  G.  GoouwoH,  author  of  "Pio 
torlal  History  of  the  United  States."  Jtevised  and  improved  ediUon,  brought  dowB 
to  the  present  time. 

(ioodri{3h*s  Pariey's  Common  School  History  of  the 

Votld.  A  Pictorial  History  of  the  World;  Ancient  and  Modern.  For  the  cse  ol 
Schools.  By  S.  G.  Goodrich,  author  of  "  Pictorial  History  of  the  United  SUtes.'- 
etc.    Illustrated  by  engravings. 

Goodrich's  First  History.    The  First  History.    An 

Introduction! to  Parley's  Common  School  History.  Designed  for  beginners  al 
Home  and  School.  Illustrated  by  Maps  and  Engravings.  By  8.  G.  Goodrich. 
author  of  the  Pictorial  Series  of  Histories,  etc. 

Goodrich's  Pictorial  Natural  History;   Embracing 

a  View  of  the  Mineral,  Vegetable,  and  Aninml  Kingdoms.  For  the  use  of  Schools 
By  Sakuii.  G.  Goodrich.    800  engravings,  1  vol.  l2mo. 

Geographic  E^ementaire  a  TUsage  des  Ecoles  el 

des  Families.    Hit  tr6e  par  16  cartes  et  30  Gravures.    Par  Piter  Parlet. 

Histoire  des  Etats  Unis  d'Amerique,  avec  Notices 

Jes  autres  parties  du  Nonvean  Monde.    Par  Samcii  G.  Goodrich. 

Petite  Histoire  Universelle  a  I'Usage  des  Ecoles  ai 

das  Families     I'ai  S.  G.  Goodrich. 

Mitchell's  First  Lessons  in  Geography.    First  Les 

sons  in  Geography;  for  young  children.  Designed  as  an  fntrodnction  to  th^ 
•other's  Primary  Geography.  By  8.  AuooBTna  Mitohxil,  author  of  a  Series  c» 
Geographical  Works.     Illustrated  with  mans  and  nnmarnna  e»greTin<^. 


Published  by  E.  H.  BUTLEK  &  CO..  Philadelphia. 


CATALOGUE  OV   STANDARD  BC0K8. 


» 


ictorial 

f"  Pictorial 
n. 

ictoria] 

lor  of  •♦  Wo 
>ught  •lowB 


of  the 

*  the  Lse  ol 

lei  SUtes.*' 


^    An 

iginnera  al 
OOOORICH, 


tracing 

of  Schoote 


IVIitcheirs  New  Primary  Geography.     (The  se«x)nd 

book  of  tbe  Series.)  An  Easy  Introduction  to  the  Study  of  Orography.  Intradofr 
tory  lotlie  Now  Intermediate  Qeograpliy.  Illustrated  by  nlaeteen  ooloral  M^t 
and  nearly  one  hundred  Engravings.  By  S.  AueosTOB  Mifomox.  1  rot  naall 
«te     This  Is  an  entirely  new  and  beautiflil  book. 

Mitchell's    New    intermediate    Geography.      An 

entirely  new  work.  The  maps  are  all  en«»raved  on  coppe',  in  the  best  manner, 
and  brought  down  to  the  present  date.  It  is  profusely  illustrated  with  beautiftil 
engravings,  and  is  the  most  complete  quarto  Geography  ever  issued  in  the  woild. 

Mitcheirs  New  School  Geography  and  Atlas.     En 

tirely  new.— Text,  Maps,  Illustrations,— ready  January  Ist,  1866, 

t 

Mitcheirs  New  Ancient  Geography.    An  Ancient 

aeoKTaphy.  Cl.wslcal  and  Sacred.  By  8.  Augustus  MiTCHtXL  An  entir.'ly  oew 
edition,  drawn  from  the  best  authorities,  sncient  aud  mwlern.  DesiKned  for  the 
use  of  Schools  and  Colleges.  Illustrated  with  numerouh  Engravings.  I'imo 
muslin. 


les  el 

T. 

I^otices 

B. 

(les  iii 
t  Les 

on  to  thi 
i  Series  cl 


i^ 


Mitchell's  Primary  Geography  (Old  Series).     An 

Easy  Introduction  to  the  study  of  Geography.  Designed  foi  the  instruction  ol 
childre  in  Schools  and  Families.  Illustrated  by  nearly  on^  hundred  Engravlngf 
and  sixteen  colored  Maps.    By  S.  Aogustus  Mitohxll. 

Mitchell's  School  Geography  and  Atlas  (Old  Series) 

Now  Revised  Bdltl».n.  A  System  of  Modern  Gegography,  con.nrising  a  descriptloa 
*f  the  present  state  of  the  World,  and  its  five  great  divisions,  America,  Europe,  Asii^ 
Afrir*.  and  Oceanica,  with  their  several  Empires,  Kingdom^  States,  Twritoriw. 
etc  EuibellishMl  bj  numerous  engravings.  Adapted  to  rhe  capacity  of  ytolb 
Accompanied  by  an  Atlas  containing  thirtj  two  maps,  drawn  and  engraved  e> 
presfelv  fir  thlt  woik,    Bv  S^  AnGUSfca  Mitcri!!.!.. 


Published  by  £  fi.  BUTLEE  «  ^'0 ,  Philadelphia. 


CATALOGUE  OF   8TANDAKD   BOOKS. 


MitchelFs  Ancient  Geography  and  Atlas  (Old  SerieR). 

WmBdlMon.  I»a.lgiiedforAc.deini«,,8choolB,andFam».e,.  ASy»tcmofCla«lciu 
»nd  Swred  Orography.  emVelltahed  with  engraving,  of  remarkable  evett..  Tiers 
of  Mdent  cme^  and  T«rlon«  Intereflting  autlque  remalas.  Together  with  «> 
Andent  AUaa,  containing  map,  Minstratlng  the  work.    By  8.  AuoosniB  Mitomu. 

Mitchell's  Geographical  Question  Book  (Old  Series). 

ComprlHlng  Geographical  DolJnitions,  and  containing  question,  on  all  the  n.ap.  o< 
Mitchoir,  School  Atla,;  to  which  1,  added  an  Appendix,  embracing  valuable  Table, 
In  Matheciatical  and  Physical  Geography. 

Mitchell's   Biblical   Geography      Sabbath   School 

Geography,  deaignsd  for  inetrnctlon  in  Sabbath  School  and  Bible  ClasBee.  llluBtrated 
with  colored  maps  and  wood-cut  engraving,.    By  S.  Augustus  Mitch«il. 

Hows'  Primary  Ladies'  Reader.     Primary  Ladies' 

Ro«ler,  a  choice  collection  of  Prose  and  Poetry,  adapted  to  th«  capacities  of  young 
children. 

Hows'  Junior  Ladies'  Reader.    A  choice  and  varied 

collection  of  Prose  and  Ve-se.  with  a  synopsis  of  the  Elome-Uary  Principles  o« 
Eloction ;  expressly  adapted  for  the  une  of  the  young,  and  designed  as  an  iatro 
duclion  to  the  Ladies'  Keader.    By  John  W.  8.  Hows,  Professor  of  Elocution. 

Hows'  Ladies'  Reader.     Designed  for  the  use  of 

Ladies'  Schools  and  Family  Reading  Circles;  coa.prising  choice  s^'ectionc  from 
-tandard  authors,  in  Prose  and  Poetry,  with  the  essentia.  Rules  of  Elocution, 
rtmplifted  and  arr;.nged  for  strictly  practical  use.  By  John  W.  S.  Hows,  Profewer 
of  Elocution. 

Hows'  Ladies'  Book  of  Readings  and  Recitations. 

The  Ladies'  Book  of  Readings  ana  Recitations :  a  collection  of  approved  Extract, 
from  Standard  authors,  Intended  for  the  use  of  Higher  Chisses  fn  «:hooJ,  and 
•emiflarica,  and  .or  Family  Reading  Circles.  By  John  W.  8.  Hows,  author  of 
•  The  LadioB'  Reader,"  "The  Junior  Lndios'  Reader,"  "Th.  Ladles  Flnrt  Re^J*." 
•tc ,  etc.    etc 


Fttblithtd  by  E.  H.  BtTTLEB  A  CO.,  PhiladelpW». 


CATALOGUE  OF  STANDARD  BOOKS. 


Cuppee's  Elements  of  Logic.     Elements  of  Logic, 

D«dgned  as  a  Manual  of  Inatructlon.  By  Henry  Coppm,  A.  M.,  ProfeaMr  of 
Ki«ll>b  Litemtare  iu  the  Univerrity  of  PentMylvanla ;  and  lat.  Principal  Assittaat 
ProfeMo-  of  Ethi<»  and  English  Studies  in  the  United  States  MiUtary  Acadomy  ■« 
West  Point. 

Joppee's    Elements    of    Rhetoric.      Elements   of 

Rhetoric.  Designed  as  a  Manual  of  Instruction.  By  IIewet  Coppei,  A.  M.,  untho* 
of  "Elemento  ol  Logic,"  etc.    New  edition,  revised. 

* 

Coppee's  Academic  Speaker.     Containing  a  large 

number  of  new  and  appropriate  Pieces,  for  I>ro8e  Jleclamation,  Poetical  Recita- 
tion, and  Dramatic  Reading,  carefully  selected  from  the  best  authors,  American, 
English,  and  Continental.  Arranged  in  a  rhetorical  order,  and  adapted  to  tne 
wanU  of  classes  in  Schools,  Academies  and  Colleges.  By  Henrt  Coppee,  A.  M., 
Professor  of  English  Literature  in  the  Umversity  of  Pennsylvania,    1  vol.  8vo. 

Tenney's  Geology.    Geology ;  for  Teachers,  Classes, 

and  Private  Students.  By  Sawborn  Tenwkt,  A.  M„  Lecturer  on  l^hy-ical  Ge» 
graphy  and  Natn.al  History  In  the  Massachusetts  Teacheis'  Institute-,  lllustrat.-, 
with  Two  hundred  Wood  Engravings. 

Stockhardt's  Chemistry.    The  Principles  of  Chemis- 

try,  Illustrated  by  Simple  Experiments.  Dy  Dr.  Juiros  Adoiph  Stockhabdi, 
Professor  in  the  Royal  Academy  of  Agriculture  at  Tharand,  and  Royal  Inspector 
of  Medicine  In  Saxony.    Translated  by  C.  H,  Pbihce,  M.  D.    Fifteenth  Thocsand. 

Reid's  Essays  on  the  Intellectual  Powers  of  Man, 

Essays  on  the  Intell>>;iual  Powers  of  Man.  By  Thomas  Rbib,  D.  D.,  F.  R  8  B 
Abridfred,  with  aotes  and  illustrations  from  Sir  Wiluam  lUKhtos  and  dib«n 
Edited  by  James  Walker,  D.  D.,  President  of  Harvard  College, 

Stewart's   Philosophy  of    the   Active  and   Moral 

Powers  of  Man.  The  Philosophy  of  the  Active  and  Moral  Powers  of  Man.  h) 
BCOALD  Stewart,  F.  R.SS.  Lond.  ard  Ed.    Revised,  wi*-.  ,misslons  and  .Mltlons 


by  Jamks  Walser.  D^  D„  Prftaids^^t  f.t  H 


.. I   r*^tt. 


iUOITSStl    wUIICgO 


Publiihed  by  E.  H.  BUTLER  ft  CO.,  Philacieipbl* 


CATALOGUE  OF  srANDARO  BOOKS 


Hart's  Constitution  of  the  United  States.     A  Brief 

KzpiMition  of  tlio  CoiiHtitiiH  m  (  the  UnittHl  States,  for  the  u*a  of  CcmmoB 
8cbiH>l8.  By  .loHN  8.  Hart,  LL.  D.  PiincipHl  of  tbo  i'hilHdelphia  IligL  School 
and  i'rofosHor  of  Mural,  Meutal,  aud  Political  Scieuce  iu  the  ttaioe. 

Hart's  English  Grammar.     Part.  1.    An  Introduo 

don  to  the  Qruiuiiiar  of  the  Knglish  Language.  By  John  S.  Hart,  LL.  I).  1  vol 
12IIIO. 

Hart's   English   Grammar.     English  Grammar,  or 

An  Kx|MiMiti<in  of  tiit>  I'rincipleii  an<i  UHagen  of  the  KngliHh  language.  By  Joan 
■A.  Hart.  A.  M.,  f'rincipa!  of  the  Philadelphia  High  School,  and  Member  of  the 
American  Philoaophical  Society. 

Hart's  Class  Book  of  Poetry.    Class  Book  of  Poetry, 

c«>nHi8tiiiK  of  Selections  from  DititingniHhed  Knir'Iah  and  American  Poets,  from 
riiauoer  to  the  prnsfiit  day.  The  whole  arr.iiged  in  chronological  order,  «ritfa 
IHoifrHlihlcal  and  (  ritiial  I{.'iimrk»  By  .loiiN  S.  Hart.  LL.  D,  I'rincipa!  of  the 
Phua<li'l|ilii!i  High  ScIhioI. 

Hart's  Class  Book  of  Prose.     Class  Book  of  Prose, 

consiHting  of  Selections  >om  Dist^ngnished  Euglioh  and  American  Authors,  from 
Chaucer  to  the  present  day.  The  whole  arrango<l  in  Chronological  order,  with 
Biographical  and  Critical  Remarks.  By  JoHR  S.  Ham,  LL.  D.,  Principal  of  the 
Philadelphia  High  School. 

Smith's  English  Grammar.     English  Grammar  on 

the  Prodiictive  System :  a  method  of  inHtrnction  recently  adopted  in  Germany  and 
Switzerland.    Designed  for  Schools  and  Academies.    By  IloawEU.  0.  S^mitb. 


Ctimstook's  Elocution.    A  System  of  Elocution,  with     ( 

special  reference  to  Gesture,  to  the  treatment  of  Stammering  and  f>efectiTf 
Articulation ;  comprising  numerous  diagrams  and  engraved  figures  illustrativs  "' 
\t»  subject.  By  Andrkw  Covstogk,  M.  D.,  Principal  of  the  Vocal  and  PMyglott 
Qfrnnasiom.    Twentieth  edition,  enlarged. 


Publisho'l  by  E.  H.  BUTLEB  &  CO.,  Fbiladelphia 


CATALOOUE   OP   STANDARD   BOOKS. 


Flanders's  Constitution  of  the  United  States.     An 

Exposition  of  the  Constitution  of  the  United  States.  Designeil  m  a  Msnnal  of 
Instruction.  By  ILewht  FLANDitas,  author  of  "  The  Lives  and  Times  of  .he  Chief 
Justices."  etc. 

Donnegan's  Greek  and  English  Lexicon.     A  New 

Greelf  and  English  Lexicon,  on  the  plan  of  the  Greek  and  German  Lexicon  of 
Schneider;  the  words  alphabetically  arranged-^istinguishing  such  as  are  poeti 
cal,  of  dialectic  variety,  or  peculiar  to  certain  writers  and  classes  of  writers;  witl 
Examples,  literally  translated,  selected  from  the  clasHical  writers.  By  Jambh  Dow 
NROAN,  M.D.,  of  London,  RevlHed  and  enlarged  by  Robert  B.  Patton,  I'rofessoi 
of  Ancient  ijinguages  in  the  College  of  New  Jersey;  with  the  assistance  of  J.  ADDl 
«0N  ALEXANDER,  D.D.,of  the  Theological  Soniinary  at  Princeton.  1  vol.  8to.  1400  pp 

Fleming  and  TibbinsV  French  and  English,  and 

English  and  French  Dictionary.  8vo.  fine  sheep.  A  New  and  Complete  French  aiKl 
Kiiglish,  and  Knglish  and  French  Dictionary,  on  the  basis  of  the  Royal  Dictionary, 
KngliHh  and  French,  and  French  and  Knglish.  By  Profeanor  Fleming,  formerly 
Professor  of  Knglish  in  thw  College  of  Louis  le  Grand,  and  Professor  Tibbins,  antb  if 
of  several  lexicogrHpliical  works.  With  Complete  Tables  of  the  Verbs,  on  at 
entirely  new  plan,  to  which  the  verbs  throughout  the  work  are  referred.  By  P 
W.  Genoemure,  I'rofessor  of  Foreign  Unguage^-  in  Qirard  College  The  whole  pr* 
pared,  with  the  additions,  in  their  respective  plft> "s  of  «  very  great  niunber  of 
Terms  in  the  Natural  Sciences,  Chemistry,  Medicine,  etc.,  etc.,  which  are  not  to  be 
found  in  any  other  French  and  English  Dictionary ;  by  J.  DoiisoN,  Member  of  th« 
American  Philosophical  Society,  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences,  etc.,  eto. 
New  edition,  revised  and  corrected.    1  vol.  8vo. 

Fleming   and   Tibbins'  Pronouncing   French   and 

English,  and  English  and  French  Dictionary,  abridged.  A  New  and  Completa 
French  and  English,  and  English  and  French  Dictionary,  on  the  basis  of  the  Roy«) 
Dictionary,  English  and  French,  and  French  and  Knglish.  By  Professor  Flimino, 
formerly  Professor  of  English  in  the  College  Louis  ie  Grand,  and  Professor  Ttbbwii, 
Professor,  and  author  of  several  lexicographical  works.  Witl.  Complete  Tablet 
of  the  Verbs,  on  an  entirely  New  plan,  to  which  the  verbs  throughout  the  work 
•re  referred.    By  P.  W.  Gengembre,  Professor  of  F)reign  Languages  in  Qinri 


ber  of  the  .T.iueric«n  rhilosopnicai 


Society,  of  the  Ac»demy  of  Natural  Sciences,  of  Philadelphia,  etc.,  .itc. 


Fubliflhsd  by  B  H,  BUTLEB  &  CO..  Philadelphia. 


CATALOGUE  OF  STANDARD  BOOKS. 


Nuger.fs  French  and  English  Dictionary.     A  New 

Pocket  Dictionary  of  the  French  and  English  Languagoi,  In  two  parte :  1.  Fretch 
and  EngllBh;  2.  Engllah  and  French.  Containing  all  the  words  in  general  use, 
and  authorized  by  the  best  writers.    Bjr  Thomab  Ndoent,  LL.  D 

Forney's  Syllabaire  Francais  or  French    Spelling 

Book.  Revised,  corrected,  and  Improved  with  the  addition  of  the  most  ne<^sarj 
verbs,  acyectives  and  idioma^ical  phriuies  alphabetically  Prranged.  By  J.  Mbeb. 
late  Professor  of  French  and  German  in  Yale  University. 

Becker's  Book-Keeping.    A  Treatise  on  the  Theory 

and  Practice  of  Book-keeping  by  Double  Entry.  Designed  to  elucidate  the  Prin- 
ciples of  the  Science,  and  impart  a  knowledge  of  the  forms  observed  by  Practlcnl 
Accountants,  In  the  various  departmente  of  business.  By  Oiorok  J.  Bbcker,  Pia 
fessor  of  Dra,^ng,  Writing,  and  Book-keeping  In  the  Girard  College. 

The  Scholar's  €ompanion.     Containing  Exercises 

in  Orthography.  Derivation,  and  Classification  of  Engllah  WopIh  Kovised  Editiou, 
with  an  Introduction  and  Copious  Index.    By  Rofcs  W.  Bailey. 

Walker's  Pronouncing  Dictionary.  A  Critical  Pro- 
nouncing Dictionary  and  Expositor  of  the  English  Language.  To  which  Is  annexed 
a  Key  to  the  Classical  Pronunciation  of  Greek,  Latin,  and  Scripture  Proper 
Names,  Ac.    By  John  Walker. 

Selections  from  the  Scriptures  of  the  Old  and  New 

Testamento;  for  Families  and  Schools.    By  the  Rev.  David  (Jr.en  IIa8IIN>. 

llintoria  Sacra.     Epitome  Historise  Sacrae;  with  a 

Dictlonaiy  ooiitaiuirig  all  the  Words  found  in  the  Wjrk. 

Vm  RomaB.    Viri  Illustres  Urbis  Rouite;  to  which 

ia  «dJ»d  a  Dictionary  of  M  the  Words  which  occur  in  tho  B(  ok.  * 


Published  bv  E.  H.  BnTT.«p  a  nn     ti».n.j. ..».._ 


(\V 


